sv4
As filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on March 22, 2010
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Mediacom LLC
Mediacom Capital
Corporation
(Exact name of registrants as
specified in their charters)
|
|
|
|
|
New York
New York
|
|
4841
4841
|
|
06-1433421
06-1513997
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Numbers)
|
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York
10941
(845) 695-2600
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number,
including area code, of
registrants principal executive offices)
Rocco B. Commisso
Mediacom LLC
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York
10941
(845) 695-2600
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent
for service)
Copies to:
Robert W. Murray
Jr., Esq.
Lee D.
Charles, Esq.
Baker Botts L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York
10112-4498
(202) 408-2500
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the
securities to the public: As soon as practicable
following the effectiveness of this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are large
accelerated filers, accelerated filers, non-accelerated filers,
or smaller reporting companies. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filers o
|
Accelerated
filers o
|
Non-accelerated
filers þ
|
Smaller reporting
companies o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)
o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer)
o
CALCULATION OF
REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering Price per
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Unit(1)
|
|
|
Price(1)
|
|
|
Registration
Fee(1)
|
9.125% Senior Notes due 2019
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
$24,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee in accordance with
Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this registration statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
registration statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not commence the exchange offer or sell these
securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus
is not an offer to sell these securities or a solicitation of an
offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO
COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 22, 2010
PROSPECTUS
Mediacom
LLC
Mediacom Capital
Corporation
Offer to
Exchange
Up to $350,000,000 Principal Amount of
9.125% Senior Notes due 2019
for
a Like Principal Amount of
9.125% Senior Notes due 2019
that have been registered under the Securities Act of
1933
This Exchange
Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time,
on ,
2010, unless extended.
Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Capital Corporation are offering to
exchange registered 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019, or the
exchange notes, for any and all of their
unregistered 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019, or the
original notes, that were issued in a private
offering on August 25, 2009. We refer to the original notes
and the exchange notes together in this prospectus as the
notes. We refer to this exchange as the
exchange offer. The exchange notes are substantially
identical to the original notes, except the exchange notes are
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
Securities Act, and the transfer restrictions and
registration rights, and related special interest provisions,
applicable to the original notes will not apply to the exchange
notes. The exchange notes will represent the same debt as the
original notes and we will issue the exchange notes under the
same indenture used in issuing the original notes.
Terms of the exchange offer:
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on [ ], 2010, unless we
extend it.
|
|
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we
may waive.
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding original notes that are validly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the
exchange offer for an equal principal amount of exchange notes.
All interest due and payable on the original notes will become
due on the same terms under the exchange notes.
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time prior
to the expiration of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
The exchange of exchange notes for original notes should not be
a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
but you should see the discussion under the caption
Material United States Federal Income Tax
Considerations on page 135 for more information.
|
See Risk Factors beginning on page 12 for a
discussion of risks you should consider in connection with the
exchange offer and an investment in the exchange notes.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The date of this prospectus is
[ ] ,
2010.
Table of
contents
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND IN THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. WE
HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY OTHER OR
DIFFERENT INFORMATION. IF YOU RECEIVE ANY UNAUTHORIZED
INFORMATION, YOU MUST NOT RELY ON IT. THIS PROSPECTUS MAY ONLY
BE USED WHERE IT IS LEGAL TO EXCHANGE THE ORIGINAL
NOTES FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THIS PROSPECTUS IS
NOT AN OFFER TO EXCHANGE OR A SOLICITATION TO EXCHANGE THE
ORIGINAL NOTES FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES IN ANY
JURISDICTION WHERE AN OFFER OR EXCHANGE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. YOU
SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
Each broker dealer that receives exchange notes in exchange
for original notes acquired for its own account as a result of
market making or other trading activities must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such exchange notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the
Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by broker dealers in
connection with such resales. We have agreed that, starting on
the date of the completion of this exchange offer and ending
270 days thereafter, we will make this prospectus (as it
may be amended or supplemented) available to any broker dealer
for such purpose. In addition, until
[ ], 2010 (90 days after the
date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in
the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus. See
Plan of Distribution.
Available
information
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or
SEC, a registration statement on
Form S-4,
including all required exhibits and schedules, under the
Securities Act to register the offer and exchange of the
exchange notes for the original notes. This prospectus is part
of that registration statement. In this prospectus we refer to
that registration statement, together with all amendments,
exhibits and schedules thereto, as the registration
statement.
As is permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this
prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits
some information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth
in the registration statement. For further information with
respect to us, and the securities offered by this prospectus,
please refer to the registration statement. You may read and, at
prescribed rates, copy the registration statement at the public
reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street,
N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation
of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC
at
(800) 732-0330.
The SEC also maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports and other information regarding
registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its
EDGAR system, and you may access the registration statement by
means of the SEC website. You may also view a copy of the
registration statement, and other filings we make with the SEC,
on our website at www.mediacomcc.com by clicking through the
following tabs: About Us, then About
Mediacom, then Investor Relations and lastly
SEC Filings. However, neither the information
contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website, nor
our filings on the SECs website, constitute a part of this
prospectus.
Market, industry
and other data
Market and industry data and other statistical information used
in this prospectus are based on independent industry sources, as
well as from research reports prepared for other purposes.
Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable, we
have not independently verified the data or information obtained
from these sources and we cannot assure you of the accuracy or
completeness of the data. Forward-looking information obtained
from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and
uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this
prospectus. By including such market data and information, we do
not undertake a duty to provide such data or information in the
future or to update such data or information when such data is
updated.
ii
Prospectus
summary
This summary highlights selected information about us and the
exchange offer contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This
summary is not complete and does not contain all of the
information that may be important to you or that you should
consider before participating in the exchange offer or making an
investment in the exchange notes. You should read carefully the
entire prospectus.
Mediacom LLC is a New York limited liability company and a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications Corporation,
a Delaware corporation. Mediacom Capital Corporation is a New
York corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom LLC.
Mediacom Capital Corporation was formed for the sole purpose of
acting as a co-issuer with Mediacom LLC of debt securities
(including the notes) and does not conduct operations of its
own. Unless otherwise noted, all of the financial information in
this prospectus is presented on a consolidated basis for
Mediacom LLC and its subsidiaries, including Mediacom Capital
Corporation.
In this prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise,
references to our company, we,
our, ours and us refer to
Mediacom LLC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
References in this prospectus to Mediacom are to our
parent and manager, Mediacom Communications Corporation.
Overview
Mediacom
LLC
We own and operate cable systems serving smaller cities and
towns in the United States. We offer a compelling variety of
advanced products and services to our customers, made possible
by investments in our interactive fiber networks which have
boosted their capacity, capability and reliability. Through our
interactive broadband network, we provide our customers with a
wide variety of advanced products and services, including video
services, such as
video-on-demand,
or VOD, high definition television, or HDTV, digital video
recorders, or DVRs, high speed data services, or HSD, and a
feature rich internet-based (VoIP) phone service. We offer our
bundle of video, HSD and phone over a single communications
platform, a significant advantage over most competitors in our
service areas.
As of December 31, 2009, we served approximately 548,000
basic subscribers, 300,000 digital video customers, 350,000 HSD
customers and 135,000 phone customers, aggregating
1.33 million revenue generating units, or RGUs. As of the
same date, we offered our bundle of primary services consisting
of video, HSD and phone services to about 87% of the estimated
homes that our network passes.
Our
manager
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications
Corporation, who is also our manager. Mediacom is the
nations seventh largest cable company based on the number
of customers who purchase one or more video services, also known
as basic subscribers. Mediacom is among the leading cable
operators focused on serving the smaller cities in the United
States, such as Des Moines, Iowa and Springfield, Missouri, with
a significant customer concentration in the Midwestern and
Southeastern regions.
1
As of December 31, 2009, Mediacoms cable systems,
which are owned and operated through our operating subsidiaries
and those of Mediacom Broadband LLC, or Mediacom Broadband,
passed an estimated 2.80 million homes in 22 states.
Mediacom Broadband is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of our
manager. As of the same date, Mediacom served approximately
1.24 million basic subscribers, 678,000 digital video
customers, 778,000 HSD customers and 287,000 phone customers,
aggregating 2.98 million RGUs. Mediacom also provides
communications services to commercial and large enterprise
customers, and sell advertising time they receive under their
programming license agreements to local, regional and national
advertisers.
Mediacom is a publicly-owned company, and its Class A
common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under
the symbol MCCC. Mediacom was founded by Rocco B.
Commisso, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who
beneficially owned shares representing the majority of the
aggregate voting power of Mediacom common stock outstanding as
of the date of this prospectus. Mediacom is not an obligor on,
or a guarantor of, the notes and has no obligations under the
indenture with respect to the notes.
Mediacom Capital
Corporation
Mediacom Capital Corporation is our wholly-owned subsidiary that
was incorporated to accommodate the issuance of indebtedness by
us. Mediacom Capital Corporation has no operations, revenues or
cash flows and has no assets, liabilities or stockholders
equity on its balance sheet, other than a $100 receivable from
an affiliate and the same dollar amount of common stock on its
consolidated balance sheets.
2009
Developments
Asset Transfer
Agreement; Mediacom Exchange Transaction
On February 11, 2009, certain of our operating subsidiaries
executed an asset transfer agreement, which we refer to as the
Transfer Agreement, with Mediacom and the operating subsidiaries
of Mediacom Broadband, pursuant to which certain of our cable
systems located in Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri and
Wisconsin were exchanged for certain of Mediacom
Broadbands cable systems located in Illinois and a cash
payment of $8.2 million, which we refer to as the
Asset Transfer. The net effect of the Asset Transfer
on our subscriber and customer base was the loss of 3,700 basic
subscribers and the gain of 1,000 digital customers, 1,000 HSD
customers and 600 phone service customers. We believe the Asset
Transfer better aligned our customer base geographically, making
our cable systems more clustered and allowing for more effective
management, administration, controls and reporting of our field
operations. The Asset Transfer was completed on
February 13, 2009, which we refer to as the transfer date.
As part of the Transfer Agreement, we contributed to Mediacom
cable systems located in Western North Carolina which served
approximately 25,000 basic subscribers, 10,000 digital
customers, 13,000 HSD customers and 3,000 phone customers, which
we refer to as the WNC Systems Transfer. In
connection therewith, we received a $74 million cash
contribution from Mediacom on February 12, 2009, which had
been previously distributed to Mediacom by Mediacom Broadband on
the same date. In total, we received $82.2 million under
the Transfer Agreement, which we used to repay a portion of the
outstanding balance under the revolver portion of our subsidiary
credit agreement referred to below. On February 12, 2009,
after giving effect to the foregoing debt repayment, our
operating subsidiaries borrowed approximately $110 million
under the revolving commitments of our subsidiary credit
facility, representing net
2
new borrowings of approximately $28 million. We contributed
approximately $110 million to Mediacom, which it used on
February 13, 2009 to consummate an exchange transaction
under a share exchange agreement entered into on
September 7, 2008, which we refer to as the Exchange
Agreement, among Mediacom, Shivers Investments, LLC, or Shivers,
and Shivers Trading & Operating Company, or STOC.
Shivers and STOC are affiliates of Morris Communications
Company, LLC, or Morris Communications. Under the Exchange
Agreement, Mediacom exchanged a wholly owned subsidiary, which
held our former Western North Carolina cable systems and
approximately $110 million in cash, for
28,309,674 shares of Mediacom Class A common stock
held by Shivers. Upon the closing of the exchange transaction,
two representatives of Morris Communications resigned from
Mediacoms board of directors.
New
financings
On August 25, 2009, our operating subsidiaries entered into
an incremental loan facility agreement that provides for a new
term loan in the principal amount of $300.0 million, which
we refer to as the new term loan, under their existing bank
credit facility, which we refer to as our subsidiary credit
facility. Our obligations under the new term loan are governed
by the terms of our subsidiary credit facility. On the same
date, we issued the original notes in the aggregate principal
amount of $350.0 million. Net proceeds from the issuance of
the original notes and borrowings under the new term loan were
an aggregate of $626.1 million, after giving effect to the
original issue discount and financing costs, and were used to
fund tender offers for, and the redemption of, our
77/8% Senior
Notes due 2011, or
77/8% notes,
and
91/2% Senior
Notes due 2013, or
91/2% notes.
Corporate
information
Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Crystal Run
Road, Middletown, New York 10941, and our telephone number at
that address is
(845) 695-2600.
Our website is located at
www.mediacomcc.com.
The information contained in, or that can be accessed through,
our website is not part of this prospectus.
3
The exchange
offer
On August 25, 2009, we completed a private offering of the
original notes in reliance on Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act, and Rule 144A and Regulation S
thereunder. As part of that offering, we entered into an
exchange and registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of the original notes, which we refer to as the
registration rights agreement, in which we agreed, among other
things, to offer to exchange the original notes for the exchange
notes. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the
exchange offer. A more detailed description is contained in the
section of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer.
|
|
|
Original notes |
|
9.125% Senior Notes due August 15, 2019, which were issued
in a private placement on August 25, 2009. |
|
Exchange notes |
|
9.125% Senior Notes due August 15, 2019. The terms of
the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of
the original notes, except that the exchange notes are
registered under the Securities Act, and the transfer
restrictions and registration rights, and related special
interest provisions, applicable to the original notes will not
apply to the exchange note. |
|
Exchange offer |
|
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we are offering
to exchange up to $350.0 million principal amount of our
exchange notes that have been registered under the Securities
Act for an equal principal amount of our original notes. |
|
|
|
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original
notes, including principal and interest, and will be issued
under and be entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that
governs the original notes. Holders of the original notes do not
have any appraisal or dissenters rights in connection with
the exchange offer. Because the exchange notes will be
registered, the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer
restrictions and holders of original notes that tender and have
their original notes accepted in the exchange offer will no
longer have registration rights or the right to receive the
related special interest under the circumstances described in
the registration rights agreement. |
|
Expiration date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on [ ], 2010, which we refer
to as the Expiration Date, unless we decide to extend it or
terminate it early. We do not currently intend to extend the
exchange offer. A tender of original notes pursuant to this
exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the
Expiration Date if we receive a valid written withdrawal request
before the expiration of the exchange offer. |
|
Conditions to the exchange offer |
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we
may, but are not required to, waive. Please see The
Exchange OfferConditions to the Exchange Offer for
more information regarding the conditions to the exchange offer.
We reserve the right, in our sole |
4
|
|
|
|
|
discretion, to waive any and all conditions to the exchange
offer on or prior to the Expiration Date. |
|
Procedures for tendering original notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, on or prior to the
Expiration Date you must tender your original notes by using the
book-entry transfer procedures described in The Exchange
OfferProcedures for Tendering Original NotesTenders
of Original Notes; Book-entry Delivery Procedure,
including transmission or delivery to the exchange agent of an
agents message or a properly completed and duly executed
letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantee. In
order for a book-entry transfer to constitute a valid tender of
your original notes in the exchange offer, Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York, as registrar and exchange agent,
must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer of your
original notes into the exchange agents account at The
Depository Trust Company prior to the Expiration Date. |
|
|
|
By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal,
you will represent to us that, among other things: |
|
|
|
you are acquiring exchange notes in the ordinary
course of your business;
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any
person or entity to participate in a distribution of the
exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are transferring good and marketable title to
the original notes free and clear of all liens, security
interests, encumbrances, or rights or interests of others except
your own;
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive
exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original
notes that were acquired by you as a result of market-making or
other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as
required by law, in connection with any resale of your exchange
notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
|
|
|
|
If you are a broker-dealer, you may not participate in the
exchange offer as to any original notes you purchased directly
from us. |
|
Withdrawal;
Non-acceptance |
|
You may withdraw any original notes tendered in the exchange
offer by sending the exchange agent written notice of withdrawal
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. If we decide for any reason not to accept any
original notes tendered for exchange or to withdraw the exchange
offer, the original notes will be returned promptly after the
expiration or termination of the exchange offer. For further
information regarding the withdrawal of |
5
|
|
|
|
|
tendered original notes, please see The Exchange
OfferWithdrawal of Tenders. |
|
United States federal income tax considerations |
|
The exchange of exchange notes for original notes in the
exchange offer should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. Please see Material United States
Federal Income Tax Considerations for more information
regarding the tax consequences to you of the exchange offer. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
The issuance of the exchange notes will not provide us with any
new proceeds. We are making this exchange offer solely to
satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement
we entered into with the initial purchasers of the original
notes. |
|
Fees and expenses |
|
We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer. |
|
Exchange agent |
|
We have appointed Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
as our exchange agent for the exchange offer. You can find the
address and telephone number of the exchange agent elsewhere in
this prospectus under the caption The Exchange
OfferExchange Agent. |
|
Resales of exchange notes |
|
Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth
in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that
the exchange notes you receive in the exchange offer may be
offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act so long as certain conditions
are met. See The Exchange OfferPurpose and Effects
of the Exchange Offer and Plan of Distribution
for more information regarding resales. |
|
Not exchanging your original notes |
|
If you do not exchange your original notes in this exchange
offer, you will continue to hold unregistered original notes and
you will no longer be entitled to registration rights and or the
special interest provisions related thereto, except in the
limited circumstances set forth in the registration rights
agreement. See The Exchange OfferConsequences of
Failure to Exchange. In addition, you will not be able to
resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer your original
notes unless you do so in a transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws or unless we register the offer and resale
of your original notes under the Securities Act. Following the
exchange offer, we will be under no obligation to register your
original notes, except under the limited circumstances set forth
in the registration rights agreement. |
|
|
|
For information regarding the limited circumstances under which
we may be required to file a registration statement after this
exchange offer and the consequences of not tendering your
original notes in |
6
|
|
|
|
|
this exchange offer, please see The Exchange
OfferConsequences of Failure to Exchange and
Description of Exchange Notes. |
|
Additional documentation; further information;
assistance |
|
Any questions or requests for assistance or additional
documentation regarding the exchange offer may be directed to
the exchange agent. Beneficial owners of original notes should
contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or
other nominee for assistance in tendering their original notes
in the exchange offer. |
7
Description of
exchange notes
The terms of the exchange notes and those of the outstanding
original notes are substantially identical, except that the
exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act, and the
transfer restrictions and registration rights, and related
special interest provisions, applicable to the original notes
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes
represent the same debt as the original notes for which they are
being exchanged. Both the original notes and the exchange notes
are governed by the same indenture.
|
|
|
Co-Issuers |
|
Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Capital Corporation. |
|
Exchange notes offered |
|
$350.0 million principal amount of 9.125% Senior Notes
due 2019. |
|
Maturity date |
|
August 15, 2019. |
|
Interest rate |
|
9.125% per year (calculated using a
360-day
year). |
|
Interest payment dates |
|
February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing
February 15, 2010. |
|
Ranking |
|
The exchange notes will be our general unsecured obligations and
will rank senior to all of our debt that is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the notes. The exchange
notes will rank equally with all of our existing and future
liabilities that are not so subordinated and with the original
notes and will be effectively subordinated to any secured debt
we may incur (to the extent of the value of the collateral
securing such debt) and to all indebtedness and other
liabilities of our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2009,
we had total indebtedness of $1.510 billion (including
$1.160 billion of debt of our subsidiaries, with our
subsidiaries having the ability to borrow up to an additional
$314.8 million in the aggregate under the subsidiary credit
facility), $350.0 million of which was attributable to the
original notes. As of the date of this prospectus, Mediacom LLC
has no secured debt. |
|
Optional redemption |
|
We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after
August 15, 2014 at the redemption prices set forth in this
prospectus. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of certain
equity offerings completed before August 15, 2012 at the
redemption price set forth herein. See Description of
Exchange NotesOptional Redemption. |
|
Original issue discount |
|
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each exchange note should
be treated as having been issued with original issue
discount in the same amount as the original issue discount
on the original note exchanged therefor. Each holder of an
exchange note must include as gross income for federal income
tax purposes a portion of such original issue discount for each
day during each taxable year in which an exchange note is held
even though there is no corresponding receipt |
8
|
|
|
|
|
of cash attributable to such income. Stated interest on an
exchange note will be includable in the gross income of a holder
in accordance with the holders regular method of
accounting. See Material United States Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Change of control; asset sales |
|
Upon a change of control (as defined), we will be required to
make an offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price of 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid
interest to the purchase date. See Description of Exchange
NotesRepurchase at the Option of HoldersChange of
Control. |
|
|
|
If we or our restricted subsidiaries sell assets, under certain
circumstances we will be required to make an offer to purchase
notes at their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to
the purchase date, with proceeds from such asset sales. See
Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase at the
Option of HoldersAsset Sales. |
|
Certain covenants |
|
The indenture governing the notes restricts our ability and the
ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: |
|
|
|
incur certain additional indebtedness and issue
preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain distributions, investments and other
restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets;
|
|
|
|
agree to any restrictions on the ability of our
restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;
|
|
|
|
create certain liens;
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our
assets; and
|
|
|
|
enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications. See Description of Exchange
NotesCovenants. |
|
Absence of established market for the exchange
notes |
|
The exchange notes will generally be freely transferable but are
also new securities for which there initially will not be a
market. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange
notes on any securities exchange or for their inclusion on any
automated dealer quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot assure
you as to the development or liquidity of any market for the
exchange notes. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should consider carefully all of the information set forth
in this prospectus and, in particular, you should evaluate the
specific factors under Risk Factors before making
any decision regarding the exchange offer or an investment in
the exchange notes. |
9
Summary
historical consolidated financial and subscriber data
We set forth in the table below our summary historical
consolidated financial and subscriber data. The summary
historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 and the summary statement of operations and cash flow data
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following information
should be read together with Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial and Subscriber Data and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our audited
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, in each
case included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31.
|
|
(amounts in thousands, except per share data and operating data)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
637,375
|
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
565,913
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
|
283,167
|
|
|
|
267,321
|
|
|
|
245,968
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
109,829
|
|
|
|
110,605
|
|
|
|
104,694
|
|
Management fee expenseparent
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
11,805
|
|
|
|
10,358
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
112,084
|
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
113,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
120,487
|
|
|
|
116,245
|
|
|
|
91,296
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
(99,639
|
)
|
|
|
(118,386
|
)
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,790
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (loss) gain on derivatives, net
|
|
|
13,121
|
|
|
|
(23,321
|
)
|
|
|
(9,951
|
)
|
(Loss) gain on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
8,826
|
|
Investment income from
affiliate(1)
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(3,794
|
)
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
|
|
(4,411
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,818
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
(14,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,568,220
|
|
|
$
|
1,499,125
|
|
|
$
|
1,467,146
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,520,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,500
|
|
Total members deficit
|
|
$
|
(190,987
|
)
|
|
$
|
(304,261
|
)
|
|
$
|
(267,650
|
)
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
134,409
|
|
|
$
|
186,383
|
|
|
$
|
103,927
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
$
|
(98,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(141,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,469
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
$
|
(37,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,374
|
)
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
OIBDA(2)
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
margin(3)
|
|
|
36.6%
|
|
|
|
36.8%
|
|
|
|
36.3%
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(4)
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data: (end of period)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes
passed(5)
|
|
|
1,286,000
|
|
|
|
1,370,000
|
|
|
|
1,360,000
|
|
Basic
subscribers(6)
|
|
|
548,000
|
|
|
|
601,000
|
|
|
|
604,000
|
|
Digital
customers(7)
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
288,000
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
HSD
customers(8)
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
337,000
|
|
|
|
299,000
|
|
Phone
customers(9)
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
RGUs(10)
|
|
|
1,333,000
|
|
|
|
1,340,000
|
|
|
|
1,222,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Investment income from affiliate
represents the investment income on our $150.0 million
preferred equity investment in Mediacom Broadband. See Note 11
in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA is not a
financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define
Adjusted OIBDA as operating income before depreciation and
amortization and non-cash, share-based compensation charges. The
foregoing definition is different than that presented in the
offering memorandum, dated August 11, 2009, relating to the
offer and sale of the original notes, where the presentation of
Adjusted OIBDA also included investment income to the extent
received in cash.
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
The investment income so included
was, in each case, the investment income from our
$150 million preferred equity investment in Mediacom
Broadband. For purposes of determining our compliance with the
covenants in our debt arrangements, Adjusted OIBDA includes
investment income to the extent received in cash.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA is one of the
primary measures used by management to evaluate our performance
and to forecast future results. It is also a significant
performance measure in our annual incentive compensation
programs. We believe Adjusted OIBDA is useful for investors
because it enables them to assess our performance in a manner
similar to the methods used by management, and provides a
measure that can be used to analyze, value and compare us with
other companies in the cable television industry, which may have
different depreciation and amortization policies, as well as
different non-cash, share-based compensation programs. Other
cable companies may calculate their Adjusted OIBDA or similar
measures differently, so such measures may not be directly
comparable. We use similar measures in calculating compliance
with the financial covenants of our debt arrangements. A
limitation of Adjusted OIBDA is that it excludes depreciation
and amortization, which represents the periodic costs of certain
capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating
revenues in our business. Management utilizes a separate process
to budget, measure and evaluate capital expenditures. Adjusted
OIBDA also has the limitation of not reflecting the effect of
our non-cash, share-based compensation charges.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA should not be
regarded as an alternative to either operating income or net
income (loss) as an indicator of operating performance nor
should it be considered in isolation or a substitute for
financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe
that operating income is the most directly comparable GAAP
financial measure to Adjusted OIBDA.
|
|
|
|
The following represents a
reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA to operating income (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation and other share-based
awards(A)
|
|
|
(565
|
)
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(112,084
|
)
|
|
|
(109,883
|
)
|
|
|
(113,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
120,487
|
|
|
$
|
116,245
|
|
|
$
|
91,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Includes approximately $9, $9 and
$10 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, related to the issuance of other share-based
awards.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents Adjusted OIBDA as a
percentage of revenues.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The ratio of earnings to fixed
charges was 1.52 and 1.07 for the year ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 respectively. Earnings were insufficient to cover
fixed charges by $14.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents the estimated number of
single residence homes, apartments and condominium units passed
by our cable distribution network. Estimated homes passed are
based on what we believe to be the best information reasonably
available.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents a dwelling with one or
more television sets that receives a package of over-the-air
broadcast stations, local access channels or certain
satellite-delivered cable services. Accounts that are billed on
a bulk basis, which typically receive discounted rates, are
converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers by
dividing total bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system
by the average cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that
system. This conversion method is generally consistent with the
methodology used in determining payments made to programmers.
Basic subscribers include connections to schools, libraries,
local government offices and employee households that may not be
charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be
charged for digital cable, HSD, phone or other services. Our
methodology of calculating the number of basic subscribers may
differ from those used by other companies offering similar
services.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
digital video services.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents residential HSD
customers and small to medium-sized commercial cable modem
accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers.
Small to medium-sized commercial accounts are converted to
equivalent residential HSD customers by dividing their
associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Customers who take our scalable, fiber-based enterprise network
products and services are not counted as HSD customers. Our
methodology of calculating HSD customers may not be identical to
those used by other companies offering similar services.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
phone service. Small to medium sized commercial accounts are
converted to equivalent residential phone customers by dividing
their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Our methodology of calculating phone customers may not be
identical to those used by other companies offering similar
services.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents the sum of basic
subscribers and digital, HSD and phone customers.
|
11
Risk
factors
An investment in the exchange notes involves a high degree of
risk. You should carefully consider the specific risk factors
set forth below, as well as the other information set forth
elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to participate in
the exchange offer or make an investment in the exchange
notes.
Risks related to
the exchange offer
If you do not
properly tender your original notes, you will continue to hold
unregistered notes and your ability to transfer those original
notes may be adversely affected.
If you do not exchange your original notes for exchange notes in
the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer of your original notes described in the
offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private
placement of the original notes. In general, you may only offer
or sell the original notes if they are registered under the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or if they
are offered and sold under an exemption from those requirements.
We do not plan to register the offer and resale of the original
notes under the Securities Act, unless required to do so under
the limited circumstances set forth in the registration rights
agreement. A sale of the original notes pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities law may require the delivery of an
opinion of counsel to us and the registrar or co-registrar for
the original notes. In addition, the issuance of the exchange
notes may adversely affect the liquidity of the trading market
for untendered, or tendered but unaccepted, original notes. For
further information regarding the consequences of not tendering
your original notes in the exchange offer, see The
Exchange OfferConsequences of Failure to Exchange.
We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for original notes
that you timely and properly tender into the exchange offer.
Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely
delivery of your original notes and other required documents to
the exchange agent and you should carefully follow the
instructions on how to tender your original notes. Neither we
nor the exchange agent are required to tell you of any defects
or irregularities with respect to your tender of original notes.
We may waive any defects or irregularities with respect to your
tender of original notes, but we are not required to do so and
may not do so. We are not offering guaranteed delivery
procedures in connection with the exchange offer. See The
Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Original
Notes.
You may find
it difficult to sell your exchange notes as there is no
established market for them. If a market does develop, it may be
highly volatile.
Because there is no public market for the exchange notes, you
may not be able to resell them. The offer and sale of the
exchange notes for original notes will be registered under the
Securities Act but the exchange notes will constitute a new
issue of securities with no established trading market. We do
not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national
securities exchange. There can be no assurance that an active
trading market for the exchange notes will develop, or if one
does develop, that it will be sustained.
Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been
highly volatile in terms of price. It is possible that the
market for the exchange notes will also be volatile. This
volatility in price
12
may affect your ability to resell your exchange notes, the
timing of their sale and any amount you receive for them. The
trading market for the exchange notes may be adversely affected
by:
|
|
|
changes in the overall market for non-investment grade
securities;
|
|
|
changes in our financial performance or prospects;
|
|
|
changes in our credit rating;
|
|
|
changes in members of our management;
|
|
|
change in our auditors;
|
|
|
the prospects for companies in our industry generally;
|
|
|
the number of holders of the exchange notes;
|
|
|
any acquisitions or business combinations proposed or
consummated by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
the interest of securities dealers in making a market for the
exchange notes; and
|
|
|
prevailing interest rates and general economic conditions.
|
Prospective investors in the exchange notes should be aware that
they may be required to bear the financial risk of their
investment for an indefinite period of time.
Some holders
who exchange their original notes may be deemed to be
underwriters and hence subject to subsequent transfer
restrictions.
If you exchange your original notes in the exchange offer for
the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange
notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities
and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction involving the exchange
notes. See The Exchange OfferPurpose and Effects of
the Exchange Offer and Plan of Distribution.
The exchange
notes will be treated as having been issued with an original
issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
resulting in taxable income with no corresponding receipt of
cash.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each exchange note
should be treated as having been issued with original
issue discount in the same amount as the original issue
discount on the original note exchanged therefor. Each holder of
an exchange note must include as gross income for federal income
tax purposes a portion of such original issue discount for each
day during each taxable year in which an exchange note is held
even though there is no corresponding receipt of cash
attributable to such income. See Material United States
Federal Income Tax Considerations.
13
Risks relating to
the notes
Our holding
company structure results in our being dependent on our
operating subsidiaries for the cash necessary to meet our
payment obligations on the notes, and we cannot assure you that
our subsidiaries will distribute such cash to us.
We are a holding company, meaning we do not have any operations
or hold any assets other than our investments in, and our
advances to, our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Our various
operating subsidiaries conduct all of our consolidated
operations and own virtually all of our operating assets. Our
operating subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities
and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds
available to us.
The only source of cash that we have to fund our obligations
under the notes (including, without limitation, the payment of
interest on, and the repayment of principal of, the notes) is
the cash that our operating subsidiaries generate from their
operations and from borrowings under the subsidiary credit
facility. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to make
funds available to us in the form of dividends, loans, advances
or other payments depends upon the operating results of those
subsidiaries, applicable laws and contractual restrictions,
including covenants under the subsidiary credit agreement (or
any successor facility) that restrict the ability of our
subsidiaries (the obligors thereunder) to make funds available
to us. If our operating subsidiaries were unable to make funds
available to us, then we may not be able to make payments of
principal or interest due under the notes, or to repurchase
notes upon the occurrence of a change of control or in
connection with certain asset sales. If such an event occurred,
we may be required to seek one or more alternatives, such as a
refinancing of the notes or the debt of our operating
subsidiaries at or before maturity, or raise additional capital
through debt or equity issuance or both. If we were not able to
successfully accomplish those tasks, then we may have to cancel
or scale back future capital spending programs, or sell assets.
There can be no assurance that any of the foregoing actions
would be successful. Any inability to meet our debt service
obligations on the notes or our other indebtedness, or to
refinance such indebtedness, would materially adversely affect
our business, financial condition, results of operations and
liquidity.
We may not be
able to generate enough cash to meet our payment obligations
under the notes.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our
consolidated debt, including the notes, and to fund planned
capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash.
This is subject, in part, to general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of
which are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you
that our businesses will generate sufficient cash flows from
operations, or that future distributions from our operating
subsidiaries will be available to us, in amounts sufficient to
enable us to pay our consolidated indebtedness, including the
notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs.
We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness,
including the notes, at or before maturity. We cannot assure you
that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.
14
You are not
entitled to look to our parent Mediacom for payment of the notes
in the event of an event of default by us.
Our parent and manager, Mediacom, is not a co-issuer of the
notes and has not guaranteed the performance of our obligations
under the notes. As a result, Mediacom does not have any
obligations under the notes or the related indenture. Hence, in
the event we default in our obligations under the notes and the
indenture, holders of the notes will not have any recourse
against Mediacom for repayment.
The notes are
effectively subordinated to all debt and other liabilities of
our subsidiaries.
The notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. As a
result, the notes are effectively subordinated to all existing
and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, including the debt
under our subsidiary credit facility. If the maturity of the
loans under our subsidiary credit facility were accelerated, our
subsidiaries would have to repay all debt outstanding under that
credit facility before they could distribute any assets or cash
to us. Remedies to the lenders under our subsidiary credit
facility could constitute events of default under the indenture
governing the notes. If these remedies were exercised, the
maturity of the notes could be accelerated, and our
subsidiaries obligations under our subsidiary credit
facility could be accelerated also. In such circumstances, there
can be no assurance that our subsidiaries assets would be
sufficient to repay all of their debt and to permit our
subsidiaries then to make distributions to us to enable us to
repay the notes. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries,
including general trade creditors, will except in limited
circumstances have priority over holders of the notes as to the
assets of our subsidiaries. Additionally, any right we may have
to receive assets of any of our subsidiaries upon such
subsidiarys liquidation or reorganization will be
effectively subordinated to the claims of the subsidiarys
creditors, except to the extent, if any, that we ourselves are
recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary, in which case our
claims would still be subordinate to the claims of such
creditors who hold security in the assets of such subsidiary to
the extent of the value of such assets and to the claims of such
creditors who hold indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to
that held by us. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate
amount of the debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries
reflected on our consolidated balance sheet as to which holders
of the notes were effectively subordinated was approximately
$1,398.0 million, and our subsidiaries had an additional
$314.8 million of unused credit commitments under the
revolving credit portion of the subsidiary credit facility, all
of which could be borrowed as of the date of this prospectus and
used for general corporate purposes based on the terms and
conditions of the subsidiary credit agreement. Our subsidiaries
may incur additional debt or other obligations in the future and
the notes will be effectively subordinated to such debt or other
obligations as well.
As a holding
company our assets consist almost entirely of our ownership
interests in our subsidiaries. As those ownership interests are
pledged as collateral under our subsidiary credit facility, we
cannot assure you of recourse to those assets following any
event of default under the notes.
As a holding company our assets consist almost entirely of the
ownership interests in our subsidiaries. All of our ownership
interests in our subsidiaries are pledged as collateral under
our subsidiary credit facility. Therefore, if we were unable to
pay principal or interest on the notes, the ability of the
holders of the notes to proceed against the ownership interests
in our subsidiaries to satisfy such amounts would be subject to
the prior satisfaction in full of all
15
amounts owing under our subsidiary credit facility. Any action
to proceed against such interests by or on behalf of the holders
of notes would constitute an event of default under our
subsidiary credit facility entitling the lenders thereunder to
declare all amounts owing thereunder to be immediately due and
payable. In addition, as secured creditors, the lenders under
our subsidiary credit facility would control the disposition and
sale of our ownership interests in our subsidiaries after an
event of default under our subsidiary credit facility and would
not be legally required to take into account the interests of
our unsecured creditors, such as the holders of the notes, with
respect to any such disposition or sale. There can be no
assurance that our assets after the satisfaction of the claims
of the secured creditors of our subsidiaries would be sufficient
to satisfy any amounts owing with respect to the notes.
Under certain
circumstances, federal and state laws may allow courts to void
or subordinate claims with respect to the notes or to modify the
contractual or structural relationship between different classes
of creditors.
Under the federal Bankruptcy Code and comparable provisions of
state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could void claims with
respect to the notes or subordinate them if, among other things,
we, at the time the original notes were initially issued:
|
|
|
received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration for the notes;
|
|
|
were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence;
|
|
|
were engaged in a business or transaction for which our
remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond
our ability to pay such debts as they became due.
|
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent or
preferential transfer laws vary depending upon the law applied
in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent or
preferential transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we would
be considered insolvent if:
|
|
|
the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, was
greater than the fair saleable value of all of our assets;
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of our assets was less than the
amount that would be required to pay the probable liability on
our existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they
became absolute and mature; or
|
|
|
we could not pay our debts as they became due.
|
Based upon information available to us at the time we issued the
original notes, we believe that the notes were incurred for fair
value and in good faith.
In addition, if there were to be a bankruptcy of our parent
and/or its
other subsidiaries, creditors of our parent may attempt to make
claims against us and our subsidiaries, including seeking
substantive consolidation of our and our subsidiaries
assets and liabilities with the liabilities of our parent, which
(if successful) could have an adverse effect on holders of the
notes and their recoveries in any bankruptcy proceeding.
16
We may not be
able to fund a change of control offer.
In the event of a change of control (as defined in the
indenture), we will be required, subject to certain conditions,
to offer to purchase all outstanding notes at a price equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the date of purchase. If a change of control
were to occur as of the date of this prospectus, we would not
have sufficient funds available to purchase all of the
outstanding notes were they to all be tendered in response to an
offer made as a result of a change of control. We cannot assure
you that we will have sufficient funds available or that we will
be permitted by our other debt instruments to fulfill these
obligations upon a change of control in the future. Furthermore,
certain change of control events would constitute an event of
default under our subsidiary credit facility. See
Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase at the
Option of HoldersChange of Control.
If we fail to repurchase the notes upon a change of control, we
will be in default under the indenture governing the notes. Any
future debt that we incur may also contain restrictions on the
repurchase of notes by us in the event of a change of control or
similar event.
The change of
control provisions of the indenture may not protect you in the
event of a reorganization or merger in which we incur a large
amount of debt.
The change of control provisions may not protect you in a
transaction in which we incur a large amount of debt, including
a reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar
transaction, because such a transaction may not involve any
shift in voting power or beneficial ownership, or may not
involve a shift large enough to trigger a change of control. The
change of control provisions also will not protect you in a
transaction in which we incur a large amount of debt even if
there is a large shift in voting power or beneficial ownership
if, after consummation of the transaction: (i) Mediacom
remains our manager and Mr. Rocco B. Commisso remains the
chief executive officer or chairman of Mediacom;
(ii) Mr. Commisso, or a company controlled by him,
becomes our manager; or (iii) Mr. Commisso becomes our
chief executive officer or chairman.
We and our
subsidiaries may incur substantially more debt, which could
exacerbate the risks described above and the other risks
described in this prospectus.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial
additional debt in the future. If we or our subsidiaries do so,
the risks described above and the other risks described in this
prospectus could intensify. The terms of the indenture governing
the notes permit us and our subsidiaries to incur additional
debt provided we comply with the leverage incurrence test
described under Description of Exchange
NotesCovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness. As
of December 31, 2009, our subsidiaries had
$314.8 million of unused credit commitments under the
revolving credit portion of the subsidiary credit facility, all
of which could be borrowed and used for general corporate
purposes as of the date of this prospectus based on the terms
and conditions of our debt arrangements. We expect our
subsidiaries to continue to borrow under this facility in the
ordinary course of their business.
Mediacom
Capital Corporation is not an operating company and has no
independent cash flow.
Mediacom Capital Corporation is our wholly-owned subsidiary that
was incorporated to accommodate the issuance of indebtedness by
us. Mediacom Capital Corporation has no operations, revenues or
cash flows and has no assets, liabilities or stockholders
equity on its balance sheet,
17
other than a $100 receivable from an affiliate and the same
dollar amount of common stock on its consolidated balance
sheets. You should not expect Mediacom Capital Corporation to
participate in servicing the interest or principal obligations
on the notes.
If a
bankruptcy case were filed by or against us, the claims of
holders of notes may be allowed in an amount less than such
holders would have been entitled to receive under the indenture
governing the notes.
If a bankruptcy case were filed by or against us under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the claim by any holder of the notes
for the principal amount of the notes may be limited to an
amount equal to the sum of:
|
|
|
the original issue price for the notes (97.622%); and
|
|
|
that portion of the original issue discount that does not
constitute unmatured interest for purpose of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code as of the date of the bankruptcy
filing.
|
Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the
date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured
interest. Unsecured claims for unmatured interest are not
allowed under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the
claims of holders of the notes under such circumstances may be
allowed in an amount less than such holders would be entitled to
receive under the terms of the indenture governing the notes.
Risks related to
our financial condition
We have
substantial debt with restrictive financial and other covenants
and we have significant interest payment requirements, which
could limit our operational flexibility and have an adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31,
2009, our total debt was $1.510 billion. As a result, our
debt service obligations require us to use a large portion of
our revenues and cash flows to pay interest, thereby reducing
our ability to finance our operations, capital expenditures and
other activities. Our annual cash interest expense for the year
ended December 31, 2009, was $104.3 million and our
term loan principal payments were $31.3 million. The debt
under our subsidiary credit facility has a variable rate of
interest. The interest rate for borrowings under that facility
is determined by the Eurodollar rate plus a margin or the base
rate plus a margin, with the margin varying depending on the
ratio of senior indebtedness (as defined) to annualized system
cash flow (as defined) of the obligors. If additional debt were
incurred under the subsidiary credit facility, the Eurodollar
rate or base rate were to rise, our senior indebtedness were to
rise and/or
our system cash flow were to decrease, we would be required to
pay additional interest expense, which would have an adverse
affect on our results of operations.
The subsidiary credit facility requires compliance by our
operating subsidiaries with certain financial and other
covenants including, but not limited to, a ratio of senior
indebtedness (as defined) to annualized system cash flow (as
defined) of no more than 6.0 to 1.0. Our ratio, which is
calculated on a quarterly basis, was 4.4 to 1.0 for the three
months ended December 31, 2009. The subsidiary credit
facility also requires compliance with other covenants
including, but not limited to, limitations on mergers and
acquisitions, consolidations and sales of certain assets, liens,
the incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain restricted
payments and certain transactions with affiliates.
18
The notes contain financial and other covenants, though they are
generally less restrictive than those found in our subsidiary
credit facility. Principal covenants in the indenture include a
limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness based
upon a maximum ratio of total indebtedness (as defined) to
annualized operating cash flow (as defined), of 8.5 to 1.0. Our
ratio, which is calculated on a quarterly basis, was 6.0 to 1.0
for the three months ended December 31, 2009. The indenture
for the notes also contains limitations on dividends,
investments and distributions. Complying with these covenants
may cause us to take actions that we otherwise would not take or
cause us not to take actions that we otherwise would take. We
cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient
cash flows to permit us to satisfy our financial covenants, meet
our debt service obligations and repay our debt.
Our highly leveraged position exposes us to significant risks in
the event of downturns in our business or further downturns in
the economy. Our overall leverage could:
|
|
|
limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;
|
|
|
limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms
acceptable to us or at all;
|
|
|
limit our ability to adapt to changing market conditions;
|
|
|
restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to
make divestitures;
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow
from operations to paying the principal of and interest on our
indebtedness;
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business and the communications industry generally;
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with competitors
that have a less significant debt burden; and
|
|
|
make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and limit our
ability to withstand competitive pressures.
|
Our business is very capital intensive, and requires significant
annual outlays primarily for new digital video cable boxes and
modems, and cable network and related infrastructure. In 2009,
our capital expenditures were approximately $98 million. We
expect these capital expenditures to continue to be significant
over the next several years, as we continue to market our
products and services to our customers.
We believe that cash generated by us or available to us will
meet our anticipated capital and liquidity needs for the
foreseeable future. However, in the longer term, specifically
2015 and beyond, we may not have enough cash available to
satisfy our maturing term loans and the notes. Accordingly, we
may have to refinance existing obligations to extend maturities,
or raise additional capital through debt or equity issuances or
both. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
refinance our existing obligations or raise any required
additional capital or to do so on favorable terms. If we do not
successfully accomplish these tasks, then we may have to cancel
or scale back future capital spending programs, or sell assets.
Failure to make capital investments in our business could
materially and adversely affect our ability to compete
effectively.
19
We are exposed
to risks caused by disruptions in the capital and credit
markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations and our ability to
service our debt.
We rely on the capital markets for senior note offerings and on
the credit markets for bank credit arrangements to meet our
financial commitments and liquidity needs. The U.S. economy
has fallen into a deep recession, with major downturns in
financial markets and the collapse or significant weakening of
many banks and other financial institutions. The capital and
credit markets tightened, making it more difficult for us and
many companies to obtain financing at all or on terms comparable
to those available over the past several years. Future
disruptions in such markets could cause our counterparty banks
to be unable to fulfill their commitments to us, potentially
reducing amounts available to us under our revolving credit
commitments, or subjecting us to greater credit risk with
respect to our interest rate exchange agreements. At this time,
we are not aware of any of our counterparty banks being in a
position where they would be unable to fulfill their obligations
to us. However, we are unable to predict future movements in the
capital and credit markets or the underlying effects on our
results of operations.
A default
under the indenture governing the notes or under our subsidiary
credit facility could result in an acceleration of our
indebtedness and other material adverse effects.
The agreements and instruments governing the notes and our
subsidiaries indebtedness contain financial and operating
covenants. See We have substantial debt with
restrictive financial and other covenants and we have
significant interest payment requirements, which could limit our
operational flexibility and have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations above. The
breach of any of these covenants could cause a default, which
may result in the indebtedness becoming immediately due and
payable. If this were to occur, we would be unable to adequately
finance our operations. In addition, a default could result in a
default or acceleration of our other indebtedness subject to
cross-default provisions. If this occurs, we may not be able to
pay our debts or borrow sufficient funds to refinance them. Even
if new financing is available, it may not be on terms that are
acceptable to us. The membership interests of our operating
subsidiaries are pledged as collateral under the subsidiary
credit facility. A default under our subsidiary credit facility
could result in a foreclosure by the lenders on the membership
interests pledged under that facility. Because we are dependent
upon our operating subsidiaries for all of our cash flows, such
a foreclosure would have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and
liquidity.
In the event of a liquidation or reorganization of any of our
subsidiaries, the creditors of such subsidiaries, including
trade creditors, would be entitled to a claim on the assets of
such subsidiaries prior to our (or any other subsidiary of ours)
claims as a stockholder, and those creditors are likely to be
paid in full before any distribution is made to us (or such
other subsidiary). To the extent that we, or any of our direct
or indirect subsidiaries, are a creditor of a subsidiary, the
claims of such creditor could be subordinated to any security
interest in the assets of such subsidiary
and/or any
indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by such
creditor.
20
Our subsidiary
credit facility imposes significant restrictions on our
operations.
Our subsidiary credit facility contains covenants that restrict
our operating subsidiaries ability to:
|
|
|
distribute funds or pay dividends to us;
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity;
|
|
|
repurchase or redeem equity interests and indebtedness;
|
|
|
pledge or sell assets or merge with another entity;
|
|
|
create liens; and
|
|
|
make certain capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions.
|
Complying with these covenants could cause us to take actions
that we otherwise would not take or cause us not to take actions
that we otherwise would take.
The ability of our subsidiaries to comply with the covenants in
the subsidiary credit agreement may be affected by events beyond
our control. If they were to breach any of these covenants, they
would be in default under the subsidiary credit facility and
they would be prohibited from making cash distributions to us.
Under certain circumstances, lenders could elect to declare all
amounts borrowed under our subsidiary credit facility, together
with accrued interest and other fees, to be due and payable. If
that occurred, our obligations under the notes could also become
payable immediately. Under such circumstances, we may not be
able to repay such amounts.
We may not be
able to obtain additional capital to continue the development of
our business.
We have invested substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion
and maintenance of our cable systems and the launch and
expansion of new or additional products and services. While we
have completed our planned system upgrades to the date of this
prospectus, if there is accelerated growth in our video, HSD and
voice products and services, or we decide to introduce other new
advanced products and services, or the cost to provide these
products and services increases, we may need to make unplanned
additional capital expenditures. We may not be able to obtain
the funds necessary to finance additional capital requirements
through internally generated funds, additional borrowings or
other sources. If we are unable to obtain these funds, we would
not be able to implement our business strategy and our results
of operations would be adversely affected.
A lowering of
the ratings assigned to our debt securities by ratings agencies
may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to
capital.
Our future access to the debt markets and the terms and
conditions we receive are influenced by our debt ratings. Our
corporate credit ratings are B1, with a stable outlook, by
Moodys, and B+, with a stable outlook, by Standard and
Poors. There can be no assurance that our debt ratings
will not be lowered in the future by a rating agency. Any future
downgrade to our credit ratings could result in higher interest
rates on future debt issuance than we currently experience, or
adversely impact our ability to raise additional funds.
21
We have a
history of net losses and we may generate net losses in the
future, which may limit our ability to attract
financing.
We have a history of net losses, and may report net losses in
the future. Although we reported net income of
$51.8 million and $7.4 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008 on revenue of
$637.4 million and $615.9 million, respectively, we
reported net losses of $14.6 million, $19.4 million
and $4.3 million on revenue of $565.9 million,
$529.2 million, and $485.7 million, respectively, for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. In
general, our net losses have principally resulted from
significant depreciation and amortization expenses associated
with our acquisitions and capital expenditures related to
expanding and upgrading our cable systems, as well as interest
expense and other financing charges related to our indebtedness,
and in some years losses on derivatives. Should we incur further
net losses in the future, they may limit our ability to attract
needed financing, and to do so on favorable terms, as such
losses may prevent some investors from investing in our
securities.
The ability of
Mediacom to use net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards to reduce future tax payments could be negatively
impacted if there is an ownership change as defined
under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which could
result in additional taxes requiring funds from us to
pay.
As of December 31, 2009, Mediacom, our parent company, had
approximately $2.4 billion of U.S. federal NOLs
available to reduce taxable income in future years that expire
between 2020 and 2029. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code (Section 382) imposes substantial
limitations on a corporations ability to utilize NOLs if
it experiences an ownership change. The
determination of whether an ownership change occurs is complex
and, to some extent, dependent on information that is not
publicly available. In general terms, an ownership change may
result from transactions increasing the ownership of certain
stockholders in the stock of a corporation by more than
50 percentage points over a three-year period. In the event
of an ownership change, Mediacoms utilization of its
pre-ownership change NOLs would be subject to an annual
limitation under Section 382.
As a holding company, Mediacom relies on distributions from its
subsidiaries, including us, to satisfy any federal income tax
liability that is not offset by NOLs. Depending on the possible
resulting limitations imposed by Section 382,
Mediacoms inability to utilize its U.S. federal NOLs
may potentially accelerate cash tax payments by Mediacom, which
would ultimately be funded by us
and/or
Mediacom Broadband, and thus adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
Impairment of
our goodwill and other intangible assets could cause significant
losses.
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately
$641.8 million of unamortized intangible assets, including
goodwill of $24 million and franchise rights of
$617 million on our consolidated balance sheet. These
intangible assets represented approximately 41% of our total
assets.
Accounting Standards Codification
No. 350IntangiblesGoodwill and Other
(ASC 350) requires that goodwill and other
intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives, such
as cable franchise rights, cease to be amortized. ASC 350 also
requires that goodwill and certain intangible assets be tested
at least annually for impairment. If we find that the carrying
value of goodwill or cable franchise rights exceeds its fair
value, we will reduce the carrying value of the
22
goodwill or intangible asset to the fair value, and will
recognize an impairment loss in our results of operations.
We follow the provisions of ASC 350 to test our goodwill and
franchise rights for impairment. We assess the fair values of
each cable system cluster using a discounted cash flow, or DCF,
methodology, under which the fair value of cable franchise
rights are determined in a direct manner. Our DCF analysis uses
significant (Level 3) unobservable inputs, which is
described under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting PoliciesValuation and Impairment Testing of
Indefinite-Lived Intangibles elsewhere in this prospectus.
This assessment involves significant judgment, including certain
assumptions and estimates that determine future cash flow
expectations and other future benefits, which are consistent
with the expectations of buyers and sellers of cable systems in
determining fair value. These assumptions and estimates include
discount rates, estimated growth rates, terminal growth rates,
comparable company data, revenues per customer, market
penetration as a percentage of homes passed and operating
margin. We also consider market transactions, market valuations,
research analyst estimates and other valuations using multiples
of operating income before depreciation and amortization to
confirm the reasonableness of fair values determined by the DCF
methodology.
Since a number of factors may influence determinations of fair
value of intangible assets, we are unable to predict whether
impairments of goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangibles
will occur in the future. However, significant impairment in
value resulting in impairment charges may result if the
estimates and assumptions used in the fair value determination
change in the future. Such impairment could be significant and
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Any such impairment would
result in our recognizing a corresponding write-off, which could
cause us to report a significant noncash operating loss. Our
annual impairment analysis was performed as of October 1,
2009 and resulted in no impairment. We may be required to
conduct an impairment analysis prior to our anniversary date to
the extent certain economic or business factors are present.
Risks related to
our operations
Our products
and services face increasing competition that could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We operate in a highly competitive industry. In some
instances, we face competitors with fewer regulatory burdens,
easier access to financing, greater resources and operating
capabilities, more brand name recognition and long-standing
relationships with regulatory authorities and customers. Our
principal competitors are DBS providers and local telephone
companies. As a result of such competition, our revenue growth
rates may slow or decline if our customer base erodes or our
revenue per unit suffers, and we may also see increases in the
cost of gaining and retaining customers.
DBS providers, principally DirecTV and DISH, are our most
significant video competitors. We have lost a significant number
of video subscribers to DBS providers in the past, and will
continue to face challenges from them. Recently, the primary DBS
providers have been very aggressive in their pricing policies.
If these pricing and other aggressive promotional tactics
persist, we may continue to face significant losses of video
customers. See BusinessCompetitionDirect
Broadcast Satellite Providers.
23
Certain local telephone companies, including AT&T and
Verizon, continue to deploy fiber more extensively in their
networks, allowing them to offer video, HSD and phone services
to consumers in bundled packages similar to those which we
currently offer. In some cases, DBS providers have marketing
agreements under which local telephone companies sell DBS
service bundled with their phone and HSD services. We also face
competition from municipal entities that provide video, HSD and
phone services. Many of the companies that provide content have
increased their offerings of video streamed over the Internet,
often accessed free of charge. If this trend continues, it could
negatively impact demand for our video services. See
BusinessCompetitionLocal Telephone
Companies.
Our HSD service faces competition from: local telephone
companies utilizing their upgraded fiber networks
and/or DSL
lines; Wi-Fi, Wi-Max and wireless Internet services provided by
wireless service providers; broadband over power line providers;
and providers of traditional
dial-up
Internet access. Existing and potential competitors have applied
for funds under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of
2009 (Recovery Act) economic stimulus programs, and
will likely be eligible to apply for more going forward. If
successful, these additional funds may allow them to build or
expand facilities faster, and deploy existing and new services
sooner, and to more areas, than they otherwise would.
Our phone service faces competition for voice customers from
local telephone companies, wireless telephone service providers,
VoIP services and others. Competition in phone service has
intensified as more consumers are replacing their wireline
service with wireless service.
Weak economic
conditions may adversely impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Weak economic conditions persist, particularly unemployment and
slack consumer demand. Most of our revenues are provided by
residential customers who may downgrade their services, or
discontinue some, or all of their services, if these economic
conditions continue or further weaken.
If we are
unable to keep pace with rapid technological change in our
business, it could adversely affect our business and our results
of operations.
We operate in a rapidly changing technological environment, and
our success depends, in part, on our ability to enhance existing
or adopt new technologies to maintain or improve our competitive
positioning. It may be difficult to keep pace with future
technological developments, and if we fail to choose
technologies that provide products and services that are
preferred by our customers and which are cost efficient to us,
we may experience customer losses and our results of operations
may be adversely affected.
The continuing
increases in programming costs may have an adverse affect on our
results of operations.
Programming costs have historically been our largest single
expense category and have risen dramatically over the last
several years. The largest increases have come from sports
programming and, more recently, from broadcast stations in the
form of retransmission consent fees. We expect programming costs
to continue to grow in the coming years, largely as a result of
increased unit costs charged by the satellite delivered networks
we carry and increasing financial demands by local broadcast
stations to obtain their retransmission consent. If we refuse to
meet
24
the demands of these broadcast station owners, or are unable to
negotiate reasonable contracts with non-broadcast networks, we
may not be able to transmit these stations, which may result in
the loss of existing or potential additional subscribers. A
significant portion of our programming contracts are up for
renewal over the next 12 months.
Our profit margins from video services have declined over the
last several years, as the cost to secure cable programming and
broadcast station retransmission consent has outpaced our video
revenue growth. If we are unable to increase subscriber rates or
offer additional services to fully offset such increased
programming costs, our video service margins will continue to
deteriorate.
We may be
unable to secure necessary hardware, software,
telecommunications and operational support, which may impair our
ability to provision and service our customers and adversely
affect our business.
Third-party firms provide some of the components used in
delivering our products and services, including digital set-top
converter boxes, DVRs and VOD equipment; routers and other
switching equipment; provisioning and other software; network
connections for our phone services; fiber optic cable and
construction services for expansion and upgrades of our networks
and cable systems; and our customer billing platform. Some of
these companies may hold leverage over us, considering that they
are the sole supplier of certain products and services, or there
may be a long lead time
and/or
significant expense required to transition to another provider.
As a result, our operations depend on a successful relationship
with these companies. Any delays or disruptions in the
relationship as a result of contractual disagreements,
operational or financial failures on the part of the suppliers,
or other adverse events, could negatively affect our ability to
effectively provision and service our customers. Demand for some
of these items has increased with the general growth in demand
for Internet and telecommunications services. We typically do
not carry significant inventories, and therefore any delays in
our ability to obtain equipment could impact our operations.
Moreover, if there are no suppliers that are able to provide
set-top converter boxes that comply with evolving Internet and
telecommunications standards, or that are compatible with other
equipment and software that we use, this could negatively affect
our ability to effectively provision and service our customers.
We also have outsourcing arrangements with certain telephony
providers in connection with our provision of HSD and telephony
services to our customers. We are in the process of
transitioning our telephony services to an in-house platform,
and unexpected delays or disruptions in the transition process
may adversely affect our customers and our business.
We depend on
network and information systems and other technologies. A
disruption or failure in such systems and technologies could
have a material adverse affect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
Because of the importance of network and information systems and
other technologies to our business, any events affecting these
systems and technologies could have a devastating impact on our
business. These events could include: computer hacking, computer
viruses, worms or other disruptive software, process breakdowns,
denial of service attacks and other malicious activities or any
combination of the foregoing; and natural disasters, power
outages and man-made disasters. Such occurrences may cause
service disruptions, loss of customers and revenues and negative
publicity, which may result in significant expenditures to
repair or replace the damaged infrastructure, or protect from
similar occurrences in the future. We may also be negatively
affected by the illegal acquisition and dissemination of data
and information,
25
including customer, personnel, and vendor data, and this may
require us to expend significant capital and other resources to
remedy any such security breach.
Our business
depends on certain intellectual property rights and on not
infringing on the intellectual property rights of
others.
We rely on our copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well
as licenses and other agreements with our vendors and other
parties, to use our technologies, conduct our operations and
sell our products and services. Third parties have in the past,
and may in the future, assert claims or initiate litigation
related to purportedly exclusive patent, copyright, trademark,
and other intellectual property rights to technologies and
related standards that are relevant to us. These assertions have
increased over time as a result of our growth and the general
increase in the pace of patent claims assertions, particularly
in the United States. Because of the existence of a large number
of patents in the networking field, the secrecy of some pending
patents and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, in some
cases it is not economically practical or even possible to
determine in advance whether a product or any of its components
infringes or will infringe on the patent rights of others.
Asserted claims
and/or
initiated litigation can include claims against us or our
manufacturers, suppliers, or customers, alleging infringement of
proprietary rights with respect to our existing or future
products
and/or
services or components of those products
and/or
services. Regardless of the merit of these claims, defending
against them can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation
and diversion of technical and management personnel, or require
us to develop a non-infringing technology or enter into license
agreements. There can be no assurance that licenses will be
available on acceptable terms and conditions, if at all, or that
our indemnification by our suppliers will be adequate to cover
our costs if a claim were brought directly against us or our
customers. Furthermore, because of the potential for high court
awards that are not necessarily predictable, it is not unusual
to find even arguably unmeritorious claims settled for
significant amounts. If any infringement or other intellectual
property claim made against us by any third party is successful,
if we are required to indemnify a customer with respect to a
claim against the customer, or if we fail to develop
non-infringing technology or license the proprietary rights on
commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business,
results of operations, and financial condition could be
materially and adversely effected.
Some of our
cable systems operate in the Gulf Coast region, which
historically has experienced severe hurricanes and tropical
storms.
Cable systems serving approximately 19% of our subscribers are
located on or near the Gulf Coast in Alabama, Florida and
Mississippi. In 2004 and 2005, three hurricanes impacted these
cable systems to varying degrees causing property damage,
service interruption and loss of customers. If the Gulf Coast
were to experience severe hurricanes in the future, this could
adversely impact our results of operations in affected areas,
causing us to experience higher than normal levels of expense
and capital expenditures, as well as the potential loss of
customers and revenues.
The loss of
Mediacoms key personnel could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
Our success is substantially dependent upon the retention of,
and the continued performance by, the key personnel of our
manager, Mediacom, including Rocco B. Commisso, its Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer. Our subsidiary credit facility provides
that an event of default will
26
occur if Mr. Commisso no longer beneficially owns at least
a majority of the voting power of our ownership interests,
unless (i) Mediacom continues to be our manager and
Mr. Commisso continues to be its Chief Executive Officer or
Chairman, (ii) Mr. Commisso (or a company controlled
by him) becomes our manager or (iii) Mr. Commisso
becomes and thereafter continues to be our chief executive
officer or chairman. Mediacom has not entered into a long-term
employment agreement with Mr. Commisso, nor does it
currently maintain key man life insurance on Mr. Commisso
or other key personnel. If any of our managers key
personnel ceases to participate in our business and operations,
it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations
Risks related to
legislative and regulatory matters
Changes in
government regulations could adversely impact our
business.
The cable industry is subject to extensive legislation and
regulation at the federal and local levels and, in some
instances, at the state level. Additionally, our HSD and phone
services are also subject to regulation, and additional
regulation is under consideration. Many aspects of such
regulation, including the National Broadband Plan, are
currently, or will be, the subject of judicial and
administrative proceedings and legislative and administrative
proposals, and lobbying efforts by us and our competitors. We
expect that court actions and regulatory proceedings will
continue to refine our rights and obligations under applicable
federal, state and local laws. The results of current or future
judicial and administrative proceedings and legislative
activities cannot be predicted. Modifications to existing
requirements or imposition of new requirements or limitations
could have an adverse impact on our business. See
BusinessLegislation and Regulation.
Denials of
franchise renewals or continued absence of franchise parity
could adversely impact our business.
Where state-issued franchises are not available, local
franchising authorities may demand concessions, or other
commitments, as a condition to renewal, and these concessions or
other commitments could be costly. Although the Cable Act
affords certain protections, there is no assurance that we will
not be compelled to meet the demands of local franchising
authorities in order to obtain renewals.
Our cable systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises.
As of December 31, 2009, approximately 9% of the estimated
homes passed by our cable systems were served by other cable
operators. Because of the Federal Communications
Commissions (FCC) actions to speed issuance of
local competitive franchises and because many states in which we
operate cable systems have adopted and other states may adopt
legislation to allow others, including local telephone
companies, to deliver services in competition with our cable
service without obtaining equivalent local franchises, we may
face not only increasing competition but we may be at a
competitive disadvantage due to lack of regulatory parity. Any
of these factors could adversely affect our business. See
BusinessState and Local LegislationFranchise
Matters.
Changes in
carriage requirements could impose additional cost burdens on
us.
Any change that increases the amount of content that we must
carry on our cable systems can adversely impact our business by
increasing our cost and limiting our ability to carry other
programming more valued by our subscribers or limit our ability
to provide other services. For
27
example, if we are required to carry more than the primary
stream of digital broadcast signals or if the FCC regulations
are put into effect that require us to provide either very low
cost or no cost commercial leased access, our business would be
adversely affected. See BusinessLegislation and
RegulationCable System Operations and Cable
ServicesFederal RegulationContent Regulations.
Pending FCC
and court proceedings could adversely affect our HSD
service.
The regulatory status of providing HSD service by cable
companies remains uncertain. If the FCC imposes additional
regulatory burdens or further restricts the methods we may
employ to manage the operation of our network through new
network neutrality obligations or otherwise, our
costs would increase, we may be required to make additional
capital expenditures and our business could be adversely
affected. Future legislative or regulatory actions resulting
from the FCCs recommendations for the National Broadband
Plan to Congress may set forth obligations on broadband
providers that could also have adverse impacts on our business.
See BusinessLegislation and RegulationHSD
ServiceFederal Regulation.
Our phone
service may become subject to additional regulation, which may
adversely affect our ability to provide a competitive phone
service.
The regulatory treatment of VoIP phone services like those we
and others offer remains uncertain. The FCC, Congress, the
courts and the states continue to look at issues surrounding the
provision of VoIP, including whether this service is properly
classified as a telecommunications service or an information
service. Any changes to existing law as it applies to VoIP or
any determination that results in greater or different
regulatory obligations than competing services could result in
increased costs, reduce anticipated revenues or impede our
ability to effectively compete or otherwise adversely affect our
ability to conduct our telephony business. See
BusinessLegislation and RegulationFederal
RegulationVoice-over-Internet-Protocol Telephony.
Changes in
pole attachment regulations or actions by pole owners could
significantly increase our pole attachment costs.
Our cable facilities are often attached to or use public utility
poles, ducts or conduits. Significant change to the FCCs
long-standing pole attachment cable rate formula,
increases in pole attachment costs as a result of our provision
of Internet, VoIP or other services could increase our pole
attachment costs. Our business, financial condition and results
of operations could suffer a material adverse impact from any
significant increased costs, and such increased pole attachment
costs could discourage system upgrades and the introduction of
new products and services. See BusinessLegislation
and RegulationFederal RegulationPole Attachment
Regulation.
Changes in
compulsory copyright regulations could significantly increase
our license fees.
If Congress enacts proposed revisions to the Copyright Act, it
could impose oversight and conditions that could adversely
affect our business. Additionally, the Copyright Offices
implementation of any such legislative changes could impose
requirements on us or permit overly intrusive access to
financial and operational records. Any future decision by
Congress to eliminate the cable compulsory license, which would
require us to obtain copyright licensing of
28
all broadcast material at the source, would impose significant
administrative burdens and additional costs that could adversely
affect our business. See BusinessLegislation and
RegulationCable System Operations and Cable
ServicesFederal RegulationCopyright.
Risks related to
Mediacoms Chairman and Chief Executive Officers
controlling position
Mediacoms
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has the ability to control
all major corporate decisions, and a sale of his stock could
result in a change of control that would have unpredictable
effects.
Rocco B. Commisso, Mediacoms Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer, beneficially owned shares of its common stock
representing approximately 87.2% of the aggregate voting power
of all of its common stock as of December 31, 2009. As a
result, Mr. Commisso generally has the ability to control
the outcome of all matters requiring approval of Mediacoms
stockholders, including the election of its entire board of
directors, the approval of any merger or consolidation and the
sale of all or substantially all of its assets.
Mr. Commissos control over our manager could result
in his taking actions that are beneficial to him but not to the
holders of notes.
The disposition by Mr. Commisso of a sufficient number of
shares of Mediacoms stock could result in a change in
control of Mediacom and us. A change in control could result in
a default under our debt arrangements, could require us to offer
to repurchase our notes at 101% of their principal amount in
compliance with the indenture, could trigger a variety of
federal, state and local regulatory consent requirements and
could potentially limit Mediacoms utilization of its NOLs
for income tax purposes. Any of the foregoing results could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
29
Special
note regarding forward-looking statements
Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements
of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs of
future events and of our future financial performance, are
forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. In
some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by
words such as anticipates, believes,
continue, could, estimates,
expects, intends, may,
plans, potential, predicts,
should or will, or the negative of those
and other comparable words. These forward-looking statements are
not guarantees of future performance or results, and are subject
to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from historical results or those we
anticipate, many of which are beyond our control. Factors that
may cause such differences to occur include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
increased levels of competition from existing and new
competitors;
|
|
|
lower demand for our video, high-speed data and phone services;
|
|
|
our ability to successfully introduce new products and services
to meet customer demands and preferences;
|
|
|
changes in laws, regulatory requirements or technology that may
cause us to incur additional costs and expenses;
|
|
|
greater than anticipated increases in programming costs and
delivery expenses related to our products and services;
|
|
|
changes in assumptions underlying our critical accounting
policies;
|
|
|
our ability to secure hardware, software and operational support
for the delivery of products and services to our customers;
|
|
|
disruptions or failures of network and information systems upon
which our business relies;
|
|
|
difficulties we may encounter in transitioning from one service
platform to another;
|
|
|
our reliance on certain intellectual properties;
|
|
|
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt
service obligations;
|
|
|
our ability to access the cash flows of our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
fluctuations in short term interest rates, which may cause our
interest expense to vary from quarter to quarter; and
|
|
|
volatility in the capital and credit markets, which may impact
our ability to refinance future debt maturities or provide
funding for potential strategic transactions, on similar terms
as we currently experience.
|
Please also read the Risk Factors section of this
prospectus beginning on page 12, for additional factors that may
cause our actual results to differ materially from historical
results or those which may be inferred from any forward looking
statements included in this prospectus. Statements included in
this prospectus are based upon information known to us as of the
date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update
or alter our forward-looking statements made in this prospectus,
whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise, except as required by applicable federal securities
laws.
30
The exchange
offer
This section of the prospectus describes the exchange offer.
While we believe that the description covers the material terms
of the exchange offer, this summary may not contain all of the
information that is important to you. You should carefully read
this entire document for a complete understanding of the
exchange offer.
Purpose and
effects of the exchange offer
The purpose of the exchange offer is to satisfy our obligations
under the registration rights agreement that we entered into
with the initial purchasers of the original notes. We originally
issued and sold $350,000,000 principal amount of original notes
in a private placement on August 25, 2009. We did not
register the offer and sale of the original notes in reliance
upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act and Rule 144A and Regulation S
thereunder.
We are offering to exchange up to the entire $350,000,000
principal amount of original notes for a like principal amount
of exchange notes.
Under the registration rights agreement, we are required, among
other things, to:
|
|
|
file a registration statement on or prior to March 23, 2010
(the 210th day after the issue date of the original notes),
registering the proposed offer and exchange of any and all
original notes for registered exchange notes with substantially
identical terms;
|
|
|
use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to
July 21, 2010 (the 330th day after the issue date of
the original notes); and
|
|
|
keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days
after the date notice thereof is mailed to holders of the
original notes.
|
In addition, under certain circumstances, we may be required to
use our best efforts to file a shelf registration statement to
cover resales of original notes.
If we fail to comply with the requirements of the registration
rights agreement the interest rate on the original notes may
increase. Specifically, in the event that:
|
|
|
we did not file the registration statement on or before
March 23, 2010 (within 210 days following the issue
date of the original notes) (or, if we are otherwise required
under the registration rights agreement to file a registration
statement relating to a resale registration for the original
notes, we do not so file such registration statement within
210 days following the date we become obligated to do
so); or
|
|
|
the registration statement does not become effective on or
before July 21, 2010 (within 330 days following the
issue date of the original notes) (or, in the case of any such
registration statement relating to a resale registration, such
registration statement is not declared effective within
330 days following the date such registration statement was
required to be filed); or
|
|
|
the exchange offer has not been consummated by August 20,
2010 (within 360 days after the issue date of the original
notes); or
|
31
|
|
|
any registration statement required by the registration rights
agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter
cease to be effective (except as specifically permitted therein)
or usable at any time that we are obligated to maintain the
effectiveness thereof pursuant to the registration rights
agreement
|
(any event referred to in the four clauses above being a
Registration Default), then the per annum interest
rate on the original notes will increase, for the period from
the occurrence of the Registration Default until such time as
the Registration Default is no longer in effect (at which time
the interest rate will be reduced to its initial rate), by .25%
of the principal amount of the notes during the first
90-day
period following the occurrence and during the continuation of
such Registration Default, which rate shall increase by an
additional .25% for each subsequent
90-day
period during which such Registration Default continues up to a
maximum of 1.0% per annum (Additional Interest).
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, an
interpretation by the staff of the SEC with respect to whether
the exchange notes may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise
transferred by any holder without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC
set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties,
including Exxon Capital Holdings Corp. (available
May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and
Shearman & Sterling (available July 2,
1993), we believe the exchange notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by any holder without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act provided such holder meets the
following conditions:
|
|
|
such holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased original notes
directly from us for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any
other available exemption under the Securities Act,
|
|
|
such holder is not our affiliate, and
|
|
|
such holder acquires exchange notes in the ordinary course of
its business and has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes.
|
If you do not satisfy all of the above conditions, you cannot
participate in the exchange offer. Rather, in the absence of an
exemption you must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
resale of the original notes. Any holder that complies with such
registration and prospectus delivery requirements may incur
liabilities under the Securities Act for which the holder will
not be entitled to indemnification from us.
A broker-dealer that has bought original notes for its own
account as part of its market-making or other trading activities
must deliver a prospectus in order to resell the exchange notes
it receives therefor pursuant to the exchange offer. This
prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to
time, may be used by a broker-dealer for such purpose, and we
have agreed in the registration rights agreement to make this
prospectus available to such broker dealers for a period of
270 days after the completion of the exchange offer. See
Plan of Distribution. Each broker-dealer that
receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale of exchange notes. The accompanying letter of transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus,
a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
32
We are not making the exchange offer to, nor will we accept
surrenders for exchange from, holders of original notes in any
jurisdiction in which this exchange offer or its acceptance
would not comply with applicable state securities laws or
applicable laws of a foreign jurisdiction.
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and you should
carefully consider whether to participate. We urge you to
consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decision
on whether to participate in the exchange offer.
Consequences of
failure to exchange
Original notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes in the
exchange offer will remain restricted securities
within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities
Act, and will therefore continue to be subject to restrictions
on transfer. Holders of such original notes will not be able to
require us to register them under the Securities Act, except in
the limited circumstances set forth in the registration rights
agreement. Accordingly, following completion of the exchange
offer any original notes that remain outstanding may not be
offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except:
(1) to us, upon redemption thereof or otherwise,
(2) so long as the original notes are eligible for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the seller
reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within
the meaning of Rule 144A, purchasing for its own account or
for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that the resale, pledge or other transfer is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A,
(3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(4) pursuant to an exemption from registration in
accordance with Rule 144, if available, under the Securities Act,
(5) in reliance on another exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, or
(6) pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act.
In all of the situations discussed above, the resale must be in
compliance with the Securities Act, any applicable securities
laws of any state of the United States and any applicable
securities laws of any foreign country. Any resale of original
notes will also be subject to certain requirements of the
registrar or any co-registrar being met, including receipt by
the registrar or co-registrar of a certification and, in the
case of (3), (4) and (5) above, an opinion of counsel
reasonably acceptable to us and the registrar and any
co-registrar.
To the extent original notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the principal amount of outstanding original
notes will decrease with a resulting decrease in the liquidity
in the market therefor. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market
of the original notes could be adversely affected following
completion of the exchange offer. See Risk
FactorsRisks Related to the Exchange OfferIf you do
not properly tender your original notes, you will continue to
hold unregistered notes and your ability to transfer those
original notes may be adversely affected.
33
Terms of the
exchange offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, a copy
of which is attached to this prospectus as Annex A, we will
accept any and all original notes validly tendered (and not
withdrawn) on or prior to the Expiration Date. We will issue
$1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each
$1,000 principal amount of original notes accepted in the
exchange offer. The exchange notes will accrue interest on the
same terms as the original notes; however, holders of the
original notes accepted for exchange will not receive accrued
interest thereon at the time of exchange; rather, all accrued
interest on the original notes will become obligations under the
exchange notes. Holders may tender some or all of their original
notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, original notes
may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 principal amount in excess thereof.
The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the
form and terms of the original notes, except that:
|
|
|
the offer and sale of the exchange notes for the original notes
will have been registered under the Securities Act, and the
exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer
pursuant to the Securities Act, and
|
|
|
except as otherwise described above, holders of the exchange
notes will not be entitled to any rights under the registration
rights agreement.
|
The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original
notes that they replace, and will be issued under, and be
entitled to the benefits of, the indenture which governs the
original notes, including the payment of principal and interest.
We are sending this prospectus and the letter of transmittal to
holders of the original notes through the facilities of The
Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, whose nominee,
Cede & Co, is the registered holder of the original
notes. The original notes are represented by permanent global
notes in fully registered form, without coupons, which have been
deposited with the trustee for the notes, as custodian for DTC.
Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note is limited
to persons who have accounts with DTC, or DTC participants, or
persons who hold interests through DTC participants. The term
holder, as used in this prospectus, means those DTC
participants in whose name interests in the global notes are
credited on the books of DTC, and those persons who hold
interests through such DTC participants. The term original
notes, as used in this prospectus, means such interests in
the global notes. Like the original notes, the exchange notes
will be deposited with the trustee for the notes as custodian
for DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
nominee of DTC.
Holders of the original notes do not have any appraisal or
dissenters rights under Delaware law or the indenture
governing the notes in connection with the exchange offer. We
intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the
requirements of the Exchange Act and the SECs rules and
regulations thereunder.
We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered original
notes when, as and if we have given written notice thereof to
the exchange agent, which is Law Debenture Trust Company of
New York. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering
holders of the original notes for the purposes of receiving the
exchange notes. The exchange notes delivered in the exchange
offer will be issued promptly following our acceptance for
exchange of original notes.
34
If any tendered original notes are not accepted for exchange
because they do not comply with the procedures set forth in this
prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, our
withdrawal of the exchange offer, the occurrence of certain
other events set forth herein or otherwise, such unaccepted
original notes will be returned, without expense, to the
tendering holder promptly after the Expiration Date or our
withdrawal of the exchange offer. Any acceptance, waiver of
default or a rejection of a tender of original notes shall be at
our discretion and shall be conclusive, final and binding.
Holders who tender original notes in the exchange offer will not
be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to
the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes
with respect to the exchange of the original notes in the
exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than
certain taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. See
Fees and Expenses.
Expiration date;
extensions; amendments
The term Expiration Date with respect to the
exchange offer means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
[ ], 2010 unless we, in our sole
discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the term
Expiration Date shall mean the latest date and time
to which the exchange offer is extended.
If we extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange
agent of any extension by written notice and will make a public
announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, no later than on the next business day after the
previously scheduled Expiration Date.
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion,
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer,
|
|
|
if any of the conditions set forth below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have not been
satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer or waive any
conditions that have not been satisfied, or
|
|
|
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
|
We may effect any such extension, waiver, termination or
amendment by giving written notice thereof to the exchange agent.
Except as specified in the second paragraph under this heading,
we will make a public announcement of any such extension,
termination, amendment or waiver as promptly as practicable. If
we amend or waive any condition of the exchange offer in a
manner determined by us to constitute a material change to the
exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such amendment or
waiver in a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to
the holders of the original notes. The exchange offer will then
be extended for a period of five to ten business days, as
required by law, depending upon the significance of the
amendment or waiver and the manner of disclosure to the
registered holders.
We will make a timely release of a public announcement of any
extension, termination, amendment or waiver to the exchange
offer to an appropriate news agency.
35
Procedures for
tendering original notes
Tenders of Original Notes; Book-Entry Delivery
Procedure. All of the original notes are held in
book-entry form, and tenders may only be made through DTCs
Book-Entry Transfer Facility.
The exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the
original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within
two business days after the date of this prospectus, and any
financial institution that is a participant in DTC that wishes
to participate in the exchange offer may make book-entry
delivery of the original notes by causing DTC to transfer such
original notes into the exchange agents account in
accordance with DTCs procedures for such transfer. The
confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the exchange
agents account at DTC is referred to as a Book-Entry
Confirmation. In addition, DTC participants on or before
the Expiration Date must either
|
|
|
properly complete and duly execute the letter of transmittal (or
a facsimile thereof), and any other documents required by the
letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver the letter
of transmittal or such facsimile, with any required signature
guarantees, to the exchange agent at one or more of its
addresses below, or
|
|
|
transmit their acceptance through DTCs Automated Tender
Offer Program, or ATOP, for which the exchange offer is
eligible, and DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and
send an Agents Message to the exchange agent for its
acceptance.
|
The term Agents Message means a message
transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent and
forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that
DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant
in DTC tendering the original notes that such participant has
received the letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the
terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce such
agreement against such participant
Although delivery of original notes is to be effected through
book-entry at DTC, the letter of transmittal (or facsimile
thereof), with any required signature guarantees, or an
Agents Message in connection with a book-entry transfer,
and any other required documents, must, in any case, be
transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at one or more
of its addresses set forth below on or prior to the Expiration
Date. Delivery of the letter of transmittal or other required
documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange
agent.
The tender by a holder of original notes pursuant to the
procedures set forth above will constitute the tendering
holders acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of
the exchange offer. Our acceptance for exchange of original
notes tendered pursuant to the procedures described above will
constitute a binding agreement between such tendering holder and
us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of
the exchange offer. Only holders are authorized to tender their
original notes.
The method of delivery of original notes and letters of
transmittal, any required signature guarantees and all other
required documents, including delivery through DTC and any
acceptance or Agents Message transmitted through ATOP, is
at the election and risk of the persons tendering original notes
and delivering letters of transmittal. If you use ATOP, you must
allow sufficient time for completion of the ATOP procedures
during normal business hours of DTC on or prior to the
Expiration Date. Tender and delivery will be deemed made only
when actually received by the exchange agent. If delivery is by
mail, it is suggested that the holder use properly insured,
registered mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested,
and that the
36
mailing be made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date
to permit delivery to the exchange agent prior to such date.
Except as provided below, unless the original notes being
tendered are delivered to the exchange agent on or prior to the
Expiration Date (accompanied by a completed and duly executed
letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted Agents
Message), we may, at our option, reject the tender of such
original notes. The exchange of exchange notes for original
notes will be made only against the tendered original notes,
which must be deposited with the exchange agent prior to or on
the Expiration Date, and receipt by the exchange agent of all
other required documents prior to or on the Expiration Date.
Tender of Original Notes Held Through a
Nominee. If you beneficially own original notes
through a bank, depository, broker, trust company or other
nominee and wish to tender your original notes, you must
instruct such holder to cause your original notes to be tendered
on your behalf. A letter of instruction from your bank,
depository, broker, trust company or other nominee may be
included in the materials provided along with this prospectus,
which the beneficial owner may use to instruct its nominee to
effect the tender of the original notes of the beneficial owner.
Signature Guarantees. Signatures on all
letters of transmittal must be guaranteed by a recognized member
of the Medallion Signature Guarantee Program or by any other
eligible guarantor institution, as that term is
defined in
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Exchange Act (each of the foregoing, an Eligible
Institution), unless the original notes tendered thereby
are tendered (1) by a participant in DTC whose name appears
on a DTC security position listing as the owner of such original
notes who has not completed either the box entitled
Special Issuance Instructions or Special
Delivery Instructions on the letter of transmittal, or
(2) for the account of an Eligible Institution. See
Instructions 1 and 4 of the letter of transmittal. If the
original notes are in the name of a person other than the signer
of the letter of transmittal or if original notes not accepted
for exchange or not tendered are to be returned to a person
other than the holder of such original notes, then the
signatures on the letter of transmittal accompanying the
tendered original notes must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution as described above. See Instructions 1 and 4 of
the letter of transmittal.
No Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. No
guaranteed delivery procedures are being made available in
connection with the exchange offer. Therefore, to participate in
the exchange offer your original notes must be transferred into
the exchange agents account at DTC, and the exchange agent
must receive a properly completed and duly executed letter of
transmittal (and any other required documents) or an
Agents Message transmitted through ATOP, in each case on
or prior to the Expiration Date.
Determination of Validity. All questions as to
the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt),
acceptance and withdrawal of tendered original notes will be
determined by us, which determination will be conclusive, final
and binding. Alternative, conditional or contingent tenders of
original notes will not be considered valid and may be rejected
by us. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all
original notes not properly tendered or any original notes our
acceptance of which, in the opinion of our counsel, would be
unlawful.
We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities
or conditions of tender as to particular original notes. The
interpretation of the terms and conditions of our exchange offer
(including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) by us
will be conclusive, final and binding
37
on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within
such time as we shall determine.
Although we intend to notify holders of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of original notes through
the exchange agent, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other
person is under any duty to give such notice, nor shall they
incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Tenders of original notes will not be deemed to have been made
until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.
Any original notes tendered into the exchange agents
account at DTC that are not validly tendered and as to which the
defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived within
the timeframes established by us in our sole discretion, if any,
or if original notes are submitted in a principal amount greater
than the principal amount of original notes being tendered by
such tendering holder, such unaccepted or non-exchanged original
notes will be credited back to the account maintained by the
applicable DTC participant with such book-entry transfer
facility.
Withdrawal of
tenders
Tenders of original notes in the exchange offer may be withdrawn
at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
To be effective, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name
and number of the account at DTC to be credited with such
withdrawn original notes and must otherwise comply with
DTCs procedures.
If the original notes to be withdrawn have been identified to
the exchange agent, a signed notice of withdrawal meeting the
requirements discussed above is effective immediately upon the
exchange agents receipt of written or facsimile notice of
withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected. A
withdrawal of original notes can only be accomplished in
accordance with these procedures. Any failure to follow these
procedures will not result in any original notes being
withdrawn. The company and the exchange agent may reject any
withdrawal request not in accordance with these procedures.
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility
(including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined
by us, which determination shall be final and binding on all
parties. No withdrawal of original notes will be deemed to have
been properly made until all defects or irregularities have been
cured or expressly waived. Neither we, the exchange agent nor
any other person will be under any duty to give notification of
any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or
revocation, nor shall we or they incur any liability for failure
to give any such notification. Any original notes so withdrawn
will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of
the exchange offer and no exchange notes will be issued with
respect thereto unless the original notes so withdrawn are
retendered on or prior to the Expiration Date. Properly
withdrawn original notes may be retendered by following the
procedures described above under Procedures for
Tendering Original Notes at any time on or prior to the
Expiration Date.
Any original notes which have been tendered but which are not
accepted for exchange due to the rejection of the tender due to
uncured defects or the prior termination of the exchange offer,
or which have been validly withdrawn, will be returned to the
holder thereof unless otherwise provided in the letter of
transmittal, promptly following the Expiration Date or, if so
38
requested in the notice of withdrawal, promptly after receipt by
us of notice of withdrawal without cost to such holder.
Conditions to the
exchange offer
The exchange offer will not be subject to any conditions, other
than:
|
|
|
that the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a
holder of original notes, does not violate applicable law or any
applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;
|
|
|
that applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC
regarding exchange offers of the type contemplated by this
prospectus shall not have been changed, such that the exchange
notes would not be generally free of the transfer restrictions
of the Securities Act following consummation of the exchange
offer;
|
|
|
the due tendering of original notes and the delivery to the
exchange agent of the letter of transmittal or an Agents
Message (and all other required documents) in accordance with
the exchange offer; and
|
|
|
that each holder of the original notes exchanged in the exchange
offer shall have represented that all exchange notes to be
received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its
business and that at the time of the consummation of the
exchange offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes and shall
have made such other representations as may be reasonably
necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or Staff
interpretations to render the use of
Form S-4
or other appropriate form under the Securities Act available.
|
If we determine in our reasonable discretion that any of the
conditions to the exchange offer are not satisfied, we may:
|
|
|
refuse to accept any original notes and return all tendered
original notes to the tendering holders,
|
|
|
terminate the exchange offer,
|
|
|
extend the exchange offer and retain all original notes tendered
prior to the Expiration Date, subject, however, to the rights of
holders to withdraw such original notes, or
|
|
|
waive such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the exchange
offer and accept all validly tendered original notes which have
not been withdrawn.
|
If our waiver of an unsatisfied condition constitutes a material
change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose such
waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be
distributed to the holders of the original notes, and will
extend the exchange offer for a period of five to ten business
days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the
manner of disclosure to the registered holders, if the exchange
offer would otherwise expire during such five to ten business
day period.
Exchange
agent
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, the trustee under
the indenture governing the notes, has been appointed as
exchange agent for the exchange offer. The exchange agent will
39
not be (i) liable for any act or omission unless such act
constitutes its own gross negligence or bad faith and in no
event will the exchange agent be liable to a security holder,
Mediacom LLC, Mediacom Capital Corporation or any third party
for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits,
arising in connection with the exchange offer or its duties and
responsibilities related to the exchange offer;
(ii) obligated to take any legal action with respect to the
exchange offer which might in its judgment involve any expense
or liability, unless it will be furnished with indemnity
satisfactory to it; and (iii) liable or responsible for any
statement contained in this prospectus.
Each of Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Capital Corporation will
indemnify the exchange agent with respect to certain matters
relating to the exchange offer.
You should direct questions and requests for assistance,
requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the
letter of transmittal and requests for other documents to the
exchange agent as follows:
Delivery by
Registered or Certified Mail:
Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Department/Mediacom
Overnight
Delivery or Regular Mail:
Law Debenture
Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Department/Mediacom
To Confirm by
Telephone or for Information:
(212) 750-6474
Facsimile
Transmissions:
(212) 750-1361
Fees and
expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting
tenders. The principal solicitation is being made
by mail by the exchange agent; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telecopy, telephone or in person by our or our
affiliates officers and regular employees.
No dealer-manager has been retained in connection with the
exchange offer and no payments will be made to brokers, dealers
or others soliciting acceptance of the exchange offer. However,
reasonable and customary fees will be paid to the exchange agent
for its services and it will be reimbursed for its reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses.
Our out-of-pocket expenses for the exchange offer will include
fees and expenses of the exchange agent and the trustee under
the indenture governing the notes, accounting and legal fees and
printing costs, among others.
40
Transfer
taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of the original notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the exchange of the original notes pursuant to the exchange
offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether
imposed on the tendering holder or any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted
with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer
taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
Accounting
treatment for the exchange offer
The exchange notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the
original notes and no gain or loss for accounting purposes will
be recognized. The expenses of the exchange offer will be
amortized over the term of the exchange notes.
Use of
proceeds
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the registration rights agreement relating to the original
notes. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes in the exchange offer. In consideration for
issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus,
we will receive, in exchange, outstanding original notes in like
principal amount. We will cancel all original notes tendered in
exchange for exchange notes in the exchange offer. The exchange
notes will accrue interest on the same terms as the original
notes, and all accrued interest on the original notes will
become obligations under the exchange notes. As a result, the
issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase
or decrease in our indebtedness or in the early payment of
interest.
The net proceeds from the sale of the original notes on
August 25, 2009 were approximately $334.9 million. We
used the proceeds from the original notes to fund a portion of
the debt tender offers described under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationLiquidity and Capital ResourcesNew
Financings and to pay related fees and expenses.
41
Capitalization
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
our capitalization as of December 31, 2009. The issuance of
the exchange notes will not result in any change in our
outstanding indebtedness. This table should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto and Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
(amounts in thousands)
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
8,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiary Credit Facility (including current
maturities)(1)
|
|
|
1,160,000
|
|
9.125% Senior Notes due 2019
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members deficit
|
|
|
(190,987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
1,319,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, our
subsidiaries had approximately $314.8 million of unused
credit commitments under the revolving credit portion of the
subsidiary credit facility.
|
42
Selected
historical consolidated financial and operating data
We set forth in the table below our selected historical
consolidated financial and subscriber data. The selected
historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 and the selected statement of operations and cash flow data
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The other selected
balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flow data set
forth in the table below have been derived from other
consolidated financial statements that are not included in this
prospectus.
The following information should be read together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
(amounts in thousands, except per share data and operating data)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006(11)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
637,375
|
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
565,913
|
|
|
$
|
529,156
|
|
|
$
|
485,705
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
|
283,167
|
|
|
|
267,321
|
|
|
|
245,968
|
|
|
|
222,334
|
|
|
|
199,568
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
109,829
|
|
|
|
110,605
|
|
|
|
104,694
|
|
|
|
101,149
|
|
|
|
94,313
|
|
Management fee expenseparent
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
11,805
|
|
|
|
10,358
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
|
|
10,048
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
112,084
|
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
113,597
|
|
|
|
104,678
|
|
|
|
101,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
120,487
|
|
|
|
116,245
|
|
|
|
91,296
|
|
|
|
91,248
|
|
|
|
80,309
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
(99,639
|
)
|
|
|
(118,386
|
)
|
|
|
(112,895
|
)
|
|
|
(102,000
|
)
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,790
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,624
|
)
|
|
|
(4,742
|
)
|
Gain (loss) gain on derivative, net
|
|
|
13,121
|
|
|
|
(23,321
|
)
|
|
|
(9,951
|
)
|
|
|
(7,080
|
)
|
|
|
5,917
|
|
Gain on sale of assets and investments, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,628
|
|
(Loss) gain on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
8,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment income from
affiliate(1)
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(3,794
|
)
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
|
|
(4,411
|
)
|
|
|
(4,068
|
)
|
|
|
(4,406
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,818
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
(14,626
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,419
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,294
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,568,220
|
|
|
$
|
1,499,125
|
|
|
$
|
1,467,146
|
|
|
$
|
1,486,383
|
|
|
$
|
1,492,010
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,520,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,505,500
|
|
|
$
|
1,548,356
|
|
|
$
|
1,468,781
|
|
Total members deficit
|
|
$
|
(190,987
|
)
|
|
$
|
(304,261
|
)
|
|
$
|
(267,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
(251,020
|
)
|
|
$
|
(123,601
|
)
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
134,409
|
|
|
$
|
186,383
|
|
|
$
|
103,927
|
|
|
|
133,394
|
|
|
$
|
111,333
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
$
|
(98,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(141,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,469
|
)
|
|
|
(99,911
|
)
|
|
$
|
(109,718
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
$
|
(37,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,374
|
)
|
|
|
(28,448
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,280
|
)
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
OIBDA(2)
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
|
$
|
196,337
|
|
|
$
|
181,916
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
margin(3)
|
|
|
36.6%
|
|
|
|
36.8%
|
|
|
|
36.3%
|
|
|
|
37.1%
|
|
|
|
37.4%
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(4)
|
|
|
1.52
|
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data: (end of period)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes
passed(5)
|
|
|
1,286,000
|
|
|
|
1,370,000
|
|
|
|
1,360,000
|
|
|
|
1,355,000
|
|
|
|
1,347,000
|
|
Basic
subscribers(6)
|
|
|
548,000
|
|
|
|
601,000
|
|
|
|
604,000
|
|
|
|
629,000
|
|
|
|
650,000
|
|
Digital
customers(7)
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
288,000
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
|
224,000
|
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
HSD
customers(8)
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
337,000
|
|
|
|
299,000
|
|
|
|
258,000
|
|
|
|
212,000
|
|
Phone
customers(9)
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
RGUs(10)
|
|
|
1,333,000
|
|
|
|
1,340,000
|
|
|
|
1,222,000
|
|
|
|
1,145,000
|
|
|
|
1,071,500
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Investment income from affiliate
represents the investment income on our $150.0 million
preferred equity investment in Mediacom Broadband. See Note 11
in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA is not a
financial measure calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States. We
define Adjusted OIBDA as operating income before depreciation
and amortization and non-cash, share-based compensation charges.
The foregoing definition is different than that presented in the
offering memorandum, dated August 11, 2009, relating to the
offer and sale of the original notes, where the presentation of
Adjusted OIBDA also included investment income to the extent
received in cash. The investment income so included was, in each
case, the investment income from our $150 million preferred
equity investment in Mediacom Broadband. For purposes of
determining our compliance with the covenants in our debt
arrangements, Adjusted OIBDA includes investment income to the
extent received in cash.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA is one of the
primary measures used by management to evaluate our performance
and to forecast future results. It is also a significant
performance measure in our annual incentive compensation
programs. We believe Adjusted OIBDA is useful for investors
because it enables them to access our performance in a manner
similar to the methods used by management, and provides a
measure that can be used to analyze, value and compare the
companies in the cable industry, which may have different
depreciation and amortization policies, as well as different
non-cash, share-based compensation programs. We use similar
measures in calculating compliance with the covenants of our
debt arrangements. A limitation of Adjusted OIBDA is that it
excludes depreciation and amortization, which represents the
periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible
assets used in generating revenues in our business. Management
utilizes a separate process to budget, measure and evaluate
capital expenditures. In addition, Adjusted OIBDA has the
limitation of not reflecting the effect of our non-cash,
share-based compensation charges.
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA should not be
regarded as an alternative to either operating income or net
income (loss) as an indicator of operating performance nor
should it be considered in isolation or a substitute for
financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe
that operating income is the most directly comparable GAAP
financial measure to Adjusted OIBDA.
|
|
|
|
The following represents a
reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA to operating income (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
|
$
|
196,337
|
|
|
$
|
181,916
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation
charges(a)
|
|
|
(565
|
)
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
|
|
(411
|
)
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(112,084
|
)
|
|
|
(109,883
|
)
|
|
|
(113,597
|
)
|
|
|
(104,678
|
)
|
|
|
(101,467
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
120,487
|
|
|
$
|
116,245
|
|
|
$
|
91,296
|
|
|
$
|
91,248
|
|
|
$
|
80,309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Included approximately $9, $9, $10,
$28 and $23 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008,
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to the issuance of
other share-based awards.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents Adjusted OIBDA as a
percentage of revenues.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The ratio of earnings to fixed
charges was 1.52 and 1.07 for the year ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 respectively. Earnings were insufficient to cover
fixed charges by $14.4 million, $19.6 million and
$4.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006, and 2005, respectively.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents the estimated number of
single residence homes, apartments and condominium units passed
by our cable distribution network. Estimated homes passed are
based on what we believe to be the best information reasonably
available.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents a dwelling with one or
more television sets that receives a package of over-the-air
broadcast stations, local access channels or certain
satellite-delivered cable services. Accounts that are billed on
a bulk basis, which typically receive discounted rates, are
converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers by
dividing total bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system
by the average cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that
system. This conversion method is generally consistent with the
methodology used in determining payments to programmers. Basic
subscribers include connections to schools, libraries, local
government offices and employee households that may not be
charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be
charged for digital cable, HSD, phone or other services. Our
methodology of calculating the number of basic subscribers may
not be identical to those used by other companies offering
similar services.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
digital video services.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents residential HSD
customers and small to medium-sized commercial cable modem
accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers.
Small to medium-sized commercial accounts are converted to
equivalent residential HSD customers by dividing their
associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Customers who take our scalable, fiber-based enterprise network
products and services are not counted as HSD customers. Our
methodology of calculating HSD customers may not be identical to
those used by other companies offering similar services.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
phone service. Small to medium-sized commercial accounts are
converted to equivalent residential phone customers by dividing
their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Our methodology of calculating phone customers may not be
identical to those used by other companies offering similar
services..
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents the sum of basic
subscribers and digital, HSD and phone customers.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Effective January 1, 2006, we
adopted ASC 718CompensationStock Compensation
(ASC 718) (formerly
SFAS No. 123(R)Share-Based Payment). See
Note 9 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
44
Managements
discussion and analysis of
financial condition and results of operations
The following discussion includes forward-looking statements
that are based on our current expectations. Actual results in
future periods may differ materially from those expressed or
implied by our forward looking statements because of a number of
risks and uncertainties. For a discussion of risk factors
affecting our business and prospects, see Risk
Factors and Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking
Statements. The following discussion should be read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
Mediacom
LLC
We own and operate cable systems serving smaller cities and
towns in the United States. We offer a compelling variety of
advanced products and services to our customers, made possible
by investments in our interactive fiber networks which have
boosted their capacity, capability and reliability. Through our
interactive broadband network, we provide our customers with a
wide variety of advanced products and services, including video
services, such as
video-on-demand,
HDTV, DVRs, HSD and phone service. We offer our bundle of video,
HSD and phone over a single communications platform, a
significant advantage over most competitors in our service areas.
As of December 31, 2009, we served approximately 548,000
basic subscribers, 300,000 digital video customers or digital
customers, 350,000 HSD customers and 135,000 phone customers,
aggregating 1.33 million RGUs. As of the same date, we
offered our bundle of primary services consisting of video, HSD
and phone service to about 87% of the estimated homes that our
network passes.
Our
manager
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications
Corporation, who is also our manager. Mediacom is the
nations seventh largest cable company based on the number
of customers who purchase one or more video services, also known
as basic subscribers. Mediacom is among the leading cable
operators focused on serving the smaller cities in the United
States, such as Des Moines, Iowa and Springfield, Missouri, with
a significant customer concentration in the Midwestern and
Southeastern regions.
As of December 31, 2009, Mediacoms cable systems,
which are owned and operated through our operating subsidiaries
and those of Mediacom Broadband, passed an estimated
2.80 million homes in 22 states. Mediacom Broadband is
also a wholly-owned subsidiary of our manager. As of the same
date, Mediacom served approximately 1.24 million basic
subscribers, 678,000 digital video customers, 778,000 HSD
customers and 287,000 phone customers, aggregating
2.98 million RGUs. Mediacom also provides communications
services to commercial and large enterprise customers, and sell
advertising time they receive under their programming license
agreements to local, regional and national advertisers.
Mediacom is a publicly-owned company, and its Class A
common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under
the symbol MCCC. Mediacom was founded by Rocco B.
Commisso, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who
beneficially owned shares representing the
45
majority of the aggregate voting power of Mediacom common stock
outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Mediacom is not
an obligor on, or a guarantor of, the notes and has no
obligations under the indenture with respect to the notes.
Mediacom Capital
Corporation
Mediacom Capital Corporation is our wholly-owned subsidiary that
was incorporated to accommodate the issuance of indebtedness by
us. Mediacom Capital Corporation has no operations, revenues or
cash flows and has no assets, liabilities or stockholders
equity on its balance sheet, other than a $100 receivable from
an affiliate and the same dollar amount of common stock on its
consolidated balance sheets. Therefore, no separate financial
data, or discussion, is presented for this entity.
2009
developments
Mediacom exchange
transaction; transfer agreement
On September 7, 2008, Mediacom entered into the Exchange
Agreement with Shivers and STOC, both affiliates of Morris
Communications. On February 13, 2009, Mediacom completed
the Exchange Agreement pursuant to which it exchanged 100% of
the shares of stock of a wholly-owned subsidiary, which held
approximately $110 million of cash and non-strategic cable
systems serving approximately 25,000 basic subscribers
contributed to Mediacom by us, for 28,309,674 shares of
Mediacom Class A common stock held by Shivers.
On February 11, 2009, certain of our operating subsidiaries
executed the Transfer Agreement with Mediacom and the operating
subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Mediacom, pursuant to which certain of our cable systems located
in Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri and Wisconsin would
be exchanged for certain of Mediacom Broadbands cable
systems located in Illinois and a cash payment of
$8.2 million, which we refer to as the Asset Transfer. The
Asset Transfer was completed on February 13, 2009, which we
refer to as the transfer date. The net effect of the Asset
Transfer on our subscriber and customer base was the reduction
of 3,700 basic subscribers and the addition of 1,000 digital
customers, 1,000 HSD customers and 600 phone customers. We
believe the Asset Transfer better aligned our customer base
geographically, making our cable systems more clustered and
allowing for more effective management, administration, controls
and reporting of our field operations.
As part of the Transfer Agreement, we contributed to Mediacom
cable systems located in Western North Carolina, which we refer
to as the WNC Systems. The WNC Systems served approximately
25,000 basic subscribers, 10,000 digital customers, 13,000 HSD
customers and 3,000 phone customers, or an aggregate 51,000
RGUs. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the WNC
Systems recognized $22.5 million of total revenues,
$11.4 million of service costs, $4.2 million of
selling, general and administrative expenses and
$4.6 million of depreciation and amortization, or
$2.2 million of operating income. These cable systems were
part of the Exchange Agreement referred to above. In connection
therewith, we received a $74 million cash contribution on
February 12, 2009 from Mediacom, with such funds having
been contributed to Mediacom by Mediacom Broadband on the same
date.
In total, we received $82.2 million under the Transfer
Agreement, which we refer to as the Transfer Proceeds, which
were used by us to repay a portion of the outstanding balance
under the revolving commitments of our subsidiary credit
facility.
46
On February 12, 2009, after giving effect to the debt
repayment funded by the Transfer Proceeds, our operating
subsidiaries borrowed approximately $110 million under the
revolving commitments of our subsidiary credit facility. This
represented net new borrowings of approximately $28 million
after taking into account the Transfer Proceeds. On
February 12, 2009, we contributed approximately
$110 million to Mediacom to fund its cash obligation under
the Exchange Agreement with Shivers and STOC.
Year-over-year comparisons of revenues and expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2009 are generally understated in the
case of increases, and overstated in the case of decreases, than
would have occurred if the WNC Systems Transfer did not take
place. All 2009 comparisons to prior year results are on an
actual basis, and instances where the inclusion of the WNC
Systems in the results of operations in the prior year had an
offsetting impact are noted as the impact of the WNC
Systems Transfer.
The results of operations of the cable systems transferred under
the Asset Transfer were substantially similar during 2008, and
thus did not have a meaningful offsetting impact on 2009
comparisons to prior year periods. The net effects of the
Transfer Agreement were the reduction of 28,700 basic
subscribers, 9,000 digital customers, 12,000 HSD customers and
2,400 phone customers. Such effects are not included in
discussions of annual subscriber and customer gains and losses,
and are referred to as the effect of the Transfer
Agreement.
In addition, we recognized an additional $5.5 million in
revenues and $1.7 million of net income, for the period
January 1, 2009 through the transfer date, because we
recorded the results of operations we received as part of the
Asset Transfer, as if the transfer date was January 1,
2009. For purposes of this discussion, additional revenues and
expenses resulting from the accounting treatment of the Asset
Transfer are referred to as related to the Asset
Transfer. See Note 7 in our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
New
financings
On August 25, 2009, we entered into an incremental facility
agreement providing for a new term loan under our subsidiary
credit facility in the principal amount of $300.0 million.
On the same date, we issued the original notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $350.0 million. Net proceeds from of
the original notes and borrowings under the new term loan were
an aggregate of $626.1 million, after giving effect to
original issue discount and financing costs, were used to fund
tender offers for, and the redemption of, our
77/8% notes
and
91/2% notes.
See Note 5 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Revenues, costs
and expenses
Video revenues primarily represent monthly subscription fees
charged to customers for our core cable products and services
(including basic and digital cable programming services, wire
maintenance, equipment rental and services to commercial
establishments),
pay-per-view
charges, installation, reconnection and late payment fees,
franchise fees and other ancillary revenues. HSD revenues
primarily represent monthly fees charged to customers, including
small to medium sized commercial establishments, for our HSD
products and services and equipment rental fees, as well as fees
charged to large-sized businesses for our scalable, fiber- based
enterprise network products and services. Phone revenues
primarily represent monthly fees
47
charged to customers, including small to medium sized commercial
establishments, for our phone service. Advertising revenues
represent the sale of advertising placed on our video services.
Although we may continue to lose video customers as a result of
greater competition and weak economic conditions, we believe we
will grow video revenues for the foreseeable future through
increased gains in penetration of our advanced video services as
well as rate increases. We expect further growth in HSD and
phone revenues, as we believe we will continue to expand our
penetration of our HSD and phone services. However, future
growth in HSD and phone customers may be adversely affected by
intensifying competition, weakened economic conditions and,
specific to phone, wireless substitution by consumers.
Advertising revenues may stabilize in 2010, given the potential
for an economic recovery and the upcoming national election.
Service costs consist primarily of video programming costs and
other direct costs related to providing and maintaining services
to our customers. Significant service costs include: programming
expenses; wages and salaries of technical personnel who maintain
our cable network, perform customer installation activities and
provide customer support; HSD costs, including costs of
bandwidth connectivity and customer provisioning; phone service
costs, including delivery and other expenses; and field
operating costs, including outside contractors, vehicle,
utilities and pole rental expenses. These costs generally rise
because of customer growth, contractual increases in video
programming rates and inflationary cost increases for personnel,
outside vendors and other expenses. Costs relating to personnel
and their support may increase as the percentage of our expenses
that we can capitalize declines due to lower levels of new
service installations. Cable network related costs also
fluctuate with the level of investment we make, including the
use of our own personnel, in the cable network. We anticipate
that our service costs will continue to grow, but should remain
fairly consistent as a percentage of our revenues, with the
exception of programming costs, which we discuss below.
Video programming expenses, which are generally paid on a per
subscriber basis, have historically been our largest single
expense item. In recent years, we have experienced a substantial
increase in the cost of our programming, particularly sports and
local broadcast programming, well in excess of the inflation
rate or the change in the consumer price index. We believe that
these expenses will continue to grow, principally due to
contractual unit rate increases and the increasing demands of
sports programmers and television broadcast station owners for
retransmission consent fees. While such growth in programming
expenses can be partially offset by rate increases, it is
expected that our video gross margins will decline as increases
in programming costs outpace growth in video revenues.
Significant selling, general and administrative expenses
include: wages and salaries for our call centers, customer
service and support and administrative personnel; franchise fees
and taxes; marketing; bad debt; billing; advertising; and office
costs related to telecommunications and office administration.
These costs typically rise because of customer growth and
inflationary cost increases for employees and other expenses,
but we expect such costs should remain fairly consistent as a
percentage of revenues.
Management fee expenses reflect compensation of corporate
employees and other corporate overhead.
48
Adjusted
OIBDA
We define Adjusted OIBDA as operating income before depreciation
and amortization and non-cash, share-based compensation charges.
Adjusted OIBDA is one of the primary measures used by management
to evaluate our performance and to forecast future results but
is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP.
It is also a significant performance measure in our annual
incentive compensation programs. We believe Adjusted OIBDA is
useful for investors because it enables them to assess our
performance in a manner similar to the methods used by
management, and provides a measure that can be used to analyze,
value and compare the companies in the cable industry, which may
have different depreciation and amortization policies, as well
as different non-cash, share-based compensation programs. We use
similar measures in calculating compliance with the covenants of
our debt arrangements. A limitation of Adjusted OIBDA, however,
is that it excludes depreciation and amortization, which
represents the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible
and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our
business. Management utilizes a separate process to budget,
measure and evaluate capital expenditures. In addition, Adjusted
OIBDA has the limitation of not reflecting the effect of the
non-cash, share-based compensation charges.
Adjusted OIBDA should not be regarded as an alternative to
either operating income or net income (loss) as an indicator of
operating performance nor should it be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance
with GAAP. We believe that operating income is the most directly
comparable GAAP financial measure to Adjusted OIBDA.
49
Actual results of
operations
Year ended
December 31, 2009 compared to year ended December 31,
2008
The following table sets forth unaudited consolidated statements
of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008 (dollars in thousands; percentage changes that are not
meaningful are marked NM):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
637,375
|
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
21,516
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
283,167
|
|
|
|
267,321
|
|
|
|
15,846
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
109,829
|
|
|
|
110,605
|
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
Management fee expense
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
11,805
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
112,084
|
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
2,201
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
120,487
|
|
|
|
116,245
|
|
|
|
4,242
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
(99,639
|
)
|
|
|
9,810
|
|
|
|
(9.8
|
)%
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,790
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,790
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Gain (loss) on derivatives, net
|
|
|
13,121
|
|
|
|
(23,321
|
)
|
|
|
36,442
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Loss on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(207
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Investment income from affiliate
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(3,794
|
)
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
51,818
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
44,429
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
6,579
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following represents a reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA to
operating income, which we believe is the most directly
comparable GAAP measure (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
233,136
|
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
6,579
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation
charges(1)
|
|
|
(565
|
)
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
31.7
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(112,084
|
)
|
|
|
(109,883
|
)
|
|
|
(2,201
|
)
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
120,487
|
|
|
$
|
116,245
|
|
|
$
|
4,242
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Included approximately $9 for each
of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, related to the issuance of other share-based
awards.
|
50
Revenues
The following table sets forth revenue and selected subscriber,
customer and average monthly revenue statistics for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands,
except per subscriber data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
|
Video
|
|
$
|
407,150
|
|
|
$
|
408,536
|
|
|
$
|
(1,386
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
HSD
|
|
|
161,940
|
|
|
|
146,970
|
|
|
|
14,970
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
Phone
|
|
|
52,556
|
|
|
|
40,359
|
|
|
|
12,197
|
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
Advertising
|
|
|
15,729
|
|
|
|
19,994
|
|
|
|
(4,265
|
)
|
|
|
(21.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
637,375
|
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
21,516
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
|
Basic subscribers
|
|
|
548,000
|
|
|
|
601,000
|
|
|
|
(53,000
|
)
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)%
|
Digital customers
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
288,000
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
HSD customers
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
337,000
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
Phone customers
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RGUs(1)
|
|
|
1,333,000
|
|
|
|
1,340,000
|
|
|
|
(7,000
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total monthly revenue per basic
subscriber(2)
|
|
$
|
92.45
|
|
|
$
|
85.18
|
|
|
$
|
7.27
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
RGUs represent the total of basic
subscribers and digital, HSD and phone customers.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents total average monthly
revenues for the year divided by total average basic subscribers
during such period.
|
Revenues increased $21.5 million, or 3.5%, of which
$16.0 million was primarily due to growth in our HSD, phone
and digital customers, offset in part by the impact of the WNC
Systems Transfer and, to a much lesser extent, lower advertising
revenues, with the remaining $5.5 million increase related
to the Asset Transfer. Average total monthly revenue per basic
subscriber increased $7.27, or 8.5%, primarily as a result of
higher penetration levels of our advanced video, HSD and phone
services, offset by a lower number of basic subscribers. About
$0.80 of the increase in average total monthly revenue per basic
subscriber was related to the Asset Transfer.
Video revenues fell $1.4 million, or 0.3%, principally due
to a lower number of basic subscribers, including the impact of
the WNC Systems Transfer, mostly offset by continued growth in
digital customers and customers taking our DVR and HDTV services
and rate increases and, to a lesser extent, $3.6 million of
video revenues related to the Asset Transfer. During the year
ended December 31, 2009, we lost 24,300 basic subscribers
and gained 21,000 digital customers, excluding the effect of the
Transfer Agreement, as compared to a loss of 3,800 basic
subscribers and a gain of 46,200 digital customers in the prior
year. Excluding the effects of the Transfer Agreement, our basic
subscriber losses mainly represented video-only customers, which
were largely caused by aggressive video price discounts by
direct broadcast satellite providers. As of December 31,
2009, we served 548,000 basic subscribers, representing a
penetration of 42.6% of our estimated homes passed, and 300,000
digital customers, representing a penetration of
51
54.7% of our basic subscribers. As of December 31, 2009,
37.4% of our digital customers received DVR
and/or HDTV
services, as compared to 31.9% as of the same date in the prior
year.
HSD revenues rose $15.0 million, or 10.2%, of which
$13.5 million was primarily due to a 3.9% increase in HSD
customers and higher unit pricing, offset in part by the impact
of the WNC Systems Transfer. The remaining increase of
$1.5 million was related to the Asset Transfer. During the
year ended December 31, 2009, we gained 25,000 HSD
customers, excluding the effect of the Transfer Agreement, as
compared to a gain of 36,100 in the prior year. As of
December 31, 2009, we served 350,000 HSD customers,
representing a penetration of 27.2% of our estimated homes
passed.
Phone revenues grew $12.2 million, or 30.2%, mainly due to
a 18.4% increase in phone customers and, to a lesser extent,
higher unit pricing. During the year ended December 31,
2009, we gained 23,400 phone customers, excluding the effect of
the Transfer Agreement, as compared to a gain of 32,900 in the
prior year. As of December 31, 2009, we served 135,000
phone customers, representing a penetration of 11.4% of our
estimated marketable phone homes.
Advertising revenues fell $4.3 million, or 21.3%,
principally due to sharp declines in advertising revenues in
local markets, particularly in the automotive segment.
Costs and
expenses
Service costs rose $15.8 million, or 5.9%, principally due
to higher programming expenses and, to a lesser extent,
increased employee and phone service costs, as well
$2.5 million of service costs related to the Asset
Transfer, offset in part by the impact of the WNC Systems
Transfer. The following analysis of service cost components
excludes the effects of the Asset Transfer. Programming expenses
increased 5.2%, largely as a result of higher contractual rates
charged by our programming vendors and, to a lesser extent,
greater retransmission consent fees, offset in part by a lower
number of basic subscribers, including the effect of the
Transfer Agreement. Employee expenses grew 13.0%, principally
due to reduced customer installation activity resulting in lower
labor capitalization, offset in part by the impact of the WNC
Systems Transfer. Phone service costs were 10.0% higher, mostly
due to the increase in phone customers, offset in part by the
impact of the WNC Systems Transfer. Service costs as a
percentage of revenues were 44.4% and 43.4% for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
$0.8 million, or 0.7%, primarily due to the impact of the
WNC Systems Transfer and, to a lesser extent, reduced customer
service employee costs and lower advertising and office
expenses, offset in part by higher bad debt expenses and
$0.8 million of selling, general and administrative
expenses related to the Asset Transfer. The following analysis
of selling, general and administrative expenses excludes the
effects of the Asset Transfer. Customer service employee costs
fell 6.2%, largely due to greater productivity in our call
centers and the impact of the WNC Systems Transfer. Advertising
expenses fell 19.6%, largely as a result of lower employee costs
directly related to sales activity. Office expenses dropped
8.4%, principally due to lower telecommunications costs as a
result of more efficient call routing and internal network use
and the impact of the WNC Systems Transfer. Bad debt expense
rose 18.8%, principally due to higher average balances of
uncollectable accounts, offset in part by an adjustment made to
our accrual allowance for uncollectable accounts. Selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues
were 17.2% and 18.0% for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
52
Management fee expense paid to Mediacom was virtually unchanged
from the prior year, reflecting substantially similar overhead
charges at Mediacom. Management fee expense as a percentage of
revenues were 1.9% for each of the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008.
Depreciation and amortization increased $2.2 million, or
2.0%, largely as a result of greater deployment of shorter-lived
customer premise equipment and, to a lesser extent, write-offs
related to ice storms in certain of our service areas and
$0.5 million of depreciation and amortization related to
the Asset Transfer, offset in part by an increase in the useful
lives of certain fixed assets and the impact of the WNC Systems
Transfer.
Adjusted
OIBDA
Adjusted OIBDA increased $6.6 million, or 2.9%, mainly due
to growth in HSD and phone revenues and, to a much lesser
extent, $2.2 million of Adjusted OIBDA related to the Asset
Transfer, offset in part by higher service costs and, to a
lesser extent, the impact of the WNC Systems Transfer.
Operating
income
Operating income grew $4.2 million, or 3.6%, principally
due to the increase in Adjusted OIBDA, offset in part by the
increase in depreciation and amortization.
Interest expense,
net
Interest expense, net, decreased $9.8 million, or 9.8%,
primarily due to lower market interest rates on variable rate
debt, offset in part by higher average indebtedness.
Loss on early
extinguishment of debt
Loss on early extinguishment of debt totaled $5.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 2009. This amount included
fees and premium paid relating to the tender offers of the
77/8% Notes
and
91/2% Notes,
as well as the write-off of deferred financing costs associated
with such notes.
Gain (loss) on
derivatives, net
As a result of changes to the mark-to-market valuation of our
interest rate exchange agreements, we recorded a net gain on
derivatives of $13.1 million and a net loss on derivatives
of $23.3 million, based in part upon information provided
by our counterparties, for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Loss on sale of
cable systems, net
For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a loss
on sale of cable systems, net, of approximately
$0.4 million related to minor transactions. During the year
ended December 31, 2008, we recognized a loss on sale of
cable systems, net, of approximately $0.2 million, which
reflects adjustments made to a prior transaction.
53
Other expense,
net
Other expense, net, was $3.8 million and $3.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009,
other expense, net, consisted of $2.4 million of commitment
fees, which included $0.4 million of commitment fees
related to the delayed funding of the new term loan and
$1.4 million of deferred financing costs and other fees.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, other expense,
net, consisted of $2.5 million of commitment fees and
$1.9 million of deferred financing costs and other fees.
Investment income
from affiliate
Investment income from affiliate was $18.0 million for each
of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. This amount
represents the investment income on our $150.0 million
preferred equity investment in Mediacom Broadband.
Net
income
As a result of the factors described above, we recognized net
income of $51.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, as compared to net income of
$7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Year ended
December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31,
2007
The following table sets forth unaudited consolidated statements
of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2007 (dollars in thousands and percentage changes that are
not meaningful are marked NM):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
565,913
|
|
|
$
|
49,946
|
|
|
|
8.8%
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
267,321
|
|
|
|
245,968
|
|
|
|
21,353
|
|
|
|
8.7%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
110,605
|
|
|
|
104,694
|
|
|
|
5,911
|
|
|
|
5.6%
|
Management fee expense
|
|
|
11,805
|
|
|
|
10,358
|
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
|
|
14.0%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
113,597
|
|
|
|
(3,714
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
116,245
|
|
|
|
91,296
|
|
|
|
24,949
|
|
|
|
27.3%
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(99,639
|
)
|
|
|
(118,386
|
)
|
|
|
18,747
|
|
|
|
(15.8)%
|
Loss on derivatives, net
|
|
|
(23,321
|
)
|
|
|
(9,951
|
)
|
|
|
(13,370
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
(Loss) gain on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
8,826
|
|
|
|
(8,996
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
Investment income from affiliate
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NM
|
Other expense
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
|
|
(4,411
|
)
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
(15.5)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
(14,626
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,015
|
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
|
$
|
21,211
|
|
|
|
10.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
The following represents a reconciliation of Adjusted OIBDA to
operating income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP
measure (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Adjusted OIBDA
|
|
$
|
226,557
|
|
|
$
|
205,346
|
|
|
$
|
21,211
|
|
|
|
10.3%
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation
charges(1)
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(5.3)%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(109,883
|
)
|
|
|
(113,597
|
)
|
|
|
3,714
|
|
|
|
(3.3)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
116,245
|
|
|
$
|
91,296
|
|
|
$
|
24,949
|
|
|
|
27.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes approximately $10 and $28
for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, related to the issuance of other share-based
awards.
|
Revenues
The following table sets forth revenue and selected subscriber,
customer and average monthly revenue statistics for the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands,
except per subscriber data):
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior
years amounts to conform to the current years
presentation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Video
|
|
$
|
408,536
|
|
|
$
|
398,481
|
|
|
$
|
10,055
|
|
|
|
2.5%
|
HSD
|
|
|
146,970
|
|
|
|
125,914
|
|
|
|
21,056
|
|
|
|
16.7%
|
Phone
|
|
|
40,359
|
|
|
|
21,732
|
|
|
|
18,627
|
|
|
|
85.7%
|
Advertising
|
|
|
19,994
|
|
|
|
19,786
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
1.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
565,913
|
|
|
$
|
49,946
|
|
|
|
8.8%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Basic subscribers
|
|
|
601,000
|
|
|
|
604,000
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5)%
|
Digital customers
|
|
|
288,000
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
|
48,000
|
|
|
|
20.0%
|
HSD customers
|
|
|
337,000
|
|
|
|
299,000
|
|
|
|
38,000
|
|
|
|
12.7%
|
Phone customers
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
44.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RGUs
|
|
|
1,340,000
|
|
|
|
1,222,000
|
|
|
|
118,000
|
|
|
|
9.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total monthly revenue per basic subscriber
|
|
$
|
85.18
|
|
|
$
|
76.50
|
|
|
$
|
8.68
|
|
|
|
11.3%
|
|
|
Revenues rose 8.8%, largely attributable to the growth in our
HSD and phone customers, as well as basic video price increases.
RGUs grew 9.7% and average total monthly revenue per basic
subscriber was 11.4% higher than the prior year. Video revenues
increased 2.5%, primarily due to basic video rate increases and
customer growth in our advanced video products and services,
offset in part by a lower number of basic subscribers. During
the year ended December 31, 2008, we lost 3,000 basic
subscribers, compared to a reduction of 25,000 basic subscribers
in the prior year. which includes a significant number of basic
subscribers lost in connection with the
55
retransmission consent dispute with an owner of a major
television broadcast group and the sale during the period of
cable systems serving on a net basis 4,100 basic subscribers.
Digital customers grew by 48,000, as compared to an increase of
16,000 in the prior year. We ended the year with 288,000 digital
customers, which represents a 47.9% penetration of basic
subscribers. As of December 31, 2008, 31.6% of digital
customers received DVR
and/or HDTV
services, as compared to 30.7% in the prior year.
HSD revenues rose 16.7%, principally due to a 12.7% increase in
HSD customers and, to a lesser extent, growth in our enterprise
network products and services. HSD customers grew by 38,000, as
compared to a gain of 41,000 in the prior year. We ended the
year with 337,000 customers, or a 24.6% penetration of estimated
homes passed.
Phone revenues grew 85.7%, primarily due to a 44.3% increase in
phone customers and, to a lesser extent, a reduction in
discounted pricing. Phone customers grew by 35,000, as compared
to a gain of 45,000 in the prior year. We ended the year with
114,000 customers, which represents a 9.5% penetration of our
estimated marketable phone homes. As of December 31, 2008,
our phone service was marketed to 87% of our 1.37 million
estimated homes passed.
Advertising revenues increased 1.1%, largely as a result of
greater national advertising in our service areas, mostly offset
by a sharp decrease in automotive advertising.
Costs and
expenses
Service costs rose 8.7%, primarily due to higher programming,
phone service and field operating expenses, offset in part by
lower HSD service costs. Programming expenses grew 8.5%,
principally as a result of higher contractual rates charged by
our programming vendors. Phone service costs rose 67.4%, mainly
due to the growth in phone customers. Field operating expenses
grew 13.0%, primarily due to greater vehicle fuel and repair
expenses, higher pole rental charges and lower capitalization of
overhead costs, offset in part by lower insurance costs. HSD
expenses decreased 18.9% due to a reduction in product delivery
costs, offset in part by HSD customer growth. Service costs as a
percentage of revenues were 43.4% and 43.5% for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Selling, general and administrative expenses rose 5.6%,
principally due to higher customer service employee costs and
marketing expenses, offset in part by a decrease in billing
expenses. Customer service employee costs rose 13.4% as a result
of higher staffing levels at our call centers. Marketing
expenses grew 11.5%, primarily due to higher staffing levels,
more frequent direct mailing campaigns, a greater use of
third-party sales support and greater expenses tied to sales
activity, offset in part by a reduction in other advertising.
Billing expenses fell 10.5%, primarily due to more favorable
rates charged by our billing service provider. Selling, general
and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were
18.0% and 18.5% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
Management fee expense paid to Mediacom rose 14.0%, reflecting
higher overhead charges by Mediacom. As a percentage of
revenues, management fee expense was 1.9% and 1.8% for the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization decreased 3.3%, largely as a
result of an increase in the useful lives of certain fixed
assets, offset in part by increased deployment of shorter-lived
customer premise equipment.
56
Adjusted
OIBDA
Adjusted OIBDA rose 10.3%, due to growth in HSD, phone and video
revenues, offset in part by higher service costs and, to a
lesser extent, selling, general and administrative expenses.
Operating
income
Operating income grew 27.3%, primarily due to the increase in
Adjusted OIBDA.
Interest expense,
net
Interest expense, net, decreased 15.8%, primarily due to lower
market interest rates on variable rate debt, offset in part by
higher average indebtedness.
Loss on
derivatives, net
As a result of the quarterly mark-to-market valuation of our
interest rate exchange agreements, we recorded losses on
derivatives amounting to $23.3 million and
$10.0 million, based upon information provided by our
counterparties, for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
(Loss) gain on
sale of cable systems, net
During the year ended December 31, 2007, we sold a cable
system for $24.7 million and recorded a net gain on sale of
$8.8 million.
Other expense,
net
Other expense, net was $3.7 million and $4.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2008 and
2007, other expense, net, included revolving credit facility
commitment fees and deferred financing costs.
Investment income
from affiliate
Investment income from affiliate was $18.0 million for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This
amount represents the investment income on our
$150.0 million preferred equity investment in Mediacom
Broadband.
Net income
(loss)
As a result of the factors described above, we reported net
income for the year ended December 31, 2008 of
$7.4 million, as compared to a net loss of
$14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Liquidity and
capital resources
Overview
Our net cash flows provided by operating and financing
activities are used primarily to fund network investments to
accommodate customer growth and the further deployment of our
advanced products and services, as well as scheduled repayments
of our external financing,
57
contributions to Mediacom and other investments. We expect that
cash generated by us or available to us will meet our
anticipated capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable
future, including scheduled term loan debt maturities of
$59.5 million and $61.5 million during 2010 and 2011,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009, our sources of cash
included $8.9 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand
and unused and available commitments of $314.8 million
under the $400.0 revolver of our subsidiary credit facility.
In the longer term, specifically 2015 and beyond, we may not
have enough cash available to satisfy our maturing term loans
and senior notes. If we are unable to obtain sufficient future
financing or, if we not able to do so on similar terms as we
currently experience, we may need to take other actions to
conserve or raise capital that we would not take otherwise.
However, we have accessed the debt markets for significant
amounts of capital in the past, and expect to continue to be
able to access these markets in the future as necessary.
Recent
developments in the credit markets
We have assessed, and will continue to assess, the impact, if
any, of the recent distress and volatility in the capital and
credit markets on our financial position. Further disruptions in
such markets could cause our counterparty banks to be unable to
fulfill their commitments to us, potentially reducing amounts
available to us under our revolving credit commitments or
subjecting us to greater credit risk with respect to our
interest rate exchange agreements. At this time, we are not
aware of any of our counterparty banks being in a position where
they would be unable to fulfill their obligations to us.
Although we may be exposed to future consequences in the event
of such counterparties non-performance, we do not expect
any such outcomes to be material.
Net cash flows
provided by operating activities
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were
$134.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009,
primarily due to Adjusted OIBDA of $233.1 million, offset
in part by interest expense of $89.8 million and, to a much
lesser extent, the $23.0 million net change in our
operating assets and liabilities. The net change in our
operating assets and liabilities was largely as a result of a
decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
$23.2 million.
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were
$186.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
primarily due to Adjusted OIBDA of $226.6 million and, to a
much lesser extent, the $43.2 million net change in our
operating assets and liabilities, offset in part by interest
expense of $99.6 million and, to a lesser extent. The net
change in our operating assets and liabilities was principally
due to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
$45.5 million.
Net cash flows
used in investing activities
Capital expenditures continue to be our primary use of capital
resources and the entirety of our net cash flows used in
investing activities. Net cash flows used in investing
activities were $98.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, as compared to $141.7 million for
the prior year. The $43.5 million decrease in capital
expenditures was primarily due to higher spending in the prior
year on rebuild and upgrade activity and, to a lesser extent,
customer premise equipment, service area expansion and
non-recurring investments in scalable infrastructure for digital
transition deployment.
58
Net cash flows
used in (provided by) financing activities
Net cash flows used in financing activities were
$37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009,
principally due to cash distributions to parent of
$191.7 million and $23.9 million of financing costs
and net borrowings of $10.0 million, largely funded by
capital contributions from parent of $189.9 million. The
$191.7 million of capital contributions to parent included
a $110.0 million capital contribution made in February 2009
to fund Mediacoms cash obligation under the Exchange
Agreement. At the same time, we received an $82.2 million
capital contribution from parent under the Transfer Agreement,
comprising an $8.2 million payment related to the Transfer
Agreement, and a $74.0 million payment for our contribution
of the WNC Systems to Mediacom. See Note 7 in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Net cash flows used in financing activities were
$44.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008,
principally due to capital distributions to parent of
$104.0 million and other financing activities, including
book overdrafts, of $14.7 million, which were funded in
part by capital contributions from parent of $60.0 million
and net bank financing of $14.5 million.
Capital
structure
As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding total indebtedness
was $1.510 billion, of which approximately 70% was at fixed
interest rates or subject to interest rate protection. During
the year ended December 31, 2009, we paid cash interest of
$104.3 million, net of capitalized interest.
We have a $1.486 billion bank credit facility, which we
refer to as the subsidiary credit facility, of which
$1.160 billion was outstanding as of December 31,
2009. The subsidiary credit agreement governing the subsidiary
credit facility contains various covenants that, among other
things, impose certain limitations on mergers and acquisitions,
consolidations and sales of certain assets, liens, the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain restricted
payments and certain transactions with affiliates. The principal
financial covenant of our subsidiary credit facility requires
compliance with a ratio of total senior indebtedness (as
defined) to annualized system cash flow (as defined) of no more
than 6.0 to 1.0. Our ratio, which is calculated on a quarterly
basis, was 4.4 to 1.0 for the three months ended
December 31, 2009. See Note 5 in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
As of December 31, 2009, we had revolving credit
commitments of $400.0 million under the subsidiary credit
facility, of which $314.8 million was unused and available
to be borrowed and used for general corporate purposes based on
the terms and conditions of our debt arrangements. As of
December 31, 2009, $10.9 million of letters of credit
were issued under the subsidiary credit facility to various
parties as collateral for our performance relating to insurance
and franchise requirements, thus restricting the unused portion
of our revolving credit commitments by such amount. Our unused
revolving commitments expire on September 30, 2011.
We use interest rate exchange agreements, or interest rate
swaps, in order to fix the rate of the applicable Eurodollar
portion of debt under the subsidiary credit facility to reduce
the potential volatility in our interest expense that would
otherwise result from changes in market interest rates. As of
December 31, 2009, we had current interest rate swaps with
various banks pursuant to which the interest rate on
$700 million of floating rate debt was fixed at a weighted
average rate of 3.4%. We also had $400 million of forward
starting interest rate swaps with a weighted average fixed rate
of approximately 2.9%, all of which commence during the year
ending
59
December 31, 2010. Including the effects of such interest
rate swaps, the average interest rates on outstanding debt under
the subsidiary credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 were 4.7% and 3.5%, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, we had $350.0 million of
notes outstanding. The indenture governing our notes also
contains various covenants, though they are generally less
restrictive than those found in the subsidiary credit facility.
Such covenants restrict our ability, among other things, make
certain distributions, investments and other restricted
payments, sell certain assets, to make restricted payments,
create certain liens, merge, consolidate or sell substantially
all of our assets and enter into certain transactions with
affiliates. The principal financial covenant of these senior
notes has a limitation on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness based upon a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to
cash flow (as defined) of 8.5 to 1.0. Our ratio of total
indebtedness to cash flow, which is calculated on a quarterly
basis, was 6.0 to 1.0 for the three months ended
December 31, 2009. See Description of the Exchange
Notes and Note 5 in our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
New
financings
On August 25, 2009, we entered into an incremental facility
agreement that provides for the new term loan under our
subsidiary credit facility in the principal amount of
$300.0 million. The new term loan matures on March 31,
2017 and, beginning on December 31, 2009, is subject to
quarterly reductions of 0.25%, with a final payment at maturity
representing 92.75% of the original principal amount. On
September 24, 2009, the full amount of the
$300.0 million new term loan was borrowed by us. Net
proceeds from the new term loan were $291.2 million, after
giving effect to the original issue discount of
$4.5 million and financing costs of $4.3 million. The
proceeds were used to fund the redemption of our
77/8% notes
and
91/2% notes,
with the balance used to pay down, in part, outstanding debt
under the revolving credit portion of our subsidiary credit
facility, without any reduction in the revolving credit
commitments. Our obligations under the new term loan are
governed by the terms of our subsidiary credit facility. See
Note 5 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
On August 25, 2009, we issued $350.0 million aggregate
principal amount of original notes. Net proceeds from the
issuance of the original notes were $334.9 million, after
giving effect to the original issue discount of
$8.3 million and financing costs of $6.8 million. On
August 11, 2009, we commenced cash tender offers for our
outstanding
91/2% notes
and
77/8% notes.
Pursuant to the tender offers, we repurchased an aggregate of
$390.2 million principal amount of
91/2% notes
and an aggregate of $71.1 million principal amount of
77/8% notes.
The accrued interest paid on the repurchased
91/2% notes
and
77/8% notes
was $4.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The
tender offers were funded with proceeds from the issuance of the
original notes and borrowings under our subsidiary credit
facility. On August 25, 2009, we announced the redemption
of any
91/2% notes
and
77/8% notes
remaining outstanding following the expiration of the tender
offers. On September 24, 2009, we redeemed the balance of
the principal amounts of such notes. The accrued interest paid
on the redeemed
91/2% notes
and
77/8% notes
was $2.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The
redemption was funded with proceeds from the new term loan
mentioned above. See Note 5 in our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
60
Covenant
compliance and debt ratings
For all periods through December 31, 2009, we were in
compliance with all of the covenants under our subsidiary credit
facility and senior note arrangements. There are no covenants,
events of default, borrowing conditions or other terms in our
subsidiary credit facility or senior note arrangements that are
based on changes in our credit rating assigned by any rating
agency. We do not believe that we will have any difficulty
complying with any of the applicable covenants in the
foreseeable future.
Contractual
obligations and commercial commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and
commercial commitments, and the effects they are expected to
have on our liquidity and cash flow, for the five years
subsequent to December 31, 2009 and thereafter (dollars in
thousands)*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
leases
|
|
|
expense(1)
|
|
|
obligations(2)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
59,500
|
|
|
$
|
2,230
|
|
|
$
|
79,398
|
|
|
$
|
16,266
|
|
|
$
|
157,394
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
199,250
|
|
|
|
2,985
|
|
|
|
152,775
|
|
|
|
5,167
|
|
|
|
360,177
|
|
2013-2014
|
|
|
19,000
|
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
|
118,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138,777
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,232,250
|
|
|
|
2,735
|
|
|
|
164,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,399,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash obligations
|
|
$
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
$
|
9,479
|
|
|
$
|
514,625
|
|
|
$
|
21,433
|
|
|
$
|
2,055,537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Refer to Note 5 in our Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our
long-term debt, and to Note 10 for a discussion of our
operating leases and other commitments and contingencies.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Interest payments on floating rate
debt and interest rate swaps are estimated using amounts
outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and the average
interest rates applicable under such debt obligations. Interest
expense amounts are net of amounts capitalized.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We have contracts with programmers
who provide video programming services to our subscribers. Our
contracts typically provide that we have an obligation to
purchase video programming for our subscribers as long as we
deliver cable services to such subscribers. We have no
obligation to purchase these services if we are not providing
cable services, except when we do not have the right to cancel
the underlying contract or for contracts with a guaranteed
minimum commitment. We have included such amounts in our
Purchase Obligations above, as follows: $6.9 million for
2010, $4.9 million for
2011-2012
and $0 for
2013-2014
and thereafter.
|
Critical
accounting policies
The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Periodically,
we evaluate our estimates, including those related to doubtful
accounts, long-lived assets, capitalized costs and accruals. We
base our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or
conditions. We believe that the application of the critical
accounting policies discussed below requires significant
judgments and estimates on the part of management. For a summary
of our accounting policies, see Note 2 in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Property, plant
and equipment
We capitalize the costs of new construction and replacement of
our cable transmission and distribution facilities and new
service installation in accordance with ASC
No. 922EntertainmentCable Television
(formerly SFAS No. 51, Financial
Reporting by Cable Television
61
Companies). Costs associated with subsequent
installations of additional services not previously installed at
a customers dwelling are capitalized to the extent such
costs are incremental and directly attributable to the
installation of such additional services. Capitalized costs
included all direct labor and materials as well as certain
indirect costs. Capitalized costs are recorded as additions to
property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the average
life of the related assets. We use standard costing models,
developed from actual historical costs and relevant operational
data, to determine our capitalized amounts. These models include
labor rates, overhead rates and standard time inputs to perform
various installation and construction activities. The
development of these standards involves significant judgment by
management, especially in the development of standards for our
newer, advanced products and services in which historical data
is limited. Changes to the estimates or assumptions used in
establishing these standards could be material. We perform
periodic evaluations of the estimates used to determine the
amount of costs that are capitalized.
Any changes to these estimates, which may be significant, are
applied in the period in which the evaluations were completed.
Valuation and
impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately
$641.8 million of unamortized intangible assets, including
goodwill of $24 million and franchise rights of
$616.8 million on our consolidated balance sheets. These
intangible assets represented approximately 41% of our total
assets.
Our cable systems operate under non-exclusive cable franchises,
or franchise rights, granted by state and local governmental
authorities for varying lengths of time. We acquired these
franchise rights through acquisitions of cable systems over the
past several years. These acquisitions were accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting. The value of a franchise is
derived from the economic benefits we receive from the right to
solicit new subscribers and to market new products and services,
such as advanced digital television, HSD and phone, in a
specific market territory. We concluded that our franchise
rights have an indefinite useful life since, among other things,
there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive,
economic or other factors limiting the period over which these
franchise rights contribute to our revenues and cash flows.
Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of an acquired
entity over the fair value of the identifiable net assets
acquired. In accordance with ASC
No. 350IntangiblesGoodwill and Other
(ASC 350) (formerly SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets) we do
not amortize franchise rights and goodwill. Instead, such assets
are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if
impairment indicators arise.
We follow the provisions of ASC 350 to test our goodwill and
franchise rights for impairment. We assess the fair values of
each cable system cluster using a discounted cash flow
(DCF) methodology, under which the fair value of
cable franchise rights are determined in a direct manner. Our
DCF analysis uses significant (Level 3) unobservable
inputs. This assessment involves significant judgment, including
certain assumptions and estimates that determine future cash
flow expectations and other future benefits, which are
consistent with the expectations of buyers and sellers of cable
systems in determining fair value. These assumptions and
estimates include discount rates, estimated growth rates,
terminal growth rates, comparable company data, revenues per
customer, market penetration as a percentage of homes passed and
operating margin. We also consider market transactions, market
valuations, research analyst estimates and other valuations
using multiples of operating income before depreciation and
amortization
62
to confirm the reasonableness of fair values determined by the
DCF methodology. Significant impairment in value resulting in
impairment charges may result if the estimates and assumptions
used in the fair value determination change in the future. Such
impairments, if recognized, could potentially be material.
Based on the guidance outlined in ASC 350 (formerly EITF
No. 02-7,
Unit of Accounting for Testing Impairment of
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets,) we determined
that the unit of accounting, or reporting unit, for testing
goodwill and franchise rights for impairment resides at a cable
system cluster level. Such level reflects the financial
reporting level managed and reviewed by the corporate office
(i.e., chief operating decision maker) as well as how we
allocated capital resources and utilize the assets. Lastly, the
reporting unit level reflects the level at which the purchase
method of accounting for our acquisitions was originally
recorded. We have one reporting unit for the purpose of applying
ASC 350.
In accordance with ASC 350, we are required to determine
goodwill impairment using a two-step process. The first step
compares the fair value of a reporting unit with our carrying
amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting
unit exceeds our carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit
is considered not impaired and the second step is unnecessary.
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds our fair
value, the second step is performed to measure the amount of
impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied
fair value of the reporting units goodwill, calculated
using the residual method, with the carrying amount of that
goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the
implied fair value, the excess is recognized as an impairment
loss.
The impairment test for our franchise rights and other
intangible assets not subject to amortization consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its
carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset
exceeds its fair value, the excess is recognized as an
impairment loss.
Since our adoption of ASC 350 in 2002, we have not recorded any
impairments as a result of our impairment testing. We completed
our most recent impairment test as of October 1, 2009,
which reflected no impairment of our franchise rights, goodwill
or other intangible assets.
Because there has not been a change in the fundamentals of our
business, we do not believe that Mediacoms stock price is
the sole indicator of the underlying value of the assets in our
reporting units. We have therefore determined that the
short-term volatility in Mediacoms stock price does not
qualify as a triggering event under ASC 350, and as such, no
interim impairment test is required as of December 31, 2009.
We could record impairments in the future if there are changes
in the long-term fundamentals of our business, in general market
conditions or in the regulatory landscape that could prevent us
from recovering the carrying value of our long-lived intangible
assets. In the near term, the economic conditions currently
affecting the U.S. economy and how that may impact the
fundamentals of our business, together with the recent
volatility in our stock price, may have a negative impact on the
fair values of the assets in our reporting unit.
For illustrative purposes, a hypothetical decline of 20% in the
fair values determined for goodwill, cable franchise rights and
other finite-lived intangible assets at our reporting unit would
not result in any impairment loss as of October 1, 2009.
63
Share-based
compensation
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This fair value is then
amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.
This option-pricing model requires the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the options expected
life and the price volatility of the underlying stock. The
estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires
judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates
differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded
as a cumulative adjustment in the periods the estimates are
revised. Actual results, and future changes in estimates, may
differ substantially from our current estimates.
Recent accounting
pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 168, The
FASB Accounting Standards
Codificationtm
and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principlesa replacement of FASB Statement No. 162.
Statement 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards
Codificationtm
(Codification or ASC) as the single
source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be
applied by nongovernmental entities for interim or annual
periods ending after September 30, 2009. Rules and
interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) under authority of federal securities laws are
also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The
Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and
reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC
accounting literature not included in the Codification will be
considered non-authoritative.
Following the Codification, FASB will not issue new standards in
the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues
Task Force Abstracts. Instead, FASB will issue Accounting
Standards Updates, which will serve to update the Codification,
provide background information about the guidance and provide
the basis for conclusions on the changes to the Codification.
GAAP is not intended to be changed as a result of FASBs
Codification project. However, it will change the way in which
accounting guidance is organized and presented. As a result, we
will change the way we reference GAAP in our financial
statements. We have begun the process of implementing the
Codification by providing references to the Codification topics
alongside references to the previously existing accounting
standards.
Other
pronouncements
In September 2006, FASB issued ASC 820Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820) (formerly
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements).
ASC 820 establishes a single authoritative definition of
fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value and
expands on required disclosures about fair value measurement. On
January 1, 2009, we completed our adoption of the relevant
guidance in ASC 820 which did not have a material effect on our
consolidated financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC
820-10-65-4Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820)
(formerly FSP
No. FAS 157-4,
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of
Activity for the Asset or the Liability Have Significantly
Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not
Orderly). ASC
820-10-65-4
provides additional guidance on (i) estimating fair
64
value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or
liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal
market activity for the asset or liability, and
(ii) circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is
not orderly. ASC
820-10-65-4
also requires additional disclosures about fair value
measurements in interim and annual reporting periods. ASC
820-10-65-4
is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending
after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. We
have completed our evaluation of ASC
820-10-65-4
and determined that the adoption did not have a material effect
on our consolidated financial condition or results of
operations. The following sets forth our financial assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2009. These assets and liabilities have been
categorized according to the three-level fair value hierarchy
established by ASC 820, which prioritizes the inputs used in
measuring fair value.
The following sets forth our financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31,
2009. These assets and liabilities have been categorized
according to the three-level fair value hierarchy established by
ASC 820, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair
value.
|
|
|
Level 1Quoted market prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities.
|
|
|
Level 2Observable market based inputs or unobservable
inputs that are corroborated by market data.
|
|
|
Level 3Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated
by market data.
|
As of December 31, 2009, our interest rate exchange
agreement liabilities, net, were valued at $19.7 million
using Level 2 inputs, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value as of December 31, 2009
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,053
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,053
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,758
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreementsliabilities, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,705
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, our interest rate exchange
agreement liabilities, net, were valued at $32.8 million
using Level 2 inputs, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value as of December 31, 2008
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreementsliabilities, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
|
In February 2007, the FASB issued ASC 820Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820) (formerly
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesIncluding an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 115). ASC 820
permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments
and certain other items at fair value. We adopted
65
the relevant guidance in ASC 820 as of January 1, 2008. We
did not elect the fair value option of ASC 820.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805Business
Combinations (ASC 805) (formerly
SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations)
which continues to require the treatment that all business
combinations be accounted for by applying the acquisition
method. Under the acquisition method, the acquirer recognizes
and measures the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities
assumed, and any contingent consideration and contractual
contingencies, as a whole, at their fair value as of the
acquisition date. Under ASC 805, all transaction costs are
expensed as incurred. The guidance in ASC 805 will be applied
prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition
date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting
period beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted ASC
805 on January 1, 2009 and determined that the adoption did
not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
condition or results of operations.
In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC 815Derivatives and
Hedging (ASC 815) (formerly SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activitiesan amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133). ASC 815 requires enhanced disclosures about
an entitys derivative and hedging activities and thereby
improves the transparency of financial reporting. ASC 815 is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with
early application encouraged. We have completed our evaluation
of ASC 815 and determined that the adoption did not have a
material effect on our consolidated financial condition or
results of operations.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855Subsequent Events
(ASC 855) (formerly SFAS No. 165,
Subsequent Events). ASC 855 establishes
general standards for the accounting and disclosure of events
that occurred after the balance sheet date but before the
financial statements are issued. ASC 855 is effective for
interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We
have completed our evaluation of ASC 855 as of
September 30, 2009 and determined that the adoption did not
have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition
or results of operations. See Note 13 for the disclosures
required by ASC 855.
In April 2009, the FASB staff issued ASC
825-10-65Financial
Instruments (ASC
825-10-65)
(formerly FSP
No. FAS 107-1
and APB
28-1,
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments). ASC
825-10-65
requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments
in all interim financial statements as well as in annual
financial statements. ASC
825-10-65 is
effective for interim reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We have completed our evaluation of ASC
825-10-65
and determined that the adoption did not have a material effect
on our consolidated financial condition or results of
operations. See Note 6 of our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for more information.
Inflation and
changing prices
Our systems costs and expenses are subject to inflation
and price fluctuations. Such changes in costs and expenses can
generally be passed through to subscribers. Programming costs
have historically increased at rates in excess of inflation and
are expected to continue to do so. We believe that under the
FCCs existing cable rate regulations we may increase rates
for cable services to more than cover any increases in
programming. However, competitive conditions and other factors
in the marketplace may limit our ability to increase our rates.
66
Quantitative and
qualitative disclosures about market risk
In the normal course of business, we use interest rate exchange
agreements with counterparty banks to fix the interest rate on a
portion of our variable interest rate debt. As of
December 31, 2009, we had current interest rate swaps with
various banks pursuant to which the interest rate on
$700 million of floating rate debt was fixed at a weighted
average rate of 3.4%. We also had $400 million of forward
starting interest rate swaps with a weighted average fixed rate
of approximately 2.9%, all of which commence during the year
ending December 31, 2010. The fixed rates of the interest
rate swaps are offset against the applicable Eurodollar rate to
determine the related interest expense. Under the terms of the
interest rate swaps, we are exposed to credit risk in the event
of nonperformance by the other parties; however, we do not
anticipate the nonperformance of any of our counterparties. At
December 31, 2009, based on the mark-to-market valuation,
we would have paid approximately $19.7 million, including
accrued interest, if we terminated these interest rate swaps.
Our current interest rate swaps are scheduled to expire in the
amounts of $200 million, $300 million and
$200 million during the years ended December 31, 2010,
2011 and 2012 respectively. See Notes 2 and 5 in our Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our interest rate swaps and financial contracts do
not contain credit rating triggers that could affect our
liquidity.
The table below provides the expected maturity and estimated
fair value of our debt as of December 31, 2009 (all dollars
in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit
|
|
|
|
|
Senior notes
|
|
facility
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Expected maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
59,500
|
|
$
|
59,500
|
January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,750
|
|
|
135,750
|
January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,500
|
|
|
63,500
|
January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,500
|
|
|
9,500
|
January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,500
|
|
|
9,500
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
882,250
|
|
|
1,232,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
$
|
1,160,000
|
|
$
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
$
|
354,813
|
|
$
|
1,114,290
|
|
$
|
1,469,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average interest rate
|
|
|
9.1%
|
|
|
4.7%
|
|
|
5.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description of
subsidiary credit facility
The following is a summary description of our subsidiary credit
facility. The following description is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the full text of the related subsidiary credit
agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
See Available Information.
All of our operating subsidiaries have entered into the
subsidiary credit facility, which is a $1.486 billion
senior secured credit facility. As of December 31, 2009, we
had revolving credit commitments of $400.0 million under
the subsidiary credit facility, of which $314.8 million was
unused and available to be borrowed and used for general
corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions of the
subsidiary credit facility, specifically the ratio of senior
indebtedness
67
(as defined) to annualized system cash flow (as defined). As of
December 31, 2009, $10.9 million of letters of credit
were issued under the subsidiary credit facility to various
parties as collateral for our performance relating to insurance
and franchise requirements, thus restricting the unused portion
of our revolving credit commitments by such amount. Our unused
revolving commitments expire on September 30, 2011.
The subsidiary credit agreement contains various covenants that,
among other things, impose certain limitations on mergers and
acquisitions, consolidations and sales of certain assets, liens,
the incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain restricted
payments and certain transactions with affiliates. The principal
financial covenant of the subsidiary credit facility requires
compliance with a ratio of senior indebtedness (as defined) to
annualized system cash flow (as defined) of no more than 6.0 to
1.0. Our ratio, which is calculated on a quarterly basis, was
4.4 to 1.0 for the three months ended December 31, 2009.
The subsidiary credit facility is collateralized by the pledge
of all of our ownership interests in our operating subsidiaries,
and is guaranteed by them on a limited recourse basis to the
extent of such ownership interests.
The subsidiary credit facility originally consisted of a
revolving credit facility (the revolver) with a
$400.0 million revolving credit commitment, a
$200.0 million term loan (the term loan A)
and a $550.0 million term loan (the term loan
B). In May 2006, we refinanced the term loan B with a new
term loan (the term loan C) in the amount of
$650.0 million.
In August 2009, our operating subsidiaries entered into an
incremental facility agreement that provides for a new term loan
(the term loan D) under the subsidiary credit
facility in the principal amount of $300.0 million. In
September 2009, the full amount of the term loan D was borrowed
by our operating subsidiaries, giving us net proceeds of
$291.2 million, after giving effect to the original issue
discount of $4.5 million and financing costs of
$4.3 million. The net proceeds were used to fund, in part,
the tender offers described above (see Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesNew
Financings), with the balance used to pay down, in part,
outstanding debt under the revolving credit portion of the
subsidiary credit facility, without any reduction in the
revolving credit commitments.
The revolver expires on September 30, 2011, and its
commitment amount is not subject to scheduled reductions prior
to maturity. The term loan A matures on September 30, 2012
and, since March 31, 2008, has been subject to quarterly
reductions ranging from 2.50% to 9.00% of the original amount.
The term loan C matures on January 31, 2015, and is subject
to quarterly reductions of 0.25% that began on March 31,
2007 and extend through December 31, 2014, with a final
payment at maturity representing 92.00% of the original
principal amount. The term loan D matures on March 31, 2017
and, since December 31, 2009, has been subject to quarterly
reductions of 0.25%, with a final payment at maturity
representing 92.75% of the original principal amount. As of
December 31, 2009, the maximum commitment available under
the revolver was $400.0 million, with an outstanding
balance of $74.3 million. As of the same date, the term
loans A, C and D had outstanding balances of
$156.0 million, $630.5 million and
$299.3 million, respectively.
The subsidiary credit agreement provides for interest at varying
rates based upon various borrowing options and certain financial
ratios, and for commitment fees of
1/2%
to
5/8%
per annum on the unused portion of the available revolving
credit commitment. Interest on outstanding revolver and term
loan A balances is payable at either the Eurodollar rate plus a
floating percentage ranging from 1.00% to 2.00% or the base rate
plus a floating percentage ranging from 0% to 1.00%. Interest on
the term loan C is payable at either the Eurodollar rate
68
plus a floating percentage ranging from 1.50% to 1.75% or the
base rate plus a floating percentage ranging from 0.50% to
0.75%. Interest on the term loan D bears interest at a floating
rate or rates equal to the Eurodollar rate or the base rate,
plus a margin of 3.50% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% for base
rate loans. Through August 2013, the Eurodollar rate applicable
to the term loan D loan is subject to a minimum rate of 2.00%.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the outstanding debt
under the term loan A was reduced by $24.0 million, or
12.00% of the original principal amount, the outstanding debt
under the term loan C was reduced by $6.5 million, or 1.00%
of the original principal amount and the outstanding debt under
the term loan D was reduced by $0.8 million, or 0.25% of
the original principal amount.
During the year ending December 31, 2010, the outstanding
debt under the term loan A will be reduced by
$50.0 million, or 25.00% of the original principal amount,
the outstanding debt under the term loan C will be reduced by
$6.5 million, or 1.00% of the original principal amount,
and the outstanding debt under the term loan D will be reduced
by $3.0 million, or 1.0% of the original principal amount.
69
Business
Mediacom
LLC
We own and operate cable systems serving smaller cities and
towns in the United States. We offer a compelling variety of
advanced products and services to our customers, made possible
by investments in our interactive fiber networks which have
boosted their capacity, capability and reliability. Through our
interactive broadband network, we provide our customers with a
wide variety of advanced products and services, including video
services, such as
video-on-demand,
HDTV, DVRs, HSD and phone service. We offer our bundle of video,
HSD and phone over a single communications platform, a
significant advantage over most competitors in our service areas.
As of December 31, 2009, we served approximately 548,000
basic subscribers, 300,000 digital video customers or digital
customers, 350,000 HSD customers and 135,000 phone customers,
aggregating 1.33 million RGUs. As of the same date, we
offered our bundle of primary services consisting of video, HSD
and phone service to about 87% of the estimated homes that our
network passes.
Our
manager
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mediacom Communications
Corporation, who is also our manager. Mediacom is the
nations seventh largest cable company based on the number
of customers who purchase one or more video services, also known
as basic subscribers. Mediacom is among the leading cable
operators focused on serving the smaller cities in the United
States, such as Des Moines, Iowa and Springfield, Missouri, with
a significant customer concentration in the Midwestern and
Southeastern regions.
As of December 31, 2009, Mediacoms cable systems,
which are owned and operated through our operating subsidiaries
and those of Mediacom Broadband, passed an estimated
2.80 million homes in 22 states. Mediacom Broadband is
also a wholly-owned subsidiary of our manager. As of the same
date, Mediacom served approximately 1.24 million basic
subscribers, 678,000 digital video customers, 778,000 HSD
customers and 287,000 phone customers, aggregating
2.98 million RGUs. Mediacom also provides communications
services to commercial and large enterprise customers, and sell
advertising time they receive under their programming license
agreements to local, regional and national advertisers.
Mediacom is a publicly-owned company, and its Class A
common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under
the symbol MCCC. Mediacom was founded by Rocco B.
Commisso, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who
beneficially owned shares representing the majority of the
aggregate voting power of Mediacom common stock outstanding as
of the date of this prospectus. Mediacom is not an obligor on,
or a guarantor of, the notes and has no obligations under the
indenture with respect to the notes.
Mediacom Capital
Corporation
Mediacom Capital Corporation is our wholly-owned subsidiary that
was incorporated to accommodate the issuance of indebtedness by
us. Mediacom Capital Corporation has no operations, revenues or
cash flows and has no assets, liabilities or stockholders
equity on its balance sheet,
70
other than a $100 receivable from an affiliate and the same
dollar amount of common stock on its consolidated balance sheets.
Description of
our cable systems
Overview
The following table provides an overview of selected operating
and cable network data for our cable systems for the years ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Video
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated homes
passed(1)
|
|
|
1,286,000
|
|
|
|
1,370,000
|
|
|
|
1,360,000
|
|
|
|
1,355,000
|
|
|
|
1,347,000
|
|
Basic
subscribers(2)
|
|
|
548,000
|
|
|
|
601,000
|
|
|
|
604,000
|
|
|
|
629,000
|
|
|
|
650,000
|
|
Basic
penetration(3)
|
|
|
42.6%
|
|
|
|
43.9%
|
|
|
|
44.4%
|
|
|
|
46.4%
|
|
|
|
48.3%
|
|
Digital Cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital
customers(4)
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
288,000
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
|
224,000
|
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
Digital
penetration(5)
|
|
|
54.7%
|
|
|
|
47.9%
|
|
|
|
39.7%
|
|
|
|
35.6%
|
|
|
|
31.5%
|
|
High Speed Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HSD
customers(6)
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
337,000
|
|
|
|
299,000
|
|
|
|
258,000
|
|
|
|
212,000
|
|
HSD
penetration(7)
|
|
|
27.2%
|
|
|
|
24.6%
|
|
|
|
22.0%
|
|
|
|
19.0%
|
|
|
|
15.7%
|
|
Phone
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated marketable phone
homes(8)
|
|
|
1,180,000
|
|
|
|
1,198,000
|
|
|
|
1,150,000
|
|
|
|
950,000
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
Phone
customers(9)
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
114,000
|
|
|
|
79,000
|
|
|
|
34,000
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
Phone
penetration(10)
|
|
|
11.4%
|
|
|
|
9.5%
|
|
|
|
6.9%
|
|
|
|
3.6%
|
|
|
|
1.8%
|
|
Revenue Generating
Units(11)
|
|
|
1,333,000
|
|
|
|
1,340,000
|
|
|
|
1,222,000
|
|
|
|
1,145,000
|
|
|
|
1,071,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the estimated number of
single residence homes, apartments and condominium units passed
by our cable distribution network. Estimated homes passed are
based on what we believe to be the best information reasonably
available.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents a dwelling with one or
more television sets that receives a package of over-the-air
broadcast stations, local access channels or certain
satellite-delivered cable services. Accounts that are billed on
a bulk basis, which typically receive discounted rates, are
converted into full-price equivalent basic subscribers by
dividing total bulk billed basic revenues of a particular system
by average cable rate charged to basic subscribers in that
system. This conversion method is generally consistent with the
methodology used in determining payments made to programmers.
Basic subscribers include connections to schools, libraries,
local government offices and employee households that may not be
charged for limited and expanded cable services, but may be
charged for digital cable, HSD, phone or other services. Our
methodology of calculating the number of basic subscribers may
not be identical to those used by other companies offering
similar services.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents basic subscribers as a
percentage of estimated homes passed.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
digital video services.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents digital customers as a
percentage of basic subscribers.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Represents residential HSD
customers and small to medium-sized commercial cable modem
accounts billed at higher rates than residential customers.
Small to medium-sized commercial accounts are converted to
equivalent residential HSD customers by dividing their
associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Customers who take our scalable, fiber-based enterprise network
products and services are not counted as HSD customers. Our
methodology of calculating HSD customers may not be identical to
those used by other companies offering similar services.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Represents the number of total HSD
customers as a percentage of estimated homes passed by our cable
distribution network.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Represents the estimated number of
homes to which we offer phone service, and is based on what we
believe to be the best information reasonably available.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Represents customers receiving
phone service. Small to medium-sized commercial accounts are
converted to equivalent residential phone customers by dividing
their associated revenues by the applicable residential rate.
Our methodology of calculating phone customers may not be
identical to those used by other companies offering similar
services.
|
71
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
Represents the number of total
phone customers as a percentage of our estimated marketable
phone homes.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Represents the sum of basic
subscribers and digital, HSD and phone customers.
|
Our service
areas
Approximately 67% of our basic subscribers are in the top 100
television markets in the United States, commonly referred to as
Nielsen Media Research designated market areas
(DMAs), with more than 39% in DMAs that rank between
the 60th and 100th largest. Our major service areas
include: the gulf coast region surrounding Pensacola, FL and
Mobile, AL; suburban and outlying communities around
Minneapolis, MN; outlying communities around Champaign,
Springfield and Decatur, IL; communities in the western Kentucky
and southern Illinois region; communities in northern Indiana;
Dagsboro, DE and the adjoining coastal area in Delaware and
Maryland; certain western suburbs of Chicago, IL; and suburban
communities of Huntsville, AL. Each of these clusters is further
extended through use of regional fiber networks to connect
additional cities and towns.
Products and
services
We offer a variety of services over our cable systems, including
video, HSD and phone services, marketed individually and in
bundled packages. Our revenues are principally provided by fees
paid by residential customers, which vary depending on the level
of service taken. We also derive revenue from the sales of
pay-per-view
movies and events,
video-on-demand
or VOD services, the sale of advertising time on certain of our
programming, installation and equipment charges, as well as
advanced data and phone services provided to the commercial
market.
Our customers are billed on a monthly basis and generally may
discontinue services at any time. We are focused on marketing
packages of multiple products and services, or
bundles, for a single price, including a bundle of
our primary services of video, HSD and phone, which we refer to
as our triple-play. Customers who take our
triple-play bundles enjoy discounted pricing and the convenience
of a single monthly bill; those who take our ViP Pak
also enjoy digital television, faster HSD speeds and other
benefits. As of December 31, 2009, 52% of our customers
subscribed to two or more of our primary services, including 19%
of our customers who take all three of our primary services.
Investments in our interactive fiber networks have created the
single platform distribution system we use today and allow us to
offer advanced video products and services, faster HSD speeds
and a feature-rich phone service. Our technology initiatives
will continue to focus on boosting the capacity, capability and
reliability of our networks, allowing us to increase the variety
and quality of the products and services we offer.
A majority of our revenues come from video services; however,
the percent of revenue derived from video has been declining for
the past several years. As a percentage of total revenues, video
revenues have decreased from 83% in 2004 to 64% in 2009,
primarily due to increased contributions from our HSD and phone
services, a trend we expect to continue.
Video
We design our channel
line-ups for
each system according to demographics, programming preferences,
channel capacity, competition, price sensitivity and local
regulation. We charge customers monthly subscription rates,
which vary according to the level of service and
72
equipment taken. Our video services range from broadcast basic
service to digital and other advanced video products and
services, as discussed below.
Broadcast Basic Service. Our broadcast basic service
includes, for a monthly fee, 12 to 20 channels, including local
over-the-air broadcast network and independent stations, limited
satellite-delivered programming, as well as local public,
government, home-shopping and leased access channels
Family Basic Service. We offer an expanded basic
package of services, marketed as Family Cable, which
includes, for an additional monthly fee, 40 to 55 additional
satellite-delivered channels such as CNN, Discovery, ESPN,
Lifetime, MTV, TNT and the USA Network.
As of December 31, 2009, we had 548,000 basic subscribers,
representing a 42.6% penetration of our estimated homes passed.
Digital Service. Our digital video service offers
customers up to 230 channels, depending on the level of service
selected, with better picture and sound quality than traditional
analog video service. Digital video customers receive the full
assortment of basic programming, digital music channels and
other additional programming, as well as an interactive
on-screen program guide and full access to our VOD library. For
additional charges, our subscribers may purchase premium video
services such as Cinemax, HBO, Showtime and Starz! individually,
or in tiers. A digital converter or cable card is required to
receive our digital and other advanced video services. Customers
pay a monthly fee for digital service, which varies according to
the level of service taken and the number of digital converters
in the home. As of December 31, 2009, we had 300,000
digital customers, representing a 54.7% penetration of our basic
subscribers.
Video-On-Demand. Mediacom
On-Demand, our VOD service, provides on-demand access to almost
4,700 movies, special events and general interest titles, and is
available to 76% of our digital customers. The majority of our
VOD content is available to our digital video customers at no
additional charge, with additional content including first-run
movies and special event programs such as live concerts and
sporting events available on a
pay-per-view
basis. This service includes full two-way functionality,
including the ability to start the programs at their
convenience, as well as pause, rewind and fast forward.
High-Definition Television. We offer our video
customers HDTV services, with high-resolution
picture quality, digital sound quality and a wide-screen,
theater-like display when using an HDTV set. Up to 46
high-definition (HD) channels, including most major
broadcast networks, leading national cable networks, premium
channels and regional sports networks, are offered to our
digital customers at no additional charge, with a planned
expansion up to 70 channels in 2010. The HD programming we offer
represents about 80% of the most widely-watched programming,
based upon data provided by The Neilsen Company.
Digital Video Recorders. Our DVR service
allows digital customers to record and store programming to
watch at their convenience, as well as the ability to pause and
rewind live television. DVR services require the use
of an advanced digital converter for which we charge a monthly
fee. In 2010, we plan on introducing a multi-room DVR
product that will enable customers who take our DVR service to
watch the same stored programming on each set-top box in their
home.
As of December 31, 2009, 37.4% of our digital customers
received DVR
and/or HDTV
services.
73
Mediacom
Online
Three levels of high-speed Internet access, ranging from
3 Mbps to 20 Mbps, are available to customers across
substantially all of our service territory. Our most popular
service delivers speeds of up to 12 Mbps downstream and
1 Mbps upstream. Customers who take our ViP Pak receive an
upgrade to 15 Mbps downstream speeds at no additional cost.
Based on the range of products offered, all of which are
available in discounted bundles, we believe our HSD service
provides a superior value to that offered by our competitors in
our markets.
Our latest product offering is Mediacom Online Ultra, which is
our very high-speed, or wideband, Internet service.
Launched in late 2009, this service utilizes DOCSIS 3.0
technology that was developed to accommodate much higher
transmission speeds through the use of channel bonding, allowing
us to offer downstream and upstream speeds of up to
105 Mbps and 10 Mbps, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009, Mediacom Online Ultra was available to
approximately 20% of our service territory, and we plan to
expand to about 40% of our service territory by year-end 2010.
As of December 31, 2009, we had 350,000 HSD customers,
representing a 27.2% penetration of estimated homes passed.
Mediacom
Phone
Mediacom Phone is our phone service that offers unlimited local,
regional and long-distance calling within the United States,
Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Canada, for which
customers are charged a monthly fee. Mediacom Phone includes
popular calling features such as Caller ID with name and number,
call waiting, three-way calling and enhanced Emergency 911
dialing. Directory assistance and voice mail services are
available for an additional charge, and international calling is
available at competitive rates.
As of December 31, 2009, we marketed phone service to about
92% of our 1.29 million estimated homes passed. As of the
same date, we served 135,000 phone customers, representing a
11.4% penetration of estimated marketable phone homes passed.
Substantially all of our phone customers take multiple services
from us; over 85% take the triple-play and approximately 14%
take either video or HSD service in addition to phone.
Mediacom Business
Services
We provide video, HSD, and phone, as well as network and
transport services, to commercial and large enterprise
customers. During 2009, we began selling multi-line business
phone service to small- and medium-sized businesses in most of
our service areas. We now offer a bundle of video, HSD and phone
services to the business community, enabling us to compete more
effectively against our competitors, mainly the local phone
companies. We also offer large enterprise customers, who require
high-bandwidth connections, solutions such as the point-to-point
circuits required by wireless communications providers and other
carrier and wholesale customers.
Advertising
We generate revenues from selling advertising time we receive
under our programming license agreements to local, regional and
national advertisers. Our advertising sales infrastructure
includes in-house production facilities, production and
administrative employees and a locally-
74
based sales workforce. In many of our markets, we have entered
into agreements commonly referred to as interconnects with other
cable operators to jointly sell local advertising, simplifying
our clients purchase of local advertising and expanding
their geographic reach
During the past several years, many existing and potential
customers have sought alternatives to traditional advertising
platforms such as television, newspaper and billboard
advertising. In addition, the recent economic downturn has
caused other key buyers of local and regional advertising,
notably automotive dealers, to sharply reduce their advertising
spending. Primarily due to these factors, we have experienced
declines in advertising revenues in the last two years.
Marketing and
sales
Our primary marketing focus is on our ViP Pak bundle of digital
video, HSD and phone, which we offer to our customers at
discounted pricing, with the convenience of a single bill.
Customers who take our ViP Pak also enjoy free VOD movies,
faster HSD speeds and retailer discounts, to further enhance the
value and increase our brand recognition. We employ a wide range
of sales channels to reach current and potential customers,
including direct marketing such as mail and outbound
telemarketing, door-to-door and field technician sales. We also
steer people to our inbound call centers or website through
television advertising on our own cable systems and local
broadcast television stations and through other mass media
outlets such as radio, newspaper and outdoor advertising.
Customer
care
Providing a superior customer experience will improve customer
retention and increase the opportunities for sale of our
advanced services. Our efforts to enhance our customers
satisfaction include giving them multiple means to access
information about their services, focusing on first time
resolution of all service calls, and continually improving the
performance of our networks.
Contact
centers
Our customer care group has multiple contact centers, which are
staffed with dedicated customer service and technical support
representatives that respond to customer inquiries on all of our
products and services. Qualified representatives are available
24 hours a day, seven days a week to assist our customers.
Our virtual contact center technology ensures that the customer
care group functions as a single, unified call center and allows
us to effectively manage and leverage resources and reduce
answer times through call-routing in a seamless manner. A
web-based service platform is available to our customers
allowing them to order products via the Internet, manage their
payments, receive general technical support and utilize
self-help tools to troubleshoot technical difficulties.
Field
operations
Our field technicians utilize a workflow management system which
facilitates on-time arrival for customer appointments and first
call resolution to avoid repeat service trips and customer
dissatisfaction. Field activity is scheduled, routed and
accounted for seamlessly, including automated appointment
confirmations, along with real time remote technician
dispatching. All technicians are equipped with web-based,
hand-held monitoring tools to determine the real-
75
time quality of service at each customers home. This
functionality allows us to effectively install new services and
efficiently resolve customer reported issues.
Technology
Our cable systems use a hybrid fiber-optic coaxial
(HFC) design that has proven to be highly flexible
in meeting the increasing requirements of our business. The HFC
designed network is engineered to accommodate bandwidth
management initiatives that provide increased capacity and
performance for our advanced video and broadband products and
services without the need for costly upgrades. We deliver our
signals via laser-fed fiber optical cable from control centers
known as headends and hubs to individual nodes. Coaxial cable is
then connected from each node to the individual homes we serve.
Our network design generally provides for six strands of fiber
optic cable extended to each node, with two strands active and
four strands dark or inactive for future use.
As of December 31, 2009, substantially all of our cable
distribution network had bandwidth capacity of at least 750
megahertz or had been converted to all-digital technology.
However, demand for new services, including additional HDTV
channels and DOCSIS 3.0-enabled wideband Internet, requires us
to become more efficient with our bandwidth capacity. As part of
our transition towards a digital only platform, we have been
moving video channels from analog to digital transmission,
allowing us to deliver the same programming using less
bandwidth, and giving us the ability to offer our customers more
HDTV channels, faster HSD speeds and other advanced products and
services using the reclaimed bandwidth. To take full advantage
of the efficiencies associated with digital transmission, we
expect our networks will ultimately move to a digital only
format, thereby eliminating all analog transmissions.
We have constructed fiber networks which interconnect about 85%
of our service territory, on which we have overlaid a video
transport system, allowing these areas to function as virtual
systems. Our fiber networks and video transport system give us
greater reach from a central location, making it more cost
efficient and timely to introduce new and advanced services to
customers, helping us reduce equipment and personnel costs,
connectivity charges and other expenditures.
Community
relations
We are dedicated to fostering strong relations with the
communities we serve, and believe that our local involvement
strengthens the awareness of our brand. We support local
charities and community causes with events and campaigns to
raise funds and supplies for persons in need, and in-kind
donations that include production services and free airtime on
cable networks. We participate in industry initiatives such as
the Cable in the Classroom program, under which we
provide almost 1,500 schools with free video service and more
than 60 schools with free HSD service. We also provide free
cable service to over 2,500 government buildings, libraries and
not-for-profit hospitals, along with free HSD service to about
200 such sites.
We develop and provide exclusive local programming for our
communities, a service that cannot be offered by DBS providers.
Several of our cable systems have production facilities with the
ability to create local programming, which includes local school
sports events, fund-raising telethons by local chapters of
national charitable organizations, local concerts and other
entertainment. We believe our local programming helps build
brand awareness and customer loyalty in the communities we serve.
76
Franchises
Cable systems are generally operated under non-exclusive
franchises granted by local or state governmental authorities.
Historically, these franchises have imposed numerous conditions,
such as: time limitations on commencement and completion of
construction; conditions of service, including population
density specifications for service; the bandwidth capacity of
the system; the broad categories of programming required; the
provision of free service to schools and other public
institutions and the provision and funding of public,
educational and governmental access channels (PEG access
channels); a provision for franchise fees; and the
maintenance or posting of insurance or indemnity bonds by the
cable operator. Many of the provisions of local franchises are
subject to federal regulation under the Communications Act of
1934, as amended (the Cable Act).
Many of the states in which we operate have enacted
comprehensive state-issued franchising statutes that cede
control over franchises away from local communities and towards
state agencies, such as the various public service commissions
that regulate other utilities. As of December 31, 2009,
about 23% of our customer base was under a state-issued
franchise. Some of these states permit us to exchange local
franchises for state issued franchises before the expiration
date of the local franchise. These state statutes make the terms
and conditions of our franchises more uniform, and in some
cases, eliminate locally imposed requirements such as PEG access
channels.
As of December 31, 2009, we served 962 communities under a
cable franchise. These franchises provide for the payment of
fees to the issuing authority. In most of our cable systems,
such franchise fees are passed through directly to the
customers. The Cable Act prohibits franchising authorities from
imposing franchise fees in excess of 5% of gross revenues from
specified cable services, and permits the cable operator to seek
renegotiation and modification of franchise requirements if
warranted by changed circumstances.
We have never had a franchise revoked or failed to have a
franchise renewed. Furthermore, no franchise community has
refused to consent to a franchise transfer to us. The Cable Act
provides, among other things, for an orderly franchise renewal
process in which franchise renewal will not be unreasonably
withheld or, if renewal is denied and the franchising authority
acquires ownership of the cable system or effects a transfer of
the cable system to another person, the cable operator generally
is entitled to the fair market value for the cable
system covered by such franchise. The Cable Act also established
comprehensive renewal procedures, which require that an
incumbent franchisees renewal application be assessed on
its own merits and not as part of a comparative process with
competing applications. We believe that we have satisfactory
relationships with our franchising communities.
Sources of
supply
Programming
We have various fixed-term contracts to obtain programming for
our cable systems from suppliers whose compensation is typically
based on a fixed monthly fee per customer. Although most of our
contracts are secured directly with the programmer, we also
negotiate programming contract renewals through a programming
cooperative of which we are a member. In general, we attempt to
secure longer-term programming contracts, which may include
marketing support and other incentives from programming
suppliers.
77
We also have various retransmission consent arrangements with
local broadcast station owners, allowing for carriage of their
broadcast television signals on our cable systems. FCC rules
mandate that local broadcast station owners elect either
must carry or retransmission consent every three
years. Historically, retransmission consent has been contingent
upon our carriage of satellite delivered cable programming
offered by companies affiliated with the stations owners,
or other forms of non-cash compensation. In the most recently
completed cycle, cash payments and, to a lesser extent, our
purchase of advertising time from local broadcast station owners
were required to secure their consent.
Our programming expenses comprise our largest single expense
item, and in recent years, we have experienced a substantial
increase in the cost of our programming, particularly sports and
local broadcast programming, well in excess of the inflation
rate or the change in the consumer price index. We believe that
these expenses will continue to grow, principally due to
contractual unit rate increases and the increasing demands of
sports programmers and television broadcast station owners for
retransmission consent fees. While such growth in programming
expenses can be partially offset by rate increases to video
customers, it is expected that our gross video margins will
continue to decline as increases in programming costs outpace
growth in video revenues.
Set-top boxes,
program guides and network equipment
We purchase set-top boxes from a limited number of suppliers,
including Motorola Inc. and Pace plc. We also purchase routers,
switches and other network equipment from a variety of
providers. If we were unable to obtain such equipment from these
suppliers, our ability to serve our customers in a consistent
manner could be affected, and we may not be able to provide
similar equipment in a timely manner.
HSD and phone
connectivity
We deliver HSD and phone services through fiber networks that
are either owned by us or leased from third parties and through
backbone networks that are operated by third parties. We pay
fees for leased circuits based on the amount of capacity and for
Internet connectivity based on the amount of HSD and phone
traffic received from and sent over the providers network.
Phone
Under a multi-year agreement between us and Sprint Corporation,
Sprint assists us in providing phone service by routing voice
traffic to and from destinations outside of our network via the
public switched telephone network, delivering E-911 service and
assisting in local number portability and long-distance traffic
carriage. We have initiated a project to transition these
services in-house, beginning in 2010.
Competition
We face intense and increasing competition from various
communications and entertainment providers, primarily DBS and
certain local telephone companies, many of whom have greater
resources than we do. We are subject to significant developments
in the marketplace, including rapid advances in technology and
changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. In the
past several years, many of our competitors have expanded their
service areas, added services
78
and features comparable to ours, as well as those which we do
not offer, such as wireless voice and data services. More
recently, our DBS competitors have launched aggressive marketing
campaigns, including deeply discounted promotional packages,
which have resulted in video customer losses in our markets. We
are unable to predict the effects, if any, of such future
changes or developments on our business.
Direct broadcast
satellite providers
DBS providers, principally DirecTV, Inc. and DISH Network Corp.,
are the cable industrys most significant video
competitors, serving more than 32 million customers
nationwide, according to publicly available information. Our
ability to compete with DBS service depends, in part, on the
programming available to them and us for distribution. DirecTV
and DISH now offer approximately 265 and 290 video channels of
programming, respectively, much of it substantially similar to
our video offerings. DirecTV also has exclusive arrangements to
provide certain programming which is unavailable to us,
including special professional football packages. DirecTV and
DISH offer up to 130 and 140 channels of national HD
programming, respectively, including local HD signals in most of
our markets.
DBS service has limited two-way interactivity, which restricts
their providers ability to offer interactive video, HSD
and phone services. In contrast, our networks full two-way
interactivity enables us to deliver true VOD, as well as HSD and
phone services over a single platform. In lieu of offering such
advanced services, DBS providers have in many cases entered into
marketing agreements under which local telephone companies offer
DBS service bundled with their phone and HSD services. These
synthetic bundles are generally billed as a single package, and
from a consumer standpoint appear similar to our bundled
products and services.
Local telephone
companies
Our HSD and phone services compete primarily with local
telephone companies such as Qwest Inc. and AT&T Inc. Such
companies compete with our HSD product by offering digital
subscriber line (DSL) services and with our phone
product by offering a substantially similar product to that
which we offer. In our markets, widely-available DSL service is
typically limited to downstream speeds ranging from 1.5Mbps to
3Mbps, compared to our downstream speeds ranging from 3Mbps to
105Mbps. We believe the performance, cost savings and
convenience of our bundled packages compare favorably with the
local telephone companies products and services. However,
local phone companies may currently be in a better position to
offer data services to businesses, as their networks tend to be
more complete in commercial areas.
Verizon Communications Inc. and AT&T have built and are
continuing to build fiber networks with fiber-to-the-node or
fiber-to-the-home architecture to replicate the cable
industrys triple-play bundle. Their upgraded networks can
now provide video, HSD and phone services that are comparable,
and in some cases, superior to ours, with entry prices similar
to those we offer. Based on internal estimates, these
competitors have the capability of, and are actively marketing
service, in approximately 4% of our service territory as of
December 31, 2009. Due to the lower homes density of our
service areas compared to the higher home density of larger
metropolitan markets, and the per home passed capital investment
associated with constructing fiber networks, we believe that
further build-outs into most our markets will be a lower
priority for the telephone companies.
79
Wireless
communication companies
In addition to competition from traditional phone services, we
face increasing competition from wireless phone providers, such
as AT&T, Verizon and Sprint. In the last several years, a
trend known as wireless substitution has developed
where certain phone customers have decided they only need one
phone provider, and the provider selected has been a wireless
phone product. We expect this trend to continue in the future
and, given the current economic downturn, may accelerate as
consumers become more cost conscious.
Many wireless phone providers offer a mobile data service for
cellular use. This service may be a substitute for a wireline
service in some consumers households. With the increasing
penetration of smartphones, the use of mobile data
services for certain applications is expanding, a trend we
believe will continue in the near future. Wireless providers are
currently unable to offer a data service that compares with our
HSD service in terms of speed, and their service is not
available in all areas. However, as technology employed by such
wireless companies further evolves, this may change in the
future.
Traditional
overbuilds
Cable systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises
granted by local authorities; more than one cable system may
legally be built in the same area by another cable operator, a
local utility or other provider. Some of these competitors, such
as municipally-owned entities, may be granted franchises on more
favorable terms or conditions, or enjoy other advantages such as
exemptions from taxes or regulatory requirements, to which we
are subject. Certain municipalities in our service areas have
constructed their own cable systems in a manner similar to
city-provided utility services. We believe that various entities
are currently offering cable service, through wireline
distribution networks, to approximately 9% of our estimated
homes passed. Most of these entities were operating prior to our
ownership of the affected cable systems, and we believe there
has been no expansion of such entities into our markets in the
past several years.
Other
competition
Video
The use of streaming video over the Internet by consumers and
businesses has increased dramatically in the last several years,
as broadband services have become more widely available. As a
result of increased downstream speeds offered by HSD providers
and advances in streaming video technology, consumers are
watching a greater amount of video content through an online
source. Recent advances have also allowed consumers to stream
Internet video directly to their television through various
electronic devices such as video game consoles and Blu-ray
players, resulting in a more traditional video viewing
experience. In many cases, program suppliers have begun
bypassing traditional video providers and distributing certain
content directly to consumers through the Internet, some of
which is available free of charge. As much of this content is
the same, or substantially similar to that which we offer, we
believe this could lead to meaningful competition if this trend
is to continue in the future. Although we expect to remain the
primary provider of HSD service to such consumers, enabling
their ability to stream Internet video, we are unable to predict
the effects, if any, of such developments on our video revenues.
80
HSD
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009
(Recovery Act) provides specific funding for
broadband development as part of the economic stimulus package.
Some of our existing and potential competitors have, and will
apply for funds under this program which, if successful, may
allow them to build or expand facilities faster and deploy
existing and new services sooner, and to more areas, than they
otherwise would.
Phone
Mediacom Phone also competes with national providers of
IP-based
phone services, such as Vonage, Skype and magicJack, as well as
companies that sell phone cards at a cost per minute for both
national and international service. Such providers of
IP-based
phone services do not have a traditional facilities-based
network, but provide their services through a consumers
high-speed Internet connection.
Advertising
We compete for the sale of advertising against a wide variety of
media, including local broadcast stations, national broadcast
networks, national and regional programming networks, local
radio broadcast stations, local and regional newspapers,
magazines and Internet sites. As companies continue to shift the
allocation of their advertising spending towards Internet based
advertising, we may face greater than expected pricing pressure
on our advertising business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we employed 1,772 full-time
and 56 part-time employees. None of our employees are
organized under, or covered by, a collective bargaining
agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be
satisfactory.
Properties
Our principal physical assets consist of fiber optic networks,
including signal receiving, encoding and decoding devices,
headend facilities and distribution systems and equipment at, or
near, customers homes. The signal receiving apparatus
typically includes a tower, antenna, ancillary electronic
equipment and earth stations for reception of satellite signals.
Headend facilities are located near the receiving devices. Our
distribution system consists primarily of coaxial and fiber
optic cables and related electronic equipment. Customer premise
equipment consists of set-top devices, cable modems and related
equipment. Our distribution systems and related equipment
generally are attached to utility poles under pole rental
agreements with local public utilities, although in some areas
the distribution cable is buried in underground ducts or
trenches. The physical components of the cable systems require
maintenance and periodic upgrading to improve performance and
capacity. In addition, we maintain a network operations center
with equipment necessary to monitor and manage the status of our
network.
We own and lease the real property housing our regional call
centers, business offices and warehouses throughout our
operating regions. Our headend facilities, signal reception
sites and microwave facilities are located on owned and leased
parcels of land, and we generally own the towers on which
certain of our equipment is located. We own most of our service
vehicles. We
81
believe that our properties, both owned and leased, are in good
condition and are suitable and adequate for our operations.
Legal
proceedings
We are named as a defendant in a putative class action,
captioned Gary Ogg and Janice Ogg v. Mediacom LLC, pending
in the Circuit Court of Clay County, Missouri, originally filed
in April 2001. The lawsuit alleges that we, in areas where there
was no cable franchise failed to obtain permission from
landowners to place our fiber interconnection cable
notwithstanding the possession of agreements or permission from
other third parties. While the parties continue to contest
liability, there also remains a dispute as to the proper measure
of damages. Based on a report by their experts, the plaintiffs
claim compensatory damages of approximately $14.5 million.
Legal fees, prejudgment interest, potential punitive damages and
other costs could increase that estimate to approximately
$26.0 million. Before trial, the plaintiffs proposed an
alternative damage theory of $42.0 million in compensatory
damages. Notwithstanding the verdict in the trial described
below, we remain unable to reasonably determine the amount of
our final liability in this lawsuit. Prior to trial our experts
estimated our liability to be within the range of approximately
$0.1 million to $2.3 million. This estimate did not
include any estimate of damages for prejudgment interest,
attorneys fees or punitive damages.
On March 9, 2009, a jury trial commenced solely for the
claim of Gary and Janice Ogg, the designated class
representatives. On March 18, 2009, the jury rendered a
verdict in favor of Gary and Janice Ogg setting compensatory
damages of $8,863 and punitive damages of $35,000. The Court did
not enter a final judgment on this verdict and therefore the
amount of the verdict cannot at this time be judicially
collected. Although we believe that the particular circumstances
of each class member may result in a different measure of
damages for each member, if the same measure of compensatory
damages was used for each member, the aggregate compensatory
damages would be approximately $16.2 million plus the
possibility of an award of attorneys fees, prejudgment
interest, and punitive damages. We are vigorously defending
against the claims made by the other members of the class,
including filing and responding to post trial motions and
preparing for subsequent trials, and an appeal, if necessary.
We believe that the amount of actual liability would not have a
significant effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations, cash flows or business. There can be no
assurance, however, that the actual liability ultimately
determined for all members of the class would not exceed our
estimated range or any amount derived from the verdict rendered
on March 18, 2009. We have tendered the lawsuit to our
insurance carrier for defense and indemnification. The carrier
has agreed to defend us under a reservation of rights, and a
declaratory judgment action is pending regarding the
carriers defense and coverage responsibilities.
In addition, we became aware on March 5, 2010 of the filing
of a purported class action in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York entitled Jim
Knight v. Mediacom Communications Corp., in which Mediacom
is named as the defendant. The complaint asserts that the
potential class is comprised of all persons who purchased
premium cable services from Mediacom and rented a cable box
distributed by Mediacom. The plaintiff alleges that Mediacom
improperly tied the rental of cable boxes to the
provision of premium cable services in violation of
Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act. The plaintiff also
alleges a claim for unjust enrichment and seeks injunctive
relief and unspecified damages. Mediacom believes
82
they have substantial defenses to the claims asserted in the
complaint, which has not yet been served on them, and they
intend to defend the action vigorously.
We are also involved in various other legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management,
the ultimate disposition of these other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations, cash flows or business.
Legislation and
regulation
General
Federal, state and local laws regulate the development and
operation of cable systems and, to varying degrees, the services
we offer. Significant legal requirements imposed on us because
of our status as a cable operator, or by the virtue of the
services we offer, are described below.
Cable system
operations and cable services
Federal
regulation
The Cable Act establishes the principal federal regulatory
framework for our operation of cable systems and for the
provision of our video services. The Cable Act allocates primary
responsibility for enforcing the federal policies among the FCC
and state and local governmental authorities.
Content
regulations
Must carry and
retransmission consent
The FCCs regulations require local commercial television
broadcast stations to elect once every three years whether to
require a cable system to carry the primary signal of their
stations, subject to certain exceptions, commonly called
must-carry or to negotiate the terms by which the cable system
may carry the station on its cable systems, commonly called
retransmission consent. The most recent elections took effect
January 1, 2009.
The Cable Act and the FCCs regulations require a cable
operator to devote up to one-third of its activated channel
capacity for the carriage of local commercial television
stations. The Cable Act and the FCCs rules also give
certain local non-commercial educational television stations
carriage rights, but not the option to negotiate retransmission
consent. Additionally, cable systems must obtain retransmission
consent for carriage of all distant commercial television
stations, except for certain commercial satellite-delivered
independent superstations such as WGN, commercial radio
stations, and certain low-power television stations.
Through March 28, 2010, Congress barred broadcasters from
entering into exclusive retransmission consent agreements.
Legislation is pending to extend this ban on exclusive
retransmission consent agreements through December 31, 2014
or later. Congress also requires all parties to negotiate
retransmission consent agreements in good faith. Should Congress
fail to extend the ban on exclusive retransmission consent
agreements, there could be an adverse effect on our business.
Must-carry obligations may decrease the attractiveness of the
cable operators overall programming offerings by including
less popular programming on the channel
line-up,
while cable operators may need to provide some form of
consideration to broadcasters to obtain
83
retransmission consent to carry more popular programming. We
carry both must-carry broadcast stations and broadcast stations
that have granted retransmission consent. A significant number
of local broadcast stations carried by our cable systems have
elected to negotiate for retransmission consent, and we have
entered into retransmission consent agreements with all of them
although not all have terms extending until the end of the
current retransmission consent election cycle, December 31,
2011.
In January 2010, Cablevision Systems Corporation filed a
petition for writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme
Court, seeking review of a decision of the United States Court
of Appeals for the Second Circuit upholding an FCC order
enforcing a commercial television stations must-carry
rights. Cablevision seeks not only reversal of the Court of
Appeals decision applying the must-carry requirements to the
facts at issue, but also to invalidate the must-carry
requirements entirely as impermissible because it restricts
Cablevisions freedom of speech rights under the First
Amendment and it confiscates Cablevisions property rights
under the Fifth Amendment of the United States Constitution. We
cannot predict whether the Supreme Court will issue the writ and
if it does, what the outcome would be or how it may affect our
business.
Availability of
digital broadcast signals
After June 12, 2009, television broadcasters were required
to cease analog transmission and transmit their signals in
digital format only. This change is commonly referred to as the
DTV transition.
The FCC has mandated that it is the responsibility of cable
operators to ensure that cable subscribers with analog
television sets can continue to view that broadcast
stations signal, thus creating a dual carriage
requirement for must-carry signals post-DTV transition. Cable
operators that are not all-digital will be required
for at least a three year period to provide must-carry signals
to their subscribers in the primary digital format in which the
operator receives the signal (i.e. high definition or standard
definition), and downconvert the signal from digital to analog
so that it is viewable to subscribers with analog television
sets. Cable systems that are all digital are not
required to downconvert must-carry signals into analog and may
provide the must-carry signals only in a digital format. The FCC
has ordered that the cable operator bear the cost of any
downconversion. The dual carriage requirement has
the potential of having a negative impact on us because it
reduces available channel capacity and thereby could require us
to either discontinue other channels of programming or restrict
our ability to carry new channels of programming or other
services that may be more desirable to our customers.
For several years, the FCC has had under review a complaint with
respect to another cable operator to determine whether certain
charges routinely assessed by many cable operators, including
us, to obtain access to digital services, violate this
anti-buy-through provision. Any decision that
requires us to restructure or eliminate such charges would have
an adverse effect on our business.
Program
tiering
Federal law requires that certain types of programming, such as
the carriage of local broadcast channels and any public,
governmental or educational access (PEG) channels to
be part of the lowest level of video programming
servicethe basic tier. Our basic tiers are generally
comprised of programming in analog format although some
programming may be offered in digital format. Migration of PEG
channels from analog to digital format frees up bandwidth over
84
which we can provide a greater variety of other programming or
service options. During 2008, such migration met opposition from
some municipalities, members of Congress and FCC officials.
Several communities and one special interest group have
petitioned the FCC to restrict the ability of cable operators to
migrate public, governmental channels from analog to digital
tiers. The FCC opened a public comment period on these petitions
that ended on April 1, 2009, but has not issued any orders
resulting from the petitions. We cannot predict the outcome of
this proceeding. Any legislative or regulatory action to
restrict our ability to migrate PEG channels could adversely
affect our ability to provide additional programming desired by
viewers.
Congress may also consider legislation regarding programming
packaging, bundling or a la carte delivery of
programming. Any such requirements could fundamentally change
the way in which we package and price our services. We cannot
predict the outcome of any current or future FCC proceedings or
legislation in this area, or the impact of such proceedings on
our business at this time.
Tier buy
through
The Cable Act and the FCCs regulations require our cable
systems, other than those systems which are subject to effective
competition, permit subscribers to purchase video programming we
offer on a per channel or a per program basis without the
necessity of subscribing to any tier of service other than the
basic service tier.
Use of our cable
systems by the government and unrelated third parties
The Cable Act allows local franchising authorities and unrelated
third parties to obtain access to a portion of our cable
systems channel capacity for their own use. For example,
the Cable Act permits franchising authorities to require cable
operators to set aside channels for public, educational and
governmental access programming and requires a cable system with
36 or more activated channels to designate a significant portion
of that activated channel capacity for commercial leased access
by third parties to provide programming that may compete with
services offered by the cable operator.
The FCC regulates various aspects of third-party commercial use
of channel capacity on our cable systems, including: the maximum
reasonable rate a cable operator may charge for third-party
commercial use of the designated channel capacity; the terms and
conditions for commercial use of such channels; and the
procedures for the expedited resolution of disputes concerning
rates or commercial use of the designated channel capacity.
In 2008, the FCC released a Report and Order which could allow
certain leased access users lower cost access to channel
capacity on cable systems. The new regulations limit fees to 10
cents per subscriber per month for tiered channels and in some
cases, potentially no charge. The regulations also impose a
variety of leased access customer service, information and
reporting standards. A federal appeals court stayed
implementation of the new rules and the United States Office of
Management and Budget denied approval of the new rules citing
the FCCs failure to meet substantive requirements of The
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. In July 2008, the federal
appeals court agreed at the request of the FCC to hold the case
in abeyance until the FCC resolved its issues with the Office of
Management and Budget. If implemented as promulgated, these
changes will likely increase our costs and could cause
additional leased access activity on our cable systems and
thereby require us to either discontinue other channels of
programming or restrict our ability to carry new channels of
programming or other services
85
that may be more desirable to our customers. We cannot, however,
predict whether the FCC will ultimately enact these rules as
promulgated, whether it will seek to implement revised rules, or
whether it will attempt to implement any new commercial leased
access rules.
Ownership
limitations
The FCC previously adopted nationwide limits on the number of
subscribers under the control of a cable operator and on the
number of channels that can be occupied on a cable system by
video programming in which the cable operator has an interest.
The U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia
Circuit reversed the FCCs decisions implementing these
statutory provisions and remanded the case to the FCC for
further proceedings. In 2007, the FCC reinstituted a restriction
setting the maximum number of subscribers that a cable operator
may serve at 30 percent nationwide. The FCC also has
commenced a rulemaking to review vertical ownership limits and
cable and broadcasting attribution rules. In August 2009, the
United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit struck down
the 30 percent horizontal cable ownership cap. The
FCCs Chairman has stated his intent for the FCC to take
further action on the horizontal cap. We cannot predict what
action the FCC will take or how it may impact our business.
Cable
equipment
The Cable Act and FCC regulations seek to promote competition in
the delivery of cable equipment by giving consumers the right to
purchase set-top converters from third parties as long as the
equipment does not harm the network, does not interfere with
services purchased by other customers and is not used to receive
unauthorized services. Over a multi-year phase-in period, the
rules also required multichannel video programming distributors,
other than direct broadcast satellite operators, to separate
security from non-security functions in set-top converters to
allow third-party vendors to provide set-tops with basic
converter functions. To promote compatibility of cable systems
and consumer electronics equipment, the FCC adopted rules
implementing plug and play specifications for
one-way digital televisions. The rules require cable operators
to provide CableCard security modules and support
for digital televisions equipped with built-in set-top
functionality. In 2008, Sony Electronics and members of the
cable industry submitted to the FCC a Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) in connection with the
development of
tru2waytma
national two-way plug and play platform; other
members of the consumer electronics industry have since joined
the MOU.
Since July 2007, cable operators have been prohibited from
issuing to their customers new set-top terminals that integrate
security and basic navigation functions. The FCC has set forth a
number of limited circumstances under which it will grant
waivers of this requirement. We obtained a conditional waiver
from the FCC that allowed us to deploy low-cost, integrated
set-top boxes in certain cable systems serving less than five
percent of our subscriber base and we have met the condition to
upgrade to all-digital operations in those systems by
February 17, 2009. In all other systems, we remain in full
compliance with the rules banning integration of security and
basic navigation functions in set-top terminals.
The FCC relaxed the ban on integrated security in set-top-boxes
in June 2009, when the FCC issued an industry-wide waiver
permitting cable operator use of a particular one-way set top
box that met its definition of a low-cost, limited
capability device. The particular box did not support
interactive program guides,
video-on-demand,
or
pay-per-view
or include high definition or dual digital tuners or video
recording functionality. The FCC established an expedited
86
process to encourage other equipment manufacturers to obtain
industry-wide waivers. In a separate action, specific to another
cable operator, the FCC determined that HD output would no
longer be considered an advanced capability. Such waivers by the
FCC can help to lower the cost and facilitate conversion of
cable systems to digital format.
On August 29, 2009, as required by the Child Safe Viewing
Act of 2007, the FCC issued a report to Congress regarding the
existence and availability of advanced technologies to allow
blocking of parental selected content that are compatible with
various communications devices or platforms. Congress intends to
use that information to spur development of the next generation
of parental control technology. Additional requirements to
permit selective parental blocking could impose additional costs
on us. Additionally, the FCC commenced another proceeding to
gather information about empowering parents and protecting
children in an evolving media landscape. The comment period ends
March 26, 2010. We cannot predict what, if any FCC action
will result from the information gathered.
In a November 2009 proceeding, the FCC sought specific comment
on how it can encourage innovation in the market for navigation
devices to support convergence of video, television and
IP-based
technology. If the FCC were to mandate the use of specific
technology for set-top boxes, it could hinder innovation and
could impose further costs and restrictions on us.
Pole attachment
regulation
The Cable Act requires certain public utilities, including all
local telephone companies and electric utilities, except those
owned by municipalities and co-operatives, to provide cable
operators and telecommunications carriers with nondiscriminatory
access to poles, ducts, conduit and rights-of-way at just and
reasonable rates. This right to access is beneficial to us.
Federal law also requires the FCC to regulate the rates, terms
and conditions imposed by such public utilities for cable
systems use of utility pole and conduit space unless state
authorities have demonstrated to the FCC that they adequately
regulate pole attachment rates, as is the case in certain states
in which we operate. In the absence of state regulation, the FCC
will regulate pole attachment rates, terms and conditions only
in response to a formal complaint. The FCC adopted a new rate
formula that became effective in 2001, which governs the maximum
rate certain utilities may charge for attachments to their poles
and conduit by companies providing telecommunications services,
including cable operators.
This telecommunications services formula that produces higher
maximum permitted attachment rates applies only to cable systems
that elect to offer telecommunications services. The FCC ruled
that the provision of Internet services would not, in and of
itself, trigger use of this new formula. The Supreme Court
affirmed this decision and held that the FCCs authority to
regulate rates for attachments to utility poles extended to
attachments by cable operators and telecommunications carriers
that are used to provide Internet service or for wireless
telecommunications service. The Supreme Courts decision
upholding the FCCs classification of cable modem service
as an information service should strengthen our ability to
resist rate increases based solely on the delivery of cable
modem services over our cable systems. As we continue our
deployment of phone and certain other advanced services,
utilities may continue to seek to invoke the higher rates.
As a result of the Supreme Court case upholding the FCCs
classification of cable modem service as an information service,
the 11th Circuit has considered whether there are
circumstances in which a utility can ask for and receive rates
from cable operators over and above the rates set
87
by FCC regulation. In the 11th Circuits decision
upholding the FCC rate formula as providing pole owners with
just compensation, the 11th Circuit also determined that
there were a limited set of circumstances in which a utility
could ask for and receive rates from cable operators over and
above the rates set by the formula, including if an individual
pole was full and where it could show lost
opportunities to rent space presently occupied by another
attacher at rates higher than provided under the rate formula.
After this determination, Gulf Power Company pursued just such a
claim based on these limited circumstances before the FCC. The
Administrative Law Judge appointed by the FCC to determine
whether the circumstances were indeed met ultimately determined
that Gulf Power could not demonstrate that the poles at issue
were full. Gulf Power has appealed this decision to
the full Commission and the appeal is pending. Failing to
receive a favorable ruling there, Gulf Power could pursue its
claims in the federal court.
In 2007, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM) addressing pole attachment rental rates,
certain terms and conditions of pole access and other issues.
The NPRM calls for a review of long-standing FCC rules and
regulations, including the long-standing cable rate
formula and considers effectively eliminating cables lower
pole attachment fees by imposing a higher unified rate for
entities providing broadband Internet service. While we cannot
predict the effect that the outcome of the NPRM will ultimately
have on our business, changes to our pole attachment rate
structure could significantly increase our annual pole
attachment costs.
In August 2009, certain utilities filed a petition for
declaratory ruling with the FCC seeking to have cable operators
providing interconnected voice over Internet protocol pay higher
telecommunications service pole attachment rates. The FCC
solicited public comment on the request. The FCC has taken no
further action and we cannot predict what action the FCC may
take. Reclassification of our pole attachments rates from those
afforded cable operators to those charged telecommunications
service providers could substantially raise our pole attachment
costs.
Multiple dwelling
unit building wiring
The FCC has adopted cable inside wiring rules to provide a more
specific procedure for the disposition of residential home
wiring and internal building wiring that belongs to an incumbent
cable operator that is forced by the building owner to terminate
its cable services in a building with multiple dwelling units.
In 2007, the FCC issued rules voiding existing and prohibiting
future exclusive service contracts for services to multiple
dwelling unit or other residential developments. In 2008, the
FCC enacted a ban on the contractual provisions that provide for
the exclusive provision of telecommunications services to
residential apartment buildings and other multiple tenant
environments. In May 2009, the United States Court of Appeals
for the District of Columbia upheld the FCCs 2007 order.
The loss of exclusive service rights in existing contracts
coupled with our inability to secure such express rights in the
future may adversely affect our business to subscribers residing
in multiple dwelling unit buildings and certain other
residential developments. The FCC is reportedly currently
considering issuing an order that would permit private cable
operators to enter into exclusive service agreements, an action
that could foreclose our access to subscribers and potential
subscribers in those multiple dwelling unit buildings that
choose to enter into such agreements.
88
Copyright
Our cable systems typically include in their channel
line-ups
local and distant television and radio broadcast signals, which
are protected by the copyright laws. We generally do not obtain
a license to use this programming directly from the owners of
the copyrights associated with this programming, but instead
comply with an alternative federal compulsory copyright
licensing process. In exchange for filing certain reports and
contributing a percentage of our revenues to a federal copyright
royalty pool, we obtain blanket permission to retransmit the
copyrighted material carried on these broadcast signals. The
nature and amount of future copyright payments for broadcast
signal carriage cannot be predicted at this time.
In 1999, Congress modified the satellite compulsory license in a
manner that permits DBS providers to become more competitive
with cable operators. Congress adopted legislation in 2004
extending this compulsory satellite license authority for an
additional five years and legislation currently under
consideration by Congress would extend that authority through
2014. In its 2008 Report to Congress, the Copyright Office
recommended abandonment of the current cable and satellite
compulsory licenses. Congress is currently considering
legislation that would require the Copyright Office, in
consultation with the FCC, to issue a report to Congress
containing proposed mechanisms, methods, and recommendations on
how to implement a phase-out of both the cable and satellite
compulsory licenses. The legislation also would require the
Comptroller General to conduct a study and issue a report to
Congress that considers the impact such a phase-out and related
changes to carriage requirements would have on consumer prices
and access to programming. We cannot predict whether Congress
will eliminate the cable compulsory license.
Congress also has legislation under consideration that would
among other things, establish reporting and payment obligations
with respect to the carriage of multiple streams of programming
from a single broadcast station and clarify that cable operators
need not report distant signals carried anywhere in the cable
system as if they were carried everywhere in the system
(commonly referred to as phantom signals). The
legislation would also provide copyright owners with the ability
to independently audit cable operators statement of
accounts filed in 2010 and later. We cannot predict whether
Congress will pass this legislation or what impact it may have,
if any, on our business.
The Copyright Office has commenced inquiries soliciting comment
on petitions it received seeking clarification and revisions of
certain cable compulsory copyright license reporting
requirements. To date, the Copyright Office has not taken any
public action on these petitions. Issues raised in the petitions
that have not been resolved by subsequent legislation include,
among other things, clarification regarding: inclusion in gross
revenues of digital converter fees, additional set fees for
digital service and revenue from required buy
throughs to obtain digital service; and certain reporting
practices, including the definition of community.
Moreover, the Copyright Office has not yet acted on a filed
petition and may solicit comment on the definition of a
network station for purposes of the compulsory
license.
We cannot predict the outcome of any legislative or agency
activity; however, it is possible that certain changes in the
rules or copyright compulsory license fee computations or
compliance procedures could have an adverse affect on our
business by increasing our copyright compulsory license fee
costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of
certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a
discretionary basis. Further, we are unable to predict the
outcome of any legislative or agency activity related to the
right of direct broadcast satellite providers to deliver local
or distant broadcast signals.
89
Privacy and data
security
The Cable Act imposes a number of restrictions on the manner in
which cable operators can collect, disclose and retain data
about individual system customers and requires cable operators
to take such actions as necessary to prevent unauthorized access
to such information. The statute also requires that the system
operator periodically provide all customers with written
information about its policies including the types of
information collected; the use of such information; the nature,
frequency and purpose of any disclosures; the period of
retention; the times and places where a customer may have access
to such information; the limitations placed on the cable
operator by the Cable Act; and a customers enforcement
rights. In the event that a cable operator is found to have
violated the customer privacy provisions of the Cable Act, it
could be required to pay damages, attorneys fees and other
costs. Certain of these Cable Act requirements have been
modified by certain more recent federal laws. Other federal laws
currently impact the circumstances and the manner in which we
disclose certain customer information and future federal
legislation may further impact our obligations. In addition,
many states in which we operate have also enacted customer
privacy statutes, including obligations to notify customers
where certain customer information is accessed or believed to
have been accessed without authorization. These state provisions
are in some cases more restrictive than those in federal law. In
February 2009, a federal appellate court upheld an FCC
regulation that requires phone customers to provide
opt-in approval before certain subscriber
information can be shared with a business partner for marketing
purposes. Moreover, we are subject to a variety of federal
requirements governing certain privacy practices and programs.
During 2008, several members of Congress commenced an inquiry
into the use by certain cable operators of a third-party system
that tracked activities of subscribers to facilitate the
delivery of advertising more precisely targeted to each
household, a practice known as behavioral advertising. In
February 2009, the Federal Trade Commission issued revised
self-regulatory principles for online behavioral advertising.
Certain members of Congress have reportedly drafted a new
federal privacy bill that could impose new restrictions or
requirements on the collection, use and retention of information
associated with behavioral advertising that may be introduced in
the House Subcommittee on Communications, Technology and the
Internet. Such legislation could change the established privacy
regime from one of disclosure of practices to one requiring
advance and express subscriber opt-in to certain information
collection practices relative to collections during Internet or
other sessions. We cannot predict if there will be additional
regulatory action or whether Congress will enact legislation,
whether legislation would impact our existing privacy-related
obligations under the Cable Act or any impact on any of the
services that we provide. Future federal
and/or state
laws may also cover such issues as privacy, access to some types
of content by minors, pricing, encryption standards, consumer
protection, electronic commerce, taxation of
e-commerce,
copyright infringement and other intellectual property matters.
The adoption of such laws or regulations in the future may
decrease the growth of such services and the Internet, which
could in turn decrease the demand for our HSD service, increase
our costs of providing such service, impair the ability to
access potential future advertising revenue streams or have
other adverse effects on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
90
State and local
regulation
Franchise
matters
Our cable systems use local streets and rights-of-way.
Consequently, we must comply with state and local regulation,
which is typically imposed through the franchising process. We
have non-exclusive franchises granted by municipal, state or
other local government entity for virtually every community in
which we operate that authorize us to construct, operate and
maintain our cable systems. Our franchises generally are granted
for fixed terms and in many cases are terminable if we fail to
comply with material provisions. The terms and conditions of our
franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
Each franchise granted by a municipal or local governmental
entity generally contains provisions governing:
|
|
|
franchise fees;
|
|
|
franchise term;
|
|
|
system construction and maintenance obligations;
|
|
|
system channel capacity;
|
|
|
design and technical performance;
|
|
|
customer service standards;
|
|
|
sale or transfer of the franchise; and
|
|
|
territory of the franchise.
|
Although franchising matters have traditionally been regulated
at the local level through a franchise agreement
and/or a
local ordinance, many states now allow or require cable service
providers to bypass the local process and obtain franchise
agreements or equivalent authorizations directly from state
government. Many of the states in which we operate, including
California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan,
Missouri, North Carolina and Wisconsin make state-issued
franchises available. These franchises typically contain less
restrictive provisions than those issued by municipal or other
local government entities. State-issued franchises in many
states generally allow local telephone companies or others to
deliver services in competition with our cable service without
obtaining equivalent local franchises. In states where
available, we are generally able to obtain state-issued
franchises upon expiration of our existing franchises. Our
business may be adversely affected to the extent that our
competitors are able to operate under franchises that are more
favorable than our existing local franchises. While most
franchising matters are dealt with at the state
and/or local
level, the Cable Act provides oversight and guidelines to govern
our relationship with local franchising authorities whether they
are at the state, county or municipal level.
HSD
service
Federal
regulation
In 2002, the FCC announced that it was classifying Internet
access service provided through cable modems as an interstate
information service and determined that gross revenues from such
services should not be included in the revenue base from which
franchise fees are calculated. Although the United States
Supreme Court has held that cable modem service was properly
91
classified by the FCC as an information service,
freeing it from regulation as a telecommunications
service, it recognized that the FCC has jurisdiction to
impose regulatory obligations on facilities-based Internet
service providers. The FCC has an ongoing rulemaking process to
determine whether to impose regulatory obligations on such
providers, including us. Because of the FCCs decision, we
are no longer collecting and remitting franchise fees on our
high-speed Internet service revenues. We are unable to predict
the ultimate resolution of these matters but do not expect that
any additional franchise fees we may be required to pay will be
material to our business and operations.
Network
neutrality
In 2005, the FCC issued a non-binding policy statement providing
four principles to guide its policymaking regarding Internet
services. According to the policy statement, consumers are
entitled to: access the lawful Internet content of their choice;
run applications and services of their choice, subject to the
needs of law enforcement; connect their choice of legal devices
that do not harm the network; and enjoy competition among
network providers, application and service providers, and
content providers. These principles are generally referred to as
network neutrality. In 2008, the FCC took action
against another cable provider after determining that the
network management practices of that provider violated the
FCCs Internet Policy Statement by, among other things,
allegedly managing user bandwidth consumption by identifying and
restricting the applications being run, and the actual bandwidth
consumed. This decision may establish de facto standards that
limit the network management practices that cable operators use
to manage bandwidth consumption on their networks. That cable
operator sought review of the decision by the United States
Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia which heard oral
arguments in January 2010. We cannot predict the outcome of any
pending proceedings or any impact these developments may have on
the FCCs net neutrality requirements as they apply to
other Internet access providers.
In October 2009, the FCC commenced a rulemaking to impose
so-called network neutrality rules on HSD service providers.
According to the rulemaking, these rules would require HSD
service providers to: permit users access to and send lawful
content of the users choice; permit users to run lawful
applications and services of the users choice; permit use
of lawful devices that do not harm the network; and not deprive
users of competition among providers of networks, applications,
services and content. Additionally, the FCC would require the
provision of access in a nondiscriminatory manner, permit
providers the right to employ reasonable network management
practices and a impose a duty to disclose the information
reasonably necessary for uses and content, application and
service providers to enjoy the protections that the new rules
would establish. We cannot predict the outcome of this
proceeding or how any new rules would impact our business.
Recovery Act
stimulus program
The Recovery Act provided $7.2 billion in the form of
grants and loans to program applicants to, among other things,
build broadband infrastructure. Congress required that existing
Rural Utility Service borrowers, primarily telephone companies,
be provided with a preference for some of the funding. All funds
must be awarded by September 30, 2010 although actual
distribution of funds may take longer. Little if any of the
money awarded to date has been disbursed to applicants.
92
National
broadband plan
The Recovery Act required the FCC to issue a national
broadband plan (Plan) to Congress in March
2010, and the Plan must seek to ensure that all people of the
United States have access to broadband capability and establish
benchmarks for meeting that goal. On March 16, 2010, the
FCC issued the Plan with the following highlights:
100 million households having access to affordable
100-megabits-per-second service; access in every American
community to at least 1
gigabit-per-second
broadband service at anchor institutions; making 500 megahertz
of spectrum newly available for licensed and unlicensed use;
moving adoption rates to more than 90 percent and ensuring
digital literacy of every child by the time he or she leaves
high school; making Universal Service Fund support available for
tomorrows digital infrastructure; promoting competition
across the broadband ecosystem by ensuring greater transparency,
removing barriers to entry, and conducting market-based analysis
with quality data on price, speed, and availability; and
enhancing safety through a nationwide, wireless, interoperable
public safety network for first responders. Although we have not
had an opportunity to fully analyze the Plan, we anticipate that
future FCC releases will clarify the timing, costs and
responsibilities associated with the Plan. We cannot predict
what, if any, requirements will be placed on our provision of
broadband services or our operation of broadband facilities or
what impact the Plan will ultimately have on our business.
Digital
Millennium Copyright Act
We regularly receive notices of claimed infringements by our HSD
service users. The owners of copyrights and trademarks have been
increasingly active in seeking to prevent use of the Internet to
violate their rights. In many cases, their claims of
infringement are based on the acts of customers of an Internet
service providerfor example, a customers use of an
Internet service or the resources it provides to post, download
or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other
content without the consent of the copyright owner or to seek to
profit from the use of the goodwill associated with another
persons trademark. In some cases, copyright and trademark
owners have sought to recover damages from the Internet service
provider, as well as or instead of the customer. The law
relating to the potential liability of Internet service
providers in these circumstances is unsettled. In 1996, Congress
adopted the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, which is intended
to grant ISPs protection against certain claims of copyright
infringement resulting from the actions of customers, provided
that the ISP complies with certain requirements. So far,
Congress has not adopted similar protections for trademark
infringement claims.
Privacy
Federal law may limit the personal information that we collect,
use, disclose and retain about persons who use our services.
Please refer to the Privacy and Data Security
discussion contained in the Cable System Operations
and Cable Services section, above for discussion of these
considerations.
International
law
Our HSD service enables individuals to access the Internet and
to exchange information, generate content, conduct business and
engage in various online activities on an international basis.
The law relating to the liability of providers of these online
services for activities of their users is currently unsettled
both within the United States and abroad. Potentially, third
parties
93
could seek to hold us liable for the actions and omissions of
our HSD customers, such as defamation, negligence, copyright or
trademark infringement, fraud or other theories based on the
nature and content of information that our customers use our
service to post, download or distribute. We also could be
subject to similar claims based on the content of other websites
to which we provide links or third-party products, services or
content that we may offer through our Internet service. Due to
the global nature of the Web, it is possible that the
governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt
to regulate its transmissions or prosecute us for violations of
their laws.
State and local
regulation
Our HSD services provided over our cable systems are not
generally subject to regulation by state or local jurisdictions.
Voice-over-internet
protocol telephony service
Federal
law
The 1996 amendments to the Cable Act created a more favorable
regulatory environment for cable operators to enter the phone
business. Most major cable operators now offer
voice-over-Internet protocol (VoIP) telephony as a competitive
alternative to traditional circuit-switched telephone service.
Despite efforts by various states, including states where we
operate, considered or attempted differing regulatory treatment,
ranging from minimal or no regulation to full-blown common
carrier status. As part of the proceeding to determine any
appropriate regulatory obligations for VoIP telephony, the FCC
decided that alternative voice technologies, like certain types
of VoIP telephony, should be regulated only at the federal
level, rather than by individual states. Many implementation
details remain unresolved, and there are substantial regulatory
changes being considered that could either benefit or harm VoIP
telephony as a business operation.
In January 2009, the FCC issued a letter to another cable
provider of VoIP service that could signal a shift in the
regulatory classification of VoIP service. In that letter, the
FCC questioned whether the segregation of VoIP for bandwidth
management purposes would make it a facilities based provider of
telecommunications services and thus subject to common carrier
regulation. The FCC may address this issue as part of network
neutrality proceeding. We cannot predict how or if these issues
will be resolved.
Federal
regulatory obligations
Throughout the past several years, the FCC has begun to apply
its regulations applicable to traditional landline telephone
providers to VoIP services. In 2006, the FCC announced that it
would require VoIP providers to contribute to the Universal
Service Fund based on their interstate service revenues.
Beginning in 2007, facilities-based broadband Internet access
and interconnected VoIP service providers were required to
comply with Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act
requirements. Beginning in 2007, the FCC has required
interconnected VoIP providers, such as us, to pay regulatory
fees based on revenues reported on the FCC
Form 499A at the same rate as interstate telecommunications
service providers. The FCC also has extended other regulations
and reporting requirements to VoIP providers, including
E-911,
Customer Proprietary Network Information (CPNI),
local number portability, disability access,
94
and Form 477 (subscriber information) reporting
obligations. The FCC has issued a Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking with respect to possible changes in the intercarrier
compensation model in a way that could financially disadvantage
us and benefit some of our competitors. It is unknown what
conclusions or actions the FCC may take or the effects on our
business.
Privacy
In addition to any privacy laws that may apply to our provision
of VoIP services (see general discussion in Privacy
and Data Security in the Cable System
Operations and Cable Services discussion, above), we must
comply with additional privacy provisions contained in the
FCCs CPNI regulations related to certain telephone
customer records. In addition to employee training programs and
other operating and disciplinary procedures, the CPNI rules
require establishment of customer authentication and password
protections, limit the means that we may use for such
authentication, and provide customer approval prior to certain
types of uses or disclosures of CPNI.
State and local
regulation
Although our entities that provide VoIP telephony services are
certificated as competitive local exchange carriers in most of
the states in which they operate, they generally provide few if
any services in that capacity. Rather, we provide VoIP services
that are not generally subject to regulation by state or local
jurisdictions. The FCC has preempted some state commission
regulation of VoIP services, but has stated that its preemption
does not extend to state consumer protection requirements. Some
states continue to attempt to impose obligations on VoIP service
providers, including state universal service fund payment
obligations.
95
Management and
corporate governance
We are a limited liability company organized under the laws of
the state of New York and, in accordance with the terms of our
operating agreement, the management, operation and control of
our business, activities and affairs is vested exclusively in
Mediacom, our manager and sole member. Hence, we do not have a
board of directors or similar governing body. Mediacom has
appointed Mr. Rocco B. Commisso as our Chief Executive
Officer and Mr. Mark E. Stephan as our Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. Messrs. Commisso and
Stephan are subject to the direction and control of Mediacom,
and they serve as our executive officers at the discretion of
Mediacom. We have no other executive officers. Set forth below
is biographical information about each of our executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Principal occupation and business experience
|
|
Rocco B. Commisso
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Mr. Commisso has 31 years of experience with the cable
industry and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Mediacom since founding our predecessor company in July 1995.
From 1986 to 1995, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and a director of Cablevision Industries
Corporation. Prior to that time, Mr. Commisso served as Senior
Vice President of Royal Bank of Canadas affiliate in the
United States from 1981, where he founded and directed a
specialized lending group to media and communications companies.
Mr. Commisso began his association with the cable industry in
1978 at The Chase Manhattan Bank, where he managed the
banks lending activities to communications firms including
the cable industry. He serves on the board of directors and
executive committees of the National Cable Television
Association and Cable Television Laboratories, Inc., and on the
board of directors of C-SPAN and the National Italian American
Foundation. Mr. Commisso holds a Bachelor of Science in
Industrial Engineering and a Master of Business Administration
from Columbia University.
|
Mark E. Stephan
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Mr. Stephan has 23 years of experience with the cable
television industry and has served as Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of Mediacom since July 2005. Prior
to that he was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer since November 2003 and our Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since the commencement of
our operations in March 1996. Before joining us, Mr. Stephan
served as Vice President, Finance for Cablevision Industries
from July 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Stephan served as
Manager of the telecommunications and media lending group of
Royal Bank of Canada.
|
96
Executive
compensation
Our operating subsidiaries pay Mediacom, our manager, annual
management fees for the services it provides to us. We paid
Mediacom an aggregate of $11.8 million in management fees
for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Our executive officers do not receive any separate compensation
from us. Rather, they are compensated exclusively by Mediacom in
their capacity as executive officers of Mediacom.
Security
ownership
Mediacom Capital Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Mediacom LLC. Mediacom is the sole member of Mediacom LLC. The
address of Mediacom is 100 Crystal Run Road, Middletown, New
York 10941.
Certain
relationships and related transactions
Management
agreements
Pursuant to management agreements between Mediacom and our
operating subsidiaries, Mediacom is entitled to receive annual
management fees in amounts not to exceed 4.5% of our gross
operating revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
Mediacom received $11.8 million of such management fees,
representing approximately 1.9% of gross operating revenues.
Exchange
agreement
On February 13, 2009, Mediacom consummated the Exchange
Agreement among Mediacom, Shivers and STOC. Under the Exchange
Agreement, Mediacom exchanged a wholly owned subsidiary, which
held our former Western North Carolina cable systems and
approximately $110 million in cash, for
28,309,674 shares of Mediacom Class A common stock
held by Shivers. STOC, Shivers and Morris Communications are
controlled by William S. Morris III, who together with another
Morris Communications representative, Craig S. Mitchell, held
two seats on Mediacoms board of directors. Upon the
closing of the exchange transaction, Messrs. Morris and
Mitchell resigned from Mediacoms board of directors.
Transfer
agreement
On February 11, 2009, certain of our operating subsidiaries
executed the Transfer Agreement, with Mediacom and the operating
subsidiaries of Mediacom Broadband, pursuant to which certain of
our cable systems located in Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas,
Missouri and Wisconsin, which served approximately 45,900 basic
subscribers at the transfer date, were exchanged for certain of
Mediacom Broadbands cable systems located in Illinois,
which served approximately 42,200 basic subscribers at the
transfer date, and a cash payment of $8.2 million. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations2009
DevelopmentsMediacom Exchange Transaction; Transfer
Agreement
97
Other
relationships
In July 2001, we made a $150.0 million preferred equity
investment in Mediacom Broadband that was funded with borrowings
under the subsidiary credit facility. The preferred equity
investment has a 12% annual cash dividend, payable quarterly in
cash. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we received in
aggregate $18.0 million in cash dividends on the preferred
equity.
From 2002 to 2009, Scott W. Seaton was a Managing Director in
the Technology, Media and Telecommunications investment banking
group of Bank of America. Prior to that time Mr. Seaton was
a Managing Director in the investment banking department of
Credit Suisse First Boston since 1996. Bank of America and
Credit Suisse First Boston or their affiliates have in the past
engaged in transactions with and performed services for our
company and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business,
including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment
banking services.
Description of
exchange notes
General
On August 25, 2009, we issued $350.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 9.125% Senior Notes due in 2019, or the
original notes, under the indenture, dated
August 25, 2009 (the Indenture), among Mediacom
LLC and Mediacom Capital, as joint and several obligors (the
Issuers) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New
York, as Trustee, in a private placement that was not subject to
the registration requirements of the Securities Act. We relied
on the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act in effecting the offer and sale of the original notes to the
initial purchasers, as well as Rule 144A and
Regulation S under the Securities Act.
As part of our sale of the original notes, we are required,
among other things, to complete this exchange offer, exchanging
the original notes for new registered 9.125% Senior Notes
due 2019, or the exchange notes. The exchange notes
are substantially identical to the original notes, except the
exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act, and the
transfer restrictions and registration rights, and related
special interest provisions, applicable to the original notes
will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will
represent the same debt as the original notes and we will issue
the exchange notes under the Indenture (the same indenture we
used in issuing the original notes). The terms of the original
notes and the exchange notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or the
Trust Indenture Act. The original notes and the
exchange notes are collectively referred to herein as the
notes.
The notes will not be guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Mediacom
LLC, but Mediacom LLC has agreed in the Indenture to cause a
Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee payment of the notes in
certain limited circumstances specified therein. See
CovenantsLimitation on Guarantees of Certain
Indebtedness below. The exchange notes will be issued in
fully registered form only, in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The exchange
notes will be represented by one or more registered notes in
global form and in limited circumstances may be represented by
notes in certificated form. See Book-entry, Delivery
and Form below.
98
The following statements are subject to the detailed provisions
of the Indenture and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the Indenture, including, without limitation, the
terms made a part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act. We
urge you to read the Indenture in its entirety because it, and
not this description, defines your rights as holders of the
exchange notes. The registered holder of a note will be treated
as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders
will have rights under the Indenture. A copy of the Indenture
will be provided upon request without charge to each person to
whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered. You can find the
definitions of certain terms used in this description under the
subheading Certain Definitions below.
Capitalized terms used herein which are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Principal,
maturity and interest
The exchange notes will be issued solely in exchange for an
equal principal amount of outstanding original notes. As of the
date of this prospectus, $350.0 million aggregate principal
amount of original notes are outstanding. The notes will mature
on August 15, 2019. Interest on the exchange notes will
accrue at the rate of 9.125% per annum and will be payable
semi-annually in arrears to holders of record at the close of
business on the February 1 or August 1 (whether or not such day
is a business day) immediately preceding the interest payment
date on February 15 and August 15 of each year commencing
February 15, 2010. Interest will be computed on the basis
of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve
30-day
months. We may from time to time issue additional notes pursuant
to the Indenture having identical terms and conditions to the
exchange notes (the Additional Notes), subject to
compliance with the covenants contained in the Indenture
(including CovenantsLimitation on
Indebtedness). Any Additional Notes will be part of the
same issue as the exchange notes (and accordingly will
participate in purchase offers and partial redemptions) and will
vote on all matters with the original notes and the exchange
notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, for purposes of
this Description of Exchange Notes, reference
to the notes includes Additional Notes.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, on the notes will be payable, and
the notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or
agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose in the Borough
of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially shall be the
principal corporate trust office of the Trustee), except that,
at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and Additional
Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the registered
holders of the notes at their registered addresses; provided
that all payments with respect to global notes and certificated
notes the holders of which have given written wire transfer
instructions to the paying agent by no later than five business
days prior to the relevant payment date will be required to be
made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by the holders thereof.
Ranking
The exchange notes will be unsecured, senior obligations of the
Issuers, ranking pari passu in right of payment with all
existing and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuers, other
than any Subordinated Obligations. The exchange notes will be
effectively subordinated to any secured Indebtedness of the
Issuers. Since Mediacom LLC is an intermediate holding company
and conducts its business through its Subsidiaries, the exchange
notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and
future Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade
99
payables) of its Subsidiaries (other than Mediacom Capital).
Mediacom Communications is not and will not be an obligor or
guarantor of the exchange notes.
As of December 31, 2009, Mediacom LLC had approximately
$1.510 billion of Indebtedness outstanding (including
$1.160 billion of Indebtedness of its Subsidiaries), with
its Subsidiaries that are party to the Subsidiary Credit
Facility having the ability to borrow up to an additional
$314.8 million in the aggregate under the Subsidiary Credit
Facility (subject to satisfying certain borrowing conditions).
Optional
redemption
Except as set forth below, the notes are not redeemable prior to
August 15, 2014. Thereafter, the notes will be redeemable,
in whole or in part, from time to time at the option of the
Issuers, on not less than 30 and not more than
60 days notice prior to the redemption date by first
class mail to each holder of notes to be redeemed at such
holders address appearing in the register of notes
maintained by the registrar at the following redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) if redeemed
during the twelve-month period beginning with August 15 of the
year indicated below, in each case together with accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the
date of redemption:
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Redemption price
|
|
|
2014
|
|
104.563%
|
2015
|
|
103.042%
|
2016
|
|
101.521%
|
2017 and thereafter
|
|
100.000%
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to
August 15, 2014, the Issuers may also redeem the notes, in
whole or in part from time to time, at the option of the
Issuers, upon not less than 30 and not more than
60 days notice prior to the redemption date by first
class mail to each holder of notes to be redeemed at such
holders address appearing in the register of notes
maintained by the registrar, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus the
Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to, the date of redemption.
In addition, at any time and from time to time, on or prior to
August 15, 2012, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the
original principal amount of the notes (calculated to give
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash
Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price
in cash equal to 109.125% of the principal to be redeemed plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
thereon to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of
the original principal amount of notes (as so calculated)
remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption. Any
such redemption will be required to occur within 90 days
following the closing of any such Equity Offering.
If fewer than all the notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will
select the notes to be redeemed, if the notes are listed on a
national securities exchange, in accordance with the rules of
such exchange or, if the notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis or by lot or by such other method that the Trustee deems
to be fair and equitable to holders; provided that, if a partial
redemption is made with the proceeds of any Equity Offering,
selection of the notes or portions thereof for redemption shall
be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly
a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures).
If any note is to be redeemed in part only,
100
the notice of redemption that relates to such note shall state
the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and a
new note or notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
principal portion thereof will be issued; provided that no notes
of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in
part. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to
accrue on notes or portions thereof called for redemption as
long as the Issuers have deposited with the paying agent for the
notes funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price
pursuant to the Indenture.
Repurchase at the
option of holders
Change of
control
The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control, each holder of notes shall have the right to require
the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holders
notes pursuant to an offer described below (the Change of
Control Offer) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase
(the Change of Control Payment).
A Change of Control means the occurrence of any of
the following events: (i) any Person (as such term is used
in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), including any
group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing
of securities within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1)
under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted
Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as
defined in
Rule 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all shares that any
such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon
the happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly,
of more than 50% of the total voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC;
(ii) Mediacom LLC consolidates with, or merges with or
into, another Person (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary) or Mediacom LLC or any of its Subsidiaries sells,
assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all
or substantially all of the assets of Mediacom LLC and its
Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) to any Person
(other than Mediacom LLC or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary), other than any such transaction where immediately
after such transaction the Person or Persons that
beneficially owned (as defined in
Rule 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all shares that any
such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon
the happening of an event or otherwise) immediately prior to
such transaction, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Equity
Interests in Mediacom LLC, beneficially own (as so
determined), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total
voting power of the then outstanding Voting Equity Interests in
the surviving or transferee Person; (iii) Mediacom LLC is
liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or
dissolution (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the
provisions of the Indenture); (iv) a majority of the
members of the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC shall consist
of Persons who are not Continuing Members; or (v) Mediacom
LLC ceases to own 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity
Interests in Mediacom Capital, other than by reason of a merger
of Mediacom Capital into and with a corporate successor to
Mediacom LLC; provided, however, that a Change of Control will
be deemed not to have occurred in any of the circumstances
described in clauses (i) through (iv) above if after
the occurrence of any such circumstance (A) Mediacom
Communications (or any successor thereto) or a Person (or
successor thereto) more than 50% of the total voting power of
then outstanding
101
Voting Equity Interests of which is beneficially owned, directly
or indirectly, by Mediacom Communications (or any successor
thereto) continues to be the manager of Mediacom LLC (or the
surviving or transferee Person in the case of clause (ii)
above) pursuant to the Operating Agreement and Rocco B. Commisso
continues to the chief executive officer or chairman of Mediacom
Communications (or any successor thereto), (B) Rocco B.
Commisso, or a Person more than 50% of the total voting power of
then outstanding Voting Equity Interests of which is
beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by Rocco B. Commisso
and the other Permitted Holders together with their respective
designees, becomes the manager of Mediacom LLC (or the surviving
or transferee Person in the case of clause (ii) above) or
(C) Rocco B. Commisso becomes and thereafter continues to
be the chief executive officer or chairman of Mediacom LLC (or
the surviving or transferee Person in the case of clause
(ii) above).
Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control,
the Issuers shall send by first class mail, postage prepaid, to
the Trustee and to each holder of the notes, at the address
appearing in the register of notes maintained by the registrar,
a notice stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is
being made pursuant to this covenant and that all notes tendered
will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and
the purchase date, which shall be a business day no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed (the Change of Control Payment
Date); (3) that any note not tendered will continue
to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Issuers default in
the payment of the Change of Control Payment, any notes accepted
for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease
to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that holders accepting the offer to have their notes
purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required
to surrender the notes to the paying agent at the address
specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
business day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their
acceptance if the paying agent receives, not later than the
close of business on the third business day preceding the Change
of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter
setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of
the notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such
holder is withdrawing its election to have such notes purchased;
(7) that holders whose notes are being purchased only in
part will be issued new notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, provided that each
note purchased and each such new note issued shall be in an
original principal amount in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; (8) any
other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a Change of
Control Offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and
(9) the name and address of the paying agent.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the
extent lawful, (i) accept for payment notes or portions
thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
(ii) deposit with the paying agent money sufficient to pay
the purchase price of all notes or portions thereof so tendered
and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
notes so accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuers.
The paying agent shall promptly mail to each holder of notes so
accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for
such notes, and the Issuers shall execute and issue, and the
Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such holder, a
new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the notes surrendered; provided that each such new note shall be
issued in an original principal amount in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The Issuers will send to
the Trustee and the holders of notes on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date a notice
setting forth the results of the Change of Control Offer.
102
The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer if a third party (including an Affiliate of the Issuers)
makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the
Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Issuers and purchases all notes or portions thereof validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
In addition, the Issuers will not be required to make a Change
of Control Offer in the event of a highly leveraged transaction
that does not constitute a Change of Control.
The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws or regulations in connection with the
repurchase of notes pursuant to this covenant.
The Subsidiary Credit Facility includes a change of
control provision that permits the lenders thereunder to
accelerate the repayment of Indebtedness thereunder upon the
occurrence of a change in control (as defined
therein). The Subsidiary Credit Facility will not permit the
Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC to make distributions to the
Issuers so as to permit the Issuers to effect a purchase of the
notes upon a Change of Control without the prior satisfaction of
certain financial tests and other conditions. Any future credit
facilities or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which
the Issuers or Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC become a party may
contain similar restrictions and provisions. If a Change of
Control were to occur, the Issuers may not have sufficient
available funds to pay the Change of Control Payment for all
notes that might be delivered by holders of the notes seeking to
accept the Change of Control Offer after first satisfying its
obligations under the Subsidiary Credit Facility or other
agreements relating to Indebtedness, if accelerated. The failure
of the Issuers to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer
or to pay the Change of Control Payment when due will give the
Trustee and the holders of the notes the rights described under
Events of Default below.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of Mediacom LLC and its Subsidiaries. Although there is a
developing body of case law interpreting the phrase
substantially all, there is not a precise or
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require the
Issuers to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale,
assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of
less than all of the assets of Mediacom LLC and its Subsidiaries
to another Person or group may be uncertain.
Asset
sales
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset
Sale unless (i) Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such
sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market
value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Executive
Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced
by a Committee Resolution); (ii) not less than 75% of the
consideration received by Mediacom LLC or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents; and (iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by
Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary are applied
(a) first, to the extent Mediacom LLC elects, or is
required, to prepay, repay or purchase debt under any then
existing Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary within 360 days following the receipt of the
Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale or, to the extent
Mediacom LLC elects, to make, or commits pursuant to a written
agreement to make, an investment in assets (including, without
limitation,
103
Equity Interests or other securities purchased in connection
with the acquisition of Equity Interests or property of another
Person) used or useful in a Related Business, provided that such
investment occurs and such Asset Sale Proceeds are so applied
within 360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale
Proceeds or, in the case of funds committed to be invested in
such assets pursuant to a written agreement dated within
360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds,
such investment occurs within 540 days following the
receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (such 360th day or
540th day, as the case may be, the Reinvestment
Date), and (b) second, on a pro rata basis
(1) to the repayment of an amount of Other Pari Passu Debt
not exceeding the Other Pari Passu Debt Pro Rata Share (provided
that any such repayment shall result in a permanent reduction of
any commitment in respect thereof in an amount equal to the
principal amount so repaid) and (2) if on the Reinvestment
Date with respect to any Asset Sale the Excess Proceeds exceed
$15.0 million, the Issuers shall apply an amount equal to
such Excess Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the notes, at a
purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (an
Excess Proceeds Offer). If an Excess Proceeds Offer
is not fully subscribed, the Issuers may retain the portion of
the Excess Proceeds not required to repurchase notes. For
purposes of determining in clause (ii) above the percentage
of cash consideration received by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary, the amount of any (x) liabilities (as shown on
Mediacom LLCs or such Restricted Subsidiarys most
recent balance sheet) of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary that are actually assumed by the transferee in such
Asset Sale and from which Mediacom LLC and the Restricted
Subsidiaries are fully released shall be deemed to be cash, and
(y) securities, notes or other similar obligations received
by Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are immediately converted (or are converted
within 30 days of the related Asset Sale) by Mediacom LLC
or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash shall be deemed to be
cash in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds realized upon
such conversion.
If the Issuers are required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer,
within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, the Issuers
shall send by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee
and to each holder of the notes, at the address appearing in the
register of the notes maintained by the registrar, a notice
stating, among other things: (1) that such holders have the
right to require the Issuers to apply the Excess Proceeds to
repurchase such notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of
purchase; (2) the purchase date, which shall be a business
day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed; (3) the instructions,
determined by the Issuers, that each holder must follow in order
to have such notes repurchased; and (4) the calculations
used in determining the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied
to the repurchase of such notes. If the aggregate principal
amount of notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the notes to
be purchased on a pro rata basis or by lot or by such other
method that the Trustee deems to be fair and equitable to
holders. Upon completion of the Excess Proceeds Offer, the
amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws or regulations in connection with the
repurchase of notes pursuant to this covenant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture provides that
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted to
consummate an Asset Swap if (i) at the time of entering
into the related Asset Swap Agreement or immediately after
giving effect to such Asset Swap no Default
104
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof and (ii) such Asset
Swap shall have been approved in good faith by the Executive
Committee, whose approval shall be conclusive and evidenced by a
Committee Resolution, which states that such Asset Swap is fair
to Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, from a financial point of view.
If a Restricted Subsidiary were to consummate an Asset Sale, the
Subsidiary Credit Facility would not permit such Restricted
Subsidiary to make a distribution to the Issuers of the related
Asset Sale Proceeds so as to permit the Issuers to effect an
Excess Proceeds Offer with such Asset Sale Proceeds without the
prior satisfaction of certain financial tests and other
conditions. Any future credit agreements or other agreements
relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuers or Subsidiaries of
Mediacom LLC become a party may contain similar restrictions or
other provisions which would prohibit the Issuers from
purchasing any notes from Asset Sale Proceeds. In the event an
Excess Proceeds Offer occurs at a time when the Issuers are
prohibited from receiving Asset Sale Proceeds or purchasing the
notes, the Issuers could seek the consent of their lenders to
the distribution of Asset Sales Proceeds or the purchase of
notes or could attempt to refinance the Indebtedness that
contains such prohibition. If the Issuers do not obtain such a
consent or repay such Indebtedness, the Issuers may remain
prohibited from purchasing the notes. In such case, the
Issuers failure to purchase tendered notes when due will
give the Trustee and the holders of the notes the rights
described under Events of Default below.
Events of
default
An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as being:
(a) default in payment of any principal of, or premium, if
any, on the notes when due; (b) default for 30 days in
payment of any interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the
notes when due; (c) default by the Issuers for 60 days
after written notice by holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the notes then outstanding in the observance
or performance of any other covenant in the notes or the
Indenture; (d) default in the payment at maturity
(continued for the longer of any applicable grace, extension,
forbearance or other similar period or 30 days) of any
Indebtedness aggregating $25.0 million or more of the
Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC which, if merged into each other,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or the acceleration
of any such Indebtedness, which default shall not be cured or
waived, or such acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled,
within 30 days after written notice by holders of not less
than 25% in principal amount of the notes then outstanding;
(e) any final judgment or judgments for the payment of
money in excess of $25.0 million (net of amounts covered by
insurance) shall be rendered against the Issuers or any
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
of Mediacom LLC which, if merged into each other, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and shall not be discharged
for any period of 60 consecutive days, during which a stay of
enforcement of such judgment shall not be in effect;
(f) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC which, if
merged into each other, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or (g) the guarantee of any Guarantor ceases to
be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms
of the Indenture) or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its
obligations under the Indenture or the guarantee of such
Guarantor. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold
notice to the holders of notes of any default (except in payment
of principal of or premium, if any, or interest or Additional
Interest on the notes) if the Trustee considers it to be in the
best interest of the holders of the notes to do so.
105
The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default (other than
an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization) shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare the
principal of all the notes to be due and payable immediately,
but if the Issuers shall cure (or the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the notes then outstanding, if permitted by
the Indenture, shall waive) all defaults (except the nonpayment
of principal, interest and premium, if any, on any notes which
shall have become due by acceleration) and certain other
conditions are met, such declaration may be annulled by the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then
outstanding. In case an Event of Default resulting from certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur,
such amount with respect to all of the notes shall be due and
payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or the holders of the notes.
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then
outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee subject to certain limitations specified in the
Indenture. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating
to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall
occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation
to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at
the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes,
unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to it.
Covenants
Limitation on
restricted payments
The Indenture provides that, so long as any of the notes remain
outstanding, Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Restricted Payment if
(i) at the time of such proposed Restricted Payment, a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or shall occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such
proposed Restricted Payment, Mediacom LLC would not be able to
Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to
Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the first paragraph of
Limitation on Indebtedness below; or
(iii) immediately after giving effect to any such
Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments
which shall have been made on or after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if other than cash,
to be based upon the fair market value thereof on the date of
such Restricted Payment (without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value) as determined in good faith by the Executive
Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced
by a Committee Resolution) would exceed an amount equal to the
difference between (a) the Cumulative Credit and
(b) the sum of (x) 1.4 times Cumulative Interest
Expense attributable to periods ending on or prior to
June 30, 2009 and (y) 1.2 times Cumulative Interest
Expense attributable to periods ending after June 30, 2009.
As of December 31, 2009, the total amount available for
making Restricted Payments under the foregoing clause (iii)
was approximately $773.4 million.
The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant shall not
prevent any of the following, each of which shall be given
independent effect: (1) the retirement of any of Mediacom
LLCs Equity Interests in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC or an employee stock ownership plan
or to a trust established by Mediacom LLC or any Subsidiary of
Mediacom LLC for the benefit of its
106
employees) of Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC; (2) the
payment of any dividend or distribution on, or the redemption
of, Equity Interests within 60 days after the date of
declaration of such dividend or distribution or the giving of
formal notice of such redemption, if at the date of such
declaration or giving of such formal notice such payment or
redemption would comply with the provisions of the Indenture;
(3) Investments constituting Restricted Payments made as a
result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from any Asset
Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions
described under Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales above; (4) payments of
compensation to officers, directors and employees of Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Executive
Committee or the manager of Mediacom LLC in good faith shall
have approved the terms thereof; (5) the payment of
dividends on any Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC following the
issuance thereof in an amount per annum of up to 6% of the net
proceeds received by Mediacom LLC from an Equity Offering of
such Equity Interests; (6) (a) the payment of management
fees, and any related reimbursement of expenses, to Mediacom
Communications or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to the
Management Agreements and (b) the reimbursement of expenses
and the making of payments in respect of indemnification
obligations to Mediacom Communications or any Affiliate thereof
pursuant to the Operating Agreement; (7) the payment of
amounts in connection with any merger, consolidation, or sale of
assets effected in accordance with the Merger or
Sales of Assets covenant below, provided that no such
payment may be made pursuant to this clause (7) unless,
after giving effect to such transaction (and the Incurrence of
any Indebtedness in connection therewith and the use of the
proceeds thereof), Mediacom LLC would be able to Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio of the first paragraph of Limitation on
Indebtedness below such that after incurring that $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio
would be less than or equal to 6.5 to 1.0; (8) the
redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or
out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC or an employee stock
ownership plan or to a trust established by Mediacom LLC or any
Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC for the benefit of its employees) of
Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or Subordinated Obligations of
Mediacom LLC; (9) the payment of any dividend or
distribution on or with respect to any Equity Interests of any
Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests on
a pro rata basis; (10) the making and consummation of
(A) an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture with any Excess Proceeds or
(B) a Change of Control Offer with respect to the notes in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or (C) any
offer to repurchase Indebtedness similar to the offer described
in clause (A) or (B) set forth in any other agreement
governing such Indebtedness; (11) during the period
Mediacom LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and after such period to the extent relating
to the liability for such period, the payment of distributions
in respect of members or partners income tax
liability with respect to Mediacom LLC in an amount not to
exceed the aggregate amount of tax distributions, if any,
permitted to be made by Mediacom LLC to its members under the
Operating Agreement (such amount not to include amounts in
respect of taxes resulting from Mediacom LLCs
reorganization as or change in the status to a corporation);
(12) the payment by any Restricted Subsidiary to Mediacom
LLC or another Restricted Subsidiary of principal and interest
due in respect of intercompany Indebtedness and dividends and
other distributions in respect of Preferred Equity Interests in
such Restricted Subsidiary; (13) the distribution of any
Investment originally made by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant to
holders of Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (14) additional
Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$25.0 million; provided, however, that in the case of
clauses (2), (5), (7), (9), (10),
107
(13) and (14) of this paragraph, no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of
such Restricted Payment or as a result thereof. In calculating
the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made on or after the
Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date for purposes of clause (iii) of the first paragraph of
this covenant, (x) Restricted Payments made pursuant to
clause (2) and any Restricted Payment deemed to have been
made pursuant to the Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates covenant below shall be included in such
calculation and (y) Restricted Payments made pursuant to
clause (1) or any of clauses (3) through
(14) shall be excluded from such calculation.
Limitation on
indebtedness
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or
issue any Disqualified Equity Interests except for Permitted
Indebtedness; provided, however, that Mediacom LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness or issue
Disqualified Equity Interests if, at the time of and immediately
after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence of Indebtedness
or issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests and the application
of the proceeds therefrom, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio
would be less than or equal to 8.5 to 1.0.
The foregoing limitations will not apply to the Incurrence of
any of the following (collectively, Permitted
Indebtedness), each of which shall be given independent
effect:
(a) Indebtedness under the original notes issued on the
date of the Indenture, the exchange notes and the Indenture;
(b) Indebtedness of and Disqualified Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the
date of the Indenture other than Indebtedness described in
clause (a), (c), (d) or (f) of this paragraph;
(c) (i) Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries
under the Subsidiary Credit Facility (including, without
limitation, any refinancing thereof), and (ii) Indebtedness
of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation,
any refinancing thereof) if, at the time of and immediately
after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio would be less than or equal to
6.5 to 1.0; provided, however, that for purposes of the
calculation of such Ratio, the term Consolidated Total
Indebtedness shall refer only to the Consolidated Total
Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without
limitation, Indebtedness Incurred under the Subsidiary Credit
Facility and the Future Subsidiary Credit Facilities, but not
including (x) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary
payable solely to Mediacom LLC that qualifies as Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness as defined in the Subsidiary
Credit Facility as of the date of the Indenture or (y) for
the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness of Mediacom Capital)
outstanding as of the Determination Date (as defined hereafter
in the term Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio) and
the term Operating Cash Flow shall refer only to the
Subsidiary Operating Cash Flow of the Restricted Subsidiaries
for the related Measurement Period (as defined hereafter in the
term Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio);
(d) Indebtedness of and Disqualified Equity Interests in
(x) any Restricted Subsidiary owed to or issued to and held
by Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary and
(y) Mediacom LLC owed to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary which is unsecured and subordinated in
108
right of payment to the payment and performance of the
Issuers obligations under the Indenture and the notes;
provided, however, that an Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Disqualified Equity Interests that is not permitted by this
clause (d) shall be deemed to have occurred upon
(i) any sale or other disposition of any Indebtedness of or
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or a Restricted
Subsidiary referred to in this clause (d) to any Person
(other than Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary),
(ii) any sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in a
Restricted Subsidiary which holds Indebtedness of or
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or another
Restricted Subsidiary such that such Restricted Subsidiary
ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any
designation of a Restricted Subsidiary which holds Indebtedness
of or Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(e) guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness
of Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;
(f) Hedging Agreements of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary relating to any Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, Incurred in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that
such Hedging Agreements have been entered into for bona fide
business purposes and not for speculation;
(g) Indebtedness of or Disqualified Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary the net proceeds of
which are applied promptly (and, in any event, within ten
business days) to effect a replacement, renewal, refinancing or
extension (collectively, a refinancing) of
outstanding Indebtedness of or Disqualified Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
Incurred in compliance with the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio of the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (a)
or (b) of this paragraph of this covenant or this clause
(g); provided, however, that (i) Indebtedness of or
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC may not be
refinanced under this clause (g) with Indebtedness of or
Disqualified Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary,
(ii) any such refinancing shall not exceed the sum of the
principal amount or liquidation preference or redemption payment
value (or, if such Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests
provides for a lesser amount to be due and payable upon a
declaration of acceleration thereof at the time of such
refinancing, an amount no greater than such lesser amount) of
the Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests being
refinanced plus the amount of accrued interest or dividends
thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined prepayment
premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such
reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith,
(iii) Indebtedness representing a refinancing of
Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC shall have a Weighted Average Life
to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life
to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced,
(iv) Subordinated Obligations of Mediacom LLC or
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC may only be
refinanced with Subordinated Obligations of Mediacom LLC or
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC, and
(v) Other Pari Passu Debt which is unsecured may only be
refinanced with unsecured Indebtedness, which is either Other
Pari Passu Debt or Subordinated Obligations, or with
Disqualified Equity Interests;
(h) Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary
Incurred as a result of the pledge by Mediacom LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness or Equity
Interests in another Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests
in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in the circumstance where recourse
to Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary is limited to the
value of the intercompany Indebtedness or the Equity Interests
so pledged;
109
(i) Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary
represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings, purchase money obligations or letters of credit, in
each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part
of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used in the business of Mediacom
LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary or a Related Business in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at
any time outstanding;
(j) Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary
in an aggregate amount not to exceed two times the sum of
(i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds to Mediacom LLC from
(x) the issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of Mediacom
LLC or an employee stock ownership plan or a trust established
by Mediacom LLC or any Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC (for the
benefit of its employees)) of any class of Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) on or
after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date or (y) contributions to the equity capital of Mediacom
LLC on or after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date which do not themselves constitute Disqualified Equity
Interests and (ii) the fair market value, as determined by
an independent nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm experienced in similar types of
transactions, of any assets (other than cash or Cash
Equivalents) that are used or useful in a Related Business or
Equity Interests in a Person engaged in a Related Business that
is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC, in each
case received by Mediacom LLC after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date in exchange for the issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of
Mediacom LLC) of its Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that (A) the
amount of such Net Cash Proceeds with respect to which
Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to this clause (j) shall
not be deemed Net Cash Proceeds from the issue or sale of Equity
Interests for purposes of clause (ii) of the definition of
Cumulative Credit and (B) the issuance of
Equity Interests with respect to which Indebtedness is incurred
pursuant to this clause (j) shall not also be used to
effect a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (1) or
(8) of the third paragraph of Limitation on
Restricted Payments above; and
(k) in addition to any Indebtedness described in
clauses (a) through (j) above, Indebtedness of
Mediacom LLC or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as
the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (k) does not exceed
$50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness
described in clauses (a) through (k) above or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
covenant, Mediacom LLC will, in its sole discretion, be
permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness, or to later
reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any
manner that complies with this covenant and such item of
Indebtedness shall be treated as having been Incurred as so
classified or reclassified as the case may be.
Limitation on
transactions with affiliates
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
engage in any transaction (or series of related transactions)
involving in the aggregate $5.0 million or more with any
Affiliate unless such transaction (or series of related
transactions) shall have been approved pursuant to a Committee
Resolution rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee or,
if applicable, a committee comprising the disinterested members
of the Executive Committee, which approval in each case shall be
110
conclusive, to the effect that such transaction (or series of
related transactions) is (a) in the best interest of
Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) upon
terms which would be obtainable by Mediacom LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable arms-length
transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, except that
the foregoing shall not apply in the case of any of the
following transactions (the Specified Affiliate
Transactions): (i) the making of any Restricted
Payment (including, without limitation, the making of any
Restricted Payment that is permitted pursuant to
clauses (1) through (14) of the second paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments) and the
making of any Permitted Investment; (ii) any transaction or
series of transactions between Mediacom LLC and one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more Restricted
Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of compensation (including,
without limitation, amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit
plans) for the personal services of, and indemnity provided on
behalf of, officers, members, directors and employees of
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary, and management,
consulting or advisory fees and reimbursements of expenses and
indemnity in each case so long as the Executive Committee in
good faith shall have approved the terms thereof and deemed the
services theretofore or thereafter to be performed for such
compensation or fees to be fair consideration therefor;
(iv) any payments for goods or services purchased in the
ordinary course of business, upon terms which would be
obtainable by Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary in a
comparable arms-length transaction with a Person which is
not an Affiliate; (v) any transaction pursuant to any
agreement with any Affiliate in effect on the date of the
Indenture (including, but not limited to, the Operating
Agreement and other agreements relating to the payment of
management fees, acquisition fees and expense reimbursements),
including, without limitation, any amendments thereto entered
into after the date of the Indenture, provided that the terms of
any such amendment are not less favorable to Mediacom LLC than
the terms of the relevant agreement in effect prior to any such
amendment, as determined in good faith by the Executive
Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced
by a Committee Resolution; (vi) any transaction or series
of transactions between Mediacom LLC or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Mediacom Communications or
any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, on the other hand,
which relate to (a) the sharing of centralized services,
personnel, facilities, headends and plant, (b) the joint
procurement of goods and services, (c) the allocation of
costs and expenses (other than taxes based on income) and
(d) matters reasonably related to any of the foregoing, in
each case, which are undertaken pursuant to an established plan
of Mediacom Communications the primary purpose of which is to
result in cost savings and related synergies for Mediacom LLC,
its Restricted Subsidiaries, Mediacom Communications and each of
Mediacom Communications other direct or indirect
Subsidiaries involved in such transaction or series of
transactions; provided that, in the case of this clause (vi),
such plan shall have been approved pursuant to a Committee
Resolution, rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee,
which approval in each case shall be conclusive, to the effect
that such plan is in the best interest of Mediacom LLC or such
Restricted Subsidiary; and provided, further, that such
transaction or series of related transactions is fair and
reasonable to Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary, on the
one hand, and to Mediacom Communications and each such other
Subsidiary of Mediacom Communications, on the other hand; and
(vii) the receipt from any Affiliate of any payment,
Investment, distribution, loan or other extension of credit or
any other consideration if the payment or making thereof would,
if made by Mediacom LLC or by any Restricted Subsidiary to an
Affiliate thereof, constitute a Specified Affiliate Transaction
under any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) of
this paragraph or would comply with the last two sentences of
this description of the Limitation on Transactions
with Affiliates covenant. The Indenture further provides
that, except in the case of a Specified Affiliate Transaction,
Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, engage in any
111
transaction (or series of related transactions) involving in the
aggregate (y) $25.0 million or more in all instances
except in the case of Asset Sales or Asset Swaps and
(z) $50.0 million or more in the case of any Asset
Sale or Asset Swap, in each case, with any Affiliate unless
(i) such transaction (or series of related transactions)
shall have been approved pursuant to a Committee Resolution
rendered in good faith by the Executive Committee or, if
applicable, a committee comprising the disinterested members of
the Executive Committee to the effect set forth in
clauses (a) and (b) above, which approval in each case
shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution; and
(ii) Mediacom LLC shall have received an opinion from an
independent nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm experienced in the review of similar
types of transactions stating that the terms of such transaction
(or series of related transactions) are fair to Mediacom LLC or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial
point of view, which opinion shall be conclusive.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction (or series of
related transactions) entered into by Mediacom LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary with any Affiliate without complying with
the foregoing provisions of this covenant shall not constitute a
violation of the provisions of this covenant if Mediacom LLC or
such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make a
Restricted Payment pursuant to the first paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments above at the
time of the completion of such transaction (or series of related
transactions) in an amount equal to the fair market value of
such transaction (or series of related transactions), as
determined in good faith by the Executive Committee, whose
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Committee
Resolution. In such a case, Mediacom LLC or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have made a
Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the fair market value
of such transaction for purposes of the calculation of
Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (iii) of the first
paragraph of Limitation on Restricted Payments
above.
Limitation on
liens
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not Incur any
Indebtedness secured by a Lien against or on any of its property
or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Mediacom LLC unless
contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to
secure the notes equally and ratably with such secured
Indebtedness. This restriction does not, however, apply to
Indebtedness secured by: (i) Liens, if any, in effect on
the date of the Indenture; (ii) Liens in favor of
governmental bodies to secure progress or advance payments;
(iii) Liens on Equity Interests or other assets existing at
the time of the acquisition thereof (including, without
limitation, acquisition through merger or consolidation),
provided that such Liens were not Incurred in anticipation of
such acquisition; (iv) Liens securing industrial revenue or
pollution control bonds; (v) Liens securing the notes;
(vi) Liens securing Indebtedness of Mediacom LLC in an
amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;
(vii) Other Permitted Liens; and (viii) any extension,
renewal or replacement of any Lien referred to in the foregoing
clauses (i) through (vii), inclusive.
Limitation on
business activities of Mediacom Capital
The Indenture provides that Mediacom Capital shall not hold any
material assets, become liable for any material obligations,
engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business
activity, other than the issuance of Equity Interests to
Mediacom LLC or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the
Incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor of
Indebtedness Incurred by Mediacom LLC, including the original
notes and the exchange notes, if any, that is permitted to be
Incurred by Mediacom LLC under Limitation on
Indebtedness above (provided that
112
the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are retained by Mediacom
LLC or loaned to or contributed as capital to one or more of the
Restricted Subsidiaries other than Mediacom Capital), and
activities incidental thereto. Neither Mediacom LLC nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall engage in any transactions with
Mediacom Capital in violation of the immediately preceding
sentence.
Designation of
unrestricted subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC may designate any
Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary
through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Indenture (a
Designation) only if (a) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or
after giving effect to such Designation; (b) at the time of
and after giving effect to such Designation, Mediacom LLC would
be able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt
to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the first paragraph of
Limitation on Indebtedness above; and
(c) Mediacom LLC would be permitted to make a Restricted
Payment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness
of such Designation) pursuant to the first paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments above in an
amount (the Designation Amount) equal to Mediacom
LLCs proportionate interest in the fair market value of
such Subsidiary on such date (as determined in good faith by the
Executive Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and
evidenced by a Committee Resolution). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, neither Mediacom Capital nor any of its Subsidiaries
may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
The Indenture further provides that at the time of Designation
all of the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
consist of, and will at all times thereafter consist of,
Non-Recourse Indebtedness, and that neither Mediacom LLC nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time have any direct or
indirect obligation to (x) make additional Investments
(other than Permitted Investments) in any Unrestricted
Subsidiary; (y) maintain or preserve the financial
condition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or cause any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; or (z) be party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with any Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Mediacom
LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained, in light of all the circumstances, at the time from
Persons who are not Affiliates of Mediacom LLC. If, at any time,
any Unrestricted Subsidiary would violate the foregoing
requirements, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
Mediacom LLC may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (a Revocation) if
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such
Revocation; (b) at the time of and after giving effect to
such Revocation, Mediacom LLC would be able to Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio of the first paragraph of Limitation on
Indebtedness above; and (c) all Liens and
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such
time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the
Indenture.
All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by Committee
Resolutions delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with
the foregoing provisions.
113
Limitation on
guarantees of certain indebtedness
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not
(a) permit any Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee any
Indebtedness of either Issuer other than the notes (the
Other Indebtedness), or (b) pledge any
intercompany Indebtedness representing obligations of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the payment of Other
Indebtedness, in each case unless such Restricted Subsidiary,
the Issuers and the Trustee execute and deliver a supplemental
indenture causing such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the
Issuers obligations under the Indenture and the notes to
the same extent that such Restricted Subsidiary guaranteed the
Issuers obligations under the Other Indebtedness
(including, without limitation, waiver of subrogation, if any).
Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for
all purposes of the Indenture.
The guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary will be released upon
(i) the sale of all of the Equity Interests, or all or
substantially all of the assets, of the applicable Guarantor (in
each case other than to Mediacom LLC or a Subsidiary),
(ii) the designation by Mediacom LLC of the applicable
Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (iii) the
release of the guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to the
obligations which caused such Guarantor to deliver a guarantee
of the notes in accordance with the preceding paragraph, in each
case in compliance with the Indenture (including, without
limitation, in the event of a sale of Equity Interests or assets
described in clause (i) above, that the net cash proceeds
are applied in accordance with the requirements of the
applicable provision of the Indenture described under
Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset
Sales above).
Limitation on
dividends and other payment restrictions affecting
subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends
or make any other distributions to Mediacom LLC or any other
Restricted Subsidiary on its Equity Interests; (b) pay any
Indebtedness owed to Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted
Subsidiary; (c) make loans or advances, or guarantee any
such loans or advances, to Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted
Subsidiary; (d) transfer any of its properties or assets to
Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary; (e) grant
Liens on the assets of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary
in favor of the holders of the notes; or (f) guarantee the
notes or any renewals or refinancings thereof (any of the
actions described in clauses (a) through (f) above is
referred to herein as a Specified Action); except
for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: (i) Acquired Indebtedness or any other agreement
or instrument of any Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such
encumbrances or restrictions were not created in anticipation of
such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and are not
applicable to Mediacom LLC or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) refinancing Indebtedness permitted by clause (g)
of the second paragraph under Limitation on
Indebtedness above; provided that the terms and conditions
of any such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those under the Indebtedness
being refinanced; (iii) customary provisions restricting
the assignment of any contract or interest of Mediacom LLC or
any Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) the Indenture or any other
indenture governing debt securities that are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the
Indenture; (v) the Subsidiary Credit Facility and the
Future Subsidiary Credit Facilities; provided that, in the case
of any Future Subsidiary Credit Facility, Mediacom LLC shall
have used commercially reasonable efforts to include in the
agreements relating to such Future Subsidiary Credit Facility
provisions concerning
114
the encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to take any Specified Action that are no more
restrictive than those in effect in the Subsidiary Credit
Facility on the date of the creation of the applicable
restriction in such Future Subsidiary Credit Facility
(Comparable Restriction Provisions), and provided
further that if Mediacom LLC shall conclude in its sole
discretion based on then prevailing market conditions that it is
not in the best interest of Mediacom LLC and the Restricted
Subsidiaries to comply with the foregoing proviso, the failure
to include Comparable Restriction Provisions in the agreements
relating to such Future Subsidiary Credit Facility shall not
constitute a violation of the provisions of this covenant;
(vi) existing agreements as in effect on the date of the
Indenture and as amended, modified, extended, renewed, refunded
refinanced, restated or replaced from time to time, provided
that any such agreement as so amended, modified, extended,
renewed, refunded, refinanced, restated or replaced is not
materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, as to the
Specified Actions than such agreement as in effect on the date
of the Indenture; (vii) applicable law;
(viii) Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings
or purchase money obligations, in each case that impose
restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature
described in clause (d) above; (ix) any agreement for
the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that
restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending
its sale or other disposition; (x) Liens securing
Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the
provisions of the covenant described above under the caption
Liens that limit the right of the debtor to
dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
(xi) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of
assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale
agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements
entered into (I) in the ordinary course of business or
(II) with the approval of the Executive Committee of
Mediacom LLC, which limitations are applicable only to the
assets or property that are the subject of such agreements;
(xii) any agreement or instrument relating to any property
or assets acquired after the date of the Indenture, so long as
such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or
assets so acquired and was not created in anticipation of such
acquisition; and (xiii) Hedging Agreements permitted from
time to time under the Indenture.
Reports
The Indenture provides that, whether or not the Issuers are then
subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or
any successor provision thereto, the Issuers shall file with the
SEC (if permitted by SEC practice and applicable law and
regulations) so long as the notes are outstanding the annual
reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports which the
Issuers would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provision
thereto if the Issuers were so subject on or prior to the
respective dates (the Required Filing Dates) by
which the Issuers would have been required to file such
documents if the Issuers were so subject. The Issuers shall also
in any event within 15 days of each Required Filing Date
(whether or not permitted or required to be filed with the SEC)
(i) transmit or cause to be transmitted by mail to all
holders of notes, at such holders addresses appearing in
the register maintained by the registrar, without cost to such
holders, and (ii) file with the Trustee, copies of the
annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents described
in the preceding sentence. In addition, for so long as any notes
remain outstanding and prior to the later of the consummation of
the Exchange Offer and the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, if required, the Issuers shall furnish
to holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
115
Merger or sales
of assets
The Indenture provides that neither of the Issuers shall
consolidate or merge with or into, or transfer all or
substantially all of its assets to, another Person unless
(i) either (A) such Issuer shall be the continuing
Person, or (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer), or to which
any such transfer shall have been made, is a corporation,
limited liability company or limited partnership organized and
existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof
or the District of Columbia (provided that, for so long as
Mediacom LLC or any successor Person is a limited liability
company or partnership, there must be a co-issuer of the notes
that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC and
that is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
the United States, any State thereof or the District of
Columbia); (ii) the surviving Person (if other than such
Issuer) expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the
obligations of such Issuer under the notes and the Indenture;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, the surviving Person would be able to Incur $1.00
of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio of the first paragraph of Limitation on
Indebtedness above; and (v) Mediacom LLC shall have
delivered to the Trustee prior to the proposed transaction an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
stating that the proposed consolidation, merger or transfer and
such supplemental indenture will comply with the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor shall consolidate or
merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all of its
assets to, another Person unless either the guarantee of such
Guarantor is being released in accordance with
Limitation on Guarantees of Certain
Indebtedness above or: (i) either (A) such
Guarantor shall be the continuing Person, or (B) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than such Guarantor), or to which any such transfer shall
have been made, is a corporation, limited liability company or
limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the
United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;
(ii) the surviving Person (if other than such Guarantor)
expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations
of such Guarantor under its guarantee of the notes and the
Indenture; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; and (iv) Mediacom LLC shall have
delivered to the Trustee prior to the proposed transaction an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
stating that the proposed consolidation, merger or transfer and
such supplemental indenture will comply with the Indenture.
Certain
definitions
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms
used in the covenants contained in the Indenture. Reference is
made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms
as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no
definition is provided.
Acquired Indebtedness means Indebtedness of a
Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition
from such Person and not Incurred in connection with, or in
anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or
such Asset Acquisition.
Additional Interest has the meaning specified
in the section of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
OfferPurpose and Effects of the Exchange Offer.
116
Affiliate of any specified Person means any
other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this
definition, control (including, with correlative
meaning, the terms controlling, controlled
by, and under common control with), when used
with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether by contract,
through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to the
applicable principal amount of notes on any applicable
redemption date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such
notes; and
(2) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such notes at August 15,
2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table
appearing above under Optional Redemption)
plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such notes
through August 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid
interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury
Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such notes.
Asset Acquisition means (i) an
Investment by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a
Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or
into Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any
acquisition by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
assets of any Person which constitute substantially all of an
operating unit, a division or a line of business of such Person
or which is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.
Asset Sale means any direct or indirect sale,
conveyance, transfer, lease (that has the effect of a
disposition) or other disposition (including, without
limitation, any merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback
transaction) to any Person other than Mediacom LLC or any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any Controlled Subsidiary, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, of:
(i) any Equity Interest in any Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) any material license, franchise or other authorization
of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any
assets of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary which
constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or
a line of business of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary;
or (iv) any other property or asset of Mediacom LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of
business. For the purposes of this definition, the term
Asset Sale shall not include: (i) any
transaction consummated in compliance with
Repurchase at the Option of HoldersChange of
Control above and CovenantsMerger or
Sales of Assets above, and the creation of any Lien not
prohibited under CovenantsLimitation on
Liens above; (ii) the sale of property or equipment
that has become worn out, obsolete or damaged or otherwise
unsuitable for use in connection with the business of Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(iii) any transaction consummated in compliance with
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted
Payments above; (iv) Asset Swaps permitted pursuant
to Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset
Sales above. In addition, solely for purposes of
Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset
Sales above, any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, involving assets with a
117
fair market value not in excess of $5.0 million in any
fiscal year shall be deemed not to be an Asset Sale; and
(v) Permitted Investments.
Asset Sale Proceeds means, with respect to
any Asset Sale: (i) cash received by Mediacom LLC or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale (including cash
received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities
incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset
Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes
measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale, (b) payment
of all brokerage commissions, underwriting, legal, accounting
and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,
(c) provision for minority interest holders in any
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale by such
Restricted Subsidiary, (d) payment of amounts required to
be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on
the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, payments made to obtain or avoid
the need for the consent of any holder of such Indebtedness),
and (e) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by
Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, against any liabilities associated with
the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained
by Mediacom LLC or such Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post
employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to
environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations
associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset
Sale; and (ii) promissory notes and other non-cash
consideration received by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the
liquidation or conversion of such notes or non-cash
consideration into cash.
Asset Swap means the substantially concurrent
purchase and sale, or exchange, of Productive Assets between
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary and another Person or
group of affiliated Persons (including, without limitation, any
Person or group of affiliated Persons that is an Affiliate of
Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that such
transaction is otherwise in compliance with
CovenantsLimitation on Transactions with
Affiliates above) pursuant to an Asset Swap Agreement; it
being understood that an Asset Swap may include a cash
equalization payment made in connection therewith, provided that
such cash payment, if received by Mediacom LLC or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to be proceeds received
from an Asset Sale and shall be applied in accordance with
Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset
Sales above.
Asset Swap Agreement means a definitive
agreement, subject only to customary closing conditions that
Mediacom LLC in good faith believes will be satisfied, providing
for an Asset Swap; provided, however, that any amendment to, or
waiver of, any closing condition that individually or in the
aggregate is material to such Asset Swap shall be deemed to be a
new Asset Swap.
Available Asset Sale Proceeds means, with
respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds
from such Asset Sale that have not been applied in accordance
with clause (iii)(a) and that have not yet been the basis for
application in accordance with clause (iii)(b) of the first
paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales above.
Capitalized Lease Obligations means
Indebtedness represented by obligations under a lease that is
required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied and the amount of such Indebtedness shall
be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.
118
Cash Equivalents means (i) United States
dollars; (ii) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any
agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more
than six months from the date of acquisition;
(iii) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not
exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case
with any lender party to any Subsidiary Credit Facility or any
Future Subsidiary Credit Facility or with any domestic
commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million; (iv) repurchase obligations with a
term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of
the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;
(v) commercial paper having a rating of at least
P-1 from
Moodys or a rating of at least
A-1 from
S&P; and (vi) money market mutual or similar funds
having assets in excess of $100.0 million, at least 95% of
the assets of which are comprised of assets specified in
clauses (i) through (v) above.
Committee Resolution means with respect to
Mediacom LLC, a duly adopted resolution of the Executive
Committee of Mediacom LLC.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense means, with
respect to Mediacom LLC for any period, the provision for
federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by
Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with
respect to Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any
period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the interest
expense of Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
including, without limitation, amortization of original issue
discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any
deferred payment obligation and after taking into account the
effect of elections made under any Hedging Agreements, however
denominated, with respect to such Indebtedness; (ii) the
interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid,
accrued
and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by Mediacom LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied; and
(iii) dividends and distributions in respect of
Disqualified Equity Interests actually paid in cash by Mediacom
LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied. For
purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate
reasonably determined by Mediacom LLC to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect
to any period, the net income (loss) of Mediacom LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied, adjusted, to the
extent included in calculating such net income (loss), by
excluding, without duplication: (i) all extraordinary,
unusual or nonrecurring items of income or expense and of gains
or losses and all gains and losses from the sale or other
disposition of assets out of the ordinary course of business
(net of taxes, fees and expenses relating to the transaction
giving rise thereto) for such period; (ii) that portion of
such net income (loss) derived from or in respect of Investments
in Persons other than any Restricted Subsidiary, except to the
extent actually received in cash by Mediacom LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) the portion of such net income
(loss) allocable
119
to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons for such period,
except to the extent actually received in cash by Mediacom LLC
or any Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) net income (loss) of any
other Person combined with Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary on a pooling of interests basis
attributable to any period prior to the date of combination;
(v) net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income
(loss) is not at the date of determination permitted without any
prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or,
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter
or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted
Subsidiary or the holders of its Equity Interests; (vi) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles after the
Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date; (vii) net income (loss) attributable to discontinued
operations; (viii) management fees payable to Mediacom
Communications and its Affiliates pursuant to management
agreements with Mediacom LLC or its Subsidiaries accrued for
such period that have not been paid during such period; and
(ix) any other item of expense, other than interest
expense, which appears on Mediacom LLCs consolidated
statement of income (loss) below the line item Operating
Income, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.
Consolidated Total Indebtedness means, as at
any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of all outstanding Indebtedness and the aggregate
liquidation preference or redemption payment value of all
Disqualified Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC and the Restricted
Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date of determination, less
the obligations of Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary
under any Hedging Agreement as of such date of determination
that would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such
Person, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.
Continuing Member means, as of the date of
determination, any Person who (i) was a member of the
Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC on the date of the
Indenture, (ii) was nominated for election or elected to
the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC with the affirmative
vote of a majority of the Continuing Members who were members of
the Executive Committee at the time of such nomination or
election or (iii) is a representative of, or was approved
by, a Permitted Holder.
Controlled Subsidiary means a Restricted
Subsidiary which is engaged in a Related Business (i) 80%
or more of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than
Equity Interests constituting directors qualifying shares
to the extent mandated by applicable law) are owned by Mediacom
LLC or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or
Controlled Subsidiaries or by Mediacom LLC and one or more
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or Controlled Subsidiaries;
(ii) of which Mediacom LLC possesses, directly or
indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies, whether through the ownership of Voting
Equity Interests, by agreement or otherwise; and (iii) all
of whose Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Cumulative Credit means the sum of
(i) $25.0 million, plus (ii) the aggregate Net
Cash Proceeds received by Mediacom LLC or a Restricted
Subsidiary from the issue or sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary) of Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) on or
after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date, plus (iii) the principal amount (or accreted amount
(determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles), if less) of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation
preference or redemption
120
payment value of any Disqualified Equity Interests, of Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary which has been converted into
or exchanged for Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC or a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Equity Interests)
on or after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date, plus (iv) cumulative Operating Cash Flow from and
after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date, to the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the
date of the proposed Restricted Payment, or, if cumulative
Operating Cash Flow for such period is negative, minus the
amount by which cumulative Operating Cash Flow is less than
zero, plus (v) to the extent not already included in
Operating Cash Flow, if any Investment constituting a Restricted
Payment that was made after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date is sold or otherwise liquidated or repaid, or any
Unrestricted Subsidiary which was designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date is sold or otherwise liquidated, the fair market value of
such Restricted Payment or such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be (less the cost of disposition, if any), on the date
of such sale, liquidation or repayment, as determined in good
faith by the Executive Committee, whose determination shall be
conclusive and evidenced by a Committee Resolution, plus
(vi) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a
Restricted Subsidiary, the value of the Restricted Payment that
would result if such Subsidiary were redesignated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary at such time, determined in accordance
with the provisions described under
CovenantsDesignation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries above.
Cumulative Interest Expense means the
aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense paid or
accrued of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from and
after the Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date, to the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the
proposed Restricted Payment.
Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio means the
ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the date
of calculation (the Determination Date) to
(ii) four times the Operating Cash Flow for the latest
three months for which financial information is available
immediately preceding such Determination Date (the
Measurement Period). For purposes of calculating
Operating Cash Flow for the Measurement Period immediately prior
to the relevant Determination Date: (I) any Person that is
a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would
become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in
connection with the transaction that requires the determination
of such Operating Cash Flow) will be deemed to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such Measurement
Period; (II) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary
on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted
Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the
transaction that requires the determination of such Operating
Cash Flow) will be deemed not to have been a Restricted
Subsidiary at any time during such Measurement Period; and
(III) if Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary shall
have in any manner (x) acquired (including, without
limitation, through an Asset Acquisition or the commencement of
activities constituting such operating business) or
(y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the
termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such
operating business) any operating business during such
Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or
prior to such Determination Date, such calculation will be made
on a pro forma basis in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied, as if, in the case
of an Asset Acquisition or the commencement of activities
constituting such operating business, all such transactions had
been consummated on the first day of such Measurement Period,
and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or
discontinuance of activities constituting such operating
business, all such transactions had been consummated prior to
the first day of such Measurement Period.
121
Default means any event which is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Disqualified Equity Interest means
(i) any Equity Interest issued by Mediacom LLC which, by
its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the
holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or
is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof (except, in each such case, upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control) in whole or in part, or is exchangeable into
Indebtedness, on or prior to the earlier of the maturity date of
the notes or the date on which no notes remain outstanding; and
(ii) any Equity Interest issued by any Restricted
Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security
into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at
the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or is
exchangeable into Indebtedness.
Equity Interest in any Person means any and
all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options,
participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however
designated) corporate stock or other equity participations,
including, without limitation, partnership interests, whether
general or limited, and membership interests in such Person,
including, without limitation, any Preferred Equity Interests.
Equity Offering means a public or private
offering or sale (including, without limitation, to any
Affiliate) by Mediacom LLC or a Restricted Subsidiary for cash
of its respective Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Equity Interests) or options, warrants or rights with respect to
such Equity Interests.
Excess Proceeds means, with respect to any
Asset Sale, the then Available Asset Sale Proceeds less any such
Available Asset Sale Proceeds that are required to be applied
and are applied in accordance with clause (iii)(b)(1) of the
first paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales above.
Executive Committee means (i) so long as
Mediacom LLC is a limited liability company, (x) while the
Operating Agreement is in effect, the Executive Committee
authorized thereunder, and (y) at any other time, the
manager or board of managers of Mediacom LLC, or management
committee, board of directors or similar governing body
responsible for the management of the business and affairs of
Mediacom LLC or any committee of such governing body;
(ii) if Mediacom LLC were to be reorganized as a
corporation, the board of directors of Mediacom LLC; and
(iii) if Mediacom LLC were to be reorganized as a
partnership, the board of directors of the corporate general
partner of such partnership (or if such general partner is
itself a partnership, the board of directors of such general
partners corporate general partner).
Existing Notes
Build-Up
Date means April 1, 1998.
Future Subsidiary Credit Facilities means one
or more debt facilities (other than the Subsidiary Credit
Facility) entered into from time to time after the date of the
Indenture by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or groups of
Restricted Subsidiaries with banks or other institutional
lenders, together with all loan documents and instruments
thereunder (including, without limitation, any guarantee
agreements and security documents), including, without
limitation, any amendment (including, without limitation, any
amendment and restatement), modification or supplement thereto
or any refinancing, refunding, deferral, renewal, extension or
122
replacement thereof (including, in any such case and without
limitation, adding or removing Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC as
borrowers or guarantors thereunder), whether by the same or any
other lender or group of lenders.
Guarantor means any Subsidiary of Mediacom
LLC that guarantees the Issuers obligations under the
Indenture and the notes issued after the date of the Indenture
pursuant to CovenantsLimitation on Guarantees
of Certain Indebtedness above.
Hedging Agreement means any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate
collar agreement or other similar agreement providing for the
transfer or mitigation of interest rate risks either generally
or under specific contingencies.
Incur means, with respect to any Indebtedness
or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur
(including by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such
Indebtedness or other obligation or to record, as required
pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles or
otherwise, any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the
balance sheet of such Person (and Incurrence,
Incurred and Incurring shall have
meanings correlative to the foregoing). Indebtedness of any
Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is merged into or
consolidates with Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary),
whether or not such Indebtedness was incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary (or being merged into or consolidated with Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary), shall be deemed Incurred at
the time any such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or
merges into or consolidates with Mediacom LLC or any Restricted
Subsidiary.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any
Person, without duplication, any indebtedness, secured or
unsecured, contingent or otherwise, in respect of borrowed money
(whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of
the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or
letters of credit or representing the deferred and unpaid
balance of the purchase price of property or services (but
excluding trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of
business and noninterest bearing installment obligations and
other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of
business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness
would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, and shall also include, to the
extent not otherwise included (but without duplication):
(i) any Capitalized Lease Obligations;
(ii) obligations secured by a lien to which any property or
assets owned or held by such Person is subject, whether or not
the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been
assumed; (iii) guarantees of items of other Persons which
would be included within this definition for such other Persons
(whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet
of the guarantor); and (iv) obligations of Mediacom LLC or
any Restricted Subsidiary under any Hedging Agreement applicable
to any of the foregoing (if and only to the extent any amount
due in respect of such Hedging Agreement would appear as a
liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied). Indebtedness (i) shall not include
obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees,
surety bonds and appeal bonds, letters of credit or similar
obligations, Incurred in the ordinary course of business,
including in connection with pole rental or conduit attachments
and the like or the requirements of cable television franchising
authorities, and otherwise consistent with industry practice;
(ii) shall not include obligations of any Person
(x) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
123
institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument
inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business, provided such obligations are extinguished
within five business days of their Incurrence,
(y) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practice and (z) under stand-by
letters of credit to the extent collateralized by cash or Cash
Equivalents; and (iii) which provides that an amount less
than the principal amount thereof shall be due upon any
declaration of acceleration thereof shall be deemed to be
Incurred or outstanding in an amount equal to the accreted value
thereof at the date of determination.
Investment in any Person means any direct or
indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including,
without limitation, by means of a guarantee) or capital
contribution to (by means of transfers of property to others,
payments for property or services for the account or use of
others or otherwise), or any direct or indirect acquisition, by
purchase or otherwise, of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures,
partnership, membership or joint venture interests or other
securities or other evidence of beneficial interest of, such
Person; provided that the term Investment shall not
include any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a
term not exceeding 90 days arising in the ordinary course
of business or any pledge of Equity Interests pursuant to the
Subsidiary Credit Facility or any Future Subsidiary Credit
Facility. If Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or
otherwise disposes of any Voting Equity Interest of any direct
or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect
to such sale or disposition, Mediacom LLC no longer owns,
directly or indirectly, greater than 50% of the outstanding
Voting Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary, Mediacom
LLC shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of
any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of
the Voting Equity Interests in such former Restricted Subsidiary
not sold or disposed of.
Lien means any mortgage, pledge, lien,
charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for
security or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional
sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give a security
interest).
Mediacom Communications means Mediacom
Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Mediacom LLC Group Credit Agreement means the
Credit Agreement, dated of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC named therein, the
lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent for the lenders party thereto, as amended,
together with all loan documents and instruments thereunder.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc.
Net Cash Proceeds means, with respect to any
issuance or sale of Equity Interests, the proceeds in the form
of cash or Cash Equivalents received by Mediacom LLC or any
Restricted Subsidiary of such issuance or sale, net of
attorneys fees, accountants fees, underwriters or
placement agents fees, discounts or commissions and
brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.
Non-Recourse Indebtedness means Indebtedness
of a Person (i) as to which neither the Issuers nor any of
the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Person or any
Subsidiaries of such Person) (a) provides any guarantee or
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or
124
indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); and
(ii) the incurrence of which will not result in any
recourse against any of the assets of either of the Issuers or
the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to such Person or to any
Subsidiaries of such Person and other than to the Equity
Interests in such Person or in another Restricted Subsidiary or
an Unrestricted Subsidiary pledged by Mediacom LLC, a Restricted
Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided, however,
that Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary may make a loan
to a Controlled Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or
guarantee a loan made to a Controlled Subsidiary or an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, if such loan or guarantee is permitted
by CovenantsLimitation on Restricted
Payments above at the time of the making of such loan or
guarantee, and such loan or guarantee shall not constitute
Indebtedness which is not Non-Recourse Indebtedness.
Operating Agreement means the Fifth Amended
and Restated Operating Agreement of Mediacom LLC dated as of
February 9, 2000, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or modified from time to time.
Operating Cash Flow means, with respect to
Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, for any period, an amount equal to Consolidated Net
Income for such period increased (without duplication) by the
sum of (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense accrued for such
period to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net
Income for such period; (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense
for such period to the extent deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income for such period; and
(iii) depreciation, amortization and any other non-cash
items for such period to the extent deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than any non-cash
item (other than the management fees referred to in
clause (viii) of the definition of Consolidated Net
Income) which requires the accrual of, or a reserve for,
cash charges for any future period) of Mediacom LLC and the
Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation,
amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs for such period
and any non-cash compensation expense realized from grants of
equity instruments or other rights (including, without
limitation, stock options, stock appreciation or other rights,
restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock and
deferred stock units) to officers, directors and employees of
such Person, all of the foregoing determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, and decreased by non-cash items
to the extent they increase Consolidated Net Income (including
the partial or entire reversal of reserves taken in prior
periods) for such period.
Other Pari Passu Debt means Indebtedness of
Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not
constitute Subordinated Obligations and that is not senior in
right of payment to the notes.
Other Pari Passu Debt Pro Rata Share means,
with respect to any Asset Sale, an amount equal to the product
of (A) the amount of the Available Asset Sale Proceeds from
such Asset Sale multiplied by (B) a fraction, (i) the
numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount
and/or
accreted value, as the case may be, of all Other Pari Passu Debt
outstanding on the Reinvestment Date with respect to such Asset
Sale and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of
(a) the aggregate principal amount of all notes outstanding
on such Reinvestment Date and (b) the aggregate principal
amount
and/or
accreted value, as the case may be, of all Other Pari Passu Debt
outstanding on such Reinvestment Date.
Other Permitted Liens means (i) Liens
imposed by law, such as carriers, warehousemens and
mechanics liens and other similar liens arising in the
ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently conducted and for which an
125
appropriate reserve or provision shall have been made in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied; (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments or
governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or
that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for
which an appropriate reserve or provision shall have been made
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied; (iii) easements, rights of way, and
other restrictions on use of property or minor imperfections of
title that in the aggregate are not material in amount and do
not in any case materially detract from the property subject
thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business
of Mediacom LLC or its Subsidiaries; (iv) Liens related to
Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase
money obligations (including refinancings thereof), in each case
Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used in the business of Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary or a Related Business, provided
that any such Lien encumbers only the asset or assets so
financed, purchased, constructed or improved; (v) Liens
resulting from the pledge by Mediacom LLC of Equity Interests in
a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Subsidiary Credit
Facility or a Future Subsidiary Credit Facility or in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in any circumstance, in each such case
where recourse to Mediacom LLC is limited to the value of the
Equity Interests so pledged; (vi) Liens resulting from the
pledge by Mediacom LLC of intercompany indebtedness owed to
Mediacom LLC in connection with the Subsidiary Credit Facility
or a Future Subsidiary Credit Facility; (vii) Liens
incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security; (viii) Liens
to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds, deposits to secure the
performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts,
leases or licenses or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business (including, without
limitation, landlord Liens on leased properties);
(ix) leases or subleases granted to third Persons not
interfering with the ordinary course of business of Mediacom
LLC; (x) deposits made in the ordinary course of business
to secure liability to insurance carriers; (xi) Liens
securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of
credit which encumber documents and other property relating to
such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
(xii) Liens on the assets of Mediacom LLC to secure hedging
agreements with respect to Indebtedness permitted by the
Indenture to be Incurred; (xiii) attachment or judgment
Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; and (xiv) any
interest or title of a lessor under any capital lease or
operating lease.
Permitted Holder means (i) Rocco B.
Commisso or his spouse or siblings, any of their lineal
descendants and their spouses; (ii) any controlled
Affiliate of any individual described in clause (i) above;
(iii) in the event of the death or incompetence of any
individual described in clause (i) above; such
Persons estate, executor, administrator, committee or
other personal representative, in each case who at any
particular date will beneficially own or have the right to
acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests in Mediacom
LLC; (iv) any trust or trusts created for the benefit of
each Person described in this definition, including, without
limitation, any trust for the benefit of the parents or siblings
of any individual described in clause (i) above;
(v) any trust for the benefit of any such trust,
(vi) any of the holders of Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC
on February 26, 1999; or (vii) any of the Affiliates
of any Person described in clause (vi) above.
Permitted Investments means (i) Cash
Equivalents; (ii) Investments in prepaid expenses,
negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility
and workers compensation, performance and other similar
deposits; (iii) the extension of credit to vendors,
suppliers and customers in the ordinary course of business;
(iv) Investments existing as of the date of the Indenture,
126
and any amendment, modification, extension or renewal thereof to
the extent such amendment, modification, extension or renewal
does not require Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary to
make any additional cash or non-cash payments or provide
additional services in connection therewith; (v) Hedging
Agreements; (vi) any Investment for which the sole
consideration provided is Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests) of Mediacom LLC; (vii) any
Investment consisting of a guarantee permitted under
clause (e) of the second paragraph of
CovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness
above; (viii) Investments in Mediacom LLC, in any Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary or in any Controlled Subsidiary or
any Person that, as a result of or in connection with such
Investment, becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a
Controlled Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated
with Mediacom LLC or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a
Controlled Subsidiary; (ix) loans and advances to officers,
directors and employees of Mediacom Communications, Mediacom LLC
and the Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel
expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses in each
case incurred in the ordinary course of business; (x) any
acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of
Mediacom LLC; (xi) Related Business Investments; and
(xii) other Investments made pursuant to this
clause (xii) at any time, and from time to time, after the
date of the Indenture, in addition to any Permitted Investments
described in clauses (i) through (xi) above, in an
aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed
$25.0 million.
Person means any individual, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Equity Interest in any Person means
an Equity Interest of any class or classes, however designated,
which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or
distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
Person, over Equity Interests of any other class in such Person.
Productive Assets means assets of a kind used
or useable by Mediacom LLC and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
any Related Business and specifically includes assets acquired
through Asset Acquisitions (it being understood that
assets may include Equity Interests of a Person that
owns such Productive Assets, provided that after giving effect
to such transaction, such Person would be a Restricted
Subsidiary).
Related Business means a cable television,
media and communications, telecommunications or data
transmission business, and businesses ancillary, complementary
or reasonably related thereto, and reasonable extensions thereof.
Related Business Investment means:
(i) any Investment related to the business of Mediacom LLC
and its Restricted Subsidiaries as conducted on the date of the
Indenture and as such business may thereafter evolve in the
fields of Related Businesses, (ii) any Investment in any
other Person primarily engaged in a Related Business and
(iii) any customary deposits or earnest money payments made
by Mediacom LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with
or in contemplation of the acquisition of a Related Business.
Restricted Payment means:
(i) any dividend (whether made in cash, property or
securities) on or with respect to any Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC or of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than with
respect to Disqualified Equity Interests and other than any
dividend made to Mediacom LLC or another
127
Restricted Subsidiary or any dividend payable in Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) in Mediacom
LLC or any Restricted Subsidiary);
(ii) any distribution (whether made in cash, property or
securities) on or with respect to any Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC or of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than with
respect to Disqualified Equity Interests and other than any
distribution made to Mediacom LLC or another Restricted
Subsidiary or any distribution payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Equity Interests) in Mediacom LLC or
any Restricted Subsidiary);
(iii) any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other
direct or indirect acquisition of any Equity Interests in
Mediacom LLC (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), or any
warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such
Equity interests or any securities exchangeable for or
convertible into any such Equity Interests;
(iv) any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other direct
or indirect acquisition for value or other payment of principal,
prior to any scheduled final maturity scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment, of any Subordinated Obligations;
or
(v) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of
Mediacom LLC that has not been designated by the Executive
Committee of Mediacom LLC by a Committee Resolution delivered to
the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to
CovenantsDesignation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries above. Any such designation may be revoked by
a Committee Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of such covenant.
S&P means Standard &
Poors, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted
Subsidiary which at the time of determination had:
(A) total assets which, as of the date of Mediacom
LLCs most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet,
constituted at least 10% of Mediacom LLCs total assets on a
consolidated basis as of such date; (B) revenues for the
three-month period ending on the date of Mediacom LLCs
most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which
constituted at least 10% of Mediacom LLCs total revenues
on a consolidated basis for such period; or (C) Subsidiary
Operating Cash Flow for the three-month period ending on the
date of Mediacom LLCs most recent quarterly consolidated
statement of income which constituted at least 10% of Mediacom
LLCs total Operating Cash Flow on a consolidated basis for
such period.
Subordinated Obligations means with respect
to either of the Issuers, any Indebtedness of either of the
Issuers which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to
the notes.
Subsidiary means with respect to any Person,
any other Person the majority of whose voting stock, membership
interests or other Voting Equity Interests is or are owned by
such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person
or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such
Person. Voting stock in a corporation is Equity Interests having
voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect directors.
Subsidiary Credit Facility means the Mediacom
LLC Group Credit Agreement, together with all loan documents and
instruments thereunder (including, without limitation, any
guarantee agreements and security documents), including, without
limitation, any amendment (including, without limitation, any
amendment and restatement), modification or supplement thereto
or any refinancing, refunding, deferral, renewal, extension or
replacement thereof (including, in any such case and without
limitation, adding or removing Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC as
128
borrowers or guarantors thereunder), whether by the same or any
other lender or group of lenders, pursuant to which (i) an
aggregate amount of Indebtedness up to $1.4 billion may be
Incurred pursuant to clause (c)(i) of the second paragraph of
CovenantsLimitation on Indebtedness
above and (ii) any additional amount of Indebtedness in
excess of $1.4 billion may be Incurred pursuant to the
first paragraph or pursuant to clause (c)(ii) or any other
applicable clause (other than clause (c)(i)) of the second
paragraph of CovenantsLimitation on
Indebtedness above.
Subsidiary Operating Cash Flow means, with
respect to any Subsidiary for any period, the Operating
Cash Flow of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries for such
period determined by utilizing all of the elements of the
definition of Operating Cash Flow in the Indenture,
including the defined terms used in such definition,
consistently applied only to such Subsidiary and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.
Treasury Rate means, as of the applicable
redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption
date of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become
publicly available at least two business days prior to such
redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar market
data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date
to August 15, 2014; provided, however, that if the period
from such redemption date to August 15, 2014 is less than
one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of
one year will be used.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
of Mediacom LLC designated as such pursuant to the provisions of
CovenantsDesignation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries above, and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. Any such designation may be revoked by a Committee
Resolution delivered to the Trustee, subject to the provisions
of such covenant.
Voting Equity Interests means Equity
Interests in any Person with voting power under ordinary
circumstances entitling the holders thereof to elect
(i) the board of managers, board of directors or other
governing body of such Person or (ii) in the case of
Mediacom LLC, the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when
applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained
by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
scheduled payment of principal, including payment at final
maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means a
Restricted Subsidiary 99% or more of the outstanding Equity
Interests of which (other than Equity Interests constituting
directors qualifying shares to the extent mandated by
applicable law) are owned by Mediacom LLC or by one or more
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or by Mediacom LLC and one
or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.
129
No liability of
managers, officers, employees, or shareholders
No manager, director, officer, employee, member, shareholder,
partner or incorporator of either Issuer or any Subsidiary, as
such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers
under the original notes, the exchange notes, or the Indenture
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting
a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes.
Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
Federal securities laws and the SEC is of the view that such a
waiver is against public policy.
Concerning the
trustee
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York is the Trustee
under the Indenture and the Note Registrar and Paying Agent with
regard to the notes. The Trustee may resign under the Indenture
at any time after giving notice to the Issuers and the holders.
The Trustee may be removed under the Indenture at any time by
written notice signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee
for ineligibility, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other
incapability to act. If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if
a vacancy occurs in the office of the Trustee for any reason, a
successor trustee shall be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture. No such resignation or removal
shall be effective until a successor trustee has been appointed.
The Issuers will indemnify the Trustee with respect to certain
matters relating to the Indenture. In addition, the Trustee will
be under no obligation to act at the direction of the holders
unless such holders have offered to indemnify the Trustee.
The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own
funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance
of any of its duties under the Indenture, or in the exercise of
any rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to it.
Defeasance and
covenant defeasance
The Indenture provides that the Issuers may elect either
(a) to defease and be discharged from any and all
obligations with respect to the notes (except for the
obligations to register the transfer or exchange of such notes,
to replace temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
notes, to maintain an office or agency in respect of the notes
and to hold moneys for payment in trust) (legal
defeasance) or (b) to be released from its
obligations with respect to the notes under certain covenants
(and related Events of Default) contained in the Indenture,
including but not limited to those described above under
Covenants (covenant defeasance),
upon the deposit with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee),
in trust for such purpose, of money
and/or
U.S. government obligations which through the payment of
principal and interest in accordance with their terms will
provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any,
on the notes, on the scheduled due dates therefor. Such a trust
may only be established if, among other things, (x) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would arise therefrom (or, with respect to Events of Default
resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization, would occur at any time in the period ending on
the 91st day after the date of deposit) and
(y) Mediacom LLC has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel (as specified in the Indenture) to the effect that
(i) legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case
may be, will not require registration of the Issuers, the
Trustee or the trust fund under the Investment
130
Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Advisors Act
of 1940, as amended, and (ii) the holders of the notes will
recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance had not occurred. Such opinion, in the case of legal
defeasance under clause (a) above, must refer to and be
based upon a private ruling concerning the notes of the Internal
Revenue Service or a ruling of general effect published by the
Internal Revenue Service.
Modification of
indenture
From time to time, the Issuers and the Trustee may, without the
consent of holders of the notes, enter into one or more
supplemental indentures for certain specified purposes,
including: (a) providing for a successor or successors to
the Issuers; (b) adding guarantees; (c) releasing
Guarantors when permitted by the Indenture; (d) providing
for security for the notes; (e) adding to the covenants of
the Issuers; (f) surrendering any right or power conferred
upon the Issuers; (g) providing for uncertificated notes in
addition to or in place of certificated notes; (h) making
any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
noteholder; (i) complying with any requirement of the
Trust Indenture Act or curing certain ambiguities, defects
or inconsistencies; and (j) conforming the text of the
Indenture or the notes to any provision of this
Description of Exchange Notes. The Indenture
contains provisions permitting the Issuers and the Trustee, with
the consent of holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the notes at the time outstanding, to modify
the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or the rights of the
holders of the notes, except that no such modification shall,
without the consent of each holder affected thereby:
(i) change or extend the fixed maturity of any notes,
reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or
Additional Interest thereon, reduce the principal amount thereof
or premium, if any, thereon or change the currency in which the
notes are payable; (ii) reduce the premium payable upon any
redemption of notes in accordance with the optional redemption
provisions of the notes or change the time before which no such
redemption may be made; (iii) waive a default in the
payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest on the
notes (except that holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the notes at the time outstanding may (a) rescind
an acceleration of the notes that resulted from a non-payment
default and (b) waive the payment default that resulted
from such acceleration) or alter the rights of holders of the
notes to waive defaults; (iv) adversely affect the ranking
of the notes or the guarantees, if any; or (v) reduce the
percentage of notes, the consent of the holders of which is
required for any such modification. Any existing Event of
Default (other than a default in the payment of principal or
interest or Additional Interest on the notes) or compliance with
any provision of the notes or the Indenture (other than any
provision related to the payment of principal or interest or
Additional Interest on the notes) may be waived with the consent
of holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the notes at the time outstanding.
Compliance
certificate
The Indenture provides that Mediacom LLC will deliver to the
Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
of Mediacom LLC an officers certificate stating whether or
not the signers know of any Event of Default that has occurred.
If they do, the certificate will describe the Event of Default
and its status.
131
Book-entry,
delivery and form
Except as set forth below, the exchange notes will be issued in
registered, global form (Global Notes). The Global
Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as
custodian for The Depository Trust Company
DTC), in New York, New York, and registered in the
name of DTC or its nominee, in each case, for credit to an
account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described
below.
Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred,
in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a
successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the
Global Notes may not be exchanged for definitive notes in
registered certificated form (Certificated Notes)
except in the limited circumstances described below. See
Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated
Notes. Except in the limited circumstances described
below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will
not be entitled to receive physical delivery of such notes in
certificated form.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its
direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those
of Euroclear System (Euroclear) and Clearstream
Banking, S.A. (Clearstream)), which may change from
time to time.
Depository
procedures
The following description of the operations and procedures of
DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter
of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely
within the control of the respective settlement systems and are
subject to changes by them without notice. We takes no
responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge
investors to contact the system or their participants directly
to discuss these matters.
DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations
(collectively, the Participants) and to facilitate
the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities
between the Participants through electronic book-entry changes
in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the initial
purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and
certain other organizations. Access to DTCs system is also
available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly
(collectively, the Indirect Participants). Persons
who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by
or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the
Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers
of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of
DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect
Participants.
DTC has also advised Issuer that, pursuant to procedures
established by it:
(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the
accounts of the Participants designated by the exchange agent
with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and
(2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will
be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests
will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with
132
respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the
Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interest in the Global Notes).
Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold
their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the
Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests
therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear
and Clearstream) which are Participants. Euroclear and
Clearstream will hold interests in the Global Notes on behalf of
their participants through customers securities accounts
in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositories, which are Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of
Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. All
interests in a Global Note, including those held through
Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and
requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or
Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and
requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require
that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form
of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons
will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on
behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the
Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial
interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons
that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take
actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the
lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.
Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global
Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not
receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will
not be considered the registered owners or holders
thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.
Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and
premium, if any, on, a Global Note registered in the name of DTC
or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the
registered holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the
Indenture, Issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in
whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are
registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of
receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently,
neither Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of Issuer or the
Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:
(1) any aspect of DTCs records or any
Participants or Indirect Participants records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of DTCs records or any Participants or
Indirect Participants records relating to the beneficial
ownership interests in the Global Notes; or
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices
of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of
any payment in respect of securities such as the exchange notes
(including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of
the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date
unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive
payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is
credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial
ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant
security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial
owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices and will be the responsibility of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the
responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or Issuer. Neither were nor
the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the
Participants or the Indirect Participants
133
in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and Issuer
and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected
in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all
purposes.
Transfers between the Participants will be effected in
accordance with DTCs procedures, and will be settled in
same-day
funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and
Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective
rules and operating procedures.
Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable
to the exchange notes described herein, cross-market transfers
between the Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or
Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected
through DTC in accordance with DTCs rules on behalf of
Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by their
respective depositaries; however, such cross-market transactions
will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or
Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within
the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system.
Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its respective depositary to take action to
effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving
interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and
Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly
to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.
DTC has advised Issuer that it will take any action permitted to
be taken by a holder of exchange notes only at the direction of
one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the
interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such
portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to
which such Participant or Participants has or have given such
direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the
notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes in
certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its
Participants.
Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the
foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the
Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and
Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to
continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such
procedures at any time without notice. None of Issuer, the
Trustee and any of their respective agents will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or
Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect
participants of their respective obligations under the rules and
procedures governing their operations.
Exchange of
global notes for certificated notes
A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:
(1) DTC (a) notifies us that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has
ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act
and, in either case, we fail to appoint a successor depositary
within 120 days after the date of such notice; or
(2) We, at our option, notify the Trustee in writing that
we elect to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes; or
(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event
of Default with respect to the notes.
134
In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
exchanged for Certificated Notes upon 30 days prior written
notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance
with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered
in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in
Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any
approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the
depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).
Exchange of
certificated notes for global notes
Certificated Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests
in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the
Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the
Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the
appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes.
Same day
settlement and payment
We will make payments in respect of the exchange notes
represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium,
if any, and interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee.
We will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if
any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is
specified, by mailing a check to each such holders
registered address.
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a
Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a
Global Note from a Participant will be credited, and any such
crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement
processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and
Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC.
DTC has advised us that cash received in Euroclear or
Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note
by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a
Participant will be received with value on the settlement date
of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or
Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for
Euroclear or Clearstream following DTCs settlement date.
Material United
States federal income tax considerations
The following discussion summarizes certain material
U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the
exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of the exchange
notes but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the
potential tax considerations relating thereto. This discussion
is limited to persons that hold the notes as capital assets
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). In addition,
the discussion pertaining to the tax treatment of holding and
disposing of the exchange notes is limited to exchange notes
received pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for original
notes purchased for cash at the original issue for the original
issue price. The following does not describe any tax
consequences arising out of the tax laws of any state, local or
foreign jurisdiction, any tax treaty or the U.S. federal
gift or estate tax, except as otherwise provided.
135
This discussion does not address all aspects of
U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to you in
light of your particular circumstances. For example, this
discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax
consequences to holders of notes that are subject to special
treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:
|
|
|
dealers or traders in securities or foreign currency;
|
|
|
tax-exempt entities;
|
|
|
banks, thrifts, insurance companies, and other financial
institutions;
|
|
|
regulated investment companies;
|
|
|
real estate investment trusts;
|
|
|
persons that hold the notes as part of a straddle, a
hedge, a conversion transaction or other
integrated transaction;
|
|
|
U.S. holders (as defined below) that have a
functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;
|
|
|
traders in securities that elect to use the mark-to-market
method of accounting for their securities holdings;
|
|
|
holders subject to the alternative minimum tax;
|
|
|
pass-through entities (e.g., entities classified as partnerships
and grantor trusts) and simple trusts and investors who hold the
notes through such entities; and
|
|
|
certain former citizens or residents of the United States.
|
This discussion is based upon the Code, its legislative history,
existing and proposed regulations of the Treasury Department,
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rulings and
pronouncements and judicial decisions, as of the date of this
exchange offer, all of which are subject to change (possibly
with retroactive effect). We have not sought and will not seek
any rulings or opinions from the IRS or counsel regarding the
matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS
will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the
exchange offer and the ownership or disposition of the exchange
notes that are different from those discussed below.
YOU ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING
THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING YOUR
ORIGINAL NOTES FOR EXCHANGE NOTES AND OF OWNING OR
DISPOSING OF THE ORIGINAL NOTES OR THE EXCHANGE NOTES, AS
WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF
ANY FOREIGN, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER
ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
In the case of a holder of the notes that is classified as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax
treatment of the notes to a partner of the partnership generally
will depend upon the tax status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a
partnership holding the notes, then you should consult your own
tax advisor.
136
Exchange of
original notes for exchange notes
The exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to
the exchange offer should not be treated as a taxable exchange
for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
you should not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of exchange
notes for original notes pursuant to the exchange offer;
|
|
|
your adjusted tax basis in the exchange notes you receive
pursuant to the exchange offer should equal your adjusted tax
basis in the original notes exchanged therefor; and
|
|
|
your holding period for the exchange notes you receive pursuant
to the exchange offer should include your holding period for the
original notes exchanged therefor.
|
Tax treatment of
exchange notes
U.S.
Holders
The following discussion is limited to the U.S. federal
income tax consequences relevant to a
U.S. holder, which means a beneficial owner of
an exchange note that is:
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident alien of the United
States;
|
|
|
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized
under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the
District of Columbia;
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
a trust (i) if a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over administration of the trust and one or
more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election
in place under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as
a U.S. person.
|
Certain U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a
beneficial owner of exchange notes other than a U.S. holder
are discussed separately below.
Stated Interest and Original Issue
Discount. Each exchange note should be treated as
a continuation of the original note exchanged therefor for
purposes of (1) the inclusion of stated interest into
income and (2) the original issue discount
(OID) rules of the Code and the Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder. Stated interest on an exchange note will
be taxable to you as ordinary income at the time it accrues or
is received in accordance with your method of accounting for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, if you are on the
accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, stated interest on an exchange note will be taxable to
you as ordinary income at the time it accrues (or at the time it
accrued with respect to the original note exchanged therefor).
If you are on the cash method of accounting for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, stated interest on an
exchange note will be taxable to you as ordinary income at the
time it is received.
Each exchange note should be treated as having been issued with
OID in the same amount as the OID on the original note exchanged
therefor. The amount of OID on the original notes
137
equals the excess of their Redemption Price
over their Issue Price. The
Redemption Price of the original notes is equal
to the face amount of the original notes. The Issue
Price of the original notes is the first price at which a
substantial amount of such notes were sold, excluding sales to
bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting
in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers.
You generally must include in income for each taxable year the
daily portion of OID that accrues during such year while you
hold the notes (including the purchase date of the original
notes and excluding the disposition date of the exchange notes).
The OID on the exchange notes will accrue daily on the same
schedule and in the same amounts as the OID on the original
notes exchanged therefor would have accrued if such original
notes had not been so exchanged. OID on the original notes
accrues daily on a constant yield basis over their term. You can
determine the daily portion with respect to the original notes
by allocating to each day in any accrual period (generally, each
six-month period corresponding to the interval between payments
of stated interest or, in the case of the initial period of the
original notes, the shorter period from the issue date) a pro
rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The
amount of OID allocable to any accrual period is equal to:
(1) the product of (i) the adjusted issue
price (as defined below) of the original notes as of the
beginning of the accrual period and (ii) their yield to
maturity (determined on the basis of semi-annual compounding and
properly adjusted for the length of such accrual period); minus
(2) the amount of stated interest allocable to the accrual
period.
The adjusted issue price of the original notes at
the beginning of an accrual period is equal to their Issue
Price, increased by the aggregate amount of OID that has accrued
on the original notes in all prior accrual periods, and
decreased by all payments (excluding stated interest payments)
made during all prior accrual periods.
We will report to each U.S. holder and to the IRS for each
calendar year the amount of OID attributable to the exchange
notes while held by such holder for such year.
Under certain circumstances, we may be required or entitled to
redeem all or a portion of the exchange notes. The Treasury
regulations contain special rules for determining the payment
schedule and yield to maturity of a debt instrument in the event
the debt instrument provides for a contingency that could result
in the acceleration or deferral of one or more payments. We do
not intend to treat the possibility of our redemption of the
exchange notes as affecting the determination of the yield to
maturity of the exchange notes or otherwise affecting the
accrual of OID.
Market Discount, Amortizable Bond Premium and Acquisition
Premium. If you purchased your original notes at
a price other than their Issue Price, the market discount,
amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium rules may apply
to your exchange notes. You should consult your tax advisor
regarding this possibility.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange
Notes. You will generally recognize capital gain
or loss on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable
disposition of an exchange note in an amount equal to the
difference between (i) the amount of cash proceeds and the
fair market value of property received on such disposition
(excluding any amounts attributable to accrued but unpaid
interest, which will generally be taxable as ordinary interest
income to the extent you have not previously included the
accrued interest in income), and (ii) your adjusted tax
basis in the exchange note. Your adjusted tax basis in your
exchange note should
138
generally be equal to the cost of the original note you
exchanged therefor increased by the cumulative amount of OID
(with respect to the exchange note and the original note
exchanged therefor) includible in your taxable income through
the date of disposition under the rules discussed above, and
reduced by any payments (excluding stated interest) received by
you with respect to the exchange note and the original note
exchanged therefor through the date of disposition.
Any such capital gain or loss on a sale, redemption, retirement
or other taxable disposition of an exchange note as described in
the foregoing paragraph will generally be long-term capital gain
or loss if your holding period with respect to such exchange
note is more than one year. Your holding period for the exchange
notes you receive pursuant to the exchange offer should include
your holding period for the original notes exchanged therefor.
Long-term capital gain recognized by non-corporate
U.S. holders is generally eligible for reduced rates of
taxation. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to
certain limitations.
Information Reporting and Backup
Withholding. U.S. holders of exchange notes
may be subject, under certain circumstances, to information
reporting and backup withholding on payments of interest, OID
and principal on, and on the gross proceeds from dispositions
of, exchange notes. If you are a U.S. holder, backup
withholding applies only if you:
|
|
|
fail to furnish timely your social security or other taxpayer
identification number after a request for such information;
|
|
|
furnish an incorrect taxpayer identification number;
|
|
|
have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup
withholding for failure to report properly interest or
dividends; or
|
|
|
fail, under certain circumstances, to provide a certified
statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the taxpayer
identification number provided is your correct number and that
you are not subject to backup withholding;
|
and you fail to otherwise establish your entitlement to an
exemption from backup withholding.
Any amount withheld from a payment under the backup withholding
rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your
U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that required
information is timely furnished to the IRS. Certain persons are
exempt from information reporting and backup withholding,
including corporations and financial institutions. You should
consult your tax advisor as to your qualification for exemption
from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining and
establishing such exemption.
Non-U.S.
Holders
The following discussion is limited to the U.S. federal
income tax consequences relevant to a beneficial owner of an
exchange note that is not a U.S. holder, a simple trust, or
a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (a
non-U.S. holder).
Interest and OID on the Exchange
Notes. Subject to the discussion of backup
withholding below, if you are a
non-U.S. holder,
interest and OID on your exchange note will generally be exempt
from U.S. federal income and withholding tax under the
portfolio interest exemption, provided that such
interest and OID is not effectively connected with your conduct
of a trade or business in the United States (or, in the case of
an applicable treaty, not attributable to a
139
permanent establishment in the United States maintained by you),
and the following requirements are met:
|
|
|
you are not:
|
|
|
an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of the total
voting power of all classes of Mediacom stock entitled to vote;
|
|
|
a controlled foreign corporation related (directly or
indirectly) to Mediacom through stock ownership; or
|
|
|
a bank receiving interest on the notes in connection with an
extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered
into in the ordinary course of your trade or business; and
|
|
|
we or our paying agent receives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
from you, a properly completed
Form W-8BEN
(or substitute
Form W-8BEN
or the appropriate successor form) which provides your name and
address and certifies that you are a
non-U.S. person,
under penalties of perjury; or
|
|
|
|
from a security clearing organization, bank or other financial
institution that holds the exchange notes in the ordinary course
of its trade or business (a financial institution)
on your behalf, certification under penalties of perjury that
such a Form
W-8BEN (or
substitute
Form W-8BEN
or the appropriate successor form) has been received by it, or
by another such financial institution, from you, and a copy of
the
Form W-8BEN
(or substitute
Form W-8BEN
or the appropriate successor form) is furnished to the payor.
|
If you cannot satisfy the foregoing requirements, payments of
interest and OID on the exchange notes will generally be subject
to 30% U.S. withholding tax unless you provide us or our
agent with a properly executed (i) IRS
Form W-8BEN
claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax
under the benefit of an applicable tax treaty, or (ii) IRS
Form W-8ECI
stating that interest and OID on an exchange note is not subject
to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your
conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
If interest and OID on an exchange note is effectively connected
with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States
(or, in the case of an applicable treaty, attributable to a
permanent establishment in the United States maintained by you),
such interest and OID will generally be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the rates
applicable to U.S. persons (and, if you are a corporate
non-U.S. holder,
may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax, or lower rate
provided by a tax treaty).
Recently enacted legislation requires a withholding agent to
withhold tax at a rate of 30% on interest, dividends and other
withholdable payments made to certain foreign entities, unless
the entity certifies that it has no substantial U.S. owners
or provides the withholding agent with the name, address, and
taxpayer identification number of each of its substantial
U.S. owners. Holders of notes are encouraged to consult
with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of
this legislation on their investment in the notes.
You should consult your tax advisor about any applicable income
tax treaties which may provide for an exemption from or a lower
rate of withholding tax, exemption from or reduction of branch
profits tax, or other rules different from those described above.
140
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Exchange
Notes. Subject to the discussion of backup withholding
below, if you are a
non-U.S. holder,
any gain you realize on the sale, redemption, retirement or
other taxable disposition of an exchange note generally will not
be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless:
|
|
|
such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade
or business within the United States (or, in the case of an
applicable treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment in
the United States maintained by you); or
|
|
|
you are an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are satisfied.
|
However, to the extent that the proceeds of the disposition
represent interest (including OID), you may be required to
establish an exemption from U.S. federal income tax. See
Non-U.S. HoldersInterest
and OID on the Exchange Notes.
Information Reporting and Backup
Withholding. In general, if you are a
non-U.S. holder,
interest and OID in respect of the exchange notes, and amounts
withheld with respect thereto, will be reported to the IRS.
Copies of these information returns also may be made available
under the provisions of a specific tax treaty or other agreement
to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside.
U.S. federal backup withholding tax will not apply to
interest and OID with respect to which either the requisite
certification that you are not a U.S. person, as described
above, has been received or an exemption otherwise has been
established, provided that neither we nor our paying agent have
actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a
U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption
are not, in fact, satisfied.
The payment of the gross proceeds from the sale, redemption,
retirement or other disposition of the exchange notes to or
through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or
foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possibly
backup withholding unless you certify as to your
non-U.S. status
under penalties of perjury or otherwise establish an exemption,
and the broker does not have actual knowledge, or reason to
know, that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of
any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of
the gross proceeds from the sale, redemption, retirement or
other disposition of the exchange notes to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a
non-U.S. broker
will generally not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. broker
has certain types of relationships with the United States (a
U.S. related person). In the case of the
payment of the gross proceeds from the sale, redemption,
retirement or other disposition of the exchange notes to or
through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person, information reporting (but generally
not backup withholding) on the payment is required unless the
broker has documentary evidence in its files that you are a
non-U.S. holder
and the broker has no knowledge, or reason to know, to the
contrary.
Any amount withheld from a payment under the backup withholding
rules may be allowed as a refund or credit against your
U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information is timely provided to the IRS.
Federal Estate Tax. Unless otherwise provided
in an estate tax treaty, an exchange note held or treated as
held by an individual who is not a resident of the United States
(as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes)
at the time of his or her death will generally not be subject to
U.S. federal estate tax, provided, at the time of such
individuals death, interest (including
141
OID) on the note qualifies for the portfolio interest exemption
under the rules described above without regard to the
certification requirement.
Plan of
distribution
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer
in connection with resales of exchange notes received in
exchange for original notes where such original notes were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the date of
the completion of the exchange offer and for up to 270 days
following completion of the exchange offer, we will make this
prospectus available to any broker dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. In addition, until
[ ], 2010 (90 days after the
date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in
the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange of original
notes for exchange notes or from any sale of exchange notes by
broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions:
|
|
|
in the over-the-counter market,
|
|
|
in negotiated transactions,
|
|
|
through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a
combination of such methods of resale,
|
|
|
at market prices prevailing at the time of resale,
|
|
|
at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or
|
|
|
at negotiated prices.
|
Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the
form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer
or the purchasers of any such exchange notes.
Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes received for its
own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or
dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange
notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale
of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by
any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation
under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that,
by acknowledging that it will deliver a prospectus and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to
admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal also states
that any holder participating in this exchange offer will have
no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate
in the distribution of the original notes or the exchange notes
within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 270 days after the consummation of the
exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this
prospectus at no charge and any amendment or supplement to this
142
prospectus to any broker dealer that requests such documents in
the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one
counsel for the holders of the original notes) other than
commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify the holders of the original notes (including any
broker dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
Legal
matters
The validity of the exchange notes offered hereby will be passed
upon for us by Baker Botts L.L.P., New York, New York.
Experts
The consolidated financial statements of Mediacom LLC as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2009, included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.
143
Report of
independent registered public accounting firm
To the Member of Mediacom LLC:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Mediacom LLC and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements
and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 17, 2010
145
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
balance sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
(amounts in thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
8,868
|
|
|
$
|
10,060
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$927 and $1,127
|
|
|
37,405
|
|
|
|
36,033
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
7,272
|
|
|
|
7,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
53,545
|
|
|
|
53,668
|
|
Preferred equity investment in affiliated company
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
of $1,098,785 and $1,102,831
|
|
|
694,216
|
|
|
|
718,467
|
|
Franchise rights
|
|
|
616,807
|
|
|
|
550,709
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
24,046
|
|
|
|
16,642
|
|
Subscriber lists, net of accumulated amortization of $117,351
and $132,305
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
|
761
|
|
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,920 and
$14,440
|
|
|
28,679
|
|
|
|
8,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,568,220
|
|
|
$
|
1,499,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and members deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
213,974
|
|
|
$
|
238,337
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
25,327
|
|
|
|
24,828
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
30,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
298,801
|
|
|
|
293,665
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
1,450,500
|
|
|
|
1,489,500
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
9,906
|
|
|
|
20,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,759,207
|
|
|
|
1,803,386
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributions
|
|
|
455,973
|
|
|
|
394,517
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(646,960
|
)
|
|
|
(698,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members deficit
|
|
|
(190,987
|
)
|
|
|
(304,261
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and members deficit
|
|
$
|
1,568,220
|
|
|
$
|
1,499,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
146
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
statements of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
(amounts in thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
637,375
|
|
|
$
|
615,859
|
|
|
$
|
565,913
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
|
|
|
283,167
|
|
|
|
267,321
|
|
|
|
245,968
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
109,829
|
|
|
|
110,605
|
|
|
|
104,694
|
|
Management fee expense
|
|
|
11,808
|
|
|
|
11,805
|
|
|
|
10,358
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
112,084
|
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
113,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
120,487
|
|
|
|
116,245
|
|
|
|
91,296
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(89,829
|
)
|
|
|
(99,639
|
)
|
|
|
(118,386
|
)
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,790
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (loss) on derivatives, net
|
|
|
13,121
|
|
|
|
(23,321
|
)
|
|
|
(9,951
|
)
|
(Loss) gain on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
8,826
|
|
Investment income from affiliate
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
(3,794
|
)
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
|
|
(4,411
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,818
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
(14,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
147
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
statements of changes in members deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
(all dollar amounts in thousands)
|
|
contributions
|
|
|
deficit
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
440,521
|
|
|
$
|
(691,541
|
)
|
|
$
|
(251,020
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,626
|
)
|
|
|
(14,626
|
)
|
Capital distributions to parent
|
|
|
(2,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
438,517
|
|
|
$
|
(706,167
|
)
|
|
$
|
(267,650
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,389
|
|
|
|
7,389
|
|
Capital distributions to parent
|
|
|
(104,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104,000
|
)
|
Capital contributions from parent
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
394,517
|
|
|
$
|
(698,778
|
)
|
|
$
|
(304,261
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,818
|
|
|
|
51,818
|
|
Capital distributions to parent
|
|
|
(221,993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(221,993
|
)
|
Capital contributions from parent
|
|
|
283,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
283,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
455,973
|
|
|
$
|
(646,960
|
)
|
|
$
|
(190,987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
148
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
statements of cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
(amounts in thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,818
|
|
|
$
|
7,389
|
|
|
$
|
(14,626
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
112,084
|
|
|
|
109,883
|
|
|
|
113,597
|
|
(Gain) loss on derivatives, net
|
|
|
(13,121
|
)
|
|
|
23,321
|
|
|
|
9,951
|
|
Loss (gain) on sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
(8,826
|
)
|
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
3,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,961
|
|
|
|
2,039
|
|
|
|
2,225
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(1,749
|
)
|
|
|
(1,788
|
)
|
|
|
(1,770
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
2,341
|
|
|
|
(532
|
)
|
|
|
(8,053
|
)
|
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(23,152
|
)
|
|
|
45,466
|
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
(1,934
|
)
|
|
|
(753
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
134,409
|
|
|
$
|
186,383
|
|
|
$
|
103,927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(98,213
|
)
|
|
|
(141,695
|
)
|
|
|
(100,876
|
)
|
Acquisition of cable television system
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,274
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of cable systems, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(98,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(141,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,469
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New borrowings of bank debt
|
|
|
1,149,125
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
113,034
|
|
Repayment of bank debt
|
|
|
(884,125
|
)
|
|
|
(285,500
|
)
|
|
|
(155,890
|
)
|
Issuance of senior notes
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of senior notes
|
|
|
(625,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital distributions to parent (Note 6)
|
|
|
(191,702
|
)
|
|
|
(104,000
|
)
|
|
|
(2,004
|
)
|
Capital contributions from parent (Note 6)
|
|
|
189,918
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing costs
|
|
|
(23,896
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing activitiesbook overdrafts
|
|
|
(1,708
|
)
|
|
|
(14,713
|
)
|
|
|
22,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
$
|
(37,388
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44,213
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,374
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash
|
|
|
(1,192
|
)
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
|
(1,916
|
)
|
CASH, beginning of period
|
|
|
10,060
|
|
|
|
9,585
|
|
|
|
11,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH, end of period
|
|
$
|
8,868
|
|
|
$
|
10,060
|
|
|
$
|
9,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for interest, net of amounts
capitalized
|
|
$
|
104,278
|
|
|
$
|
99,911
|
|
|
$
|
123,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-CASH TRANSACTIONSFINANCING:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of cable systems with related party, net (Notes 6
and 7)
|
|
$
|
63,240
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
149
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to
consolidated financial statements
1.
Organization
Mediacom LLC (and collectively with our subsidiaries,
we or us), a New York limited liability
company wholly-owned by Mediacom Communications Corporation
(Mediacom or MCC), is involved in the
acquisition and operation of cable systems serving smaller
cities in the United States.
We rely on our parent, MCC, for various services such as
corporate and administrative support. Our financial position,
results of operations and cash flows could differ from those
that would have resulted had we operated autonomously or as an
entity independent of MCC. See Notes 6 and 7.
Mediacom Capital Corporation, a New York corporation
wholly-owned by us, co-issued public debt securities, jointly
and severally, with us. Mediacom Capital Corporation has no
assets (other than a $100 receivable from affiliate),
operations, revenues or cash flows. Therefore, separate
financial statements have not been presented for this entity.
2. Summary of
significant accounting policies
Basis of
preparation of consolidated financial statements
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of us
and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions
and balances have been eliminated. The preparation of the
consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. The accounting
estimates that require managements most difficult and
subjective judgments include: assessment and valuation of
intangibles, accounts receivable allowance, useful lives of
property, plant and equipment, share-based compensation, and the
recognition and measurement of income tax assets and
liabilities. Actual results could differ from those and other
estimates.
Revenue
recognition
Revenues from video, HSD and phone services are recognized when
the services are provided to our customers. Credit risk is
managed by disconnecting services to customers who are deemed to
be delinquent. Installation revenues are recognized as customer
connections are completed because installation revenues are less
than direct installation costs. Advertising sales are recognized
in the period that the advertisements are exhibited. Under the
terms of our franchise agreements, we are required to pay local
franchising authorities up to 5% of our gross revenues derived
from providing cable services. We normally pass these fees
through to our customers. Franchise fees are reported in their
respective revenue categories and included in selling, general
and administrative expenses.
Franchise fees imposed by local governmental authorities are
collected on a monthly basis from our customers and are
periodically remitted to the local governmental authorities.
Because
150
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
franchise fees are our obligation, we present them on a gross
basis with a corresponding operating expense. Franchise fees
reported on a gross basis amounted to approximately
$12.6 million, $11.7 million and $12.0 million
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Allowance for
doubtful accounts
The allowance for doubtful accounts represents our best estimate
of probable losses in the accounts receivable balance. The
allowance is based on the number of days outstanding, customer
balances, historical experience and other currently available
information.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we revised our
estimate of probable losses in the accounts receivable of our
video, HSD and phone business to better reflect historical
collection experience. The change in estimate resulted in a loss
of $0.3 million in our consolidated statement of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Concentration of
credit risk
Our accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due from
subscribers in varying regions throughout the United States.
Concentration of credit risk with respect to these receivables
is limited due to the large number of customers comprising our
customer base and their geographic dispersion. We invest our
cash with high quality financial institutions.
Property, plant
and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Additions to
property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor
and indirect costs. Depreciation is calculated on a
straight-line basis over the following useful lives:
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
40 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Life of respective lease
|
Cable systems and equipment and subscriber devices
|
|
5 to 20 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
We capitalize improvements that extend asset lives and expense
repairs and maintenance as incurred. At the time of retirements,
write-offs, sales or other dispositions of property, the
original cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed
from the respective accounts and the gains or losses are
included in depreciation and amortization expense in the
consolidated statement of operations.
We capitalize the costs associated with the construction of
cable transmission and distribution facilities, new customer
installations and indirect costs associated with our telephony
product. Costs include direct labor and material, as well as
certain indirect costs including interest. We perform periodic
evaluations of certain estimates used to determine the amount
and extent that such costs that are capitalized. Any changes to
these estimates, which may be significant, are applied in the
period in which the evaluations were completed. The costs of
disconnecting
151
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
service at a customers dwelling or reconnecting to a
previously installed dwelling are charged as expense in the
period incurred. Costs associated with subsequent installations
of additional services not previously installed at a
customers dwelling are capitalized to the extent such
costs are incremental and directly attributable to the
installation of such additional services. See also Note 3.
Capitalized
software costs
We account for internal-use software development and related
costs in accordance with
ASC 350-40-Intangibles-Goodwill
and Other: Internal-Use Software (formerly AICPA Statement
of Position
No. 98-1,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed
or Obtained for Internal Use). Software development
and other related costs consist of external and internal costs
incurred in the application development stage to purchase and
implement the software that will be used in our telephony
business. Costs incurred in the development of application and
infrastructure of the software is capitalized and will be
amortized over our respective estimated useful life of
5 years. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008, we capitalized approximately $0.1 million and
$0.3 million, respectively of software development costs.
Capitalized software had a net book value of $3.8 million
and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Marketing and
promotional costs
Marketing and promotional costs are expensed as incurred and
were $12.3 million, $11.7 million and
$12.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
Intangible
assets
Our cable systems operate under non-exclusive cable franchises,
or franchise rights, granted by state and local governmental
authorities for varying lengths of time. We acquired these cable
franchises through acquisitions of cable systems and were
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. As of
December 31, 2009, we held 962 franchises in areas located
throughout the United States. The value of a franchise is
derived from the economic benefits we receive from the right to
solicit new subscribers and to market new products and services,
such as digital and other advanced video, HSD and phone
services, in a specific market territory. We concluded that our
franchise rights have an indefinite useful life since, among
other things, there are no legal, regulatory, contractual,
competitive, economic or other factors limiting the period over
which these franchise rights contribute to our revenues and cash
flows. Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of an
acquired entity over the fair value of the identifiable net
assets acquired. In accordance with
ASC No. 350IntangiblesGoodwill and
Other (ASC 350) (formerly
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets), we do not amortize franchise rights and
goodwill. Instead, such assets are tested annually for
impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.
We concluded that our franchise rights have an indefinite useful
life since, among other things, there are no legal, regulatory,
contractual, competitive, economic or other factors limiting the
period over which these franchise rights contribute to our
revenues and cash flows. Goodwill is the excess of the
acquisition cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of
the identifiable net
152
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
assets acquired. In accordance with
ASC No. 350IntangiblesGoodwill and
Other (ASC 350) (formerly
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets), we do not amortize franchise rights and
goodwill. Instead, such assets are tested annually for
impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.
We follow the provisions of ASC 350 to test our goodwill
and franchise rights for impairment. We assess the fair values
of each cable system cluster using discounted cash flow
(DCF) methodology, under which the fair value of
cable franchise rights are determined in a direct manner. Our
DCF analysis uses significant (Level 3) unobservable
inputs. This assessment involves significant judgment, including
certain assumptions and estimates that determine future cash
flow expectations and other future benefits, which are
consistent with the expectations of buyers and sellers of cable
systems in determining fair value. These assumptions and
estimates include discount rates, estimated growth rates,
terminal growth rates, comparable company data, revenues per
customer, market penetration as a percentage of homes passed and
operating margin. We also consider market transactions, market
valuations, research analyst estimates and other valuations
using multiples of operating income before depreciation and
amortization to confirm the reasonableness of fair values
determined by the DCF methodology. Significant impairment in
value resulting in impairment charges may result if the
estimates and assumptions used in the fair value determination
change in the future. Such impairments, if recognized, could
potentially be material.
Based on the guidance outlined in ASC 350 (formerly EITF
No. 02-7,
Unit of Accounting for Testing Impairment of
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets,) we determined
that the unit of accounting, or reporting unit, for testing
goodwill and franchise rights for impairment resides at a cable
system cluster level. Such level reflects the financial
reporting level managed and reviewed by the corporate office
(i.e., chief operating decision maker) as well as how we
allocated capital resources and utilize the assets. Lastly, the
reporting unit level reflects the level at which the purchase
method of accounting for our acquisitions was originally
recorded. We have one reporting unit for the purpose of applying
ASC 350.
In accordance with ASC 350, we are required to determine
goodwill impairment using a two-step process. The first step
compares the fair value of a reporting unit with our carrying
amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting
unit exceeds our carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit
is considered not impaired and the second step is unnecessary.
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds our fair
value, the second step is performed to measure the amount of
impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied
fair value of the reporting units goodwill, calculated
using the residual method, with the carrying amount of that
goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the
implied fair value, the excess is recognized as an impairment
loss.
The impairment test for our franchise rights and other
intangible assets not subject to amortization consists of a
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its
carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset
exceeds its fair value, the excess is recognized as an
impairment loss.
Since our adoption of ASC 350 in 2002, we have not recorded
any impairments as a result of our impairment testing. We
completed our most recent impairment test as of October 1,
2009, which reflected no impairment of our franchise rights,
goodwill or other intangible assets.
153
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
Because there has not been a change in the fundamentals of our
business, we do not believe that MCCs stock price is the
sole indicator of the underlying value of the assets in our
reporting unit. We have therefore determined that the short-term
volatility in MCCs stock price does not qualify as a
triggering event under ASC 350, and as such, no interim
impairment test is required as of December 31, 2009.
We could record impairments in the future if there are changes
in the long-term fundamentals of our business, in general market
conditions or in the regulatory landscape that could prevent us
from recovering the carrying value of our long-lived intangible
assets. In the near term, the economic conditions currently
affecting the U.S. economy and how that may impact the
fundamentals of our business, together with the recent
volatility in our stock price, may have a negative impact on the
fair values of the assets in our reporting unit.
Other finite-lived intangible assets, which consist primarily of
subscriber lists continue to be amortized over their useful
lives of 5 to 10 years and 5 years, respectively.
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 was approximately $0.4 million,
$0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Our
estimated aggregate amortization expense for 2010, 2011 and
thereafter are $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and
$0.1 million, respectively.
The following table details changes in the carrying value of
goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2009 (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
BalanceDecember 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
16,642
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
7,404
|
|
Dispositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BalanceDecember 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
24,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we determined that goodwill
and members equity were overstated by $13.0 million
during each of the interim periods due to an error in the
accounting for the Asset Transfer (see Note 7), which
occurred in the first quarter of 2009. We concluded that such
amounts were not material to our interim financial statements
for 2009, based on our consideration of quantitative and
qualitative factors. We corrected this error in the fourth
quarter of 2009.
Other
assets
Other assets, net, primarily include financing costs and
original issue discount incurred to raise debt. Financing costs
are deferred and amortized as other expense and original issue
discounts are deferred and amortized as interest expense over
the expected term of such financings.
Segment
reporting
ASC 280Segment Reporting
(ASC 280) (formerly SFAS No. 131,
Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information), requires the disclosure of factors used
to identify an enterprises reportable segments. Our
operations are organized and managed on the basis of cable
system clusters that represent operating segments within our
service area. Each operating segment derives revenues from the
delivery of similar products and services to a customer base
154
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
that is also similar. Each operating segment deploys similar
technology to deliver our products and services, operates within
a similar regulatory environment and has similar economic
characteristics. Management evaluated the criteria for
aggregation of the operating segments under ASC 280 and
believes that we meet each of the respective criteria set forth.
Accordingly, management has identified broadband services as our
one reportable segment.
Accounting for
derivative instruments
We account for derivative instruments in accordance with
ASC 815Derivatives and Hedging
(ASC 815) (formerly SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, SFAS No. 138,
Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and
Certain Hedging Activities-an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133, and SFAS No. 149
Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities). These pronouncements require
that all derivative instruments be recognized on the balance
sheet at fair value. We enter into interest rate swaps to fix
the interest rate on a portion of our variable interest rate
debt to reduce the potential volatility in our interest expense
that would otherwise result from changes in market interest
rates. Our derivative instruments are recorded at fair value and
are included in other current assets, other assets and other
liabilities of our consolidated balance sheet. Our accounting
policies for these instruments are based on whether they meet
our criteria for designation as hedging transactions, which
include the instruments effectiveness, risk reduction and,
in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the derivative
instrument to our underlying transaction. Gains and losses from
changes in fair values of derivatives that are not designated as
hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in the
consolidated statement of operations. We have no derivative
financial instruments designated as hedges. Therefore, changes
in fair value for the respective periods were recognized in the
consolidated statement of operations.
Accounting for
asset retirement
We adopted ASC 410Asset Retirement Obligations
(ASC 410) (formerly SFAS No. 143,
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations),
on January 1, 2003. ASC 410 addresses financial
accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the
retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated
asset retirement costs. We reviewed our asset retirement
obligations to determine the fair value of such liabilities and
if a reasonable estimate of fair value could be made. This
entailed the review of leases covering tangible long-lived
assets as well as our rights-of-way under franchise agreements.
Certain of our franchise agreements and leases contain
provisions that require restoration or removal of equipment if
the franchises or leases are not renewed. Based on historical
experience, we expect to renew our franchise or lease
agreements. In the unlikely event that any franchise or lease
agreement is not expected to be renewed, we would record an
estimated liability. However, in determining the fair value of
our asset retirement obligation under our franchise agreements,
consideration will be given to the Cable Communications Policy
Act of 1984, which generally entitles the cable operator to the
fair market value for the cable system covered by a
franchise, if renewal is denied and the franchising authority
acquires ownership of the cable system or effects a transfer of
the cable system to another person. Changes in these assumptions
based on future information could result in adjustments to
estimated liabilities.
155
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
Upon adoption of ASC 410, we determined that in certain
instances, we are obligated by contractual terms or regulatory
requirements to remove facilities or perform other remediation
activities upon the retirement of our assets. We initially
recorded a $6.0 million asset in property, plant and
equipment and a corresponding liability of $6.0 million. As
of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the corresponding asset, net
of accumulated amortization, was $1.0 million and
$1.6 million, respectively.
Accounting for
long-lived assets
In accordance with ASC 360Property, Plant and
Equipment (ASC 360) (formerly
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment
or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we periodically
evaluate the recoverability and estimated lives of our
long-lived assets, including property and equipment and
intangible assets subject to amortization, whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. The
measurement for such impairment loss is based on the fair value
of the asset, typically based upon the future cash flows
discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Unless
presented separately, the loss is included as a component of
either depreciation expense or amortization expense, as
appropriate.
Programming
costs
We have various fixed-term carriage contracts to obtain
programming for our cable systems from content suppliers whose
compensation is generally based on a fixed monthly fee per
customer. These programming contracts are subject to negotiated
renewal. Programming costs are recognized when we distribute the
related programming. These programming costs are usually payable
each month based on calculations performed by us and are subject
to adjustments based on the results of periodic audits by the
content suppliers. Historically, such audit adjustments have
been immaterial to our total programming costs. Some content
suppliers offer financial incentives to support the launch of a
channel and ongoing marketing support. When such financial
incentives are received, we defer them within non-current
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and recognizes
such amounts as a reduction of programming costs (which are a
component of service costs in the consolidated statement of
operations) over the carriage term of the programming contract.
Share-based
compensation
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model using
ASC 718CompensationStock Compensation
(ASC 718) (formerly
SFAS No. 123(R)Share-Based Payment). This
fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the
vesting period. This option-pricing model requires the input of
highly subjective assumptions, including the options
expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock.
The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest
requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated
estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will
be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the periods the
estimates are revised. Actual results, and future changes in
estimates, may differ substantially from our current estimates.
156
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts
to conform to the current year presentation.
Recent accounting
pronouncements
FASB accounting
standards codification
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 168, The
FASB Accounting Standards
Codificationtm
and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting
Principlesa replacement of FASB Statement No. 162.
Statement 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards
Codificationtm
(Codification or ASC) as the single
source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be
applied by nongovernmental entities for interim or annual
periods ending after September 30, 2009. Rules and
interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) under authority of federal securities laws are
also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The
Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and
reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC
accounting literature not included in the Codification will be
considered non-authoritative.
Following the Codification, FASB will not issue new standards in
the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues
Task Force Abstracts. Instead, FASB will issue Accounting
Standards Updates, which will serve to update the Codification,
provide background information about the guidance and provide
the basis for conclusions on the changes to the Codification.
GAAP is not intended to be changed as a result of FASBs
Codification project. However, it will change the way in which
accounting guidance is organized and presented. As a result, we
will change the way we reference GAAP in our financial
statements. We have begun the process of implementing the
Codification by providing references to the Codification topics
alongside references to the previously existing accounting
standards.
Other
pronouncements
In September 2006, FASB issued ASC 820Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820)
(formerly SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements). ASC 820 establishes a single
authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for
measuring fair value and expands on required disclosures about
fair value measurement. On January 1, 2009, we completed
our adoption of the relevant guidance in ASC 820 which did
not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued
ASC 820-10-65-4Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures
(ASC 820-10-65-4)
(formerly FSP
No. FAS 157-4,
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of
Activity for the Asset or the Liability Have Significantly
Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not
Orderly).
ASC 820-10-65-4
provides additional guidance on (i) estimating fair value
when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability
have significantly decreased in relation to normal market
activity for the asset or liability, and (ii) circumstances
157
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.
ASC 820-10-65-4
also requires additional disclosures about fair value
measurements in interim and annual reporting periods.
ASC 820-10-65-4
is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending
after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively. We
have completed our evaluation of
ASC 820-10-65-4
and determined that the adoption did not have a material effect
on our consolidated financial condition or results of
operations. The following sets forth our financial assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at
December 31, 2009. These assets and liabilities have been
categorized according to the three-level fair value hierarchy
established by ASC 820, which prioritizes the inputs used
in measuring fair value.
The following sets forth our financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31,
2009. These assets and liabilities have been categorized
according to the three-level fair value hierarchy established by
ASC 820, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring
fair value.
|
|
|
Level 1Quoted market prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities.
|
|
|
Level 2Observable market based inputs or unobservable
inputs that are corroborated by market data.
|
|
|
Level 3Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated
by market data.
|
As of December 31, 2009, our interest rate exchange
agreement liabilities, net, were valued at $19.7 million
using Level 2 inputs, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,053
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,053
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,758
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreementsliabilities, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,705
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
As of December 31, 2008, our interest rate exchange
agreement liabilities, net, were valued at $32.8 million
using Level 2 inputs, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate exchange agreementsliabilities, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February 2007, the FASB issued ASC 820Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures
(ASC 820) (formerly SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial LiabilitiesIncluding an amendment of FASB
Statement No. 115). ASC 820 permits entities
to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value. We adopted the relevant guidance in
ASC 820 as of January 1, 2008. We did not elect the
fair value option of ASC 820.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805Business
Combinations (ASC 805) (formerly
SFAS No. 141(R), Business
Combinations) which continues to require the treatment
that all business combinations be accounted for by applying the
acquisition method. Under the acquisition method, the acquirer
recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any contingent consideration and
contractual contingencies, as a whole, at their fair value as of
the acquisition date. Under ASC 805, all transaction costs
are expensed as incurred. The guidance in ASC 805 will be
applied prospectively to business combinations for which the
acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first
annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008.
We adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and determined
that the adoption did not have a material effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC 815Derivatives
and Hedging (ASC 815) (formerly
SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activitiesan amendment of FASB
Statement No. 133). ASC 815 requires
enhanced disclosures about an entitys derivative and
hedging activities and thereby improves the transparency of
financial reporting. ASC 815 is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning
after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.
We have completed our evaluation of ASC 815 and determined
that the adoption did not have a material effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855Subsequent
Events (ASC 855) (formerly
SFAS No. 165, Subsequent Events).
ASC 855 establishes general standards for the accounting
and disclosure of events that occurred after the balance sheet
date but before the financial statements are issued.
ASC 855 is effective for interim or annual periods ending
after June 15, 2009. We have completed our evaluation of
ASC 855 and determined that the adoption did not have a
material
159
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of
operations. See Note 16 for the disclosures required by
ASC 855.
In April 2009, the FASB staff issued
ASC 825-10-65Financial
Instruments
(ASC 825-10-65)
(formerly FSP
No. FAS 107-1
and APB
28-1,
Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments).
ASC 825-10-65
requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments
in all interim financial statements as well as in annual
financial statements.
ASC 825-10-65
is effective for interim reporting periods ending after
June 15, 2009. We have completed our evaluation of
ASC 825-10-65
and determined that the adoption did not have a material effect
on our consolidated financial condition or results of
operations. See Note 5 for more information.
3. Property,
plant and equipment
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, property, plant and
equipment consisted of (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Cable systems, equipment and subscriber devices
|
|
$
|
1,717,512
|
|
|
$
|
1,743,864
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
36,507
|
|
|
|
36,295
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
|
|
|
21,692
|
|
|
|
22,889
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
15,755
|
|
|
|
16,706
|
|
Land and land improvements
|
|
|
1,535
|
|
|
|
1,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,793,001
|
|
|
|
1,821,298
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(1,098,785
|
)
|
|
|
(1,102,831
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
694,216
|
|
|
$
|
718,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
estimateuseful lives
Effective July 1, 2008, we changed the estimated useful
lives of certain plant and equipment within our cable systems
due to the initial deployment of all digital video technology
both in the network and at the customers home. These
changes in asset lives were based on our plans, and our
experience thus far in executing such plans, to deploy all
digital video technology across certain of our cable systems.
This technology affords us the opportunity to increase network
capacity without costly upgrades and, as such, extends the
useful lives of cable plant by four years. We have also begun to
provide all digital set-top boxes to our customer base as part
of this all digital network deployment.
In connection with the all digital set-top launch, we have
reviewed the asset lives of our customer premise equipment and
determined that their useful lives should be extended by two
years. While the timing and extent of current deployment plans
are subject to modification,
160
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
management believes that extending the useful lives is
appropriate and will be subject to ongoing analysis. The
weighted average useful lives of such fixed assets changed as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful lives (in years)
|
|
|
|
From
|
|
|
To
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Customer premise equipment
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
These changes were made on a prospective basis effective
July 1, 2008 and resulted in a reduction of depreciation
expense and a corresponding increase in net income of
approximately $5.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
These changes resulted in a reduction of depreciation expense
and a corresponding increase in net income of approximately
$11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 was approximately $111.7 million,
$109.6 million, and $113.4 million, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we
incurred gross interest costs of $91.4 million and
$101.8 million, respectively, of which $1.6 million
and $2.1 million was capitalized. See Note 2.
|
|
4.
|
Accounts payable
and accrued expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following
as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payableaffiliates
|
|
$
|
101,340
|
|
|
$
|
111,070
|
|
Liabilities under interest rate exchange agreements
|
|
|
17,854
|
|
|
|
18,519
|
|
Accrued programming costs
|
|
|
16,056
|
|
|
|
17,175
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
13,853
|
|
|
|
28,377
|
|
Accrued taxes and fees
|
|
|
12,910
|
|
|
|
13,224
|
|
Accrued payroll and benefits
|
|
|
10,999
|
|
|
|
10,706
|
|
Accrued service costs
|
|
|
10,303
|
|
|
|
8,241
|
|
Book overdrafts(1)
|
|
|
6,067
|
|
|
|
7,782
|
|
Subscriber advance payments
|
|
|
5,875
|
|
|
|
5,523
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
4,864
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
Accrued property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
4,231
|
|
|
|
8,037
|
|
Accrued telecommunications costs
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
2,788
|
|
Intercompany accounts payable and other accrued expenses
|
|
|
7,080
|
|
|
|
6,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
213,974
|
|
|
$
|
238,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Book overdrafts represented
outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit at our
disbursement accounts. We transfer funds from our depository
accounts to our disbursement accounts upon daily notification of
checks presented for payment. Changes in book overdrafts are
reported as part of cash flows from financing activities in our
consolidated statement of cash flows.
|
161
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
5. Debt
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, debt consisted of
(dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit facility
|
|
$
|
1,160,000
|
|
|
$
|
895,000
|
|
77/8% senior
notes due 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
91/2% senior
notes due 2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
91/8% senior
notes due 2019
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
|
1,520,000
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
59,500
|
|
|
|
30,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,450,500
|
|
|
$
|
1,489,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit
facility
As of December 31, 2009, we maintained a
$1.486 billion senior secured credit facility (the
credit facility), including revolving credit
commitments of $400.0 million, of which $314.8 million
was unused and available to be borrowed and used for general
corporate purposes based on the terms and conditions of the
credit facility. As of December 31, 2009,
$10.9 million of letters of credit were issued under the
credit facility to various parties as collateral for our
performance relating to insurance and franchise requirements,
thus restricting the unused portion of our revolving credit
commitments by such amount. Our unused revolving commitments
expire on September 30, 2011.
The credit agreement to the credit facility (the credit
agreement) contains various covenants that, among other
things, impose certain limitations on mergers and acquisitions,
consolidations and sales of certain assets, liens, the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, certain restricted
payments and certain transactions with affiliates. The principal
financial covenant of the credit facility requires compliance
with a ratio of senior indebtedness (as defined) to annualized
system cash flow (as defined) of no more than 6.0 to 1.0. Our
ratio, which is calculated on a quarterly basis, was 4.4 to 1.0
for the three months ended December 31, 2009. The credit
facility is collateralized by the pledge of all of our ownership
interests in our operating subsidiaries, and is guaranteed by
them on a limited recourse basis to the extent of such ownership
interests.
The credit facility originally consisted of a revolving credit
facility (the revolver) with a $400.0 million
revolving credit commitment, a $200.0 million term loan
(the term loan A) and a $550.0 million term
loan (the term loan B). In May 2006, we refinanced
the term loan B with a new term loan (the term loan
C) in the amount of $650.0 million.
In August, 2009, our operating subsidiaries entered into an
incremental facility agreement that provides for a new term loan
(the term loan D) under the credit facility in the
principal amount of $300.0 million. In September 2009, the
full amount of the term loan D was borrowed by our operating
subsidiaries, giving us net proceeds of $291.2 million,
after giving effect to the original issue discount of
$4.5 million and financing costs of $4.3 million. The
net proceeds were used to fund, in part, the redemption of our
77/8% senior
notes due February 2011 (the
162
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
77/8% Notes)
and
91/2% senior
notes due January 2013 (the
91/2% Notes)
described below, with the balance used to pay down, in part,
outstanding debt under the revolving credit portion of the
Credit Facility, without any reduction in the revolving credit
commitments.
The revolver expires on September 30, 2011, and its
commitment amount is not subject to scheduled reductions prior
to maturity. The term loan A matures on September 30, 2012
and, since March 31, 2008, has been subject to quarterly
reductions ranging from 2.50% to 9.00% of the original amount.
The term loan C matures on January 31, 2015, and is subject
to quarterly reductions of 0.25% that began on March 31,
2007 and extend through December 31, 2014, with a final
payment at maturity representing 92.00% of the original
principal amount. The term loan D matures on March 31,
2017 and, since December 31, 2009, has been subject to
quarterly reductions of 0.25%, with a final payment at maturity
representing 92.75% of the original principal amount. As of
December 31, 2009, the maximum commitment available under
the revolver was $400.0 million, with an outstanding
balance of $74.3 million. As of the same date, the term
loans A, C and D had outstanding balances of
$156.0 million, $630.5 million and
$299.3 million, respectively.
The credit agreement provides for interest at varying rates
based upon various borrowing options and certain financial
ratios, and for commitment fees of
1/2%
to
5/8%
per annum on the unused portion of the available revolving
credit commitment. Interest on outstanding revolver and term
loan A balances is payable at either the Eurodollar rate plus a
floating percentage ranging from 1.00% to 2.00% or the base rate
plus a floating percentage ranging from 0% to 1.00%. Interest on
the term loan C is payable at either the Eurodollar rate plus a
floating percentage ranging from 1.50% to 1.75% or the base rate
plus a floating percentage ranging from 0.50% to 0.75%. Interest
on the term loan D bears interest at a floating rate or
rates equal to the Eurodollar rate or the base rate, plus a
margin of 3.50% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% for base rate
loans. Through August 2013, the Eurodollar rate applicable to
the term loan D loan is subject to a minimum rate of 2.00%.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the outstanding debt
under the term loan A was reduced by $24.0 million, or
12.00% of the original principal amount, the outstanding debt
under the term loan C was reduced by $6.5 million, or
1.00% of the original principal amount and the outstanding debt
under the term loan D was reduced by $0.8 million, or 0.25%
of the original principal amount.
During the year ending December 31, 2010, the outstanding
debt under the term loan A will be reduced by
$50.0 million, or 25.00% of the original principal amount,
the outstanding debt under the term loan C will be reduced
by $6.5 million, or 1.00% of the original principal amount,
and the outstanding debt under the term loan D will be reduced
by $3.0 million, or 1.0% of the original principal amount.
Senior
notes
As of December 31, 2009, we had in aggregate
$350 million of senior notes outstanding. The indenture
governing our senior notes also contains various covenants,
though they are generally less restrictive than those found in
the credit facility. The principal financial covenant of these
senior notes has a limitation on the incurrence of additional
indebtedness based upon a
163
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
maximum ratio of total indebtedness to cash flow (as defined) of
8.5 to 1.0. Our ratio of total indebtedness to cash flow, which
is calculated on a quarterly basis, was 6.0 to 1.0 for the three
months ended December 31, 2009. These covenants also
restrict our ability, among other things, to make certain
distributions, investments and other restricted payments, sell
certain assets, to make restricted payments, create certain
liens, merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our
assets and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
In February 1999, we jointly issued $125 million aggregate
principal amount of
77/8% Notes.
In January 2001, we jointly issued $500 million aggregate
principal amount of
91/2% Notes.
In August 2009, we commenced cash tender offers (the
Tender Offers) for our outstanding
91/2% Notes
and our
77/8% Notes
(together, the Notes) Pursuant to the Tender Offers,
we repurchased an aggregate of $390.2 million principal
amount of
91/2% Notes
and an aggregate of $71.1 million principal amount of
77/8% Notes.
The accrued interest paid on the repurchased
91/2% Notes
and
77/8% Notes
was $4.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The
Tender Offers were funded with proceeds from the issuance of the
91/8% Senior
Notes due August 2019 (the
91/8% Notes)
discussed below and borrowings under the revolver.
In August 2009, we jointly issued $350 million aggregate
principal amount of
91/8% Notes.
Net proceeds from the issuance of the
91/8% Notes
were $334.9 million, after giving effect to the original
issue discount of $8.3 million and financing costs of
$6.8 million, and were used to fund a portion of the cash
tender offers described above. As a percentage of par value, the
91/8% Notes
are redeemable at 104.563% through August 15, 2014,
103.042% through August 15, 2015, 101.521% through
August 15, 2016 and at par value thereafter.
In August 2009, we announced the redemption of any Notes
remaining outstanding following the expiration of the Tender
Offers. In September 2009, we redeemed an aggregate of
$109.8 million principal amount of
91/2% Notes
and an aggregate of $53.9 million principal amount of
77/8% Notes,
representing the balance of the outstanding principal amounts of
such Notes.
The accrued interest paid on the redeemed
91/2% Notes
and
77/8% Notes
was $2.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The
redemption was funded with proceeds from the term loan D.
Loss on early
extinguishment of debt
For the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of the
Tender Offers and redemption of the Notes, we recorded in our
consolidated statements of operations a loss on extinguishment
of debt of $5.8 million. This amount included
$3.7 million of unamortized original issue discount and
deferred financing costs, $1.4 million of bank and other
professional fees and $0.7 million of net proceeds paid
above par as a result of the Early Tender Premium. There was no
loss on early extinguishment of debt in the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Interest rate
swaps
We use interest rate exchange agreements, or interest rate
swaps, in order to fix the rate of the applicable Eurodollar
portion of debt under the credit facility to reduce the
potential volatility in our interest expense that would
otherwise result from changes in market interest rates. Our
164
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
interest rate swaps have not been designated as hedges for
accounting purposes, and have been accounted for on a
mark-to-market basis as of, and for, the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
As of December 31, 2009, we had current interest rate swaps
with various banks pursuant to which the interest rate on
$700 million was fixed at a weighted average rate of 3.4%.
As of the same date, about 70% of our total outstanding
indebtedness was at fixed rates or subject to interest rate
protection. Our current interest rate swaps are scheduled to
expire in the amounts of $200 million, $300 million
and $200 million during the years ended December 31,
2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
We have also entered into forward-starting interest rate swaps
that will fix rates for: a four-year period at a weighted
average rate of 3.1% on $200 million of floating rate debt,
which will commence in December 2010; and a two-year period at a
weighted average rate of 2.7% on $200 million of floating
rate debt, which will commence in December 2010.
The fair value of our interest rate swaps is the estimated
amount that we would receive or pay to terminate such
agreements, taking into account market interest rates and the
remaining time to maturities. As of December 31, 2009,
based upon mark-to-market valuation, we recorded on our
consolidated balance sheet, a long-term asset of
$3.1 million, an accumulated current liability of
$17.9 million and an accumulated long-term liability of
$4.9 million. As of December 31, 2008, based upon
mark-to-market valuation, we recorded on our consolidated
balance sheet an accumulated current liability of
$18.5 million and an accumulated long-term liability of
$14.3 million. As a result of the mark-to-market valuations
on these interest rate swaps, we recorded a net gain on
derivatives of $13.1 million and net losses on derivatives
of $23.3 million and $10.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Covenant
compliance
For all periods through December 31, 2009, we were in
compliance with all of the covenants under the credit facility
and senior note arrangements. There are no covenants, events of
default, borrowing conditions or other terms in the credit
facility or senior note indentures that are based on changes in
our credit rating assigned by any rating agency.
Fair value and
debt maturities
As of December 31, 2009, the fair values of our Senior
Notes and the credit facility are as follows (dollars in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
91/8% senior
notes due 2019
|
|
$
|
354,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank credit facility
|
|
$
|
1,114,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
The stated maturities of all debt outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
59,500
|
|
2011
|
|
|
135,750
|
|
2012
|
|
|
63,500
|
|
2013
|
|
|
9,500
|
|
2014
|
|
|
9,500
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,232,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,510,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Members
equity
As a wholly-owned subsidiary of MCC, our business affairs,
including our financing decisions, are directed by MCC. For the
year ended December 31, 2009, we made capital distributions
to parent of $222.0 million, comprising $191.7 million
cash, and $30.3 million non-cash. Substantially all of the
non-cash distributions represented the book value of the cable
systems located in Western North Carolina distributed to parent
(see Note 7). For the same period, we received capital
contributions from parent of $283.4 million, comprising
$189.9 million in cash and $93.5 million, net
non-cash. Substantially all of the non-cash contributions from
parent represented the excess book value of the assets exchanged
in the Asset Transfer Agreement (see Note 7). As presented
in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, non-cash
transactions-financing were $63.2 million, net, comprising
non-cash contributions from parent of $93.5 million, net
and non-cash distributions to parent of $30.3 million, net,
as described above.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we made
capital distributions to parent in cash of approximately
$104.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively. For the
year ended December 31, 2008, we received capital
contributions from parent in cash of approximately
$60.0 million, respectively.
Capital contributions from parent and capital distributions to
parent are reported on a gross basis in the Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Members Deficit and the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Non-cash transactions are
reported on a net basis in the supplemental disclosures of cash
flow information in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
7. Related party
transactions
MCC manages us pursuant to a management agreement with each
operating subsidiary. Under the management agreements, MCC has
full and exclusive authority to manage our day-to-day operations
and conduct our business. We remain responsible for all expenses
and liabilities relating to the construction, development,
operation, maintenance, repair, and ownership of our systems.
Management fees for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 amounted to approximately $11.8 million,
$11.8 million, and $10.4 million, respectively.
As compensation for the performance of its services, subject to
certain restrictions, MCC is entitled under each management
agreement to receive management fees in an amount not to
166
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
exceed 4.5% of the annual gross operating revenues of each of
the operating subsidiaries. MCC is also entitled to the
reimbursement of all expenses necessarily incurred in its
capacity as manager.
We are a preferred equity investor in Mediacom Broadband LLC, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of MCC. See Note 11.
Share exchange
agreement between MCC and an affiliate of Morris
Communications
On September 7, 2008, MCC entered into a Share Exchange
Agreement (the Exchange Agreement) with Shivers
Investments, LLC (Shivers) and Shivers
Trading & Operating Company (STOC). Both
STOC and Shivers are affiliates of Morris Communications
Company, LLC (Morris Communications). STOC, Shivers
and Morris Communications are controlled by William S. Morris
III, who together with another Morris Communications
representative, Craig S. Mitchell, held two seats on MCCs
Board of Directors.
On February 13, 2009, MCC completed the Exchange Agreement
pursuant to which it exchanged 100% of the shares of stock of a
wholly-owned subsidiary, which held approximately
$110 million of cash and non-strategic cable systems
serving approximately 25,000 basic subscribers contributed by
us, for 28,309,674 shares of Mediacom Class A common
stock held by Shivers. Effective upon closing of the
transaction, Messrs. Morris and Mitchell resigned from
MCCs Board of Directors.
Asset transfer
agreement with Mediacom and Mediacom Broadband
On February 11, 2009, certain of our operating subsidiaries
executed an Asset Transfer Agreement (the Transfer
Agreement) with MCC and the operating subsidiaries of
Mediacom Broadband, pursuant to which certain of our cable
systems located in Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri and
Wisconsin, which serve approximately 45,900 basic subscribers
would be exchanged for certain of Mediacom Broadbands
cable systems located in Illinois, which serve approximately
42,200 basic subscribers, and a cash payment of
$8.2 million (the Asset Transfer). We believe
the Asset Transfer better aligned our customer base
geographically, making the cable systems more clustered and
allowing for more effective management, administration, controls
and reporting of our field operations. The Asset Transfer was
completed on February 13, 2009. No gain or loss is being
recorded on the Asset Transfer because we and Mediacom Broadband
are under common control.
As part of the Transfer Agreement, we contributed to MCC cable
systems located in Western North Carolina, which serve
approximately 25,000 basic subscribers. These cable systems were
part of the Exchange Agreement noted above. In connection
therewith, we received a $74 million cash contribution on
February 12, 2009, of which funds had been contributed to
MCC by Mediacom Broadband on the same date.
In total, we received $82.2 million under the Transfer
Agreement (the Transfer Proceeds), which were used
by us to repay a portion of the outstanding balance under the
revolving commitments of our operating subsidiaries bank
credit facility.
167
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
On February 12, 2009, after giving effect to the debt
repayment funded by the Transfer Proceeds as noted above, our
operating subsidiaries borrowed approximately $110 million
under the revolving commitments of the credit facility. This
represented net new borrowings of about $28 million. On
February 12, 2009, we contributed approximately
$110 million to MCC to fund their cash obligation under the
Exchange Agreement defined above.
The net assets of the cable systems we received as part of the
Asset Transfer were accounted for as a transfer of businesses
under common control in accordance with ASC 805. Under this
method of accounting: (i) the net assets we received have
been recorded at Mediacom Broadbands carrying amounts;
(ii) the net assets of the cable systems we transferred to
Mediacom Broadband through MCC were removed from our
consolidated balance sheet at net book value on the transfer
date; (iii) for the cable systems we received, we recorded
their results of operations as if the transfer date was
January 1, 2009; and (iv) for the cable systems we
transferred to Mediacom Broadband through MCC, we ceased
recording those results of operations as of the transfer date.
We recognized an additional $5.5 million in revenues and
$1.7 million of net income, for the period January 1,
2009 through the transfer date, because we recorded the results
of operations for the cable systems we received as part of the
Asset Transfer, as if the transfer date was January 1,
2009. This $1.7 million of cash flows was recorded under
the caption capital distributions from parent on our
consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2009.
The financial statements for the periods prior to
January 1, 2009 were not adjusted for the receipt of net
assets because the net assets did not meet the definition of a
business under generally accepted accounting principles in
effect prior to the adoption of ASC 805.
8. Employee
benefit plans
Substantially all our employees are eligible to participate in
MCCs contribution plan pursuant to the Internal Revenue
Code Section 401(k) (the Plan). Under such
Plan, eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their
current pretax compensation. MCCs Plan permits, but does
not require, matching contributions and non-matching (profit
sharing) contributions to be made by us up to a maximum dollar
amount or maximum percentage of participant contributions, as
determined annually by us. We presently match 50% on the first
6% of employee contributions. Our contributions under the Plan
totaled approximately $0.8 million, $0.9 million and
$0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
9. Share-based
compensation
Share-based
compensation
MCC grants stock options to certain employees which convey to
recipients the right to purchase shares of MCCs
Class A common stock at a specified strike price, upon
vesting of the stock option award, but prior to the expiration
date of that award. The awards are subject to annual vesting
periods not exceeding 4 years from the date of grant. We
made estimates of expected forfeitures based on historic
voluntary termination behavior and trends of actual stock option
168
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
forfeitures and recognized compensation costs for equity awards
expected to vest. We regularly adjust our forfeiture rate to
reflect compensation costs based actual forfeiture experience.
In April 2003, MCC adopted its 2003 Incentive Plan, or
2003 Plan, which amended and restated MCCs
1999 Stock Option Plan and incorporated into the 2003 Plan
options that were previously granted outside the 1999 Stock
Option Plan.
ASC 718 requires the cost of all share-based payments to
employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be
recognized in the financial statements based on their fair
values at the grant date, or the date of later modification,
over the requisite service period. In addition, ASC 718 requires
unrecognized cost, based on the amounts previously disclosed in
our pro forma footnote disclosure, related to options vesting
after the date of initial adoption to be recognized in the
financial statements over the remaining requisite service period.
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model which requires
extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates,
including estimates of the expected term employees will retain
their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated
volatility of our stock price over the expected term, and the
number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion
of their vesting requirements. Application of alternative
assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of
the fair value of share-based compensation and consequently, the
related amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of
operations. The provisions of ASC 718 apply to new stock awards
and stock awards outstanding, but not yet vested, on the
effective date. In March 2005, the SEC issued
SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment,
relating to ASC 718. We have applied the provisions of
SAB No. 107 in our adoption.
Total share-based compensation expense was as follows (dollars
in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
|
|
|
Year ended
|
|
|
Year ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Share-based compensation expense by type of award:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock options
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
Employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total share-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
556
|
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
|
$
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As required by ASC 718 we made an estimate of expected
forfeitures and is recognizing compensation costs only for those
equity awards expected to vest. The total future compensation
cost related to unvested share-based awards that are expected to
vest was $1.0 million as of December 31, 2009, which
will be recognized over a weighted average period of
0.9 years.
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 123(R)-3, Transition Election Related
to Accounting for Tax Effects of Shared-Based Payment
Awards. MCC has elected the short-cut
method to calculate the historical pool of windfall tax benefits.
169
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
Valuation
assumptions
As required by ASC 718, we estimated the fair value of stock
options and shares purchased under MCCs employee stock
purchase plan, using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the
straight-line attribution approach, with the following weighted
average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock
|
|
|
Employee stock
|
|
|
|
option plans
|
|
|
purchase plans
|
|
|
|
year ended
|
|
|
year ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
59.0%
|
|
|
|
43.0%
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
2.7%
|
|
|
|
4.0%
|
|
Expected option life (in years)
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
MCC does not expect to declare dividends in the near future.
Expected volatility is based on a combination of implied and
historical volatility of MCCs Class A common stock.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, we
elected the simplified method in accordance with SAB 107
and SAB 110 to estimate the option life of share-based
awards. The simplified method is used for valuing stock option
grants by eligible public companies that do not have sufficient
historical exercise patterns of stock options. We have concluded
that sufficient historical exercise data is not available. The
risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
in effect at the date of grant. The forfeiture rate is based on
trends in actual option forfeitures. The awards are subject to
annual vesting periods not to exceed 6 years from the date
of grant.
The following table summarizes our activity under MCCs
option plans for the year ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
intrinsic value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
term (in years)
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
891,183
|
|
|
$
|
17.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(69,650
|
)
|
|
|
17.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
821,533
|
|
|
$
|
17.04
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
821,533
|
|
|
|
17.04
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
766,783
|
|
|
$
|
17.97
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the
total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on MCCs stock price
of $4.47 per share as of December 31, 2009, which would
have been received by the option holders had all option holders
exercised their options as of that date.
During the year 2009, there were no stock options granted.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately
15,375 stock options vested with a weighted average exercise
price of $4.29. The proceeds we received, the intrinsic value of
options exercised, and the related tax benefits realized and
resulting from the exercise of stock options during 2009, 2008
and 2007 were immaterial.
The following table summarizes information concerning stock
options outstanding as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding
|
|
|
Options exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
remaining
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
remaining
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
intrinsic value
|
|
|
shares
|
|
|
contractual
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
intrinsic value
|
|
Range of exercise prices
|
|
outstanding
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
outstanding
|
|
|
life
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
$3.00-$12.00
|
|
|
103,786
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
5.77
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
|
49,036
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
$
|
7.69
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$12.01-$18.00
|
|
|
180,460
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
17.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180,460
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
17.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
$18.01-$22.00
|
|
|
537,287
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
19.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537,287
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
19.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
821,533
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
17.04
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
|
766,783
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
17.97
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock
units
We grant restricted stock units (RSUs) to certain
employees and directors (together, the participants)
in MCCs Class A common stock. Awards of RSUs are
valued by reference to shares of common stock that entitle
participants to receive, upon the settlement of the unit, one
share of common stock for each unit. The awards are subject to
annual vesting periods not exceeding 4 years from the date
of grant. We made estimates of expected forfeitures based on
historic voluntary termination behavior and trends of actual RSU
forfeitures and recognized compensation costs for equity awards
expected to vest. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding
RSUs was $0.9 million based on the closing stock price of
$4.47 per share of MCCs Class A common stock at
December 31, 2009.
The following table summarizes the activity of our restricted
stock unit awards for the year ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of non-vested
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
share unit awards
|
|
|
grant date fair value
|
|
|
Unvested Awards at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
215,475
|
|
|
$
|
5.53
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
76,100
|
|
|
|
4.92
|
|
Awards Vested
|
|
|
(54,625
|
)
|
|
|
6.15
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(19,525
|
)
|
|
|
5.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested Awards at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
217,425
|
|
|
$
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
Employee stock
purchase plan
MCC maintains an employee stock purchase plan
(ESPP). Under the ESPP, eligible employees are
allowed to participate in the purchase of shares of MCCs
Class A common stock at a minimum 15% discount on the date
of the allocation. Shares purchased by employees amounted to
64,647 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The net
proceeds to us were approximately $0.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009.
10. Commitments
and contingencies
Lease and rental
agreements
Under various lease and rental agreements for offices,
warehouses and computer terminals, we had rental expense of
approximately $3.1 million, $3.2 million and
$3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively. Future minimum annual rental
payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
2,230
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,312
|
|
2013
|
|
|
943
|
|
2014
|
|
|
586
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, we rent utility poles in our operations generally
under short-term arrangements, but we expect these arrangements
to recur. Total rental expense for utility poles was
approximately $6.0 million, $6.2 million and
$4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
Letters of
credit
As of December 31, 2009, approximately $10.9 million
of letters of credit were issued to various parties to secure
our performance relating to insurance and franchise
requirements. The fair value of such letters of credit was
immaterial.
Legal
proceedings
We are named as a defendant in a putative class action,
captioned Gary Ogg and Janice Ogg v. Mediacom LLC,
pending in the Circuit Court of Clay County, Missouri,
originally filed in April 2001. The lawsuit alleges that we, in
areas where there was no cable franchise failed to obtain
permission from landowners to place our fiber interconnection
cable notwithstanding the possession of agreements or permission
from other third parties. While the parties continue to contest
liability, there also remains a dispute as to the proper measure
of damages. Based on a report by their experts, the plaintiffs
claim compensatory damages of approximately $14.5 million.
Legal fees, prejudgment interest, potential punitive damages and
other costs could increase
172
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
that estimate to approximately $26.0 million. Before trial,
the plaintiffs proposed an alternative damage theory of
$42.0 million in compensatory damages. Notwithstanding the
verdict in the trial described below, we remain unable to
reasonably determine the amount of our final liability in this
lawsuit. Prior to trial our experts estimated our liability to
be within the range of approximately $0.1 million to
$2.3 million. This estimate did not include any estimate of
damages for prejudgment interest, attorneys fees or
punitive damages.
On March 9, 2009, a jury trial commenced solely for the
claim of Gary and Janice Ogg, the designated class
representatives. On March 18, 2009, the jury rendered a
verdict in favor of Gary and Janice Ogg setting compensatory
damages of $8,863 and punitive damages of $35,000. The Court did
not enter a final judgment on this verdict and therefore the
amount of the verdict cannot at this time be judicially
collected. Although we believe that the particular circumstances
of each class member may result in a different measure of
damages for each member, if the same measure of compensatory
damages was used for each member, the aggregate compensatory
damages would be approximately $16.2 million plus the
possibility of an award of attorneys fees, prejudgment
interest, and punitive damages. We are vigorously defending
against the claims made by the other members of the class,
including filing and responding to post trial motions and
preparing for subsequent trials, and an appeal, if necessary.
We believe that the amount of actual liability would not have a
significant effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations, cash flows or business. There can be no
assurance, however, that the actual liability ultimately
determined for all members of the class would not exceed our
estimated range or any amount derived from the verdict rendered
on March 18, 2009. We have tendered the lawsuit to our
insurance carrier for defense and indemnification. The carrier
has agreed to defend us under a reservation of rights, and a
declaratory judgment action is pending regarding the
carriers defense and coverage responsibilities.
In addition, we became aware on March 5, 2010 of the filing
of a purported class action in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York entitled Jim
Knight v. Mediacom Communications Corp., in which
Mediacom is named as the defendant. The complaint asserts that
the potential class is comprised of all persons who purchased
premium cable services from Mediacom and rented a cable box
distributed by Mediacom. The plaintiff alleges that Mediacom
improperly tied the rental of cable boxes to the
provision of premium cable services in violation of
Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act. The plaintiff also
alleges a claim for unjust enrichment and seeks injunctive
relief and unspecified damages. Mediacom believes they have
substantial defenses to the claims asserted in the complaint,
which has not yet been served on them, and they intend to defend
the action vigorously.
We are also involved in various other legal actions arising in
the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management,
the ultimate disposition of these other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations, cash flows or business.
173
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Notes to consolidated
financial statements (continued)
11. Preferred
equity investment
In July 2001, we made a $150.0 million preferred equity
investment in Mediacom Broadband LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company wholly-owned by MCC, that was funded with
borrowings under the credit facility. The preferred equity
investment has a 12% annual cash dividend, payable quarterly in
cash. For each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, we received in aggregate $18.0 million in cash
dividends on the preferred equity.
12. Sale of cable
systems, net
We recorded a net gain on the sale of cable systems amounting to
$8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 due
to the sale of certain cable systems in Iowa and South Dakota.
13. Subsequent
events
We have evaluated the impact of subsequent events on our
consolidated financial statements and related footnotes through
the date of issuance, March 16, 2010.
174
Schedule II
Mediacom LLC and
subsidiaries
Valuation and qualifying accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
costs and
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
costs and
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
of period
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
accounts
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
accounts
|
|
|
of period
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables
|
|
$
|
793
|
|
|
$
|
2,054
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,947
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
900
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables
|
|
$
|
900
|
|
|
$
|
1,069
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
842
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,127
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current receivables
|
|
$
|
1,127
|
|
|
$
|
1,745
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,945
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
927
|
|
|
|
175
Mediacom LLC
Mediacom Capital Corporation
Offer to Exchange
9.125% Senior Notes due
2019
that have been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933
for any and all
9.125% Senior Notes due
2019
Part II
Information not
required in prospectus
|
|
ITEM 20.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Mediacom
LLC:
Section 420 of the New York Limited Liability Company Law
(the New York Act) empowers a limited liability
company to indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to,
any member, manager or other person, or any testator or
intestate of such member, manager or other person, from and
against any and all claims and demands whatsoever; provided,
however, that no indemnification maybe made to or on behalf of
any member, manager or other person if a judgment or other final
adjudication adverse to such member, manager or other person
establishes (a) that his or her acts were committed in bad
faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and
were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or
(b) that he or she personally gained in fact a financial
profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally
entitled.
Section 8.2
of Mediacom LLCs Fifth Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement (the Operating Agreement) provides as
follows:
The company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the New
York Act, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person
(as defined) against all claims, liabilities and expenses of
whatever nature relating to activities undertaken in connection
with the company, including but not limited to amounts paid in
satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and
penalties, and counsel, accountants and experts and
other fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection
with the investigation, defense or disposition (including by
settlement) of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether
civil or criminal, before any court or administrative body in
which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been involved,
as a party or otherwise, or with which such Indemnified Person
may be or may have been threatened, while acting as such
Indemnified Person, provided that no indemnity shall be payable
hereunder against any liability incurred by such Indemnified
Person by reason of such Indemnified Persons gross
negligence, fraud or willful violation of the law or the
Operating Agreement or with respect to any matter as to which
such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudicated not to have
acted in good faith.
Mediacom Capital
Corporation:
Article 7, Section 722 of the New York Business
Corporations Law (the Business Corporation Law)
empowers a corporation to indemnify any person made, or
threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding (other
than one by or in the right of the corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor), whether civil or criminal, including an
action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type
or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any
director or officer of the corporation served in any capacity at
the request of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he,
his testator or intestate, was a director or officer of the
corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise
in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in
settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys
fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such
action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such director or
officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably
believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other
corporation or any
II-1
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in
addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful.
Section 722 also empowers a corporation to indemnify any
person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action by
or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate,
is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director or
officer of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic
or foreign, of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan or other enterprise, against amounts paid in
settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys
fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action, or in connection
with an appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in
good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in,
or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification under this paragraph
shall be made in respect of (1) a threatened action, or a
pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of, or
(2) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless
and only to the extent that the court in which the action was
brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent
jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all
the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such portion of the
settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper.
Section 7 of
Mediacom Capitals Certificate of Incorporation provides as
follows:
The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
Article 7 of the Business Corporation Law, as the same may
be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom
it shall have power to indemnify under said Article from and
against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other
matters referred to in or covered by said Article, and the
indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which any person may be
entitled under any bylaw, resolution of shareholders, resolution
of directors, agreement, or otherwise, as permitted by said
Article, as to action in any capacity in which he served at the
request of the corporation.
Article VII of Mediacom Capitals by-laws provides
as follows:
The corporation shall indemnify any person to the full extent
permitted, and in the manner provided, by the New York Business
Corporation Law, as the same now exists or may hereafter be
amended.
|
|
ITEM 21.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this
Registration Statement, including those exhibits incorporated
herein by reference to a prior filing of the Company under the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act as indicated in the footnotes
below:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Asset Transfer Agreement, dated February 11, 2009, by and
among Mediacom Communications Corporation, certain operating
subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC and the operating subsidiaries of
Mediacom Broadband(1)
|
|
3
|
.1(a)*
|
|
Articles of Organization of Mediacom LLC filed July 17,
1995
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1(b)*
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of the Articles of Organization of
Mediacom LLC filed December 8, 1995
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Mediacom LLC
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Mediacom Capital Corporation
filed March 9, 1998
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
By-Laws of Mediacom Capital Corporation
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Indenture relating to 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019 of
Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Capital Corporation(2)
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P.
|
|
10
|
.1(a)*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the lenders
|
|
10
|
.1(b)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2006, to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the lenders(3)
|
|
10
|
.1(c)
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 11, 2007, to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders party
thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank as administrative agent for the
lenders(4)
|
|
10
|
.1(d)
|
|
Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 11, 2007, to the
Credit Agreement, dated of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders party
thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the
lenders(5)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006,
between the operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders
signatory thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent(6)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of August 25,
2009, between the operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the
lenders signatory thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent(7)
|
|
12
|
.1*
|
|
Schedule of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Power of Attorney, pursuant to which amendments to this
Form S-4
may be filed, is included on the signature page contained in
Part II of this
Form S-4
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on
Form T-1
of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Letter to Clients
|
|
99
|
.3*
|
|
Form of Letter to Depository Trust Company Participants
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
(1) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 of Mediacom
Communications Corporation (Mediacom) and
incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(2) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 of Mediacom
(2009
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(3) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006 of Mediacom
(2006
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
II-3
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007 of Mediacom
(2007
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(5) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the 2007
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(6) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 2006
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(7) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 2009
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference. |
(b) Reference is made to Schedule II: Valuation and
Qualifying Accounts as set forth in the Index to the
Consolidated Financial Statements under Part I of the
prospectus that is a part of this registration statement.
(a) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no
more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price
set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee
table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered
which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the
Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant
to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement
relating to an offering, other than registration statements
relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in
reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and
included in the registration statement as of the date it is
first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no
statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is
part of the registration statement or made in a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the
registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a
II-4
time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or
modify any statement that was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or
made in any such document immediately prior to such date of
first use.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of securities, the undersigned registrant
undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the
securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers
and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the
registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
(e) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond
to requests for information that is incorporated by reference
into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of
this form, within one business day of receipt of such request
and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained
in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the
registration statement through the date of responding to the
request.
(f) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply
by means of a post-effective amendment all information
concerning a transaction and the company being acquired involved
therein, that was not subject of and included in the
registration statement when it became effective.
II-5
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on March
22, 2010.
MEDIACOM LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Mediacom Communications Corporation its managing member
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Rocco
B. Commisso
|
Rocco B. Commisso
Chief Executive Officer
Power of
attorney
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below hereby severally constitutes and
appoints Rocco B. Commisso his true and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agent, each with the power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments to this Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments
thereto), and to file the same, with accompanying exhibits and
other related documents, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and ratify and confirm all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes,
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of said
appointment.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities indicated on March 22, 2010.
Rocco B. Commisso
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Mark E. Stephan
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
II-6
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on March
22, 2010.
MEDIACOM CAPITAL CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Rocco
B. Commisso
|
Rocco B. Commisso
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Power of
attorney
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below hereby severally constitutes and
appoints Rocco B. Commisso his true and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agent, each with the power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments to this Registration Statement on
Form S-4
(and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments
thereto), and to file the same, with accompanying exhibits and
other related documents, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and ratify and confirm all that said
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes,
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of said
appointment.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities indicated on March 22, 2010.
Rocco B. Commisso
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Mark E. Stephan
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
II-7
Exhibit index
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Asset Transfer Agreement, dated February 11, 2009, by and
among Mediacom Communications Corporation, certain operating
subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC and the operating subsidiaries of
Mediacom Broadband(1)
|
|
3
|
.1(a)*
|
|
Articles of Organization of Mediacom LLC filed July 17, 1995
|
|
3
|
.1(b)*
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of the Articles of Organization of
Mediacom LLC filed December 8, 1995
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Mediacom LLC
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Mediacom Capital Corporation
filed March 9, 1998
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
By-Laws of Mediacom Capital Corporation
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Indenture relating to 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019 of
Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Capital Corporation(2)
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P.
|
|
10
|
.1(a)*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the lenders
|
|
10
|
.1(b)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2006, to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the lenders(3)
|
|
10
|
.1(c)
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated as of June 11, 2007, to the
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders party
thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank as administrative agent for the
lenders(4)
|
|
10
|
.1(d)
|
|
Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 11, 2007, to the
Credit Agreement, dated of October 21, 2004, among the
operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders party
thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent for the
lenders(5)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006,
between the operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the lenders
signatory thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent(6)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of August 25,
2009, between the operating subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC, the
lenders signatory thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent(7)
|
|
12
|
.1*
|
|
Schedule of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Mediacom LLC
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Baker Botts L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Power of Attorney, pursuant to which amendments to this
Form S-4
may be filed, is included on the signature page contained in
Part II of this
Form S-4
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on
Form T-1
of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Letter to Clients
|
|
99
|
.3*
|
|
Form of Letter to Depository Trust Company Participants
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
(1) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 2.3 to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 of Mediacom
Communications Corporation (Mediacom) and
incorporated herein by reference. |
II-8
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 of Mediacom
(2009
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(3) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006 of Mediacom
(2006
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(4) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
(File
No. 000-29227)
for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2007 of Mediacom
(2007
10-Q)
and incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(5) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the 2007
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(6) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 2006
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference |
|
(7) |
|
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the 2009
10-Q and
incorporated herein by reference. |
II-9
exv3w1wa
EXHIBIT 3.1(a)
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
OF
MEDIACOM LLC
Under Section 203 of the Limited Liability
Company Law (LLCL) of the State of New York
FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is MEDIACOM LLC.
SECOND: The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the LLCL.
THIRD: The county within the State of new York in which the office of
the Company is to be located is Rockland County.
FOURTH: In addition to the events of dissolution set forth in (S)701
of the LLCL, the latest date to which the Company may continue without
dissolution occurring is December 31, 2025.
FIFTH: The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the
Company upon whom process against the Company may be served. The post office
address within or without the State of New York to which the Secretary of State
shall mail a copy of any process against the Company served upon such Secretary
of State is c/o Robert L. Winikoff, Esq., Cooperman Levitt Winikoff Lester &
Newman, P.C., 800 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
SIXTH: The Company is to be managed by one or more managers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have subscribed this certificate this 11th day
of July, 1995, and do hereby affirm the statements made herein as true under the
penalties of perjury.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Douglas Geary
|
|
|
J. Douglas Geary, Esq. |
|
|
Sole Organizer
c/o Cooperman Levitt Winikoff
Lester & Newman, P.C.
800 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022 |
|
|
exv3w1wb
EXHIBIT 3.1(b)
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF THE
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
OF
MEDIACOM LLC
Under Section 211 of the Limited Liability Company Law
FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is: MEDIACOM LLC.
SECOND: The date of filing of the articles of organization is July
17, 1995.
THIRD: The amendment effected by this certificate of amendment is
as follows:
(A) Paragraph Third of the Articles of Organization dealing with the
county in which the office of the Company is located is hereby amended to read
as follows:
The county within the State of New York in which the county of the
Company is to be located is Orange County.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been subscribed this 21/st/
day of November, 1995, by the undersigned who affirms the statements herein to
be true under penalty of perjury.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Douglas Geary
|
|
|
J. Douglas Geary, Esq. |
|
|
Sole Organizer
Cooperman Levitt Winikoff
Lester & Newman, P.C.
800 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 688-7000 |
|
|
exv3w2
EXHIBIT 3.2
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
MEDIACOM LLC
EFFECTIVE AS OF FEBRUARY 9, 2000
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
MEDIACOM LLC
THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (this Agreement),
effective as of February 9, 2000 (the Effective Date), is made by the owner of
100% of the Membership Interests of Mediacom LLC, a New York limited liability
company (the Company).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company was established as a limited liability company
pursuant to an operating agreement dated as of July 17, 1995 (the Original
Operating Agreement). Thereafter, the Original Operating Agreement was: amended
and restated in its entirety as the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of
Mediacom LLC dated as of March 12, 1996 (the Initial Amended and Restated
Operating Agreement); further amended and restated in its entirety as of March
31, 1997, and thereafter amended as of June 16, 1997 (the Second Amended and
Restated Operating Agreement); further amended and restated in its entirety as
of January 23, 1998 (the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement); and
further amended and restated in its entirety as of November 19, 1999 (the
Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement); and
WHEREAS, following the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement,
certain transactions (the Mediacom IPO Transactions) were entered into
pursuant to which: (i) the Company caused to be formed Mediacom Communications
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Corporation); (ii) the Corporation
engaged in an initial public offering of its Class A common stock (Class A
Shares); and (iii) contemporaneously therewith, the Corporation became the sole
Member of the Company by acquiring all of the Membership Interests of the
Company from each of the Companys Members in exchange for Class A Shares,
shares of Class B common stock of the Corporation (Class B Shares) and
warrants to acquire Class B Shares (IPO Warrants); and
WHEREAS, as a result of the Mediacom IPO Transactions, the sole member of
the Company desires to amend and restate in its entirety the Fourth Amended and
Restated Operating Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:
-1-
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; DEFAULT RULE
SECTION 1.1 DEFINED TERMS. The following terms shall have the meanings set
forth below when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:
ACT or THE NEW YORK LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT shall mean the New
York Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to
time.
AFFILIATE shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.
AGREEMENT shall mean this Agreement as it may be amended in writing from
time to time; and the terms HEREOF, HERETO, HEREBY and HEREUNDER, when
used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole,
unless the context otherwise requires,
AVAILABLE CASH shall mean the cash funds of the Company on hand from time
to time (other than cash funds obtained as Capital Contributions or cash funds
obtained from loans to the Company) after (i) payment of all operating expenses
of the Company as of such time, (ii) provision for payment of all outstanding
and unpaid current obligations of the Company as of such time, (iii) provision
for a reasonable working capital reserve (including payment of anticipated
capital expenditures) and (iv) provision for a reasonable reserve for claims
against and debts and other obligations of the Company, the amounts of all of
which shall be determined by the Managing Member.
BUSINESS shall mean the activities of acquiring, owning, selling,
investing in, developing, designing, constructing, managing, operating,
servicing, administering and/or maintaining, directly or indirectly, by or
through one or more Subsidiaries, one or more CATV Systems and/or related
businesses ancillary thereto (including, but not limited to, high-speed data
service, Internet access, telephony services, and other telecommunications and
telephony-related investments or businesses, and video wireless services and
wireless communication services and other wireless-related investments or
business) and/or one or more other businesses of the type and character now or
hereafter conducted or engaged in by cable television operators generally.
CAPITAL ACCOUNT shall mean the individual accounts established and
maintained for Members pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof.
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION shall mean the total value of cash and property (net
of liabilities assumed by the Company or to which the property is subject)
contributed to the Company by or on behalf of any Member.
CATV SYSTEM shall mean any cable distribution system that receives
broadcast signals by antennae, microwave transmission, satellite transmission or
other device and amplifies and distributes such signals via cable.
-2-
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION shall mean the Certificate of Formation of the
Company filed with the Secretary of State, as the same may be amended from time
to time.
CLAIMS shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 of this Agreement.
CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All
references herein to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding
provision or provisions of succeeding law.
COMPANY shall mean Mediacom LLC, a New York limited liability company.
CONSENT shall mean the consent, approval, ratification or adoption by a
Person of any action, determination or decision. The Consent of the Members
shall mean and require the Consent of Members owning all of the Membership
Interests.
CONTRACT shall mean any contract, lease, license, easement, servitude,
right-of-way, mortgage, security interest, bond, note or other agreement or
instrument which creates legally enforceable rights or obligations.
CONTROL shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power
to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities or voting interests, by
contract or otherwise.
DEBT COVENANT shall mean any provision of any Contract to which the
Company is a party, or by which its assets are bound, which imposes one or more
restrictions on the financial activities or transactions of the Company,
including, but not limited to, the disbursement or other transfer of money or
property to Members.
DEFAULT RULE shall mean a rule stated in the Act that (a) structures,
defines, or regulates the finances, governance, operations, or other aspects of
a limited liability company organized under the Act and (b) applies except to
the extent it is negated or modified through the provisions of a limited
liability companys certificate of formation or operating agreement.
DISSOLUTION EVENT shall have the meaning set forth in section 7.1 hereof.
EFFECTIVE DATE shall mean February 9, 2000.
ENTITY shall mean any association, corporation, general partnership,
limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company,
joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, employee benefit plan,
syndicate, business trust or cooperative, or any other enterprise of any nature,
foreign or domestic, through which associates join together for the conduct of
business or investment.
INDEMNIFIED PERSONS shall mean the Members, the Managing Member and the
Tax Matters Partner, and their respective officers, directors, employees,
agents, stockholders,
-3-
members and Affiliates, and any person who serves at the request of the Managing
Member on behalf of the Company as a partner, member, officer, director,
employee or agent of any other Person; PROVIDED that for purposes of this
definition, an agent who or which is an independent agent shall be an
Indemnified Person only to the extent that the Company or the Managing Member
has a legal or contractual obligation to indemnify such agent, it being
understood that this Agreement is not intended to create any such obligation,
and that any indemnification of an independent agent shall be subject to and
limited by the terms of such legal or contractual obligation.
LIQUIDATOR shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.
MANAGING MEMBER shall mean the Person who, with respect to the affairs
and activities of the Company, shall have and possess, except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement, all rights, powers, obligations and
authority of a managing member of a limited liability company under the Act,
subject to any restrictions and limitations imposed thereon by the Act or this
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member
shall have all rights, powers and authority to act for and legally bind the
Company as provided by Article IV of this Agreement and under applicable
provisions of the Act. The sole Managing Member shall be Mediacom Communications
Corporation.
MEDIACOM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION shall mean Mediacom Communications
Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
MEDIACOM LLC shall mean Mediacom LLC, a New York limited liability
company.
MEMBER means any individual or Entity owning and holding a Membership
Interest. All owners and holders of Membership Interests are collectively
referred to as MEMBERS.
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST shall mean the entire ownership interest of a Member
in the Company at any particular time, expressed as a percentage, including the
right of such Member to any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled
as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations
of such Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement
and the Act.
NET PROFITS or NET LOSSES means the income or loss of the Company for
book or capital account purposes under Treasury Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
NON-MANAGING MEMBER shall mean any Member other than the Managing Member.
PERSON shall mean any individual or Entity.
PRINCIPAL OFFICE shall mean the principal place of business of the
Company as may be established pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof.
SECRETARY OF STATE shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of New
York.
-4-
SUBSIDIARY shall mean any Entity Controlled by the Company.
TAXABLE INCOME shall mean, with respect to each fiscal year of the
Company, the sum of (i) the amount by which the ordinary income of the Company
exceeds its ordinary loss, and (ii) the amount by which the capital gain of the
Company exceeds the sum of (A) its capital loss and (B) the excess of its
ordinary loss over its ordinary income.
TRANSFER or TRANSFERRED shall mean to give, sell, assign, pledge,
hypothecate, devise, bequeath, or otherwise dispose of, encumber, or transfer,
or permit to be disposed of, encumbered, or transferred.
TREASURY REGULATIONS shall mean the regulations promulgated by the
Internal Revenue Service under the Code, as the same from time to time may be
amended.
SECTION 1.2 RELATIONSHIP OF AGREEMENT TO DEFAULT RULES. Regardless whether
this Agreement specifically refers to a particular Default Rule: (a) if any
provision of this Agreement conflicts with a Default Rule, the provision of this
Agreement controls and the Default Rule is modified or negated accordingly; and
(b) if it is necessary to construe a Default Rule as modified or negated in
order to effectuate any provision of this Agreement, the Default Rule shall be
modified or negated accordingly.
SECTION 1.3 RELATIONSHIP OF AGREEMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION. If a
provision of this Agreement differs from a provision of the Certificate of
Formation, this Agreement shall govern to the extent allowed by law.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
SECTION 2.1 FORMATION. One or more Persons has acted as an organizer to
form a limited liability company under the Act by filing with the Secretary of
State a Certificate of Formation for the Company. The filing of the Certificate
of Formation of the Company and the terms thereof are hereby ratified, adopted,
approved and Consented to by the Members.
SECTION 2.2 NAME. The Companys business, activities and affairs shall be
conducted and administered under the name of the Company as set forth in the
definition of the Company in Section 1.1 until such time as the Managing Member
shall hereafter determine a different name and file an amendment to the
Certificate of Formation in accordance with the Act designating such different
name as the name of the Company.
SECTION 2.3 PURPOSE. The Company has been formed for any lawful purpose or
purposes under the Act. The initial purpose of the Company shall be to engage in
and conduct the Business and to do all things incidental thereto. The Company
shall possess and shall be empowered to do all lawful acts and things that the
Managing Member may deem necessary,
-5-
advisable, convenient, incidental to or otherwise proper and appropriate for the
furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes of the Company.
SECTION 2.4 TERM. The term of the Company commenced on the date of the
filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State and shall
continue until the expiration date, if any, set forth in such Certificate unless
sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or by
operation of law.
SECTION 2.5 PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the Company shall be
100 Crystal Run Road, Middletown, New York 10941. The Company may establish such
other place(s) of business as the Managing Member may, from time to time, deem
necessary, convenient, advisable or otherwise appropriate.
SECTION 2.5 REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered agent and registered office
of the Company shall be as designated in the Certificate
of Formation. The registered office and registered agent may be changed from
time to time by the Managing Member filing the address of the new registered
office and/or the name of the new registered agent with the Secretary of State
as provided in the Act.
SECTION 2.6 FOREIGN QUALIFICATION. Prior to the Company conducting business in any
jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the Managing Member shall
cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available, with all
requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability
company in such jurisdiction. Each Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to
and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming to this Agreement
that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, or, as appropriate, to continue or
terminate such qualification of the Company as a foreign limited liability
company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.
ARTICLE III
MEMBERS
SECTION 3.1 MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS. As of the Effective Date, the Membership
Interests in the Company are owned and held as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Membership Interest |
Member |
|
Membership Units |
|
Percentage Ownership |
Mediacom Communications Corporation |
|
|
1,225,000 |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
SECTION 3.2 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. No Member shall be obligated to make any
contributions to the capital of the Company.
SECTION 3.3 CAPITAL AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.
-6-
(a) An individual capital account (the Capital Account) shall be
established and maintained on behalf of each Member in accordance with federal
income tax accounting principles and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b).
(b) Except as may be determined by the Managing Member and approved by
the Consent of the Members, no Member shall be required to make any Capital
Contributions to the Company. The Capital Account of any Member who makes a
Capital Contribution shall be credited for the amount of such Capital
Contribution, but no such Member shall receive an increased Membership Interest
in the Company for making any Capital Contribution unless Consented to by the
Managing Member.
(c) No interest shall be paid on any Capital Contribution or on a
Members balance in its Capital Account.
(d) Loans or services by any Member to the Company shall not be
considered contributions to the capital of the Company.
(e) No Member shall have the right to withdraw its Capital
Contribution or to demand and receive property of the Company or any
distribution in return for its Capital Contribution, except as may be
specifically provided in this Agreement or required by law.
(f) Except as may be required by the Act, no Member shall have any
liability or obligation to the Company or to another Member to restore a
negative or deficit balance in such Members Capital Account.
(g) The Company shall increase or decrease the Capital Accounts of all
Members to reflect a revaluation of Company assets in accordance with, and upon
the happening of such events as described in, Treasury Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f).
SECTION 3.4 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No Member shall be liable under a
judgment, decree, or order of a court, or in any other manner, for a debt,
obligation or liability of the Company, except as provided by law. No Member
shall make or be required to make a loan of funds to the Company, except that a
Member may make a loan to the Company with the written Consent of, and on such
terms as are determined by, the Managing Member.
SECTION 3.5 NO INDIVIDUAL AUTHORITY. No Member shall have any authority to
act for, or to undertake or assume any obligation, debt, duty or responsibility
on behalf of, any other Member or the Company.
SECTION 3.6 NO MEMBER RESPONSIBLE FOR OTHER MEMBERS COMMITMENT. In the
event any Member has incurred any indebtedness or obligation prior to the date
of formation of the Company that relates to or otherwise affects the Company,
neither the Company nor any other Member shall have any liability or
responsibility for or with respect to such indebtedness or obligation unless
such indebtedness or obligation is expressly assumed in writing by the Company
and Consented to by the Managing Member. Furthermore, neither the Company nor
-7-
any Member shall be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation
that is hereafter incurred by any other Member except as expressly provided in
this Agreement. In the event that a Member, whether prior to or after the
effective date of this Agreement, incurs (or has incurred) any debt or
obligation for which neither the Company nor any other Member has any
responsibility or liability, the liable Member shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Company and the other Members from and against any liability or obligation
they may incur in respect thereof.
SECTION 3.7 TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS. No Member may Transfer all or any part of its
Membership Interest except upon the Consent of the Managing
Member.
ARTICLE IV
MANAGEMENT
SECTION 4.1 MANAGEMENT. The overall management, operation and control of
the business, activities and affairs of the Company shall be vested exclusively
in the Managing Member, Mediacom Communications Corporation. In the event the
Managing Member is unable or unwilling to serve in such capacity, a replacement
and successor shall be chosen and appointed by Consent of the Members.
SECTION 4.2 POWERS. The Managing Member shall have all of the rights,
powers and authority of a managing member of a limited liability company under
the Act and otherwise as provided by law. Except as otherwise expressly provided
in this Agreement, the Managing Member is hereby vested with the full, exclusive
and complete right, power, authority and discretion to manage, operate and
control the activities and affairs of the Company and to make all decisions
affecting the Company, as deemed necessary, advisable, convenient or otherwise
appropriate by the Managing Member to carry on the Business and purposes of the
Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Members hereby
expressly agree and Consent that the Managing Member may, on behalf of the
Company, at any time, and without further notice to or Consent from any
Non-Managing Member (except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement), do or cause the company to do each of the following:
(a) own, sell, assign, mortgage, license or lease, any real or
personal property, tangible or intangible;
(b) acquire by purchase, license, lease, or otherwise, any real or
personal property, tangible or intangible;
(c) sell, trade, exchange or otherwise dispose of Company assets in
the ordinary course of the Companys business;
(d) supervise the management of the Company and provide or arrange for
managerial services or assistance to be provided to the Company;
(e) appoint, employ and dismiss from employment any and all officers,
employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other agents of the Company;
-8-
(f) incur expenditures for, and pay all expenses, debts and
obligations of, the Company;
(g) open, maintain and close bank accounts of the Company and draw
checks or other orders for the payment of money thereon;
(h) borrow money, and extend or obtain credit, for and on behalf of
the Company;
(i) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, enter
into, execute, amend, supplement, acknowledge and deliver any and all Contracts
or other instruments or documents as that the Managing Member shall determine to
be necessary, advisable, convenient or otherwise appropriate in furtherance of
the Business or purposes of the Company;
(j) purchase at the expense of the Company liability and other
insurance to protect the Companys properties, business and employees and to
protect the Managing Member, Members, and any Affiliate, officer, director or
employee of any of the foregoing;
(k) sue, prosecute, settle or compromise all claims against third
parties and compromise, settle or accept judgment in respect of claims against
the Company and execute all documents and make all representations, admissions
and waivers in connection therewith;
(l) act as the Tax Matters Partner of the Company and exercise any
authority permitted the Tax Matters Partner under the Code and Treasury
Regulations, and take whatever steps such Tax Matters Partner, in its reasonable
discretion, deems necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including
filing any forms and documents with the Internal Revenue Service and taking such
other action as may from time to time be required under Treasury Regulations;
(m) execute any and all other instruments and documents which may be
necessary or, in the opinion of the Managing Member, desirable or convenient to
carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement, including, but not limited
to, documents whose operation and effect extend beyond the term of the Company;
(n) form one or more Subsidiaries of the Company to acquire
properties, operate and conduct all or any portion of the Business and engage in
any and all activities authorized hereunder; and
(o) take any other lawful action that the Managing Member, in its sole
discretion, considers necessary, convenient or advisable in connection with the
Business, purposes and activities of the Company.
SECTION 4.3 COMPENSATION. The Managing Member shall serve in such capacity
without compensation; it being understood, however, that the Managing Member
shall be entitled
-9-
to reimbursement from the Company for all costs and expenses incurred by the
Managing Member in performing its duties hereunder.
SECTION 4.4 RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES. Third parties dealing with the
Company may rely conclusively upon any certificate of the Managing Member to the
effect that it is acting on behalf of the Company. The signature of the Managing
Member shall be sufficient to bind the Company in every manner to any and all
Contracts, instruments and other documents drawn or entered into in connection
with the Business or purposes of the Company.
SECTION 4.5 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Managing Member may delegate to any
Person any of the duties, powers and authority vested in it hereunder on such
terms and conditions as the Managing Member may consider appropriate. Any Person
so appointed shall be subject to removal at any time at the discretion of the
Managing Member, and shall report to and consult with the Managing Member at
such times and in such manner as the Managing Member may direct.
SECTION 4.6 EXISTING MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS. Any and all Contracts (the
Prior Management Agreements) between Mediacom Management Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries providing for
Mediacom Management Corporation to render managerial services to the Company
and/or any of its Subsidiaries are terminated and cancelled as of the Effectie
Date.
SECTION 4.6 CONTRACTS WITH AFFILIATES. The Managing Member is authorized to
cause the Company and any of its Subsidiaries to enter into Contracts with
Affiliates of the Company or the Managing Member in respect of property,
services, or credit in the ordinary course of business, but only if the terms
thereof are economically comparable to, and no less advantageous to the Company
than, terms available from a Person not an Affiliate with respect to a
comparable transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Managing Member is authorized to cause the Company and any of its Subsidiaries
to enter into one or more Contracts with the Managing Member pursuant to which
the Managing Member will render management services to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, upon terms that are comparable to the terms
contained in the Prior Management Agreements between Mediacom Management
Corporation and Affiliates of the Company concerning such services.
ARTICLE V
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 5.1 ALLOCATION OF NET PROFITS OR NET LOSSES.
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article V, and subject
to the provisions of Section 704(c) of the Code, Net Profits or Net Losses of
the Company shall be allocated to the Members pro rata in accordance with their
respective Membership Interests.
(b) No allocation of Net Losses or other item of loss or deduction shall be
made to a Member if it is determined that such allocation will cause the
Members Capital Account to have
-10-
a deficit balance in excess of any amount such Member is obligated to restore
within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b) and 1.704-2,
after taking into account the adjustments described in Treasury Regulations
Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
SECTION 5.2 DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to any Debt Covenant(s) to which the
Company at the time may be bound, the Company shall distribute to all of the
Members, in proportion to their respective Membership Interests, all or any
portion of its Available Cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be
determined by the Managing Member.
ARTICLE VI
ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS
SECTION 6.1 RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING; FISCAL YEAR. The books and records of
the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its
operations recorded, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles, consistently applied. The books and records of the Company shall
reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the
Companys business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and
for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.
SECTION 6.2 ACCESS TO RECORDS. All books and records of the Company shall
be maintained at the Principal Office of the Company and each Member, and its
duly authorized representative, shall have access to such records at such office
and the right to inspect and copy them at reasonable times.
SECTION 6.3 ACCOUNTING DECISIONS. Except as otherwise specifically set
forth herein, all decisions concerning accounting matters relating to the
Company shall be made by the Managing Member. The Managing Member may rely upon
the advice of the Companys accountants in making such decisions.
SECTION 6.4 TAX DECISIONS. Except as otherwise specifically set forth
herein, all decisions concerning tax elections and other tax matters relating to
the Company shall be made by the Managing Member. The Managing Member may rely
upon the advice of the Companys accountants and other tax advisors in making
such decisions.
ARTICLE VII
DISSOLUTION
SECTION 7.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved upon the happening
of any of the following events (each, a Dissolution Event):
(a) the expiration of the period fixed for the duration of the Company
in its Certificate of Formation;
(b) the Consent of the Members;
-11-
(c) the occurrence of an event described in the Act regarding
bankruptcy or insolvency of any Member; or
(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under the Act.
SECTION 7.2 VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL. Except as expressly permitted in this
Agreement, no Member shall voluntarily withdraw or take any other voluntary
action which, directly or indirectly, would cause a Dissolution Event.
SECTION 7.3 EFFECT OF DISSOLUTION. Except as permitted by the Act, upon
dissolution the Company shall cease to carry on its business, shall wind-up its
affairs and shall terminate its existence as provided in this Agreement and the
Act.
SECTION 7.4 WINDING UP; LIQUIDATION. Upon dissolution, an accounting shall
be made by the Companys independent accountants of the accounts of the Company
and of the Companys assets, liabilities and operations, from the date of the
previous accounting until the date of the Dissolution Event, and the Managing
Member shall appoint a liquidator (the Liquidator) to liquidate and wind up
the affairs of the Company. The Liquidator shall sell or otherwise liquidate all
of the Companys assets as promptly as practicable and allocate any profit or
loss resulting from sales of Company assets to the Members in accordance with
this Agreement.
SECTION 7.5 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS. The Liquidator shall distribute all
proceeds from liquidation in the following order of priority:
(a) first, to the payment of all expenses of liquidation and all
debts and liabilities of the Company (including liabilities to Members who are
creditors of the Company to the extent permitted by law);
(b) second, to the setting up of such reserves as the Liquidator
may deem reasonably necessary for any contingent liabilities of the Company; and
(c) third, PRO RATA to the Members in accordance with the
positive balances in their Capital Accounts (as determined after taking into
account adjustments required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1
(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2)).
SECTION 7.6 DEFICIT CAPITAL ACCOUNTS. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, upon a liquidation within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), if any Member has a deficit Capital
Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, allocations
and other Capital Account adjustments for all Fiscal Years, including the year
in which the liquidation occurs), such Member shall have no obligation to make
any contribution to the capital of the Company, and the negative balance of such
Members Capital Account shall not be considered a debt owed by such Member to
the Company or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.
-12-
SECTION 7.7 TERMINATION. Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and
distribution of assets, the Company shall be deemed terminated and the
Liquidator shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State
and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 8.1 EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS. No Indemnified Person shall be liable,
directly or indirectly, to the Company or to any other Member for any act or
omission in relation to the Company or this Agreement taken or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith, PROVIDED that such act or omission does not
constitute gross negligence, fraud or willful violation of the law or this
Agreement.
SECTION 8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBERS. The Company shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by the Act, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person
against all claims, liabilities and expenses of whatsoever nature (CLAIMS)
relating to activities undertaken in connection with the Company, including but
not limited to, amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as
fines and penalties, and counsel, accountants and experts and other fees,
costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation,
defense or disposition (including by settlement) of any action, suit or other
proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative body
in which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been involved, as a party or
otherwise, or with which such Indemnified Person may be or may have been
threatened, while acting as such Indemnified Person, PROVIDED that no indemnity
shall be payable hereunder against any liability incurred by such Indemnified
Person by reason of such Indemnified Persons gross negligence, fraud or willful
violation of law or this Agreement or with respect to any matter as to which
such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good
faith.
SECTION 8.3 ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person
in defense or settlement of any Claim that may be subject to a right of
indemnification hereunder may be advanced by the Company prior to the final
disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
SECTION 8.4 CONTROL OF CLAIM. The Company shall have the right to select
counsel (provided such counsel is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Person) and to control the defense of any action giving rise to a Claim,
PROVIDED that an Indemnified Person may nevertheless employ counsel to represent
and defend it, but the Company will not be required to pay the fees and
disbursements of more than one counsel in any jurisdiction in any proceeding
(unless by reason of potential conflicts of interest, representation by more
than one counsel is necessary). The right of the Company to control the defense
of any action shall not include the right to enter into a settlement with
respect to such action, unless such settlement is for money damages only (and
the Company first posts a bond or other security satisfactory to the Indemnified
Person sufficient to cover the full amount of the proposed settlement).
-13-
SECTION 8.5 NON-EXCLUSIVITY. The right of any Indemnified Person to the
indemnification provided herein shall be cumulative of, and in addition to, any
and all rights to which such Indemnified Person may otherwise be entitled by
contract or as a matter of law or equity and shall extend to such Indemnified
Persons successors, assigns and legal representatives.
SECTION 8.6 SATISFACTION FROM COMPANY ASSETS. All judgments against the
Company or an Indemnified Person, in respect of which such Indemnified Person is
entitled to indemnification, shall first be satisfied from Company assets before
the Indemnified Person is responsible therefor.
SECTION 8.7 NOTICES OF CLAIMS. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified
Person of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding or threatened
action or proceeding involving a Claim, such Indemnified Person shall, if a
claim for indemnification in respect thereof is to be made against the Company,
give written notice to the Company and each other Member of the commencement of
such action, PROVIDED that the failure of any Indemnified Person to give notice
as provided herein shall not relieve the Company of its obligations under this
Article except to the extent that the Company is actually prejudiced by such
failure to give notice. Each such Indemnified Person shall keep the Company and
each other Member apprised of the progress of any such proceeding.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.1 NOTICES. Any notice to be given or to be served upon the
Company or any Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and
will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the Principal
Office, in the case of notice to the Company, or to the last known address of
the Member as reflected in the records of the Company. Any Member or the Company
may, at any time by giving five (5) days prior written notice to the other
Members and the Company, designate any other address in substitution of the
foregoing address to which such notice will be given.
SECTION 9.2 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Certificate of
Formation and the Act constitute the complete and exclusive statement of
agreement among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement and the Certificate of Formation supersede any and all prior written
and oral statements, agreements and understandings between the Members
concerning the subject matter of this agreement, including, without limitation,
all of the terms contained in the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement, and no term, statement, agreement or understanding not contained in
this Agreement shall be binding on any Member or the Company or have any force
or effect whatsoever.
SECTION 9.3 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be amended only by written
Consent of the Members.
-14-
SECTION 9.4 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the Members and the Company, and their respective successors
and assigns.
SECTION 9.5 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Agreement is made solely and
specifically among and for the benefit of the Members and the Managing Member
and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person will have any
right, interest, or claim hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on
account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.
SECTION 9.6 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective
during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable, this
Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or
unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the
remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and
will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by
its severance from this Agreement.
SECTION 9.7 MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which
will constitute one and the same instrument.
SECTION 9.8 ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS AND ACTS. Each Member agrees to execute
and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such
additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and
perform all of the terms, provisions. and conditions of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 9.9 HEADINGS. All headings herein are inserted only for convenience
and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.10 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and obligations
of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to
principles of conflicts of laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the sole Member and Manager Member of Mediacom LLC has
execute this Agreement effective as of the date set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOLE MEMBER AND MANAGING MEMBER |
|
|
|
|
MEDIACOM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
(a Delaware corporation)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Rocco B. Commisso |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Rocco B. Commisso |
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
-15-
exv3w3
EXHIBIT 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MEDIACOM CAPITAL CORPORATION
Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law
The
undersigned, being a natural person of at least 18 years of age and acting as the
incorporator of the corporation hereby being formed under the Business Corporation Law, certifies
that:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is Mediacom Capital Corporation.
SECOND: The corporation is formed for the following purpose or purposes:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under
the Business Corporation Law, provided that the corporation is not formed to engage in any
act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board,
agency, or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained.
Third: The office of the corporation is to be located in Orange County, State of New
York.
FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall
have authority to issue is 200 all of which are of a par value of $0.1 each, and all of which are
of the same class.
FIFTH: The secretary of state is designated as the agent of the
corporation upon whom process against the corporation may be served. The post office address
within the State of New York to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process
against the corporation served upon him ie:
Cooperman Levitt Winikoff
Lester & Newman, P.C. 800
Third
Avenue, New York, New York 10022
Attention: Robert L. Winikoff, Eeq.
SIXTH: The duration of the corporation is to be perpetual.
SEVENTH: The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by
Article 7 of the Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended and supplemented,
indemnify any and all pereons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said Article from
and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or
covered by said Article, and
the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
any person may be entitled under any By-Law, resolution of shareholders, resolution of directors,
agreement, or otherwise, as permitted by said Article, as to action in any capacity in which he
served at the request of
the corporation.
EIGHTH: The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is
eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 402 of the
Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended and supplemented.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation this 9th day
of March, 1998 and affirms that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Sufott
|
|
|
Michael Sufott, Incorporator |
|
|
Coopornan Levitt Winikoff Lester
& Newman, P.C.
800 Third
Avenue New York, New York
10022 |
|
|
exv3w4
EXHIBIT 3.4
BY-LAWS
OF
MEDIACOM CAPITAL CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
Shareholders
Section 1. Annual Meeting. A meeting of shareholders of the Corporation
shall be held annually at such place within or without the State of New York, at such time and on
such date as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors, for the election of
directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.
Section 2.
Special Meetings. Special meetings of shareholders of the
Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors or the President, and shall be called by the
Secretary upon the written request of shareholders of record holding at least a majority in number
of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting. Special
meetings shall be held at such places within or without the State of New York, at such time and on
such date as shall be specified in the call thereof. At any special meeting, only such business
may be transacted which is related to the purpose or purposes set forth in the notice of such
special meeting.
Section 3. Notice Of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of
shareholders stating the place, date and hour thereof and, unless it is an
annual meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or
persons calling the meeting, shall be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than
fifty days before the date of such meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
If mailed, such notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon
prepaid, directed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the record of
shareholders or, if he or she shall have filed with the Secretary a written request that notices to
him or her be mailed to some other address, then directed to him or her at such other address. If,
at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle shareholders
fulfilling the requirements of Section 623 of the Business Corporation Law to receive payment for
their shares, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that
effect.
Section 4. Waiver of Notice. Notice of any meeting of shareholders need
not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by proxy,
whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting in person or by
proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such
meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him or her.
Section 5. Adjournment. when any meeting of shareholders is adjourned to another time or
place, it should not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the
meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and at the
adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original
date of the meeting. However, it after such adjournment the Board of Directors fixes a new record
date for the adjournod meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 6.
Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders at a
majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, shall constitute a quorum
thereat for the transaction of any business. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting,
it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders. The shareholders present may
adjourn a meeting despite the absence of a quorum.
Section 7.
Proxies. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may authorise another person or
persons to act for him or her by proxy, Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his or her
attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date
thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of
the shareholder executing it, except as otherwise provided by law.
Section 8. Voting. Every shareholder of record shall be entitled at every
meeting of shareholders to one vote for every share standing in his or her name on the record of
shareholders. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be elected by a plurality of
the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in such
election. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of directors, is to be taken by
vote of the shareholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by law, be
authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of
shares entitled to vote thereon.
Section 9.
Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to
be taken by shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting on written consent,
setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares
entitled to vote thereon.
Section 10.
Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a
date, which date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the date of any meeting
of shareholders nor more than fifty days prior to any other action, as the record date for the
purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal
without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of
any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action. When a determination of
shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been
made as provided herein, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof, unless the Board
of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
ARTICLE II
Directors
Section l. Number and Qualifications. The Board of Directors shall consist
of one or more members. The number of directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Directors need not be shareholders of the Corporation. Each of the directors shall be at least
eighteen years of age.
Section 2.
Election and Term of Office. At each annual meeting of
shareholders, directors shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of
shareholders. Each director shall hold office until the expiration of
such term, and until his or
her successor has been elected and qualified, unless he or she sooner die, resign or be removed.
Section 3. Meetings. A meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held for
the election of officers and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before
such meeting as soon as practicable after the annual meeting of shareholders. Other regular
meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the
President or by a majority of the directors then in office. Meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in the State of New York or at such other
place within or without the State of New York as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of
Directors.
Section 4.
Notice of Meetings; Adjournment. No notice need be given of the first meeting of
the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of shareholders
or of any other regular meeting of the Board of Directors,
provided the time and place
of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors. Notice of each special meeting of
the Board of Directors and of each regular meeting the time and place of which has not
been fixed by the Board of Directors, specifying the place, date and time thereof,
shall be given personally, by mail or telegraphed to each director at his or her
address as such address appears upon the books of the Corporation at least two business
days (Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays not being considered business days for the
purpose of these By-Laws) before the date of such meeting. Notice of any meeting need
not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or
after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at
its commencement, the lack of notice to him or her. Notice of any directors meeting or
any waiver thereof need not state the purpose of the meeting. A majority of the directors present, whether or not
a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. Notice of any
adjournment of a meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place shall be
given to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment and, unless
such time and place are announced at the meeting, to the other directors.
Section 5. Quorum; Voting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a
majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business or of any specified item of business. Except as otherwise required by law,
the vote of a majority of the directors present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is
present at such time, shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 6.
Participation by Telephone. Any one or more members of the
Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the
Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar
communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each
other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in
person at a meeting.
Section 7.
Action Without a Meetings. Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a
meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee consent in writing
to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written
consents thereto by the members of the Board of Directors or such committee shall
be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such
committee.
Section 8.
Committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the entire Board of Directors, may designate from among its members an
Executive Committee and other committees, each consisting of three or more directors.
Each such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have all the
authority of the Board of Directors, except that no such committee shall have authority
as to the following matters: (a) the submission to shareholders of any action that
needs shareholders approval pursuant to law, (b) the filling of vacancies in the Board
of Directors or in any committee, (c); the fixing of the compensation of the directors
for serving on the Board of Directors or on any committee, (d) the amendment or repeal
of these By-Laws, or the adoption of new By-Laws, or (e) the amendment or repeal of any
resolution of the Board of Directors which by its terms shall not be so amendable or
repealable. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate
members of any such committee, who may replace any absent member or members at any
meeting of such committee. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.
Section 9.
Removal; Resignation. Any or all of the directors
may be removed for cause or without cause by vote of the shareholders, and any of the
directors way be removed for cause by action of the Board of Directors. Any director
may resign at any time, such resignation to be made in writing and to take effect
immediately or on any future date stated in such writing, without acceptance by the
Corporation.
Section 10. Vacancies.
Newly created directorships resulting from an
increase in the number of directors and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors
for any reason may be filled by vote of the Board of Directors or by vote of the
shareholders. If any newly created directorship or vacancy is to be filled by vote of
the Board of Directors and the number of directors then in Office is less than a
quorum, such newly created directorship or vacancy may be filled by vote of a majority
of the directors then in office. A director elected to fill a vacancy, unless elected
by the shareholders, shall hold office until the next meeting of shareholders at which
the election of directors is in the regular order of business, and until his or her
successor has been elected and qualified, and any director elected by the shareholders
to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor
unless, in either case, he or she shall sooner die, resign or be removed.
ARTICLE III
Officers
Section 1.
Election; Qualifications. At the first meeting
of the Board of Directors and as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of shareholders, the
Board of Directors shall elect or appoint a President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Secretary and
a Treasurer, and may elect or appoint at such time and from time to time such other officers as it
may determine. No officer need be a director of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be
held by the same person, except the offices of President and Secretary. When all of the issued and
outstanding stock of the Corporation is owned by one person, such person may hold all or any
combination of offices.
Section 2.
Term of Office; Vacancies. All officers shall be elected or
appointed to hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directora following the next annual
meeting of share holders. Each officer shall hold office for such tern and until his or her
successor has been elected or appointed and qualified unless he or she shall earlier resign, die,
or be removed. Any vacancy occurring in any office, whether because of death, resignation or
removal, with or without cause, or any other reason, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 3.
Removal; Resignation. Any officer may be removed by the Board
of Directors with or without cause. Any officer may resign his or her office at any time, such
resignation to be made in writing and to take effect immediately or on any future date stated in
such writing, without acceptance by the Corporation.
Section 4.
Powers and Duties of the President. The President
shall be the chief executive, operating and administrative officer of the Corporation and shall
have general charge and supervision of its business, affairs, administration and operations. The
President shall from time to time mane such reports concerning the Corporation as the Board of
Directors may direct. The President shall preside at all meenings of shareholders and the Board of
Directors. The President ahall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may
from time to time be assigned to him or her by.the Board of Directors.
Section 5.
Powers and Duties of the Vice-Presidents. Each of the Vice-Presidents Shall have
such powers and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the
Board of Directors.
Section 6.
Powers and Duties of the Secretary. The Secretary shall record
and keep the minutea of all meetings of shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The Secretary
shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by the Corporation. The Secretary shall be
the custodian of, and shall make or cause to be made the proper entries in, the minuto book of the
Corporation and such books and records as the Board of Directors may direct. The Secretary shall
be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix or cause to be affixed such eeal to
such contracts, instruments and other documents as the Board of Directors may direct. The
Secretary shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties aa may from tima to time
be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.
Section 7.
Powers-and Duties of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be the
custodian of all funds and securities of the Corporation. Whenever required by the Board of
Directors, the Treasurer shall render a statement of the Corporation caoh and other accounts, and
shall cause to be entered regularly in the proper books and records of the Corporation to be kept
for such purpose full and accurate accounts of the Corporations receipts and
disbursements The Treasurer shall at all reasonable times exhibit the Corporations books and
accounts to any director of the Corporation upon application at the principal office of the
corporation during business hours. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform
such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.
Section 8.
Delegation. In the event of the absence of any officer of the
Corporation or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board
of Directors may at any time and from time to time delegate all or any part of the powers or
duties of any officer to any other officer or officers or to any director or directors.
ARTICLE IV
Shares
The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificatee signed by the Preoident or
any Vice-President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer, and may be
sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile
thereof. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof (a)
that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the state of New York, (b) the name
of the person or persons to whom it is issued, (c) the number and class of
shares which such certificate represents and (d) the designation of the series, if
any, which such certificate represents.
ARTICLE V
Execution of Documents
All contracts, instruments, agreements, bills payable, notes, checks, drafts,
warrants or other obligations of the Corporation shall be made in the name of the
corporation and shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors
may from time to time designate.
ARTICLE VI
Seal
The seal of the Corporation shall contain the name of the Corporation, the words
Corporate Seal, the year of its or ganization and the words New York.
ARTICLE VII
Indemnification
The Corporation shall indemnify any person to the full extent permitted,
and in the manner provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law, as the
same now exists or may hereafter be amended.
ARTICLE VIII
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year or on
such other date as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
Amendment of By-Laws
Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws may be amended or repealed,
and any new By-Law may be adopted, by vote of the holders of the shares at the time
entitled to vote in the election of any directors or by a majority of the entire Board
of Directors, but any by-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or
repealed by the shareholders entitled to vote thereon as herein provided.
exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
March 22, 2010
Mediacom LLC
Mediacom Capital Corporation
100 Crystal Run Road
Middletown, New York 10941
Ladies and Gentlemen:
As set forth in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the Registration Statement) filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) by Mediacom LLC, a New York limited
liability company (Mediacom LLC), and Mediacom Capital Corporation, a New York corporation
(Mediacom Capital and, together with Mediacom LLC, the Issuers), under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the Act), relating to the registration under the Act of the offering and
issuance of $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019
(the Exchange Notes) to be offered by the Issuers in exchange (the Exchange Offer) for a like
principal amount of the Issuers issued and outstanding 9.125% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Original
Notes), certain legal matters in connection with the Exchange Notes are being passed upon for you
by us. The Exchange Notes are to be issued under an existing Indenture, dated as of August 25,
2009 (the Indenture), among the Issuers and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
(the Trustee). At your request, this opinion is being furnished to you for filing as Exhibit 5.1
to the Registration Statement.
As a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have examined (i) the Registration
Statement, (ii) the Indenture, (iii) the articles of organization and operating agreement of
Mediacom LLC, each as amended or restated to date, (iv) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws
of Mediacom Capital, (v) corporate or limited liability company records of the Issuers, including
minute books of the Issuers, as furnished to us by the Issuers, (vi) originals, or copies certified
or otherwise identified, of certificates of public officials and of representatives of the Issuers,
and (vii) statutes and other instruments and documents. We have assumed that the signatures on all
documents examined by us are genuine, all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and
all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the originals thereof.
We also have assumed that (i) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustee, (ii) the
Registration Statement will have become effective under the Act and the Indenture will have been
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and (iii) the Exchange Notes will have
been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture and issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to, and in accordance with the
terms of, the Exchange Offer as contemplated in the Registration Statement.
On the basis of the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations hereinafter
set forth, we are of the opinion that:
The Exchange Notes, when issued, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms, subject to (a) any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or
other laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally and (b) general principles of
equity (regardless of whether that enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law).
The opinion set forth above is limited in all respects to matters of the laws of the State of
New York and applicable federal law, in each case as in effect on the date hereof. We hereby
consent to the filing of this opinion of counsel as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We
also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading Legal Matters in the prospectus
forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that
we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules
and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/
Baker Botts L.L.P.
Baker Botts L.L.P.
RWM/CAT
exv10w1wa
EXHIBIT 10.1(a)
EXECUTION COPY
MEDIACOM ILLINOIS LLC
MEDIACOM INDIANA LLC
MEDIACOM IOWA LLC
MEDIACOM MINNESOTA LLC
MEDIACOM WISCONSIN LLC
ZYLSTRA COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
MEDIACOM ARIZONA LLC
MEDIACOM CALIFORNIA LLC
MEDIACOM DELAWARE LLC
MEDIACOM SOUTHEAST LLC
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 21, 2004
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
and
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
As Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
CITIBANK, N.A.,
As Syndication Agent
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.
and
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
As Co-Documentation Agents
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Table of Contents is not part of the Agreement to which it is
attached but is inserted for convenience of reference only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 1. Definitions and Accounting Matters |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.01 |
|
|
Certain Defined Terms |
|
|
2 |
|
|
1.02 |
|
|
Accounting Terms and Determinations |
|
|
31 |
|
|
1.03 |
|
|
Classes and Types of Loans |
|
|
32 |
|
|
1.04 |
|
|
Nature of Obligations of Borrowers |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2. Commitments, Loans and Prepayments |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 |
|
|
Loans |
|
|
32 |
|
|
2.02 |
|
|
Borrowings |
|
|
37 |
|
|
2.03 |
|
|
Letters of Credit |
|
|
37 |
|
|
2.04 |
|
|
Changes of Commitments |
|
|
43 |
|
|
2.05 |
|
|
Commitment Fee |
|
|
44 |
|
|
2.06 |
|
|
Lending Offices |
|
|
44 |
|
|
2.07 |
|
|
Several Obligations; Remedies Independent |
|
|
44 |
|
|
2.08 |
|
|
Loan Accounts; Promissory Notes |
|
|
45 |
|
|
2.09 |
|
|
Optional Prepayments and Conversions or Continuations of Loans |
|
|
45 |
|
|
2.10 |
|
|
Mandatory Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3. Payments of Principal and Interest |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.01 |
|
|
Repayment of Loans |
|
|
49 |
|
|
3.02 |
|
|
Interest |
|
|
52 |
|
|
3.03 |
|
|
Determination of Applicable Margin |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4. Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Computations; Etc. |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.01 |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
54 |
|
|
4.02 |
|
|
Pro Rata Treatment |
|
|
55 |
|
|
4.03 |
|
|
Computations |
|
|
56 |
|
|
4.04 |
|
|
Minimum Amounts |
|
|
56 |
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
Certain Notices |
|
|
56 |
|
|
4.06 |
|
|
Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent |
|
|
57 |
|
|
4.07 |
|
|
Sharing of Payments, Etc. |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 5. Yield Protection, Etc |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.01 |
|
|
Additional Costs |
|
|
60 |
|
|
5.02 |
|
|
Limitation on Types of Loans |
|
|
61 |
|
|
5.03 |
|
|
Illegality |
|
|
62 |
|
|
5.04 |
|
|
Treatment of Affected Loans |
|
|
62 |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
63 |
|
|
5.06 |
|
|
Additional Costs in Respect of Letters of Credit |
|
|
64 |
|
|
5.07 |
|
|
U.S. Taxes |
|
|
64 |
|
|
5.08 |
|
|
Replacement of Lenders |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6. Conditions Precedent |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.01 |
|
|
Initial Extension of Credit |
|
|
66 |
|
|
6.02 |
|
|
Initial and Subsequent Extensions of Credit |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7. Representations and Warranties |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01 |
|
|
Existence |
|
|
69 |
|
|
7.02 |
|
|
Financial Condition |
|
|
69 |
|
|
7.03 |
|
|
Litigation |
|
|
70 |
|
|
7.04 |
|
|
No Breach |
|
|
70 |
|
|
7.05 |
|
|
Action |
|
|
70 |
|
|
7.06 |
|
|
Approvals |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.07 |
|
|
ERISA |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.08 |
|
|
Taxes |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.09 |
|
|
Investment Company Act |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.10 |
|
|
Public Utility Holding Company Act |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.11 |
|
|
Material Agreements and Liens |
|
|
71 |
|
|
7.12 |
|
|
Environmental Matters |
|
|
72 |
|
|
7.13 |
|
|
Capitalization |
|
|
73 |
|
|
7.14 |
|
|
Subsidiaries and Investments, Etc. |
|
|
73 |
|
|
7.15 |
|
|
True and Complete Disclosure |
|
|
73 |
|
|
7.16 |
|
|
Franchises |
|
|
74 |
|
|
7.17 |
|
|
The CATV Systems |
|
|
75 |
|
|
7.18 |
|
|
Rate Regulation |
|
|
76 |
|
|
7.19 |
|
|
Use of Credit |
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8. Covenants of the Borrowers |
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.01 |
|
|
Financial Statements Etc. |
|
|
77 |
|
|
8.02 |
|
|
Litigation |
|
|
80 |
|
|
8.03 |
|
|
Existence, Etc. |
|
|
80 |
|
|
8.04 |
|
|
Insurance |
|
|
81 |
|
|
8.05 |
|
|
Prohibition of Fundamental Changes |
|
|
81 |
|
|
8.06 |
|
|
Limitation on Liens |
|
|
85 |
|
|
8.07 |
|
|
Indebtedness |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
8.08 |
|
|
Investments |
|
|
87 |
|
|
8.09 |
|
|
Restricted Payments |
|
|
88 |
|
|
8.10 |
|
|
Certain Financial Covenants |
|
|
90 |
|
|
8.11 |
|
|
Management Fees |
|
|
91 |
|
|
8.12 |
|
|
Capital Expenditures |
|
|
92 |
|
|
8.13 |
|
|
Affiliate and Additional Subordinated Indebtedness |
|
|
94 |
|
|
8.14 |
|
|
Lines of Business |
|
|
94 |
|
|
8.15 |
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
94 |
|
|
8.16 |
|
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
|
95 |
|
|
8.17 |
|
|
Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances |
|
|
96 |
|
|
8.18 |
|
|
Modifications of Certain Documents |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9. Events of Default |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.01 |
|
|
Events of Default |
|
|
98 |
|
|
9.02 |
|
|
Certain Cure Rights |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10. The Administrative Agent |
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.01 |
|
|
Appointment, Powers and Immunities |
|
|
103 |
|
|
10.02 |
|
|
Reliance by Administrative Agent |
|
|
104 |
|
|
10.03 |
|
|
Defaults |
|
|
104 |
|
|
10.04 |
|
|
Rights as a Lender |
|
|
104 |
|
|
10.05 |
|
|
Indemnification |
|
|
105 |
|
|
10.06 |
|
|
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders |
|
|
105 |
|
|
10.07 |
|
|
Failure to Act |
|
|
105 |
|
|
10.08 |
|
|
Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent |
|
|
106 |
|
|
10.09 |
|
|
Consents under Other Loan Documents |
|
|
106 |
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Other Agents |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11. Miscellaneous |
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.01 |
|
|
Waiver |
|
|
107 |
|
|
11.02 |
|
|
Notices |
|
|
107 |
|
|
11.03 |
|
|
Expenses, Etc. |
|
|
108 |
|
|
11.04 |
|
|
Amendments, Etc. |
|
|
108 |
|
|
11.05 |
|
|
Successors and Assigns |
|
|
110 |
|
|
11.06 |
|
|
Assignments and Participations |
|
|
110 |
|
|
11.07 |
|
|
Survival |
|
|
114 |
|
|
11.08 |
|
|
Captions |
|
|
114 |
|
|
11.09 |
|
|
Counterparts |
|
|
114 |
|
|
11.10 |
|
|
Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction |
|
|
114 |
|
|
11.11 |
|
|
Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
115 |
|
|
11.12 |
|
|
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality |
|
|
115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE I
|
|
|
|
Commitments |
SCHEDULE II
|
|
|
|
Taxes |
SCHEDULE III
|
|
|
|
Material Agreements and Liens |
SCHEDULE IV
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries and Investments |
SCHEDULE V
|
|
|
|
Franchises |
SCHEDULE VI
|
|
|
|
Certain Matters Related to CATV Systems |
SCHEDULE VII
|
|
|
|
Rate Regulation Matters |
SCHEDULE VIII
|
|
|
|
Litigation |
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
|
|
|
|
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
EXHIBIT B
|
|
|
|
Form of Quarterly Officers Report |
EXHIBIT C
|
|
|
|
Form of Pledge Agreement |
EXHIBIT D
|
|
|
|
Form of Guarantee and Pledge Agreement |
EXHIBIT E
|
|
|
|
Form of Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement |
EXHIBIT F
|
|
|
|
Form of Management Fee Subordination Agreement |
EXHIBIT G
|
|
|
|
Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Obligors |
EXHIBIT H
|
|
|
|
Form of Opinion of Special New York Counsel to JPMCB |
EXHIBIT I
|
|
|
|
Form of Confidentiality Agreement |
EXHIBIT J
|
|
|
|
Form of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness Subordination
Agreement |
CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of October 21, 2004, between each of the following
parties:
MEDIACOM ILLINOIS LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (Mediacom Illinois); MEDIACOM INDIANA LLC, a
limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware (Mediacom Indiana); MEDIACOM IOWA LLC, a limited liability company duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (Mediacom Iowa);
MEDIACOM MINNESOTA LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware (Mediacom Minnesota); MEDIACOM WISCONSIN LLC, a limited
liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware (Mediacom Wisconsin); ZYLSTRA COMMUNICATIONS CORP., a corporation duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota (Zylstra and, together with
Mediacom Illinois, Mediacom Indiana, Mediacom Iowa, Mediacom Minnesota and Mediacom
Wisconsin, the Mediacom Midwest Borrowers); MEDIACOM ARIZONA LLC, a limited liability
company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(Mediacom Arizona); MEDIACOM CALIFORNIA LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (Mediacom California); MEDIACOM
DELAWARE LLC, a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware (Mediacom Delaware); and MEDIACOM SOUTHEAST LLC, a limited
liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
(Mediacom Southeast and, together with Mediacom Arizona, Mediacom California and
Mediacom Delaware, the Mediacom USA Borrowers; the Mediacom USA Borrowers together with the
Mediacom Midwest Borrowers, the Borrowers);
each of the lenders that is a signatory hereto identified under the caption Lenders on
the signature pages hereto and each lender that becomes a Lender after the date hereof
pursuant to Section 11.06(b) hereof (individually, a Lender and, collectively, the
Lenders); and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, a New York banking corporation, as
administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such
capacity, the Administrative Agent).
The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders extend credit to them (by making loans and
issuing letters of credit) in an aggregate principal or face amount not exceeding $1,150,000,000
(which may, in the circumstances herein provided, be increased to $1,800,000,000) at any one time
outstanding to enable the Borrowers to refinance certain
-2-
indebtedness and to provide funds for acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The Lenders
are prepared to extend such credit on the terms and conditions hereof and, accordingly, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions and Accounting Matters.
1.01 Certain Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have
the following meanings (all terms defined in this Section 1.01 or in other
provisions of this Agreement in the singular to have the same meanings when used
in the plural and vice versa):
Acquisitions shall mean any acquisition permitted under Section 8.05(d)(iv) hereof.
Additional Capital Expenditures shall mean Capital Expenditures made in accordance with the
requirements of Section 8.12(b) hereof.
Adjusted Operating Cash Flow shall mean, for any period during which the Borrowers shall
have consummated an Acquisition, the sum, for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (determined on a
combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the following, in each case
determined under the assumption that such Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such
period: (i) Adjusted System Cash Flow minus (ii) the sum of (x) Management Fees paid during such
period to the extent not exceeding 4.50% of the gross operating revenues of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries for such period plus (y) additional Management Fees that would have been paid during
such period at a rate equal to the lesser of (A) the percentage of gross operating revenues of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries actually paid as Management Fees during such period or (B) for any
Borrower, the then applicable rate or percentage specified in the Management Agreement for such
Borrower of the gross operating revenues of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period
(determined, as specified above under the assumption that such Acquisition had been consummated on
the first day of such period).
Adjusted System Cash Flow shall mean, for any period during which the Borrowers shall have
consummated an Acquisition, the sum, for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (determined on a
combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the following, in each case
determined under the assumption that such Acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such
period: (i) System Cash Flow for such period plus (ii) the sum of (x) non-recurring expenses
incurred by the relevant sellers prior to the actual closing of such Acquisition (to the extent
such items were included as operating expenses in the determination of System Cash Flow for such
period) and (y) the amounts set forth in a statement of adjustments to System Cash Flow provided by
the Borrowers in connection with such Acquisition and acceptable to the Administrative Agent and
Majority Lenders (in each case representing specified cost increases and savings in respect of the
CATV Systems being acquired in such Acquisition).
-3-
Administrative Questionnaire shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied
by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common
control with, or is controlled by, a Borrower and, if such Person is an individual, any member of
the immediate family (including parents, spouse, children and siblings) of such individual and any
trust whose principal beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such immediate
family and any Person who is controlled by any such member or trust. As used in this definition,
control (including, with its correlative meanings, controlled by and under common control
with) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of
management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership
interests, by contract or otherwise), provided that, in any event, any Person that owns directly or
indirectly securities having 5% or more of the voting power for the election of directors or other
governing body of a corporation or 5% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of
any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such other Person) will be deemed to control
such corporation or other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual shall be an
Affiliate solely by reason of his or her being a director, officer or employee of any Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries and (b) none of the Borrowers or their Wholly Owned Subsidiaries
shall be Affiliates.
Affiliate Letters of Credit shall mean Letters of Credit issued in accordance with the
requirements of Section 8.08(g) hereof.
Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness to an Affiliate (i) for which a
Borrower is directly and primarily liable, (ii) in respect of which none of its Subsidiaries is
contingently or otherwise obligated, (iii) that is subordinated to the obligations of the Borrowers
to pay principal of and interest on the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, fees and other amounts
payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents pursuant to an Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness Subordination Agreement, (iv) that does not mature prior to March 31, 2014, and that
is issued pursuant to documentation containing terms (including interest, covenants and events of
default) in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, (v) that states by its terms
that principal and interest in respect thereof shall only be payable to the extent permitted under
Section 8.09 hereof and (vi) that is pledged by the respective holder thereof to the Administrative
Agent in a manner that creates a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the
Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder,
pursuant to (in the case of Mediacom LLC) the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and (in the case of
any other holder) a security document in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent.
Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness Subordination Agreement shall mean an Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness Subordination Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto
between any Person to whom a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may be
-4-
obligated to pay Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent,
as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Applicable Lending Office shall mean, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the
Lending Office of such Lender (or of an affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of
Loan in the Administrative Questionnaire submitted by such Lender or such other office of such
Lender (or of an affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
Administrative Agent and the Borrowers as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made
and maintained.
Applicable Margin shall mean, with respect to the Loans of any Class and Type, the
respective rates indicated below for Loans of such Class and Type opposite the then-current Rate
Ratio (determined pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof) indicated below (except that (a) anything in
this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Applicable Margin with respect to the Loans of
any Class and Type shall be the highest margins indicated below during any period when an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) for the period from the Closing Date through
but not including the last Business day of December 2004, the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to
be the rate below for a Rate Ratio of greater than or equal to 3.75 to 1 but less than 4.50 to 1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPLICABLE MARGIN |
|
|
REVOLVING CREDIT |
|
|
|
|
FACILITY/TRANCHE A |
|
TRANCHE B TERM LOAN |
|
|
TERM LOAN FACILITY |
|
FACILITIES |
|
|
EURODOLLAR |
|
BASE RATE |
|
EURODOLLAR |
|
BASE RATE |
RANGE OF RATE RATIO |
|
LOANS |
|
LOANS |
|
LOANS |
|
LOANS |
Greater than 5.00 to 1 |
|
|
2.00 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
Greater than or equal to 4.50
to 1 but less
than or equal to 5.00 to 1 |
|
|
1.75 |
% |
|
|
0.75 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
Greater than or equal to 3.75
to 1 but less
than 4.50 to 1 |
|
|
1.50 |
% |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
Greater than or equal to 3.00
to 1 but less
than 3.75 to 1 |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
Less than 3.00 to 1 |
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
The Applicable Margin for the Incremental Loans of any Series shall be
determined at the time such Series of Loans is established pursuant to
Section 2.01(d) hereof.
-5-
Applicable Permitted Transaction Amount shall mean, as at any date during any fiscal quarter
during any Fiscal Period, the sum of (a) the Equity Contribution Amount and the outstanding
principal amount of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, as at the beginning of such fiscal quarter
plus (b) the total cash equity capital contributions made, and the aggregate principal amount of
Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness advanced, to the Borrowers during the period (the current
period) commencing on the first day of such fiscal quarter through and including such date minus
(c) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of repayments of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, and
distributions in respect of equity capital, made during the current period plus (ii) the aggregate
face amount of Affiliate Letters of Credit issued during the current period or during the period
(the prior period) commencing on the Closing Date through and including the last day of the
fiscal quarter immediately preceding such fiscal quarter minus (iii) the aggregate amount of
reductions in the undrawn face amount of Affiliate Letters of Credit (i.e. excluding reductions in
such face amount that occur upon a drawing thereunder) during the current period or the prior
period, together with the aggregate amount of Affiliate Letters of Credit that expire or are
terminated during the current period or the prior period without being drawn.
Approved Fund shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary
course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a
Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Assignment and Assumption shall mean an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender
and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06 hereof),
and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A-1 or any other form approved by
the Administrative Agent.
Bankruptcy Code shall mean the Federal Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to
time.
Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal
Funds Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the Prime Rate for such day. Each change in any
interest rate provided for herein based upon the Base Rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate
shall take effect at the time of such change in the Base Rate.
Base Rate Loans shall mean Loans that bear interest at rates based upon the Base Rate.
Basic Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
-6-
Basic Subscribers shall mean, as at any date, (a) single household dwellings with one or
more television sets that receive a package of over-the-air-broadcast stations, local access
channels or certain satellite-delivered cable television services from a CATV System, plus, without
duplication, (b) the number of subscribers determined by dividing the aggregate dollar monthly
amount billed for basic service to bulk subscribers (hotels, motels, apartment buildings, hospitals
and the like) located in a particular CATV System by the applicable combined limited and expanded
cable rate charged to basic subscribers in such CATV System, plus (c) connections to schools,
libraries, local government offices and employee households that may not be charged for limited and
expanded cable services but may be charged for premium units, pay-per-view events or high-speed
Internet service. This definition shall be subject to such modifications as the Borrowers from time
to time determine to be reasonably appropriate (and of which the Borrower shall notify the
Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the Lenders), provided that such modifications
are consistent with the periodic reports and/or registrations at the time being filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission by Mediacom LLC or MCC.
Basle Accord shall mean the proposals for risk-based capital framework described by the
Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices in its paper entitled
International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards dated July 1988, as
amended, modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time or any replacement thereof.
Business Day shall mean any day (a) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required
to close in New York City and (b) if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of
principal of or interest on, a Conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan
or a notice by a Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, payment, prepayment, Conversion or
Interest Period, that is also a day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried out in the
London interbank market.
Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, expenditures made by the Borrowers or any
of their Subsidiaries to acquire or construct fixed assets, plant and equipment (including
renewals, improvements and replacements, but excluding repairs and the Acquisitions) during such
period computed in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Lease Obligations shall mean, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to
the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a
balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such
obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Casualty Event shall mean, with respect to any Property of any Person, any loss of or damage
to, or any condemnation or other taking of, such Property for which such Person or
-7-
any of its Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds, or proceeds of a condemnation award or other
compensation.
CATV System shall mean any cable distribution system that receives broadcast signals by
antennae, microwave transmission, satellite transmission or any other form of transmission and that
amplifies such signals and distributes them to Persons who pay to receive such signals, but shall
exclude wireless
cable.
Change of Control shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
(i) any Person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act,
including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities
within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more
Permitted Holders is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all shares that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or
otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the
ownership interests in Mediacom LLC;
(ii) Mediacom LLC consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or Mediacom
LLC sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially
all of the assets of Mediacom LLC and its Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis)
to any Person, other than any such transaction where immediately after such transaction
the Person or Persons that beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all
shares that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or
otherwise) immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
aggregate voting power of the then outstanding ownership interests in Mediacom LLC,
beneficially own (as so determined), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the aggregate
voting power of the then outstanding ownership interests in the surviving or transferee
Person;
(iii) Mediacom LLC is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution;
(iv) a majority of the members of the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC shall consist
of persons who are not Continuing Members; or
(v) the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall cease to be Subsidiaries of
Mediacom LLC;
-8-
provided, however, that a Change of Control will be deemed not to have occurred in any of the
circumstances described in clauses (i) through (iv) above if after the occurrence of any such
circumstance (A) MCC (or any successor thereto), or a Person (or successor thereto) more than 50%
of the aggregate voting power of the then outstanding ownership interests of which is beneficially
owned, directly or indirectly, by MCC (or any successor thereto), continues to be the manager of
Mediacom LLC (or the surviving or transferee Person in the case of clause (ii) above) and Rocco
Commisso continues to be the chief executive officer or chairman of MCC (or any successor thereto)
or (B) Rocco Commisso, or a Person more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the then
outstanding ownership interests of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly by Rocco
Commisso and the other Permitted Holders together with their respective designees, becomes the
manager of Mediacom LLC (or the surviving or transferee Person in the case of clause (ii) above) or
(C) Rocco Commisso becomes and thereafter continues to be the chief executive officer or chairman
of Mediacom LLC (or the surviving or transferee Person in the case of clause (ii) above).
Class shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.03 hereof.
Closing Date shall mean the date on which the initial extension of credit hereunder is made.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral Account shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Pledge Agreement.
Commitments shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche A Term
Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and the Incremental Facility Commitments (if
any).
Continue, Continuation and Continued shall refer to the continuation pursuant to Section
2.09 hereof of a Eurodollar Loan from one Interest Period to the next Interest Period.
Continuing Member shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, any Person who: (i)
was a member of the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC on the date hereof; (ii) was nominated for
election or elected to the Executive Committee of Mediacom LLC with the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Continuing Members who were members of the Executive Committee at the time of such
nomination or election; or (iii) is a representative of, or was approved by, a Permitted Holder.
-9-
Convert, Conversion and Converted shall refer to a conversion pursuant to Section 2.09
hereof of one Type of Loans into another Type of Loans, which may be accompanied by the transfer by
a Lender (at its sole discretion) of a Loan from one Applicable Lending Office to another.
Cure Monies shall mean proceeds of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness and/or equity
contributions received by the Borrowers after the date hereof that, at the time the same are
received by the Borrowers, are identified by the Borrowers in a certificate of a Senior Officer
delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent within one Business Day of such receipt, as
constituting Cure Monies for purposes of Section 9.02 hereof.
Debt Issuance shall mean any issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after
the Closing Date of any debt securities, excluding, however, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
Section 8.07(a), 8.07(c) or 8.07(f) hereof.
Debt Service shall mean, for any period, the sum, for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
(determined on a combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the following: (a)
in the case of Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans under this
Agreement, the aggregate amount of payments of principal of such Loans that, giving effect to
Commitment reductions or terminations scheduled to be made during such period, were required to be
made pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or 3.01(d) hereof during such period (provided that such amount
shall exclude repayment of the Revolving Credit Loans on the Revolving Credit Commitment
Termination Date and the repayment of any Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loan on the
respective commitment termination date) plus (b) in the case of Term Loans and Incremental Facility
Term Loans under this Agreement and all other Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit Loans and
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans), all regularly scheduled payments or regularly
scheduled prepayments of principal of such Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the
principal component of any payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) made or payable during
such period (other than the principal component of any payments in respect of Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness) plus (c) all Interest Expense for such period.
Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean, for any date, the ratio of (a) the product of
Operating Cash Flow for the fiscal quarter ended on or most recently prior to such date times four
to (b) Debt Service for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on or most recently
prior to such date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio as at the last day of any
fiscal quarter during which an Acquisition is consummated shall be deemed to be equal to the ratio
of (a) the product of (x) Adjusted Operating Cash Flow for such fiscal quarter times (y) four to
(b) Debt Service for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on or most recently ended
prior to such date.
-10-
Default shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both
would become an Event of Default.
Disposition shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any Property
(whether now owned or hereafter acquired) by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any
other Person excluding any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any Property sold or
disposed of in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms.
Dollars and $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Environmental Claim shall mean, with respect to any Person, any written or oral notice,
claim, demand or other communication (collectively, a claim) by any other Person alleging or
asserting such Persons liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental response
costs, damages to natural resources or other Property, personal injuries, fines or penalties
arising out of, based on or resulting from (i) the presence, or Release into the environment, of
any Hazardous Material at any location, whether or not owned by such Person, or (ii) circumstances
forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law. The term
Environmental Claim shall include, without limitation, any claim by any governmental authority
for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Law, and any claim by any third party seeking damages, contribution,
indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from the presence of
Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the
environment.
Environmental Laws shall mean any and all present and future Federal, state, local and
foreign laws, rules or regulations, and any orders or decrees, in each case as now or hereafter in
effect, relating to the regulation or protection of human health, safety or the environment or to
emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or
toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without
limitation, ambient air, soil, surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata, or
otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or toxic or hazardous substances or
wastes.
Equity Contribution Amount shall mean, as at any date of determination, (a) the aggregate
amount of cash contributions made to the equity capital of the Borrowers during the period from and
including the respective dates of organization of the Borrowers through and including such date of
determination minus (b) the aggregate amount of distributions made in respect of the equity capital
of the Borrowers during such period.
Equity Interest in any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase,
warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however
-11-
designated) corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests,
whether general or limited, and membership interests in such Person.
Equity Rights shall mean, with respect to any Person, any subscriptions, options, warrants,
commitments, preemptive rights or agreements of any kind (including, without limitation, any
stockholders or voting trust agreements) for the issuance, sale, registration or voting of, or
securities convertible into, any additional shares of capital stock of any class or other ownership
interests of any type in, such Person.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean any corporation or trade or business that is a member of any
group of organizations (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code of which a Borrower is a
member and (ii) solely for purposes of potential liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and
Section 412(c)(11) of the Code and the lien created under Section 302(f) of ERISA and Section
412(n) of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which a Borrower is a member.
Eurodollar Base Rate shall mean, for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan, the rate
appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such
Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable
to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent
from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar
deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business
Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for the offering of Dollar
deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not
available at such time for any reason, then the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Interest Period shall
be the rate at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest
Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately
available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two
Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Eurodollar Loans shall mean Loans that bear interest at rates based on rates referred to in
the definition of Eurodollar Base Rate in this Section 1.01.
Eurodollar Rate shall mean, for any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period therefor, a rate
per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) determined by the
Administrative Agent to be equal to the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Loan for such Interest Period
divided by 1 minus the Reserve Requirement (if any) for such Loan for such Interest Period.
-12-
Event of Default shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9 hereof.
Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, the excess of (a) Operating Cash Flow for such
period over (b) the sum of (i) Capital Expenditures made during such period plus (ii) the aggregate
amount of Debt Service for such period plus (iii) the Tax Payment Amount for such period plus (iv)
any decreases (or minus any increases) in Working Capital from the first day to the last day of
such period.
Exchange Act shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time.
Executive Compensation shall mean, for any period, the aggregate amount of compensation
(including, without limitation, salaries, withholding taxes, unemployment insurance contributions,
pension, health and other benefits) of the Managers executive management personnel during such
period. For purposes hereof, executive management personnel shall not include any individual
(such as a system manager) who is employed solely in connection with the day-to-day operations of a
CATV System.
Existing Credit Agreements shall mean, collectively, (a) the Mediacom Midwest Credit
Agreement and (b) the Mediacom USA Credit Agreement.
FAA shall mean the Federal Aviation Administration or any governmental authority substituted
therefor.
FCC shall mean the Federal Communications Commission or any governmental authority
substituted therefor.
Federal Funds Rate shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight
Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds
brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next
succeeding such day, provided that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the
next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if such
rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such Business Day shall
be the average rate charged to JPMCB on such Business Day on such transactions as determined by the
Administrative Agent.
Fiscal Period shall mean any fiscal year and, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004,
the period from the Closing Date to and including December 31, 2004.
-13-
Franchise shall have the meaning set forth in 47 U.S.C. Section 522(9). The term Franchise
shall include each of the Franchises set forth on Schedule V hereto.
GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with
those that, in accordance with the last sentence of Section 1.02(a) hereof, are to be used in
making the calculations for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement.
Gross Operating Revenue shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.11 hereof.
Guarantee shall mean a guarantee, an endorsement, a contingent agreement to purchase or to
furnish funds for the payment or maintenance of, or otherwise to be or become contingently liable
under or with respect to, the Indebtedness, other obligations, net worth, working capital or
earnings of any Person, or a guarantee of the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the
stock or equity interests of any Person, or an agreement to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or
lessor) Property, products, materials, supplies or services primarily for the purpose of enabling a
debtor to make payment of such debtors obligations or an agreement to assure a creditor against
loss, and including, without limitation, causing a bank or other financial institution to issue a
letter of credit or other similar instrument for the benefit of another Person, but excluding
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The terms Guarantee
and Guaranteed used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.
Guarantee and Pledge Agreement shall mean a Guarantee and Pledge Agreement substantially in
the form of Exhibit D hereto between Mediacom LLC, MCC (to the extent of its obligations under
Section 5.04 thereof) and the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be modified and supplemented
and in effect from time to time.
Hazardous Material shall mean, collectively, (a) any petroleum or petroleum products,
flammable materials, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam
insulation, and transformers or other equipment that contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
(b) any chemicals or other materials or substances that are now or hereafter become defined as or
included in the definition of hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, hazardous materials,
extremely hazardous wastes, restricted hazardous wastes, toxic substances, toxic
pollutants, contaminants, pollutants or words of similar import under any Environmental Law
and (c) any other chemical or other material or substance, exposure to which is now or hereafter
prohibited, limited or regulated under any Environmental Law.
Incremental Facility Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.01(d) hereof.
Incremental Facility Commitments shall mean the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments and the Incremental Facility Term Loan Commitments. The aggregate amount of the
Incremental Facility Loan Commitments of all Series shall not exceed
-14-
the amount specified in clause (iii) of Section 2.01(d) hereof (or, in the case of Refinancing
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments and Refinancing Incremental Facility Term Loan
Commitments, the respective amounts specified in clauses (vi) or (vii) of said Section 2.01(d)).
Incremental Facility Lenders shall mean the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lenders
and the Incremental Facility Term Loan Lenders.
Incremental Facility Letter of Credit shall mean any letter of credit issued under the
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series.
Incremental Facility Loans shall mean the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans and
the Incremental Facility Term Loans.
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitment shall mean, for each Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Lender, and for any Series thereof, the obligation of such Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Lender to make Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans, and to issue or
participate in Incremental Facility Letters of Credit, of such Series (as the same may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.10 hereof or increased or reduced from time to time
pursuant to assignments permitted under Section 11.06(b) hereof). The amount of each Lenders
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitment of any Series shall be determined in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.01(d) hereof.
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean, in respect of any Series of
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans, the Lenders from time to time holding Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of such
Series after giving effect to any assignments thereof permitted by Section 11.06(b) hereof.
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans shall mean revolving credit loans provided for
pursuant to an Incremental Facility Agreement entered into pursuant to Section 2.01(d) hereof,
which may be Base Rate Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans.
Incremental Facility Term Loan Commitment shall mean, for each Incremental Facility Term
Loan Lender, and for any Series thereof, the obligation of such Incremental Facility Term Loan
Lender to make Incremental Facility Term Loans of such Series (as the same may be reduced from time
to time pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.10 hereof or increased or reduced from time to time pursuant
to assignments permitted under Section 11.06(b) hereof). The amount of each Lenders Incremental
Facility Term Loan Commitment of any Series shall be determined in accordance with the provisions
of Section 2.01(d) hereof.
Incremental Facility Term Loan Lenders shall mean, in respect of any Series of Incremental
Facility Term Loans, the Lenders from time to time holding Incremental Facility
-15-
Term Loans and Incremental Facility Term Loan Commitments of such Series after giving effect to any
assignments thereof permitted by Section 11.06(b) hereof.
Incremental Facility Term Loans shall mean term loans provided for pursuant to an
Incremental Facility Agreement entered into pursuant to Section 2.01(d) hereof, which may be Base
Rate Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans.
Indebtedness shall mean, for any Person: (a) obligations created, issued or incurred by such
Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of
Property to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to
repurchase such Property from such Person), including, without limitation, Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness; (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition price of
Property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising,
and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts
payable are payable within 120 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the
respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the Property of
such Person, whether or not the respective indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person;
(d) obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or
accepted by banks and other financial institutions for the account of such Person; (e) Capital
Lease Obligations of such Person; and (f) Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person;
provided that Indebtedness shall exclude (i) obligations in respect of surety and performance bonds
backing pole rental or conduit attachments and the like, or backing obligations under Franchises,
arising in the ordinary course of business of the CATV Systems and related telecommunications
services of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and (ii) all obligations in respect of Interest
Rate Protection Agreements.
Information Memorandum shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated September
2004 prepared in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for in this
Agreement.
Interest Coverage Ratio shall mean, as at any date, the ratio of (a) Operating Cash Flow for
the fiscal quarter ending on, or most recently ended prior to, such date to (b) Interest Expense
for such fiscal quarter.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interest Coverage Ratio as at the last day of any fiscal
quarter during which an Acquisition is consummated shall be deemed to be equal to the ratio of
Adjusted Operating Cash Flow for such fiscal quarter to Interest Expense for such fiscal quarter.
Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the sum, for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries (determined on a combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the
following: (a) all interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the interest
component of any payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) for
-16-
such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) and all commitment fees payable
hereunder, but excluding all interest in respect of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness (to the
extent not paid in cash during such period), plus (b) the net amount payable (or minus the net
amount receivable) under Interest Rate Protection Agreements during such period (whether or not
actually paid or received during such period) plus (c) the aggregate amount of upfront or one-time
fees or expenses payable in respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the extent such fees
or expenses are amortized during such period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any period for which Interest Expense is being
determined the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall have consummated any acquisition of any
CATV System or other business, or consummated any Disposition, then, for all purposes of this
Agreement, Interest Expense shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such acquisition or
Disposition had been made or consummated (and any related Indebtedness incurred or repaid) on the
first day of such period.
Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, each period commencing on
the date such Eurodollar Loan is made or Converted from a Base Rate Loan or (in the event of a
Continuation) the last day of the next preceding Interest Period for such Loan and ending on the
numerically corresponding day in the first week thereafter or in the first, second, third or sixth
calendar month thereafter (or such other period as may be agreed by all of the Lenders affected
thereby), as the Borrowers may select as provided in Section 4.05 hereof, except that each Interest
Period of one months (or a multiple of one months) duration that commences on the last Business
Day of a calendar month (or on any day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
appropriate subsequent calendar month) shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate
subsequent calendar month. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(i) if any Interest Period for any Revolving Credit Loan would otherwise end after the
Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date, such Interest Period shall end on the Revolving
Credit Commitment Termination Date;
(ii) each Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day
shall end on the next succeeding Business Day (or, if such next succeeding Business Day falls
in the next succeeding calendar month, on the next preceding Business Day); and
(iii) the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion to facilitate the ease of
administration of Eurodollar Loans hereunder, shorten or lengthen by up to three Business
Days the duration of any Interest Period from that otherwise provided above in this
definition, provided that in no event shall any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan end on
any day other than a Business Day.
Interest Rate Protection Agreement shall mean, for any Person, an interest rate swap, cap or
collar agreement or similar arrangement between such Person and a financial
-17-
institution providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest risks either generally or under
specific contingencies. For purposes hereof, the credit exposure at any time of any Person under
an Interest Rate Protection Agreement to which such Person is a party shall be determined at such
time in accordance with the standard methods of calculating credit exposure under similar
arrangements as prescribed from time to time by the Administrative Agent, taking into account
potential interest rate movements and the respective termination provisions and notional principal
amount and term of such Interest Rate Protection Agreement.
Investment shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, Property,
services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or
other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such
acquisition (including, without limitation, any short sale or any sale of any securities at a
time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale); (b) the making of
any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the
purchase of Property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or
otherwise, to resell such Property to such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or
extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of
programming or advertising time by such Person in the ordinary course of business; (c) the entering
into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other
liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent
or extended to such Person; or (d) the entering into of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement.
Issuing Lender shall mean each of JPMCB and/or such other Lender designated by the Borrowers
as an Issuing Lender hereunder that has agreed to such designation (and is reasonably acceptable
to the Administrative Agent), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and
together with its successors and assigns in such capacity. Any Issuing Lender may, in its
discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing
Lender, in which case the term Issuing Lender shall include any such Affiliate with respect to
Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
JPMCB shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank.
Letter of Credit shall mean, as applicable, a Revolving Credit Letter of Credit or an
Incremental Facility Letter of Credit.
Letter of Credit Commitment Percentage shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit
Lender or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender, the ratio of (a) the amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitment or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender to
(b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Commitments, as applicable, of all Lenders of such Class.
-18-
Letter of Credit Documents shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, collectively,
any application therefor and any other agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents
(whether general in application or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing
for (a) the rights and obligations of the parties concerned or at risk with respect to such Letter
of Credit or (b) any collateral security for any of such obligations, each as the same may be
modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Letter of Credit Interest shall mean, for each Revolving Credit Lender or Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, such Lenders participation interest (or, in the
case of an Issuing Lender, such Issuing Lenders retained interest) in an Issuing Lenders
liability under Letters of Credit of the applicable Class and such Lenders rights and interests in
Reimbursement Obligations of such Class and fees, interest and other amounts payable in connection
with Letters of Credit and Reimbursement Obligations of such Class.
Letter of Credit Liability shall mean, without duplication, at any time and in respect of
any Letter of Credit, the sum of (a) the undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit plus (b) the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrowers at such time
due and payable in respect of all drawings made under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of this
Agreement, a Revolving Credit Lender or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender (other than an
Issuing Lender) shall be deemed to hold a Letter of Credit Liability in an amount equal to its
participation interest in the related Letter of Credit under Section 2.03 hereof, and such Issuing
Lender shall be deemed to hold a Letter of Credit Liability in an amount equal to its retained
interest in the related Letter of Credit after giving effect to the acquisition by the Revolving
Credit Lenders (or, as applicable, Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender) other than such
Issuing Lender of their participation interests under said Section 2.03.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any Property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such Property. For purposes of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any Property that it
has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale
agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement (other than an operating lease)
relating to such Property.
Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Documents, the
Security Documents, each Management Fee Subordination Agreement and each Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness Subordination Agreement.
Loans shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Credit Loans, the Tranche A Term Loans, the
Tranche B Term Loans and the Incremental Facility Loans.
Majority Lenders shall mean, subject to the last paragraph of Section 11.04 hereof, Lenders
having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal
-19-
amount of the Term Loans of each Class or, if the Term Loans of either Class shall not have been
made, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Commitments of such Class plus
(b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Facility Term Loans of each
Series or, if the Incremental Facility Term Loans of such Series shall not have been made, the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Facility Commitments of such Series plus
(c) the sum of (i) the aggregate unused amount, if any, of the Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Commitments of each Series at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit
Liabilities in respect of Incremental Facility Letters of Credit of each Series at such time plus
(iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans
of each Series at such time plus (d) the sum of (i) the aggregate unused amount, if any, of the
Revolving Credit Commitments at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit
Liabilities in respect of Revolving Credit Letters of Credit at such time plus (iii) the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
The Majority Lenders of a particular Class of Loans shall mean Lenders having outstanding
Loans, Letter of Credit Liabilities, Commitments or unused Commitments (as applicable, and
determined in the manner provided above) of such Class representing more than 50% of the total
outstanding Loans, Letter of Credit Liabilities, Commitments or unused Commitments of such Class at
such time.
Management Agreements shall mean, collectively, (a) the Management Agreement dated as of
February 4, 2000 between Mediacom Illinois and MCC, (b) the Management Agreement dated as of
February 4, 2000 between Mediacom Indiana and MCC, (c) the Management Agreement dated as of
February 4, 2000 between Mediacom Iowa and MCC, (d) the Management Agreement dated as of February
4, 2000 between Mediacom Minnesota and MCC, (e) the Management Agreement dated as of February 4,
2000 between Mediacom Wisconsin and MCC, (f) the Management Agreement dated as of February 4, 2000
between Zylstra and MCC, (g) the Management Agreement dated February 4, 2000 between Mediacom
Arizona and MCC, (h) the Management Agreement dated as of February 4, 2000 between Mediacom
California and MCC, (i) the Management Agreement dated as of February 4, 2000 between Mediacom
Delaware and MCC and (j) the Management Agreement dated as of February 4, 2000 between Mediacom
Southeast and MCC, in each case as the same shall, subject to Section 8.18 hereof, be modified and
supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Management Fee Subordination Agreement shall mean a Management Fee Subordination Agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto between the Manager (or, as contemplated by Section
8.11 hereof, any other Person to whom the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries may be obligated
to pay Management Fees), the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be modified
and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Management Fees shall mean, for any period, the sum of all fees, salaries and other
compensation (including, without limitation, all Executive Compensation and any other amounts
payable under the Management Agreements) paid or incurred by the Borrowers and
-20-
their Subsidiaries to Affiliates (other than Affiliates that are employees of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries) in respect of services rendered in connection with the management or
supervision of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, provided that Management Fees shall exclude
(a) the aggregate amount of intercompany shared expenses payable to Mediacom LLC or MCC that are
allocated by Mediacom LLC or MCC to the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with Section
5.04 of the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement (other than the allocated amount of Executive
Compensation, which Executive Compensation shall in any event constitute Management Fees hereunder)
and (b) reimbursement by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries of expenses incurred by an Affiliate
directly on behalf of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.
Manager shall mean MCC, or any successor in such capacity as manager of the Borrowers.
Margin Stock shall mean margin stock within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the Property, business,
operations, financial condition, prospects, liabilities or capitalization of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations
under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any
of the Loan Documents, (d) the rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent
under any of the Loan Documents or (e) the timely payment of the principal of or interest on the
Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations or other amounts payable in connection therewith.
MCC shall mean Mediacom Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Mediacom LLC shall mean Mediacom LLC, a New York limited liability company.
Mediacom Midwest Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of November 5,
1999 between the Mediacom Midwest Borrowers, the lenders party thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank
as administrative agent for such lenders, as heretofore modified, supplemented and in effect.
Mediacom USA Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 1999
between the Mediacom USA Borrowers, the lenders party thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank as
administrative agent for such lenders, as heretofore modified, supplemented and in effect.
-21-
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA
to which contributions have been made by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by
Title IV of ERISA.
Net Available Proceeds shall mean:
(i) in the case of any Disposition, the amount of Net Cash Payments received in
connection with such Disposition net of (A) the Tax Payment Amount, if any, attributable to
such Disposition and (B) any transfer taxes (without duplication of taxes deducted in
determining such Net Cash Payments) payable by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in
respect of such Disposition;
(ii) in the case of any Casualty Event, the aggregate amount of proceeds of insurance,
condemnation awards and other compensation received by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
in respect of such Casualty Event net of (A) reasonable expenses incurred by the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries in connection therewith, (B) contractually required repayments
of Indebtedness to the extent secured by a Lien on such Property, (C) the Tax Payment Amount,
if any, attributable to such Casualty Event and (D) any transfer taxes payable by the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in respect of such Casualty Event; and
(iii) in the case of any Debt Issuance, the aggregate amount of all cash received by the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in respect of such Debt Issuance, net of reasonable
expenses incurred by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in connection therewith.
Net Cash Payments shall mean, with respect to any Disposition, the aggregate amount of all
cash payments, and the fair market value of any non-cash consideration, received by the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries directly or indirectly in connection with such Disposition; provided that
(a) Net Cash Payments shall be net of the amount of any legal, accounting, broker, title and
recording tax expenses, commissions, finders fees and other fees and expenses paid by the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in connection with such Disposition and (b) Net Cash Payments
shall be net of any repayments by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries of Indebtedness to the
extent that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the Property that is the subject of such
Disposition and (ii) the transferee of (or holder of a Lien on) such Property requires that such
Indebtedness be repaid as a condition to the purchase of such Property.
Obligors shall mean, collectively, the Borrowers, Mediacom LLC, MCC, Mediacom Management
Corporation, Mediacom Indiana Parternco LLC, Mediacom Indiana Holdings, L.P., Illini Cable Holding,
Inc., Illini Cablevision of Illinois, Inc. and, effective upon execution and delivery of any
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, each Subsidiary of the Borrowers so executing and delivering such
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement.
-22-
Operating Agreement shall mean, for any Borrower, the operating agreement (or, with respect
to Zylstra, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws) of such Borrower as in effect on the date
hereof and as the same shall, subject to Section 8.18 hereof, be modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time.
Operating Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, the sum, for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries (determined on a combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the
following: (a) System Cash Flow minus (b) Management Fees paid during such period to the extent not
exceeding 4.50% of the gross operating revenues of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such
period.
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or
all of its functions under ERISA.
Permitted Holder shall mean: (i) Rocco B. Commisso or his spouse or siblings, any of their
lineal descendants and their spouses; (ii) any controlled Affiliate of any individual described in
clause (i) above; (iii) in the event of the death or incompetence of any individual described in
clause (i) above, such Persons estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal
representative, in each case who at any particular date will beneficially own or have the right to
acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests in Mediacom LLC; (iv) any trust or trusts created
for the benefit of each Person described in this definition, including any trust for the benefit of
the parents or siblings of any individual described in clause (i) above; or (v) any trust for the
benefit of any such trust.
Permitted Investments shall mean: (a) direct obligations of the United States of America, or
of any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States
of America, or of any agency thereof, in either case maturing not more than 90 days from the date
of acquisition thereof; (b) certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company organized
under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and having capital, surplus and
undivided profits of at least $5,000,000,000, maturing not more than 90 days from the date of
acquisition thereof; and (c) commercial paper rated A-1 or better or P-1 by Standard & Poors
Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or Moodys Investors Services, Inc.,
respectively, maturing not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof; in each case so
long as the same (x) provide for the payment of principal and interest (and not principal alone or
interest alone) and (y) are not subject to any contingency regarding the payment of principal or
interest.
Permitted Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09 hereof.
-23-
Person shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government (or any
agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof).
Plan shall mean an employee benefit or other plan established or maintained by the Borrowers
or any ERISA Affiliates and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.
Pledge Agreement shall mean a Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto
between the Borrowers, each of the additional parties, if any, that becomes a Securing Party
thereunder, and the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time.
Post-Default Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to 2% plus the Base Rate as in effect
from time to time plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans, provided that, with respect to
principal of a Eurodollar Loan that shall become due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration,
by optional or mandatory prepayment or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of the Interest
Period therefor, the Post-Default Rate shall be, for the period from and including such due date
to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period, 2% plus the interest rate for such Loan as
provided in Section 3.02(b) hereof and, thereafter, the rate provided for above in this definition.
Preferred Membership Interests shall mean the equity rights provided for in Section 6.2 of
the Operating Agreement of Mediacom Southeast.
Prime Rate shall mean the rate of interest from time to time announced by JPMCB at its
principal office in New York City as its prime commercial lending rate.
Principal Payment Dates shall mean (a) in the case of the Tranche A Term Loans, the last
Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing with March 31, 2008,
through and including September 30, 2012, (b) in the case of the Tranche B Term Loans, the last
Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing with March 31, 2005,
through and including March 31, 2013 and (c) in the case of Incremental Facility Loans of any
Series, such dates as shall have been agreed upon between the Borrowers and the respective
Incremental Facility Lenders of such Series pursuant to Section 2.01(d) hereof at the time such
Lenders become obligated to make such Incremental Facility Loans hereunder.
Property shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether
real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.
Purchase Price shall mean, without duplication, with respect to any Acquisition, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate consideration, whether cash, Property or
-24-
securities (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
paragraph (f) of Section 8.07 hereof), paid or delivered by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in
connection with such acquisition plus (ii) the aggregate amount of liabilities of the acquired
business (net of current assets of the acquired business) that would be reflected on a balance
sheet (if such were to be prepared) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries after giving effect to
such acquisition.
Quarterly Dates shall mean the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in
each year, the first of which shall be the first such day after the date of this Agreement.
Quarterly Officers Report shall mean a quarterly report of a Senior Officer with respect to
Basic Subscribers, homes passed and revenues per Basic Subscriber, substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, consisting of Basic Subscribers, digital customers, data customers, telephony
customers and average monthly revenues per Basic Subscriber for each three month period.
Quarterly Payment Period shall mean (i) initially, the period from and including the Closing
Date through but not including the Quarterly Date falling on the last Business Day of December,
2004 and (ii) thereafter, each successive three-month period from and including a Quarterly Date to
but not including the next following Quarterly Date.
Rate Ratio shall mean, for any Quarterly Payment Period, the ratio of (x) the daily average
of the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (excluding
Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness and the first $10,000,000 of Capital Lease Obligations and
non-recourse liens described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness as defined in
this Section 1.01) outstanding during the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the first
Business Day of such Quarterly Payment Period to (y) the product of (i) System Cash Flow for such
fiscal quarter times (ii) four. By way of illustration, the Rate Ratio for a Quarterly Payment
Period commencing on the last Business Day of June of any year shall be the ratio of (A) the daily
average of the Indebtedness referred to in clause (x) above during the fiscal quarter ending on the
March 31 immediately preceding the last Business Day of such June to (B) the product of (i) System
Cash Flow for such fiscal quarter times (ii) four.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) during the second Quarterly Payment Period (i.e. the period
from and including the last Business day of December 2004 to but not including the last Business
Day of March 2005), the Rate Ratio shall be the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date and (b)
during the third Quarterly Payment Period (i.e. the period from and including the last Business Day
of March 2005 to but not including the last Business Day of June 2005), the Rate Ratio shall be the
ratio of (x) the daily average of the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries (excluding Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness and the first $10,000,000 of
Capital Lease Obligations and non-recourse liens described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition
of Indebtedness as defined in this Section 1.01) outstanding during the period from and including
the Closing Date to but excluding the last
-25-
Business Day of December 2004 to (y) the product of (i) System Cash Flow for the
fiscal quarter ending on the last Business Day of December 2004 times (ii) four.
Rate Ratio Certificate shall mean, for any Quarterly Payment Period commencing with the
Quarterly Payment Period beginning with the last Business Day of June 2005, a certificate of a
Senior Officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the calculation (and the basis for such
calculation) of the Rate Ratio for use in determining the Applicable Margin hereunder during such
Quarterly Payment Period.
Refinancing, when used with respect to any Incremental Facility Commitment, Incremental
Facility Loan or Incremental Facility Letter of Credit of any Series, shall refer to (a) any
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series that replace either the Revolving
Credit Commitments hereunder or the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any other
Series hereunder, such replacement to be effected by (i) concurrent reduction of Revolving Credit
Commitments or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of the respective Series in an
amount equal to the replacement Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments, (ii) the
concurrent repayment or prepayment of any Loans outstanding under the respective replaced
Commitments with Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans made under the replacement Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Commitments and (iii) the concurrent designation of any Letters of Credit
or Incremental Facility Letters of Credit outstanding under such replaced Commitments with
Incremental Facility Letters of Credit under the replacement Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments and (b) any Incremental Facility Term Loans of any Series the proceeds of which are
applied to the repayment or prepayment of Term Loans of any Class or Incremental Facility Term
Loans of any Series.
Region shall mean each geographic region into which the CATV Systems of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries are divided for operating and management purposes.
Register shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.06(c) hereof.
Regulations A, D, T, U and X shall mean, respectively, Regulations A, D, T, U and X of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified
and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Regulatory Change shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any change after the date hereof
in Federal, state or foreign law or regulations (including, without limitation, Regulation D) or
the adoption or making after such date of any interpretation, directive or request applying to a
class of banks including such Lender of or under any Federal, state or foreign law or regulations
(whether or not having the force of law and whether or not failure to comply therewith would be
unlawful) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof.
-26-
Reimbursement Obligations shall mean, at any time, the obligations of the Borrowers then
outstanding, or that may thereafter arise in respect of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, to
reimburse amounts paid by an Issuing Lender in respect of any drawings under a Letter of Credit.
Release shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit,
disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment,
including, without limitation, the movement of Hazardous Materials through ambient air, soil,
surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata.
Reserve Requirement shall mean, for any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan, the average
maximum rate at which reserves (including, without limitation, any marginal, supplemental or
emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by
member banks of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion
Dollars against Eurocurrency liabilities (as such term is used in Regulation D). Without limiting
the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall include any other reserves required to
be maintained by such member banks by reason of any Regulatory Change with respect to (i) any
category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the Eurodollar Base Rate is to
be determined as provided in the definition of Eurodollar Base Rate in this Section 1.01 or (ii)
any category of extensions of credit or other assets that includes Eurodollar Loans.
Reserved Commitment Amount shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a)
hereof.
Restricted Payments shall mean, collectively, (a) all distributions of the Borrowers (in
cash, Property or obligations) on, or other payments or distributions on account of, or the setting
apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement
or other acquisition of, any portion of any ownership interest in the Borrowers or of any warrants,
options or other rights to acquire any such ownership interest (or to make any payments to any
Person, such as phantom stock payments, where the amount thereof is calculated with reference to
fair market or equity value of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries), (b) any payments made
by a Borrower to any holders of any equity interests in the Borrowers that are designed to
reimburse such holders for the payment of any taxes attributable to the operations of the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries, (c) any payments of principal of or interest on Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness, (d) any payments in respect of Management Fees and (e) any Affiliate Letters of
Credit issued by an Issuing Lender for the account of the Borrowers.
Revolving Credit Commitment shall mean, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, the obligation
of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, and to issue or participate in Letters of Credit
pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, in an aggregate principal or face amount at any
-27-
one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount set forth opposite the name of
such Lender on Schedule I hereto under the caption Revolving Credit Commitment or, in the case of
a Person that becomes a Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to an assignment permitted under Section
11.06(b), as specified in the respective instrument of assignment pursuant to which such assignment
is effected (as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.10 hereof
or increased or reduced from time to time pursuant to assignments permitted under said Section
11.06(b)). The original aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments is
$400,000,000.
Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date shall mean the Quarterly Date falling on or
nearest to September 30, 2011.
Revolving Credit Lenders shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders having Revolving
Credit Commitments on Schedule I hereto and (b) thereafter, the Lenders from time to time holding
Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments after giving effect to any assignments
thereof permitted by Section 11.06(b) hereof.
Revolving Credit Letter of Credit shall mean any letter of credit issued under Revolving
Credit Commitments.
Revolving Credit Loans shall mean the loans provided for in Section 2.01(a) hereof, which
may be Base Rate Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans.
Security Documents shall mean, collectively, the Pledge Agreement, the Guarantee and Pledge
Agreement and the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements, and all Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements required by the Pledge Agreement, the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and the Subsidiary
Guarantee Agreements, to be filed with respect to the security interests created pursuant to the
Pledge Agreement, the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements.
Senior Officer shall mean an individual that is the chairman, chief executive officer, chief
financial officer, treasurer, controller or vice president of corporate finance of the Manager,
acting for and on behalf of the Borrowers.
Series has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d).
Special Reductions shall mean, as at any date during any fiscal quarter, the aggregate
amount of reductions during such fiscal quarter through such date in the undrawn face amount of
Affiliate Letters of Credit issued during such fiscal quarter (i.e. excluding reductions in such
face amount that occur upon a drawing under such Affiliate Letters of Credit), together with the
aggregate amount of Affiliate Letters of Credit issued during such fiscal quarter that expire or
are terminated during such fiscal quarter through such date without being drawn.
-28-
Subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership
interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other
ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening
of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement shall mean a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement substantially in
the form of Exhibit E hereto by a Subsidiary of a Borrower in favor of the Administrative Agent, as
the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.
Subsidiary Guarantor shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrowers that executes and delivers a
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement.
Supplemental Capital shall mean (a) advances made by an Affiliate to the Borrowers
constituting Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding any Cure Monies) and (b) equity
contributions by an Affiliate subsequent to the date of this Agreement (excluding any Cure Monies).
System Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, the sum, for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries (determined on a combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP), of the
following: (a) gross operating revenues (not including extraordinary or unusual items but including
business interruption insurance (to the extent it represents lost revenue for such period)) for
such period minus (b) all operating expenses (not including extraordinary or unusual items) for
such period, including, without limitation, technical, programming and selling, general and
administrative expenses, but excluding (to the extent included in operating expenses) income taxes,
Management Fees, depreciation, amortization, interest expense (including, without limitation, all
items included in Interest Expense) and any extraordinary or unusual items plus (c) any
compensation received for management services provided by the Borrowers during any such period in
respect of any Franchises retained by the seller pursuant to any agreement for the purchase of such
Franchises by the Borrowers during any such period. For the purposes of determining System Cash
Flow, gross operating revenues will include revenues received in cash in respect of investments, so
long as such investments are recurring (i.e. reasonably expected to continue for four or more
fiscal quarters) and do not for any period exceed 20% of gross operating revenues for such period
(not including (i) extraordinary or unusual items and (ii) such investment revenues).
-29-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any period for which System Cash Flow is being
determined the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries shall
have consummated any acquisition of any CATV System or other business, or consummated any
Disposition, then, for all purposes of this Agreement (other than for purposes of the definition of
Excess Cash Flow), System Cash Flow shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such acquisition
or Disposition had been made or consummated on the first day of such period.
Tax Payment Amount shall mean, for any period, an amount not exceeding in the aggregate the
amount of Federal, state and local income taxes the Borrowers would otherwise have paid in the
event they were corporations (other than S corporations within the meaning of Section 1361 of the
Code) for such period and all prior periods.
Term Loan Commitments shall mean, collectively, the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments and the
Tranche B Term Loan Commitments.
Term Loan Lenders shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders having Term Loan
Commitments on Schedule I hereto and (b) thereafter, the Lenders from time to time holding Term
Loans and Term Commitments after giving effect to any assignments thereof permitted by Section
11.06(b) hereof.
Term Loans shall mean, collectively, the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans.
Total Leverage Ratio shall mean, as at any date, the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of
all Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (excluding Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness and the first $10,000,000 of Capital Lease Obligations and non-recourse liens
described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness as defined in this Section 1.01)
as at such date to (b) the product of (x) System Cash Flow for the fiscal quarter ending on, or
most recently ended prior to, such date times (y) four.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Total Leverage Ratio as at any date during any fiscal
quarter during which an Acquisition is consummated shall be deemed to be equal to the ratio of (a)
the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (excluding
Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness and the first $10,000,000 of Capital Lease Obligations and
non-recourse liens described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition of Indebtedness as defined in
this Section 1.01) as at such date to (b) the product of Adjusted System Cash Flow for the
immediately preceding fiscal quarter times four.
Tranche A Term Loan Commitment shall mean, as to each Tranche A Term Loan Lender, the
obligation of such Lender to make Tranche A Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount up to, but
not exceeding, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule I under the
caption Tranche A Term Loan Commitment or, in the case of a Person that becomes a Tranche A Term
Loan Lender pursuant to an assignment permitted under
-30-
Section 11.06(b), as specified in the respective instrument of assignment pursuant to
which such assignment is effected (as the same may be reduced at any time or from time to time
pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.10 or increased or
reduced from time to time pursuant to assignments permitted under said Section 11.06(b)). The
original aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments is $200,000,000.
Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Expiration Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in Section 2.01(b) hereof.
Tranche A Term Loan Lenders shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders having Tranche A
Term Loan Commitments on Schedule I and (b) thereafter, the Lenders from time to time holding
Tranche A Term Loans and Tranche A Term Loan Commitments after giving effect to any assignments
thereof permitted by Section 11.06(b).
Tranche A Term Loans shall mean the loans provided for in Section 2.01(b), which may be Base
Rate Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans.
Tranche B Term Loan Commitment shall mean, as to each Tranche B Term Loan Lender, the
obligation of such Lender to make Tranche B Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount up to, but
not exceeding, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule I under the
caption Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or, in the case of a Person that becomes a Tranche B Term
Loan Lender pursuant to an assignment permitted under Section 11.06(b), as specified in the
respective instrument of assignment pursuant to which such assignment is effected (as the same may
be reduced at any time or from time to time pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.10 or increased or
reduced from time to time pursuant to assignments permitted under said Section 11.06(b)). The
original aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments is $550,000,000.
Tranche B Term Loan Lenders shall mean (a) on the date hereof, the Lenders having Tranche B
Term Loan Commitments on Schedule I and (b) thereafter, the Lenders from time to time holding
Tranche B Term Loans and Tranche B Term Loan Commitments after giving effect to any assignments
thereof permitted by Section 11.06(b).
Tranche B Term Loans shall mean the loans provided for in Section 2.01(c), which may be Base
Rate Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans.
Type shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.03 hereof.
U.S. Person shall mean a citizen or resident of the United States of America, a corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other entity created or organized in or under any laws of
the United States of America or any State thereof, or any estate or trust that is subject to
Federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income.
-31-
U.S. Taxes shall mean any present or future tax, assessment or other charge or levy imposed
by or on behalf of the United States of America or any taxing authority thereof.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person,
any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which all of the equity
securities or other ownership interests (other than, in the case of a corporation, directors
qualifying shares) are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person.
Working Capital shall mean, as at such date, for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
(determined on a combined basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP) (a) current assets
(excluding cash and cash equivalents) minus (b) current liabilities (excluding the current portion
of long term debt and of any installments of principal payable hereunder).
1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations.
(a) Accounting Terms and Determinations Generally. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,
all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and
certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders or the
Administrative Agent hereunder shall (unless otherwise disclosed to the Lenders in writing at the
time of delivery thereof in the manner described in paragraph (b) below) be prepared, in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with those used in the
preparation of the latest financial statements furnished to the Lenders hereunder (which, prior to
the delivery of the first financial statements under Section 8.01 hereof, shall mean the audited
financial statements as at December 31, 2003, referred to in Section 7.02(a) hereof). All
calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement shall (except as
otherwise expressly provided herein) be made by application of generally accepted accounting
principles applied on a basis consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest annual or
quarterly financial statements furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof (or, prior
to the delivery of the first financial statements under Section 8.01 hereof, used in the
preparation of the audited financial statements as at December 31, 2003 referred to in Section
7.02(a) hereof) unless
(i) the Borrowers shall have objected to determining such compliance on such basis at the
time of delivery of such financial statements, or
(ii) the Majority Lenders shall so object in writing within 30 days after delivery of such
financial statements,
-32-
in either of which events such calculations shall be made on a basis
consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest financial statements as to which such
objection shall not have been made (which, if objection is made in respect of the first financial
statements delivered under
Section 8.01 hereof, shall mean the audited financial statements referred to in
Section 7.02(a) hereof).
(b) Statement of Accounting Variations. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Lenders at the same time
as the delivery of any annual or quarterly
financial statement under Section 8.01 hereof (i) a description in reasonable detail of any
material variation between the application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of
such statement and the application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of the next
preceding annual or quarterly financial statements as to which no objection has been made in
accordance with the last sentence of paragraph (a) above and (ii) reasonable estimates of the
difference between such statements arising as a consequence thereof.
(c) Changes in Fiscal Periods. To enable the ready and consistent determination of compliance with
the covenants set forth in Section 8 hereof, none of the Borrowers will change the last day of its
fiscal year from December 31, or the last days of the first three fiscal quarters in each of its
fiscal years from March 31, June 30 and September 30 of each year, respectively.
1.03 Classes and Types of Loans. Loans hereunder are distinguished by Class and by Type. The
Class of a Loan (or of a Commitment to make a Loan) refers to whether such Loan is a Revolving
Credit Loan, a Tranche A Term Loan, a Tranche B Term Loan, an Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Loan or an Incremental Facility Term Loan of any Series, each of which constitutes a Class. The
Type of a Loan refers to whether such Loan is a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan, each of
which constitutes a Type. Loans may be identified by both Class and Type. Incremental Facility
Loans and Incremental Facility Commitments shall also be classified by Series, each of which shall
be considered a separate Class.
1.04 Nature of Obligations of Borrowers. It is the intent of the parties hereto that the Borrowers
shall be jointly and severally obligated hereunder and under the notes executed and delivered by
the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.08(d) hereof, as co-Borrowers under this Agreement and as
co-makers on such notes, in respect of the principal of and interest on, and all other amounts
owing in respect of, the Loans and such notes.
Section 2. Commitments, Loans and Prepayments.
2.01 Loans.
(a) Revolving Credit Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to make loans to the Borrowers in Dollars during the period from and
including the Closing Date to but not including the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date in
an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender as in effect from time to time, provided that in no
event shall the aggregate principal amount of all
-33-
Revolving Credit Loans, together with the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit
Liabilities in respect of Revolving Credit Letters of Credit, exceed the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitments as in effect from time to time. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, during such period the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow the amount of the
Revolving Credit
Commitments by means of Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans and may Convert Revolving Credit Loans
of one Type into Revolving Credit Loans of another Type (as provided in Section 2.09 hereof) or
Continue Revolving Credit Loans of one Type as Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type (as provided
in Section 2.09 hereof).
Proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans shall be available for any use permitted under Section
8.16(a) hereof, provided that, in the event that as contemplated by clause (x) of the second
paragraph of Section 2.10(d) hereof, the Borrowers shall prepay Revolving Credit Loans from the
proceeds of a Disposition hereunder, then an amount of Revolving Credit Commitments equal to the
amount of such prepayment (herein the Reserved Commitment Amount) shall be reserved and shall not
be available for borrowings hereunder except and to the extent that the proceeds of such borrowings
are to be applied to make Acquisitions permitted under Section 8.05 hereof or to make prepayments
of Loans under clause (y) of the second paragraph of Section 2.10(d) hereof. The Borrowers agree,
upon the occasion of any borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans hereunder that is to constitute a
utilization of any Reserved Commitment Amount, to advise the Administrative Agent in writing of
such fact at the time of such borrowing, identifying the amount of such borrowing that is to
constitute such utilization, the Acquisition, if any, in respect of which the proceeds of such
borrowing are to be applied and the reduced Reserved Commitment Amount to be in effect after giving
effect to such borrowing.
(b) Tranche A Term Loans. Each Tranche A Term Loan Lender severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to make term loans to the Borrowers in Dollars in up to three
drawings at any time during the period from and including the Closing Date through and including
the date (the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Expiration Date) 100 days after the Closing Date
(provided that if such date is not a Business Day, the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Expiration
Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day) in an aggregate principal amount up to but not
exceeding the amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment of such Lender. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, on the date of such drawing, the Borrowers may borrow the Tranche A
Term Loan Commitments by means of Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, and thereafter the
Borrowers may Convert Tranche A Term Loans of one Type into Tranche A Term Loans of another Type
(as provided in Section 2.09 hereof) or Continue Tranche A Term Loans of one Type as Tranche A Term
Loans of the same Type (as provided in Section 2.09 hereof). Amounts prepaid or repaid in respect
of Tranche A Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
Proceeds of Tranche A Term Loans hereunder shall be available for any use permitted under
Section 8.16(a) hereof.
-34-
(c) Tranche B Term Loans. Each Tranche B Term Loan Lender severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to make term loans to the Borrowers in Dollars in a single drawing on
the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount up to but not exceeding the amount of the Tranche
B Term Loan Commitment of such Lender. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on
the date of such drawing the Borrowers may borrow the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments by means of
Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Loans, and
thereafter the Borrowers may Convert Tranche B Term Loans of one Type into Tranche B Term Loans of
another Type (as provided in Section 2.09 hereof) or Continue Tranche B Term Loans of one Type as
Tranche B Term Loans of the same Type (as provided in Section 2.09 hereof). Amounts prepaid or
repaid in respect of Tranche B Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
Proceeds of Tranche B Term Loans hereunder shall be available for any use permitted under
Section 8.16(a) hereof.
(d) Incremental Facility Loans. In addition to borrowings of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans
provided above, the Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that the Lenders (or
additional financial institutions that will become Lenders hereunder) enter into commitments to
make Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans (and participate in Incremental Facility Letters
of Credit, under Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments) or Incremental Facility Term
Loans of one or more Series hereunder. In the event that one or more Lenders (which term, as used
in this paragraph (d) shall include such additional financial institutions) offer, in their sole
discretion, to enter into such commitments, and such Lenders, the Borrowers and the Administrative
Agent (and, if applicable, the Issuing Lenders) agree pursuant to an instrument in writing (the
form and substance of which shall be satisfactory, and a copy of which shall be delivered, to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders making such Loans and, if applicable, the Issuing Lenders; any
such instrument for any Series of Incremental Loans being herein called an Incremental Facility
Agreement for such Series) as to the amount of such commitments that shall be allocated to the
respective Lenders making such offers, the fees (if any) to be payable by the Borrowers in
connection therewith and the amortization and interest rate to be applicable thereto, such Lenders
shall become obligated to make Incremental Facility Loans, and (if applicable) to participate in
Incremental Facility Letters of Credit, under this Agreement in an amount equal to the amount of
their respective Incremental Facility Commitments. The Incremental Facility Loans to be made, and
(if applicable) Incremental Facility Letters of Credit to be issued, pursuant to any Incremental
Facility Agreement in response to any such request by the Borrowers shall be deemed to be a
separate Series of Incremental Facility Loans, or (if applicable) Incremental Facility Letters of
Credit, for all purposes of this Agreement.
-35-
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the following additional provisions shall be
applicable to Incremental Facility Commitments and Incremental Facility Loans:
(i) the minimum aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facility Commitments entered into
pursuant to any such request (and, accordingly, the minimum aggregate principal amount of any
Series of Incremental Facility Loans and Incremental Facility Letters of Credit) shall be
$10,000,000,
(ii) any additional financial institution that is not already a Lender hereunder that will
provide all or any portion of the Incremental Facility Commitment of any Series shall be
approved by the Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and, in the
case of any Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments that provide for Letters of
Credit, by each applicable Issuing Lender,
(iii) the aggregate amount of all unused Incremental Facility Commitments and Incremental
Facility Loans and Incremental Facility Letters of Credit of all Series shall not exceed
$650,000,000 at any time, except that the limitations of this clause (iii) shall not apply to
Refinancing Incremental Facility Commitments, Refinancing Incremental Facility Loans
and Refinancing Incremental Facility Letters of Credit,
(iv) in no event shall the final maturity date for the Incremental Facility Term Loans of any
Series, or the final commitment termination date of any Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments of any Series, be earlier than the final Principal Payment Date for the Tranche B
Term Loans, except that the limitations of this clause (iv) shall not apply to (x)
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Facility Term Loans in an
aggregate amount as to all Series up to but not exceeding $200,000,000, so long as the
commitment termination date or final maturity thereof is not earlier than the Revolving
Credit Commitment Termination Date (in the case of Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Commitments) or the final Principal Payment Date for the Tranche A Term Loans (in the
case of Incremental Facility Term Loans) or (y) Refinancing Incremental Facility Commitments,
Refinancing Incremental Facility Loans and Refinancing Incremental Facility Letters of
Credit,
(v) the Incremental Facility Term Loans, and Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments, shall have an average life at least as long as any other Class of Loans with the
longest average life, except that the limitations of this clause (v) shall not apply to (x)
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Facility Term Loans in an
aggregate amount as to all Series up to but not exceeding $200,000,000, so long as the
weighted average life to maturity thereof is not earlier than the weighted average life to
maturity applicable to the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (in the case of Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Commitments) or
-36-
Tranche A Term Loans hereunder (in the case of Incremental Facility Term
Loans) or (y) Refinancing Incremental Facility Commitments, Refinancing Incremental Facility
Loans and Refinancing Incremental Facility Letters of Credit,
(vi) the aggregate amount of the Refinancing Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments of any Series shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the corresponding
Revolving Credit Commitments, or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any
Series, being replaced by such Refinancing Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments,
and shall not have a commitment termination date earlier than the scheduled commitment
termination date for the Commitments being replaced or a commitment reduction schedule with
an average life to maturity earlier
than the average life to maturity of the commitment reduction schedule of the
Commitments being replaced,
(vii) the aggregate amount of the Refinancing Incremental Facility Term Loans of any Series
shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the corresponding Term Loans of a Class, or
Incremental Facility Term Loans of any Series, being refinanced by such Refinancing
Incremental Facility Term Loans, and shall not have a final maturity date earlier than the
final maturity date of the Loans being refinanced or an average life to maturity
earlier than the average life to maturity of the Loans being refinanced and
(viii) except for the amortization and interest rate and financial covenants (which may be
less restrictive than those set forth in Section 8.10 hereof) to be applicable thereto, any
fees to be paid in connection therewith and, if applicable, the terms upon which Incremental
Facility Letters of Credit are to be issued, the Incremental Facility Loans and
Incremental Facility Letters of Credit of any Series shall have the same terms applicable to
the Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder, provided that any
Incremental Facility Loans may provide for any terms, whether or not the same as those
applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder, if
such terms become effective upon the payment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans, Term
Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder.
Following execution and delivery by the Borrowers, one or more Incremental Facility Lenders
and the Administrative Agent as provided above of an Incremental Facility Agreement with respect to
any Series then, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:
(x) if such Incremental Facility Loans are to be Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans,
each Incremental Facility Lender of such Series agrees to make Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Loans of such Series to the Borrowers, and (if applicable) issue Incremental Facility
Letters of Credit of such Series for the account of the Borrowers, from time to time
during the availability period for such Loans as set forth in such Incremental Facility
Agreement, in each case in an aggregate amount that will not result in such Lenders
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental
-37-
Facility Letters of Credit of such Series exceeding such Lenders
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitment of such Series; within the foregoing limits
and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay
and reborrow Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans of such Series; and
(y) if such Incremental Facility Loans are to be Incremental Facility Term Loans, each
Incremental Facility Term Loan Lender of such Series agrees to make Incremental Facility Term
Loans of such Series to the Borrowers from time to time during the availability period for
such Loans set forth in such Incremental Facility Agreement, in a principal
amount up to but not exceeding such Lenders Incremental Facility Term Loan Commitment
of such Series.
Proceeds of Incremental Facility Loans and Incremental Facility Letters of Credit hereunder
shall be available for any use permitted under Section 8.16(b) hereof.
(e) Certain Limitations on Eurodollar Loans. No more than eight separate Interest Periods in
respect of Eurodollar Loans of a Class from each Lender may be outstanding at any one time.
2.02 Borrowings. The Borrowers shall give the Administrative Agent notice of each borrowing
hereunder as provided in Section 4.05 hereof. Not later than (a) with respect to same-day
borrowings of Base Rate Loans, 11:00 a.m. New York time on the date specified for each borrowing
hereunder in the relevant borrowing notice delivered pursuant to Section 4.05 hereof and (b) with
respect to borrowings other than same-day Base Rate Loans, 1:00 p.m. New York time on the date for
each borrowing hereunder specified in the relevant borrowing notice delivered pursuant to Section
4.05 hereof, each Lender shall make available the amount of the Loan or Loans to be made by it on
such date to the Administrative Agent, at an account designated by the Administrative Agent to the
Lenders, in immediately available funds, for the account of the Borrowers. The amount so received
by the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, be made
available to the Borrowers by depositing the same, in immediately available funds, in an account of
the Borrowers designated by the Borrowers and maintained with JPMCB at its principal office.
2.03 Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit
Commitments (and, if specified at the time they shall be established, the Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series) may be utilized, upon the request of the Borrowers, in
addition to the Revolving Credit Loans provided for by Section 2.01(a) hereof (and, if applicable,
in addition to the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans provided for by Section 2.01(d)
hereof), by the issuance by any Issuing Lender of Letters of Credit of the applicable Class for the
account of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (as specified by the relevant Borrower),
provided that in no event shall
-38-
(i) the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Liabilities of any Class, together with the
aggregate principal amount of the Loans of such Class, exceed (x) in the case of Letters of
Credit issued under the Revolving Credit Commitments, the aggregate amount of the Revolving
Credit Commitments as in effect from time to time or (y) in the case of Letters of
Credit issued under the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series, the
aggregate amount of the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of such Series,
(ii) the outstanding aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Liabilities under the Revolving
Credit Commitments exceed $200,000,000, or the outstanding aggregate amount of all Letters of
Credit under the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series exceed the
respective limits therefor specified at the time such Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Commitments are established and
(iii) the expiration date of any Letter of Credit of any Class extend beyond the earlier of
the date five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date (or, in
the case of an Incremental Facility Letter of Credit, the commitment termination date of
the applicable Series of Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments) and the date
twelve months following the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal
or extension thereof, twelve months after the then-current expiration date of such Letter of
Credit, so long as such renewal or extension occurs within three months of such
then-current expiration date).
The Borrowers may request any Issuing Lender to issue Letters of
Credit for the account of the Borrowers to support an obligation of an Affiliate of the Borrowers
so long as the face amount of such Letter of Credit does not exceed the amount of Restricted
Payments the Borrowers may then make pursuant to Section 8.09(d). The following additional
provisions shall apply to Letters of Credit:
(a) Notice of Issuance. The Borrowers shall give the Administrative Agent at least three
Business Days irrevocable prior notice (effective upon receipt) specifying the Business Day
(which shall be no later than 30 days preceding the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination
Date or, if applicable, the commitment termination date for the respective Series of
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments) each Letter of Credit is to be issued and
the account party or parties therefor and describing in reasonable detail the proposed terms
of such Letter of Credit (including the beneficiary thereof) and the nature of the transactions
or obligations proposed to be supported thereby (including whether such Letter of
Credit is to be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit). Upon receipt of
any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the relevant Issuing Lender of the
contents thereof.
(b) Participations in Letters of Credit. On each day during the period commencing with the
issuance by any Issuing Lender of any Letter of Credit of any Class
-39-
and until such Letter of Credit shall have expired or been terminated, the
Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender (or, as applicable, the
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitment of each Incremental Facility Revolving
Credit Lender) shall be deemed to be utilized for all purposes of this Agreement in an amount
equal to such Lenders Letter of Credit Commitment Percentage of the then undrawn face
amount of such Letter of Credit. Each Revolving Credit Lender and each Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Lender (other than the relevant Issuing Lender) agrees that, upon the
issuance of any Revolving Credit Letter of Credit or Incremental Facility Letter of Credit
hereunder, as applicable, it shall automatically acquire a participation in such Issuing
Lenders liability under such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such
Lenders Letter of Credit Commitment Percentage of such liability, and each such Lender
(other than the relevant Issuing Lender) thereby shall absolutely, unconditionally and
irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and not as surety, and shall be unconditionally
obligated to such Issuing Lender to pay and discharge when due, its Letter of Credit
Commitment Percentage of such Issuing Lenders liability under such Letter of Credit.
(c) Notice by Issuing Lender of Drawings. Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit of any demand for payment under such Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Lender
shall promptly notify the Borrowers (through the Administrative Agent) of the amount to be
paid by such Issuing Lender as a result of such demand and the date on which payment is
to be made by such Issuing Lender to such beneficiary in respect of such demand.
Notwithstanding the identity of the account party of any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers
hereby jointly and severally unconditionally agree to pay and reimburse the Administrative
Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Lender for the amount of each demand for
payment under such Letter of Credit that is in substantial compliance with the provisions of
such Letter of Credit at or prior to the date on which payment is to be made by such Issuing
Lender to the beneficiary thereunder, without presentment, demand, protest or other
formalities of any kind.
(d) Notice by the Borrowers of Borrowing for Reimbursement. Forthwith upon its receipt of a
notice referred to in paragraph (c) of this Section 2.03, the Borrowers shall advise the
Administrative Agent whether or not the Borrowers intend to borrow hereunder to finance their
obligation to reimburse such Issuing Lender for the amount of the related demand for
payment and, if they do, submit a notice of such borrowing as provided in Section 4.05
hereof.
(e) Payments by Lenders to Issuing Lender. Each Revolving Credit Lender and each Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Lender (other than the relevant Issuing Lender), as applicable,
shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender at its
principal office in Dollars and in immediately available funds, the amount of such Lenders
Letter of Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under a Revolving Letter of Credit or
Incremental Facility Letter of Credit, as applicable, upon notice by such Issuing Lender
(through the Administrative Agent) to such Lender
-40-
requesting such payment and specifying such amount. Each such Lenders
obligation to make such payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing
Lender under this paragraph (e), and such Issuing Lenders right to receive the same, shall
be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever,
including, without limitation, the failure of any other Lender to make its payment
under this paragraph (e), the financial condition of the Borrowers (or any other account
party), the existence of any Default or the termination of the Commitments. Each such payment
to any Issuing Lender shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction
whatsoever. If any
Revolving Credit Lender or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender shall default in
its obligation to make any such payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of an
Issuing Lender, for so long as such default shall continue the Administrative Agent may at
the request of such Issuing Lender withhold from any payments received by the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement for the account of such Lender the amount so in
default and, to the extent so withheld, pay the same to such Issuing Lender in satisfaction
of such defaulted obligation.
(f) Participations in Reimbursement Obligations. Upon the making of each payment by a Lender
to an Issuing Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above in respect of any Letter of Credit, such
Lender shall, automatically and without any further action on the part of the Administrative
Agent, such Issuing Lender or such Lender, acquire (i) a participation in an amount
equal to such payment in the Reimbursement Obligation owing to such Issuing Lender by the
Borrowers hereunder and under the Letter of Credit Documents relating to such Letter of
Credit and (ii) a participation in a percentage equal to such Lenders Letter of Credit
Commitment Percentage in any interest or other amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder and
under such Letter of Credit Documents in respect of such Reimbursement Obligation
(other than the commissions, charges, costs and expenses payable to such Issuing Lender
pursuant to paragraph (g) of this Section 2.03). Upon receipt by an Issuing Lender from or for
the account of the Borrowers of any payment in respect of any Reimbursement Obligation or any
such interest or other amount (including by way of setoff or application of proceeds of
any collateral security) such Issuing Lender shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender entitled thereto, such Lenders Letter of Credit Commitment
Percentage of such payment, each such payment by such Issuing Lender to be made in the same
money and funds in which received by such Issuing Lender. In the event any payment
received by an Issuing Lender and so paid to a Lender hereunder is rescinded or must
otherwise be returned by such Issuing Lender, such Lender shall, upon the request of such
Issuing Lender (through the Administrative Agent), repay to such Issuing Lender (through the
Administrative Agent) the amount of such payment paid to such Lender, with interest at
the rate specified in paragraph (j) of this Section 2.03.
(g) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Revolving Credit Lender or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender
(ratably in accordance with their respective Letter of Credit Commitment
-41-
Percentages) a letter of credit fee in respect of each Revolving Credit
Letter of Credit or Incremental Facility Letter of Credit, as applicable, in an amount equal
to the Applicable Margin, in effect from time to time, for Revolving Credit Loans or
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans of the respective Series, as applicable, that are
Eurodollar Loans on the daily average undrawn face amount of such Letter of Credit for the
period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (i) in the case
of a Letter of Credit that expires in accordance with its terms, to and including such
expiration date and (ii) in the case of a Letter of
Credit that is drawn in full or is otherwise terminated other than on the stated
expiration date of such Letter of Credit, to but excluding the date such Letter of Credit is
drawn in full or is terminated (such fee to be non-refundable, to be paid in arrears not
later than the third Business Day following each Quarterly Date and on the Revolving Credit
Commitment Termination Date (or, as applicable, the commitment termination date for the
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of the relevant Series) and to be
calculated for any day after giving effect to any payments made under such Letter of Credit
on such day).
In addition, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
relevant Issuing Lender a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by such
Issuing Lender in an amount equal to 1/4 of 1% per annum of the daily average undrawn face
amount of such Letter of Credit for the period from and including the date of issuance of
such Letter of Credit (i) in the case of a Letter of Credit that expires in accordance with
its terms, to and including such expiration date and (ii) in the case of a Letter of Credit
that is drawn in full or is otherwise terminated other than on the stated expiration date of
such Letter of Credit, to but excluding the date such Letter of Credit is drawn in full
or is terminated (such fee to be non-refundable, to be paid in arrears not later than the
third Business Day following each Quarterly Date and on the Revolving Credit Commitment
Termination Date or, as applicable, the commitment termination date for the Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of the relevant Series, and to be calculated for
any day after giving effect to any payments made under such Letter of Credit on such day)
plus all commissions, charges, costs and expenses in the amounts customarily charged by such
Issuing Lender from time to time in like circumstances with respect to the issuance of each
Letter of Credit and drawings and other transactions relating thereto.
(h) Information Provided by Issuing Lender. Promptly following the end of each calendar
month, the Issuing Lenders shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to each Revolving
Credit Lender or Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, and the
Borrowers a notice describing the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding
at the end of such month. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing
Lenders shall deliver any other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect
to each Letter of Credit then outstanding in which such Lender holds a Letter of Credit
Interest.
-42-
(i) Conditions Precedent to Issuance. The issuance by any Issuing Lender of each Letter of
Credit shall, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 hereof, be
subject to the conditions precedent that (i) such Letter of Credit shall be in such form,
contain such terms and support such transactions as shall be satisfactory to such
Issuing Lender consistent with its then current practices and procedures with respect to
letters of credit of the same type and (ii) the Borrowers shall have executed and delivered
such applications, agreements and other instruments relating to such Letter of Credit as such
Issuing Lender shall have reasonably requested consistent with its then current practices and
procedures with respect to letters of credit of the same type, provided that in the
event of any conflict between any such application, agreement or other instrument and the
provisions of this Agreement or any Security Document, the provisions of this Agreement and
the Security Documents shall control.
(j) Interest Payable to Issuing Lender by Lenders. To the extent that any Lender shall fail
to pay any amount required to be paid pursuant to paragraph (e) or (f) of this Section 2.03
on the due date therefor, such Lender shall pay interest to the relevant Issuing Lender
(through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from and including such due date to
but excluding the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Rate, provided that if such Lender shall fail to make such payment to such Issuing Lender
within three Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such Lender
shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the Post-Default Rate.
(k) Modifications and Supplements. The issuance by an Issuing Lender of any modification or
supplement to any Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject to the same conditions
applicable under this Section 2.03 to the issuance of new Letters of Credit, and no such
modification or supplement shall be issued hereunder unless either (i) the respective
Letter of Credit affected thereby would have complied with such conditions had it originally
been issued hereunder in such modified or supplemented form or (ii) the Majority Lenders of
the applicable Class shall have consented thereto.
(l) Existing Letters of Credit. To the extent that on the Closing Date any Letters of
Credit under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreements shall be outstanding then, on
the Closing Date, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in
Section 6 hereof, each of such Letters of Credit shall automatically, and without any
action on the part of any Person, become a Letter of Credit hereunder, and JPMCB, as the
Issuing Lender under the Existing Credit Agreements, hereby unconditionally releases each
Revolving Credit Lender under the Existing Credit Agreements from any liability under such
Revolving Credit Lenders participation in respect of such Letter of Credit.
The
Borrowers hereby indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and the Administrative Agent from and
against any and all claims and damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses that such
-43-
Lender or the Administrative Agent may incur (or that may be claimed against such
Lender or the Administrative Agent by any Person whatsoever) by reason of or in connection with the
execution and delivery or transfer of or payment or refusal to pay by any Issuing Lender under any
Letter of Credit; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to indemnify any Lender or the
Administrative Agent for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses to the extent,
but only to the extent, caused by (x) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Issuing
Lender in determining whether a request presented under any Letter of Credit complied with the
terms of such
Letter of Credit or (y) in the case of any Issuing Lender, such Lenders failure to pay under any
Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and
conditions of such Letter of Credit. Nothing in this Section 2.03 is intended to limit the other
obligations of the Borrowers, any Lender or the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.
2.04 Changes of Commitments.
(a) Optional Reductions of Commitments. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time or from time
to time (i) so long as no Revolving Credit Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities in respect of
Revolving Credit Letters of Credit are outstanding, to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments,
(ii) so long as no Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans or Incremental Facility Letters of
Credit of a Series are outstanding, to terminate the Incremental Facility Commitments of such
Series and (iii) to reduce the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments or
Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of any Series (for which purpose use of such
Commitments shall be deemed to include the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities in
respect of Letters of Credit issued under such Commitments); provided that (x) the Borrowers shall
give notice of each such termination or reduction as provided in Section 4.05 hereof, (y) each
partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount at least equal to $1,000,000 (or a larger
multiple of $500,000) and (z) each such reduction of Commitments shall be applied ratably to the
Commitments of each Class.
(b) Mandatory Reductions or Terminations of Commitments. Unless previously terminated, the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Credit
Commitment Termination Date. In the event that the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments are not fully
drawn on the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment Expiration Date, then on such date the full aggregate
amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments shall be terminated. In the event that the Tranche B
Term Loan Commitments are not fully drawn on the Closing Date as provided in Section 2.01(c)
hereof, then on such date the full aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments shall be
terminated. The aggregate amount of the Incremental Facility Commitments of any Series shall be
automatically reduced to zero on the date specified at the time the Incremental Facility
Commitments of such Series are established.
(c) No Reinstatement. The Commitments once terminated or reduced may not be reinstated.
-44-
2.05 Commitment Fee. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of
each Revolving Credit Lender a commitment fee on the daily average unused amount of such Lenders
Revolving Credit Commitment (for which purpose (i) the aggregate amount of any Letter of Credit
Liabilities in respect of Revolving Credit Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be a pro rata
(based on the Revolving Credit Commitments) use of each Lenders Revolving Credit Commitment and
(ii) any Reserved Commitment Amount shall be deemed to be unused), for the period from and
including the date hereof to but not including the earlier of the date such Revolving Credit
Commitment is terminated and the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date, at a rate per annum
equal to (x) 5/8 of 1% at any time the then-current Rate Ratio (determined pursuant to Section 3.03
hereof) is greater than 3.00 to 1 and (y) 1/2 of 1% at any time the then-current Rate Ratio (so
determined) is equal to or less than 3.00 to 1, provided that for the period from the Closing Date
to the day prior to the first Quarterly Date occurring thereafter, such commitment fee shall be
determined based upon the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(l) hereof. The Borrowers
shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Incremental Facility Lender of any
Series a commitment fee in such amounts, and on such dates, as shall have been agreed to by the
Borrowers and such Incremental Facility Lender upon the establishment of the Incremental Facility
Commitment of such Series to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(d) hereof. Accrued commitment fee
shall be payable not later than the third Business Day following each Quarterly Date and on the
earlier of the date the relevant Commitments are terminated and the Revolving Credit Commitment
Termination Date or the Incremental Facility Commitments of such Series terminate, as the case may
be.
2.06 Lending Offices. The Loans of each Type made by each Lender shall be made and maintained
at such Lenders Applicable Lending Office for Loans of such Type.
2.07 Several Obligations; Remedies Independent. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan to
be made by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation
to make its Loan on such date, but neither any Lender nor the Administrative Agent shall be
responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make a Loan to be made by such other Lender, and
(except as otherwise provided in Section 4.06 hereof) no Lender shall have any obligation to the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender for the failure by such Lender to make any Loan required
to be made by such Lender. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender
hereby agrees with each other Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its
rights arising out of this Agreement (including, without limitation, exercising any rights of
off-set) without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the
Majority Lenders, it being the intent of the Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce
rights under this Agreement shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of
the Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders and not individually by a single Lender.
-45-
2.08 Loan Accounts; Promissory Notes.
(a) Maintenance of Records by Lenders. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender
resulting from each Loan made by such Lender to the Borrowers, including the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Lender by the Borrowers from time to time hereunder.
(b) Maintenance of Records by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall
maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder to the
Borrowers, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount
of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to
each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent
hereunder from the Borrowers for the account of the Lenders and each Lenders share thereof.
(c) Effect of Entries. The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Section 2.08 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the
obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent
to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the
Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(d) Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it to the
Borrowers be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute
and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested
by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the
Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans of the Borrowers evidenced by such promissory note and
interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 11.06 hereof)
be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named
therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered
assigns).
2.09 Optional Prepayments and Conversions or Continuations of Loans. Subject to Section 4.04
hereof, the Borrowers shall have the right to prepay Loans, or to Convert Loans of one Type into
Loans of another Type or Continue Loans of one Type as Loans of the same Type, at any time or from
time to time, provided that:
(a) the Borrowers shall give the Administrative Agent notice of each such prepayment,
Conversion or Continuation as provided in Section 4.05 hereof (and, upon the date specified
in any such notice of prepayment, the amount to be prepaid shall become due and payable
hereunder);
-46-
(b) Eurodollar Loans may be prepaid or Converted at any time from time to time, provided
that the Borrowers shall pay any amounts owing under Section 5.05 hereof in the event of any
such prepayment or
Conversion on any date other than the last day of an Interest Period for such Loans;
(c) prepayments of any Class of Term Loans or Incremental Facility Term Loans shall be
applied to the remaining installments of such Loans ratably in accordance with the respective
principal amounts thereof; and
(d) any Conversion or Continuation of Eurodollar Loans shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 2.01(e) hereof.
It shall not be necessary in connection with the prepayment of any Class of Term Loans or
Incremental Facility Term Loans that concurrent prepayments be made of any other Class of Loans.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limiting the rights and remedies of the Lenders under
Section 9 hereof, in the event that any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Administrative Agent may (and at the request of the Majority Lenders shall) suspend the right of
the Borrowers to Convert any Loan into a Eurodollar Loan, or to Continue any Loan as a Eurodollar
Loan, in which event all Loans shall be Converted (on the last day(s) of the respective Interest
Periods therefor) or Continued, as the case may be, as Base Rate Loans.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any optional prepayment of Tranche B Term Loans effected on or
prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date with the proceeds of a substantially concurrent
borrowing of Incremental Facility Term Loans under this Agreement (or any other class of term loans
permitted under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment hereto), shall be accompanied by a
prepayment fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of such prepayment in the event that the
Applicable Margin in respect of such Incremental Facility Term Loans (or other term loans) is less
than the corresponding Applicable Margin in respect of the Tranche B Term Loans.
2.10 Mandatory Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments.
(a) Casualty Events. Upon the date one year following the receipt by any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries of the proceeds of insurance, condemnation award or other compensation in respect
of any Casualty Event affecting any Property of any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries
(or upon such earlier date as the Borrowers or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall have
determined not to repair or replace the Property affected by such Casualty Event), the Borrowers
shall prepay the Loans (and/or provide cover for Letter of Credit Liabilities as specified in
paragraph (f) below) in an aggregate amount, if any, equal to 100% of the Net Available Proceeds of
such Casualty Event not theretofore applied (or committed to be applied pursuant to executed
construction contracts or equipment orders) to the repair or replacement of such Property, such
prepayment to be effected in each case in the manner and to the extent specified in paragraph (e)
of this Section 2.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
-47-
Borrowers shall not be required to make any prepayment (and/or provide cover for Letter of Credit
Liabilities) under this paragraph (a) until the aggregate
amount of the Net Available Proceeds that must be prepaid under this paragraph (a) exceeds
$20,000,000.
(b) Excess Cash Flow. Not later than the date 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Borrowers (or, if earlier, 30 days after the delivery of the audited financial statements for
such fiscal year pursuant to Section 8.01(b) hereof), commencing with the fiscal year ending on
December 31, 2009, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans (and/or provide cover for Letter of Credit
Liabilities as specified in paragraph (f) below) in an aggregate amount equal to the excess of (A)
50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year over (B) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments
of Term Loans and Incremental Facility Term Loans made during such fiscal year pursuant to Section
2.09 hereof (other than that portion, if any, of such prepayments applied to installments of the
Term Loans and Incremental Facility Term Loans falling due in such fiscal year), such prepayment to
be effected in each case in the manner and to the extent specified in paragraph (e) of this Section
2.10, provided that the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall not be applicable if as at the last
day of such fiscal year the Total Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.
(c) Debt Issuances. Upon any Debt Issuance, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans (and/or
provide cover for Letter of Credit Liabilities as specified in paragraph (f) below) in an aggregate
amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Proceeds thereof, such prepayment to be effected in each
case in the manner and to the extent specified in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.10.
(d) Sale of Assets. Without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to obtain the consent of
the Majority Lenders pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof to any Disposition not otherwise permitted
hereunder, in the event that the Net Available Proceeds of any Disposition (herein, the Current
Disposition), and of all prior Dispositions after the date hereof (including amounts which were
set aside for reinvestment pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 2.10(d) but were not in
fact so reinvested within one year) as to which a prepayment has not yet been made under this
Section 2.10(d), shall exceed $30,000,000 then, no later than five Business Days after the
occurrence of the Current Disposition, the Borrowers will deliver to the Administrative Agent
(which shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lenders) a statement, certified by a Senior
Officer, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the amount of the Net
Available Proceeds of the Current Disposition and of all such prior Dispositions and will prepay
the Loans (and/or provide cover for Letter of Credit Liabilities as specified in paragraph (f)
below) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Proceeds of the Current
Disposition and such prior Dispositions, such prepayment to be effected in each case in the manner
and to the extent specified in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.10.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers shall not be required to make a prepayment
pursuant to this paragraph (d) with respect to Net Available Proceeds from any Disposition in the
event that the Borrowers advise the Administrative Agent at the time the Net
-48-
Available Proceeds from such Disposition are received that they intend to reinvest such Net
Available Proceeds in replacement assets pursuant to an Acquisition permitted under Section
8.05(d)(iv) hereof or otherwise as Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 8.12 hereof, so
long as
(x) such Net Available Proceeds are either (i) held by (A) the Administrative Agent or
(B) as permitted under Section 4.01 of the Pledge Agreement, a Qualified Intermediary (as
defined thereunder), in the Collateral Account pending such reinvestment, in which event the
Administrative Agent (or the Qualified Intermediary, as the case may be) need not
release such Net Available Proceeds except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to it
that such Net Available Proceeds are to be so reinvested in compliance with the provisions of
this Agreement or (ii) applied by the Borrowers to the prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans
hereunder (in which event the Borrowers agree to advise the Administrative Agent in
writing at the time of such prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans that such prepayment is
being made from the proceeds of a Disposition and that, as contemplated by Section 2.01(a)
hereof, a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder equal to the amount of such
prepayment gives rise to a Reserved Commitment Amount that shall be available hereunder
only for purposes of making an acquisition under Section 8.05(d)(iv) hereof or making of
Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 8.12 hereof),
(y) the Net Available Proceeds from any Disposition are in fact so reinvested within one
year of such Disposition (it being understood that, in the event Net Available Proceeds from
more than one Disposition are paid into the Collateral Account or applied to the prepayment
of Revolving Credit Loans as provided in clause (x) above, such Net Available Proceeds
shall be deemed to be released (or, as the case may be, Revolving Credit Loans utilizing the
Reserved Commitment Amount shall be deemed to be made) in the same order in which such
Dispositions occurred and, accordingly, (A) any such Net Available Proceeds so held for more
than one year shall be forthwith applied to the prepayment of Loans as provided above and (B)
any Reserved Commitment Amount that remains so unutilized for more than one year shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to such borrowing in Section 6.02
hereof, be utilized through the borrowing by the Borrowers of Revolving Credit Loans the
proceeds of which shall be applied to the prepayment of Loans as provided in paragraph (e) of
this Section 2.10) and
(z) the aggregate amount of Net Available Proceeds (together with investment earnings
thereon) so held at any time by the Administrative Agent (or the Qualified Intermediary)
pending reinvestment as contemplated by this sentence, together with the aggregate amount of
the Reserved Commitment Amount, shall not at any time exceed $100,000,000 or such
greater amount as the Majority Lenders may otherwise agree.
As contemplated by Section 4.01 of the Pledge Agreement, nothing in this paragraph (d) shall be
deemed to obligate the Administrative Agent to release any of such proceeds from the Collateral
-49-
Account to the Borrowers for purposes of reinvestment as aforesaid upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of any Event of Default.
(e) Application. Prepayments and reductions of Commitments described above in this Section
2.10 shall be applied, first, to the Term Loans and Incremental Facility Term Loans of each Class
then outstanding ratably in accordance with the respective principal amounts of such Loans
outstanding at the time, second, following the prepayment in full of such Loans, to the Revolving
Credit Loans and the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans, without reduction of the
Revolving Credit Commitments or the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments and, third,
to cover for outstanding Letter of Credit Liabilities as provided in paragraph (f) below, ratably
to Letter of Credit Liabilities under the Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Commitments of each Series.
(f) Cover for Letter of Credit Liabilities. In the event that the Borrowers shall be required
pursuant to this Section 2.10, to provide cover for Letter of Credit Liabilities, the Borrowers
shall effect the same by paying to the Administrative Agent immediately available funds in an
amount equal to the required amount, which funds shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in
the Collateral Account (as collateral security in the first instance for the Letter of Credit
Liabilities) until such time as the Letters of Credit shall have been terminated and all of the
Letter of Credit Liabilities paid in full.
(g) Change in Commitments. If at any time either (i) the aggregate outstanding amount of
Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities in respect of Revolving Credit Letters of
Credit exceeds the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, or (ii) the
aggregate outstanding amount of Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans of any Series and the
Letter of Credit Liabilities in respect of Incremental Facility Letters of Credit of such Series
exceeds the aggregate amount of the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of such
Series, then and in either such event the Borrowers shall prepay such Loans (and/or provide cover
for such Letter of Credit Liabilities as specified in paragraph (f) above) in such amounts as shall
be necessary so that after giving effect to such prepayment (and cover), the aggregate outstanding
amount of such Loans and such Letter of Credit Liabilities does not exceed the aggregate amount of
such Commitments, provided that any such prepayment shall be accompanied by any amounts payable
under Section 5.05 hereof.
Section 3. Payments of Principal and Interest.
3.01 Repayment of Loans.
(a) Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally promise to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the entire outstanding principal amount of such
Lenders Revolving Credit Loans, and each Revolving Credit Loan shall mature, on the Revolving
Credit Commitment Termination Date.
-50-
(b) Tranche A Term Loans. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally promise to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Tranche A Term Loan Lenders the principal of the
Tranche A Term Loans on each Principal Payment Date set forth in column (A) below, by an amount
equal to the percentage of the Tranche A Closing Balance (as defined below) set forth in column (B)
below of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
(B) |
Principal Payment Date |
|
Percentage Reduction |
March 31, 2008 |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
June 30, 2008 |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
September 30, 2008 |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2009 |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
June 30, 2009 |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
September 30, 2009 |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 |
|
|
6.25 |
% |
June 30, 2010 |
|
|
6.25 |
% |
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
6.25 |
% |
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
6.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
|
6.50 |
% |
June 30, 2011 |
|
|
6.50 |
% |
September 30, 2011 |
|
|
6.50 |
% |
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
6.50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2012 |
|
|
9.00 |
% |
June 30, 2012 |
|
|
9.00 |
% |
September 30, 2012 |
|
|
9.00 |
% |
For purposes hereof, the Tranche A Closing Balance shall mean the aggregate principal amount
of the Tranche A Term Loans outstanding hereunder on the close of business on the Tranche A Term
Loan Commitment Expiration Date.
(c) Tranche B Term Loans. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally promise to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Tranche B Term Loan Lenders the principal of the
Tranche B Term Loans on each Principal Payment Date set forth in column (A) below, by an amount
equal to the percentage of the Tranche B Closing Balance (as
-51-
defined below) set forth in column (B) below of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B
Term Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
(B) |
Principal Payment Date |
|
Percentage Reduction |
March 31, 2005 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2005 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2005 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2006 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2006 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2006 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2006 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2007 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2007 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2007 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2007 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2008 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2008 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2008 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2009 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2009 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2009 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2010 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2011 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2011 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
-52-
|
|
|
|
|
(A) |
|
(B) |
Principal Payment Date |
|
Percentage Reduction |
March 31, 2012 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
June 30, 2012 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
September 30, 2012 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
December 31, 2012 |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
|
March 31, 2013 |
|
|
92.00 |
% |
For purposes hereof, the Tranche B Closing Balance shall mean the aggregate principal amount
of the Tranche B Term Loans outstanding hereunder on the close of business on the Closing Date.
(d) Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally
promise to pay to the Administrative Agent for the
account of each Lender the entire outstanding principal amount of such Lenders Incremental
Facility Revolving Credit Loans of any Series, and each Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loan
of such Series shall mature, on the commitment termination date for such Series specified pursuant
to Section 2.01(d) hereof at the time the respective Incremental Facility Revolving Credit
Commitments of such Series are established.
(e) Incremental Facility Term Loans. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally promise to pay
to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Incremental Facility Term Lenders of any Series
the principal of the Incremental Facility Term Loans of such Series on the respective Principal
Payment Dates agreed upon between the Borrowers and such Incremental Facility Term Lenders pursuant
to Section 2.01(d) hereof at the time such Lenders become obligated to make such Incremental
Facility Term Loans hereunder.
3.02 Interest. The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally promise to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by
such Lender for the period from and including the date of such Loan to but excluding the date such
Loan shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:
(a) during such periods as such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, the Base Rate (as in effect
from time to time) plus the Applicable Margin and
(b) during such periods as such Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, for each Interest Period
relating thereto, the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan for such Interest Period plus the
Applicable Margin.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers jointly and severally promise to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender interest at the applicable Post-Default Rate on
any principal of any Loan made by such Lender, on any Reimbursement Obligation held by such Lender
and on any other amount payable by the Borrowers hereunder to or for the account of such Lender,
that shall not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by
-53-
acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise), for the period from and including the due date
thereof to but excluding the date the same is paid in full. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be
payable (i) in the case of a Base Rate Loan, quarterly not later than the third Business Day
following the Quarterly Dates, (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of each
Interest Period therefor and, if such Interest Period is longer than three months, at three-month
intervals following the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in the case of any Eurodollar
Loan, upon the payment, prepayment or Conversion thereof (but only on the principal amount so paid,
prepaid or Converted) and (iv) in the case of all Loans, upon the payment or prepayment in full of
the principal of the Loans, and the termination of the Commitments, hereunder, except that interest
payable at the Post-Default Rate shall be payable from time to time on demand. Promptly after the
determination of any interest rate provided for herein or any change therein, the Administrative
Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders to which such interest is payable and to the
Borrowers.
3.03 Determination of Applicable Margin.
(a) Determinations Generally. The Applicable Margin for the period from the Closing Date to
the day prior to the Quarterly Date falling on or nearest to December 31, 2004 shall be determined
as provided in the definition of Applicable Margin. Thereafter, the Applicable Margin for each
Quarterly Payment Period shall be determined based upon a Rate Ratio Certificate for such Quarterly
Payment Period delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.03. If
the Rate Ratio Certificate for any Quarterly Payment Period is delivered to the Administrative
Agent (which shall promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lenders) three or more days prior to the
first day of such Quarterly Payment Period, any adjustment in the Applicable Margin required to be
made, as shown in such Rate Ratio Certificate, shall be effective on the first day of such
Quarterly Payment Period.
(b) Effectiveness of Adjustments. If the Rate Ratio Certificate for any Quarterly Payment
Period is delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent later than three days prior to the
commencement of such Quarterly Payment Period, then (i) any decrease in the Applicable Margin for
such Quarterly Payment Period shall not become effective on the first day of such Quarterly Payment
Period but shall instead become effective on the third day following receipt by the Administrative
Agent of such Rate Ratio Certificate and (ii) any increase in the Applicable Margin for such
Quarterly Payment Period shall become effective retroactively from the first day of such Quarterly
Payment Period.
(c) Retroactive Adjustments. If it shall be determined at any time, on the basis of a
certificate of a Senior Officer delivered pursuant to the last sentence of Section 8.01 hereof,
that the Applicable Margin then in effect for the current Quarterly Payment Period, or any previous
Quarterly Payment Period, is or was incorrect, and that a correction would have the effect of
increasing the Applicable Margin, then the Applicable Margin shall be so increased (solely with
respect to such Quarterly Payment Period or Periods), effective retroactively from the first day of
such Quarterly Payment Period, provided that in the event such certificate for any
-54-
fiscal quarter is not delivered pursuant to said Section 8.01 within 60 days of the end of such
fiscal quarter, then, unless the Borrowers shall deliver such certificate within 10 days after
notice of such non-delivery shall be given by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to the
Borrowers, the Applicable Margin for such Quarterly Payment Period shall be deemed to be the
highest Applicable Margin provided for in the definition of such term in Section 1.01 hereof.
(d) Recalculation of Interest. In the event of any retroactive increase in the Applicable
Margin for any Quarterly Payment Period pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the amount of
interest in respect of any Loan outstanding during all or any portion of such Quarterly Payment
Period shall be recalculated using the Applicable Margin as so increased. On the Business Day
immediately following receipt by the Borrowers of notice from the Administrative Agent of such
increase, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, an
amount equal to the difference between (i) the
amount of interest previously paid or payable by the Borrowers in respect of such Loan for such
Quarterly Payment Period and (ii) the amount of interest in respect of such Loan as so recalculated
for such Quarterly Payment Period.
Section 4. Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Computations; Etc.
4.01 Payments.
(a) Payments by the Borrowers. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all payments of
principal, interest, Reimbursement Obligations and other amounts to be made by the Borrowers under
this Agreement, and except to the extent otherwise provided therein, all payments to be made by the
Borrowers under any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds,
without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to the Administrative Agent at an account designated by
the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, not later than 1:00 p.m. New York time on the date on
which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be
deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).
(b) Debit for Payment. Any Lender for whose account any such payment is to be made may (but
shall not be obligated to) debit the amount of any such payment that is not made by such time to
any ordinary deposit account of the Borrowers with such Lender (with notice to the Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent), provided that such Lenders failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity thereof.
(c) Application of Payments. The Borrowers shall, at the time of making each payment under
this Agreement for the account of any Lender, specify to the Administrative Agent (which shall so
notify the intended recipient(s) thereof) the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations or other amounts
payable by the Borrowers hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that
the Borrowers fail to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Administrative Agent may distribute such payment to the
-55-
Lenders for application in such manner as it or the Majority Lenders, subject to Section 4.02
hereof, may determine to be appropriate).
(d) Forwarding of Payments by Administrative Agent. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
the last sentence of Section 2.03(e) hereof, each payment received by the Administrative Agent
under this Agreement for the account of any Lender shall be paid by the Administrative Agent
promptly to such Lender, in immediately available funds, for the account of such Lenders
Applicable Lending Office for the Loan or other obligation in respect of which such payment is
made.
(e) Extensions to Next Business Day. If the due date of any payment under this Agreement would
otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day, and interest shall be payable for any principal so extended for the period
of such extension.
4.02 Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein:
(a) each borrowing of Loans of a particular Class (including of a particular Series of
Incremental Facility Loans) from the Lenders under Section 2.01 hereof shall be made from the
relevant Lenders, each payment of commitment fee under Section 2.05 hereof in respect of
Commitments of a particular Class shall be made for the account of the relevant Lenders,
and each termination or reduction of the amount of the Commitments of a particular Class
under Section 2.04 hereof shall be applied to the respective Commitments of such Class of the
relevant Lenders, pro rata according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such
Class;
(b) except as otherwise provided in Section 5.04 hereof, Eurodollar Loans of any Class
(including of a particular Series of Incremental Facility Loans) having the same Interest
Period shall be allocated pro rata among the relevant Lenders according to the amounts of
their respective Revolving Credit, Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan and
Incremental Facility Loan Commitments of the relevant Series (in the case of the making of
Loans) or their respective Revolving Credit, Term and Incremental Facility Loans of the
relevant Series (in the case of Conversions and Continuations of Loans);
(c) each payment or prepayment of principal of Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche A Term
Loans, Tranche B Term Loans and Incremental Facility Loans by the Borrowers shall be made for
the account of the relevant Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid
principal amounts of the Loans of such Class held by them; and
(d) each payment of interest on Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B
Term Loans and Incremental Facility Loans by the Borrowers shall be
-56-
made for the account of the relevant Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of
interest on such Loans then due and payable to the respective Lenders.
4.03 Computations. Interest on Eurodollar Loans shall be computed on the basis of a year of
360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in
the period for which payable and interest on Base Rate Loans and Reimbursement Obligations,
commitment fee and letter of credit fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366
days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed (including the first day but, except as otherwise
provided in Section 2.03(g) hereof, excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which
payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each day that the Base Rate is calculated by reference
to the Federal Funds Rate, interest on Base Rate Loans shall be computed on the basis of a year of
360 days and actual days elapsed.
4.04 Minimum Amounts. Except for mandatory prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof
and Conversions or prepayments made pursuant to Section
5.04 hereof, each borrowing, Conversion and partial prepayment of principal of Base Rate Loans
(other than mandatory prepayments of Term Loans or Incremental Facility Term Loans, as to which the
provisions of Section 2.10 hereof shall apply) shall be in an aggregate amount at least equal to
$1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $500,000 and each borrowing, Conversion and partial prepayment
of Eurodollar Loans (other than prepayments of Term Loans, as to which the provisions of Section
2.09(c) hereof shall apply) shall be in an aggregate amount at least equal to $3,000,000 or a
larger multiple of $1,000,000 (borrowings, Conversions or prepayments of or into Loans of different
Types or, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, having different Interest Periods at the same time
hereunder to be deemed separate borrowings, Conversions and prepayments for purposes of the
foregoing, one for each Type or Interest Period). If any Eurodollar Loans would otherwise be in a
lesser principal amount for any period, such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans during such period.
4.05 Certain Notices. Notices by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent of terminations or
reductions of the Commitments, of borrowings, Conversions, Continuations and optional prepayments
of Loans and of Classes of Loans, of Types of Loans and of the duration of Interest Periods shall
be irrevocable and shall be effective only if received by the Administrative Agent not later than
(a) with respect to same day borrowings or prepayments of Base Rate Loans, 11:00 a.m. New York time
on the date of the relevant borrowing or prepayment and (b) with respect to borrowings other than
same-day Base Rate Loans or prepayments of Loans other than Base Rate Loans, 1:00 p.m. New York
time on the number of Business Days prior to the date of the relevant termination, reduction,
borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or prepayment or the first day of such Interest Period
specified below:
-57-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Business |
Notice |
|
Days Prior |
Termination or reduction of Commitments |
|
|
3 |
|
Borrowing of same day Base Rate Loans
and prepayment of Base Rate Loans |
|
same day |
Borrowing of non-same day Base Rate Loans |
|
|
1 |
|
Conversions into Base Rate Loans |
|
|
1 |
|
Borrowing or prepayment of, Conversions
into, Continuations as, or duration of
Interest Period for,
Eurodollar Loans |
|
|
3 |
|
Each such notice of termination or reduction shall specify the amount and the Class of the
Commitments to be terminated or reduced. Each such notice of borrowing, Conversion, Continuation or
optional prepayment shall specify the
Class of Loans (including, if applicable, the particular Series of Incremental Facility Loans) to
be borrowed, Converted, Continued or prepaid and the amount (subject to Section 4.04 hereof) and
Type of each Loan to be borrowed, Converted, Continued or prepaid and the date of borrowing,
Conversion, Continuation or optional prepayment (which shall be a Business Day). Each such notice
of the duration of an Interest Period shall specify the Loans to which such Interest Period is to
relate.
The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the contents of each such
notice. In the event that the Borrowers fail to select the Type of Loan, or the duration of any
Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan, within the time period and otherwise as provided in this
Section 4.05, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurodollar Loan) will be automatically Converted into
a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan or (if
outstanding as a Base Rate Loan) will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a
Base Rate Loan.
4.06 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall
have been notified by a Lender or the Borrowers (the Payor) prior to the date on which the Payor
is to make payment to the Administrative Agent of (in the case of a Lender) the proceeds of a Loan
to be made by such Lender hereunder or (in the case of the Borrowers) a payment to the
Administrative Agent for the account of one or more of the Lenders
-58-
hereunder (such payment being herein called the Required Payment), which notice shall be
effective upon receipt, that the Payor does not intend to make the Required Payment to the
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Required Payment has been made
and may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make the amount thereof
available to the intended recipient(s) on such date; and, if the Payor has not in fact made the
Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, the recipient(s) of such payment shall, on demand,
repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in
respect of each day during the period commencing on the date (the Advance Date) such amount was
so made available by the Administrative Agent until the date the Administrative Agent recovers such
amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day and, if such recipient(s)
shall fail promptly to make such payment, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover
such amount, on demand, from the Payor, together with interest as aforesaid, provided that if
neither the recipient(s) nor the Payor shall return the Required Payment to the Administrative
Agent within three Business Days of the Advance Date, then, retroactively to the Advance Date, the
Payor and the recipient(s) shall each be obligated to pay interest on the Required Payment as
follows:
(i) if the Required Payment shall represent a payment to be made by the Borrowers to the
Lenders, the Borrowers and the recipient(s) shall each be obligated retroactively to the
Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment at the Post-Default Rate
(without duplication of the obligation of the Borrowers under Section 3.02 hereof to
pay interest on the Required Payment at the Post-Default Rate), it being understood that the
return by the recipient(s) of the Required
Payment to the Administrative Agent shall not limit such obligation of the Borrowers under
said Section 3.02 to pay interest at the Post-Default Rate in respect of the Required Payment
and
(ii) if the Required Payment shall represent proceeds of a Loan to be made by the
Lenders to the Borrowers, the Payor and the Borrowers shall each be obligated retroactively
to the Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment pursuant to whichever
of the rates specified in Section 3.02 hereof is applicable to the Type of such Loan,
it being understood that the return by the Borrowers of the Required Payment to the
Administrative Agent shall not limit any claim the Borrowers may have against the Payor in
respect of such Required Payment.
4.07 Sharing of Payments, Etc.
(a) Right of Set-off. Each Borrower agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of)
any right of set-off, bankers lien or counterclaim a Lender may otherwise have, each Lender shall
be entitled, at its option (to the fullest extent permitted by law), to set off and apply any
deposit (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), or other indebtedness, held by
it for the credit or account of such Borrower at any of its offices, in Dollars or in any other
currency, against any principal of or interest on any of such Lenders Loans,
-59-
Reimbursement Obligations or any other amount payable to such Lender hereunder, that is not paid
when due (regardless of whether such deposit or other indebtedness are then due to such Borrower),
in which case it shall promptly notify such Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof, provided
that such Lenders failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity thereof.
(b) Sharing. If any Lender shall obtain from any Borrower payment of any principal of or
interest on any Loan or Letter of Credit Liability of any Class owing to it or payment of any other
amount under this Agreement or any other Loan Document through the exercise of any right of
set-off, bankers lien or counterclaim or similar right or otherwise (other than from the
Administrative Agent as provided herein), and, as a result of such payment, such Lender shall have
received a greater percentage of the principal of or interest on the Loans or Letter of Credit
Liabilities of any Class or such other amounts then due hereunder or thereunder by such Borrower to
such Lender than the percentage received by any other Lender, it shall promptly purchase from such
other Lenders participations in (or, if and to the extent specified by such Lender, direct
interests in) the Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities of any Class or such other amounts,
respectively, owing to such other Lenders (or in interest due thereon, as the case may be) in such
amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, to the end that
all the Lenders shall share the benefit of such excess payment (net of any expenses that may be
incurred by such Lender in obtaining or preserving such excess payment) pro rata in accordance with
the unpaid principal of and/or interest on the Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities of any Class
or such other amounts, respectively, owing to each of the Lenders. To such end all the Lenders
shall
make appropriate adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or otherwise)
if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise be restored.
(c) Consent by the Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing such a
participation (or direct interest) may exercise all rights of set-off, bankers lien, counterclaim
or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct
holder of Loans or other amounts (as the case may be) owing to such Lender in the amount of such
participation.
(d) Rights of Lenders; Bankruptcy. Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to
exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise, and retain the
benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of the
Borrowers. If, under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender
receives a secured claim in lieu of a set-off to which this Section 4.07 applies, such Lender
shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner
consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this Section 4.07 to share in the benefits
of any recovery on such secured claim.
-60-
Section 5. Yield Protection, Etc.
5.01 Additional Costs.
(a) Costs of Making or Maintaining Eurodollar Loans. The Borrowers shall pay directly to each
Lender from time to time such amounts as such Lender may determine to be necessary to compensate
such Lender for any costs that such Lender determines are attributable to its making or maintaining
of any Eurodollar Loans or its obligation to make any Eurodollar Loans hereunder, or any reduction
in any amount receivable by such Lender hereunder in respect of any of such Loans or such
obligation (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called
Additional Costs), resulting from any Regulatory Change that:
(i) shall subject any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office for any of such Loans) to
any tax, duty or other charge in respect of such Loans or changes the basis of taxation of
any amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement in respect of any of such Loans
(excluding changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender or of
such Applicable Lending Office by the jurisdiction in which such Lender has its principal
office or such Applicable Lending Office); or
(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements (other
than the Reserve Requirement utilized in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate for such
Loan) relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other
liabilities of, such Lender (including, without limitation, any of such Loans or any
deposits referred to in the definition of Eurodollar Base Rate in Section 1.01 hereof), or
any commitment of such Lender (including, without limitation, the Commitments of such Lender
hereunder); or
(iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of
credit or liabilities) or its Commitments.
If any Lender requests compensation from the Borrowers under this Section 5.01(a), the Borrowers
may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of
such Lender thereafter to make or Continue Eurodollar Loans, or to Convert Base Rate Loans into
Eurodollar Loans, until the Regulatory Change giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect
(in which case the provisions of Section 5.04 hereof shall be applicable), provided that such
suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.
(b) Capital Costs. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing provisions of this Section
5.01 (but without duplication), the Borrowers shall pay directly to each Lender from time to time
on request such amounts as such Lender may determine to be necessary to compensate such Lender (or,
without duplication, the bank holding company of which such Lender is a subsidiary) for any costs
that it determines are attributable to the maintenance by
-61-
such Lender (or any Applicable Lending Office or such bank holding company), pursuant to any law or
regulation or any interpretation, directive or request (whether or not having the force of law and
whether or not failure to comply therewith would be unlawful) of any court or governmental or
monetary authority (i) following any Regulatory Change or (ii) implementing any risk-based capital
guideline or other requirement (whether or not having the force of law and whether or not the
failure to comply therewith would be unlawful) hereafter issued by any government or governmental
or supervisory authority implementing at the national level the Basle Accord, of capital in respect
of its Commitments or Loans (such compensation to include, without limitation, an amount equal to
any reduction of the rate of return on assets or equity of such Lender (or any Applicable Lending
Office or such bank holding company) to a level below that which such Lender (or any Applicable
Lending Office or such bank holding company) could have achieved but for such law, regulation,
interpretation, directive or request).
(c) Notification and Certification. Each Lender shall notify the Borrowers of any event
occurring after the date hereof entitling such Lender to compensation under paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 5.01 as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 45 days, after such Lender
obtains actual knowledge thereof; provided that (i) if any Lender fails to give such notice within
45 days after it obtains actual knowledge of such an event, such Lender shall, with respect to
compensation payable pursuant to this Section 5.01 in respect of any costs resulting from such
event, only be entitled to payment under this Section 5.01 for costs incurred from and after the
date 45 days prior to the date that such Lender does give such notice and (ii) each Lender will
designate a different Applicable Lending Office for the Loans of such Lender affected by such event
if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will
not, in the sole opinion of such
Lender, be disadvantageous to such Lender, except that such Lender shall have no obligation to
designate an Applicable Lending Office located in the United States of America. Each Lender will
furnish to the Borrowers a certificate setting forth the basis and amount of each request by such
Lender for compensation under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 5.01. Determinations and
allocations by any Lender for purposes of this Section 5.01 of the effect of any Regulatory Change
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 5.01, or of the effect of capital maintained pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this Section 5.01, on its costs or rate of return of maintaining Loans or its
obligation to make Loans, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of Loans, and of the amounts
required to compensate such Lender under this Section 5.01, shall be conclusive, provided that such
determinations and allocations are made on a reasonable basis.
5.02 Limitation on Types of Loans. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or
prior to the determination of any Eurodollar Base Rate for any Interest Period:
(a) the Administrative Agent determines, which determination shall be conclusive, that
quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the definition of
Eurodollar Base Rate in Section 1.01 hereof are not being provided in the
-62-
relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining rates of
interest for Eurodollar Loans as provided herein; or
(b) if the related Loans are of a particular Class, the Majority Lenders of such Class
determine, which determination shall be conclusive, and notify the Administrative Agent that
the relevant rates of interest referred to in the definition of Eurodollar Base Rate in
Section 1.01 hereof upon the basis of which the rate of interest for Eurodollar Loans
for such Interest Period is to be determined are not likely adequately to cover the cost to
such Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrowers and each Lender prompt notice thereof and,
so long as such condition remains in effect, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make
additional Eurodollar Loans, to Continue Eurodollar Loans or to Convert Base Rate Loans into
Eurodollar Loans, and the Borrowers shall, on the last day(s) of the then current Interest
Period(s) for the outstanding Eurodollar Loans, either prepay such Loans or Convert such Loans into
Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof.
5.03 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that it
becomes unlawful for any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to honor its obligation to make or
maintain Eurodollar Loans hereunder (and, in the sole opinion of such Lender, the designation of a
different Applicable Lending Office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be
disadvantageous to such Lender), then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers thereof (with
a copy to the Administrative Agent) and such Lenders obligation to make or Continue, or to Convert
Loans of any other Type
into, Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and
maintain Eurodollar Loans (in which case the provisions of Section 5.04 hereof shall be
applicable).
5.04 Treatment of Affected Loans. If the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar Loans of
any Class or to Continue, or to Convert Base Rate Loans into, Eurodollar Loans of any Class shall
be suspended pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.03 hereof, such Lenders Eurodollar Loans of such Class
shall be automatically Converted into Base Rate Loans of such Class on the last day(s) of the then
current Interest Period(s) for Eurodollar Loans (or, in the case of a Conversion resulting from a
circumstance described in Section 5.03 hereof, on such earlier date as such Lender may specify to
the Borrowers with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and, unless and until such Lender gives
notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 5.01 or 5.03 hereof that gave
rise to such Conversion no longer exist:
(a) to the extent that such Lenders Eurodollar Loans of such Class have been so
Converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such
Lenders Eurodollar Loans of such Class shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans of
such Class; and
-63-
(b) all Loans of such Class that would otherwise be made or Continued by such Lender as
Eurodollar Loans shall be made or Continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate
Loans of such Class of such Lender that would otherwise be Converted into Eurodollar Loans
shall remain as Base Rate Loans.
If such Lender gives notice to the Borrowers with a copy to the Administrative Agent that the
circumstances specified in Section 5.01 or 5.03 hereof that gave rise to the Conversion of such
Lenders Eurodollar Loans pursuant to this Section 5.04 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees
to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Loans of the
same Class made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lenders Base Rate Loans of such Class shall
be automatically Converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such
outstanding Eurodollar Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all
Base Rate and Eurodollar Loans of such Class are allocated among the Lenders ratably (as to
principal amounts, Types and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments of
such Class.
5.05 Compensation. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each
Lender, upon the request of such Lender through the Administrative Agent, such amount or amounts as
shall be sufficient (in the reasonable opinion of such Lender) to compensate it for any loss, cost
or expense that such Lender determines is attributable to:
(a) any payment, mandatory or optional prepayment or Conversion of a Eurodollar Loan
made by such Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, the acceleration of the
Loans pursuant to Section 9 hereof) on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period
for such Loan; or
(b) any failure by the Borrowers for any reason (including, without limitation, the
failure of any of the conditions precedent specified in Section 6 hereof to be satisfied) to
borrow a Eurodollar Loan from such Lender on the date for such borrowing specified in the
relevant notice of borrowing given pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof.
Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, such compensation shall include an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that otherwise would have accrued on the
principal amount so paid, prepaid, Converted or not borrowed for the period from the date of such
payment, prepayment, Conversion or failure to borrow to the last day of the then current Interest
Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Interest Period for such Loan
that would have commenced on the date specified for such borrowing) at the applicable rate of
interest for such Loan provided for herein over (ii) the amount of interest that otherwise would
have accrued on such principal amount at a rate per annum equal to the interest component of the
amount such Lender would have bid in the London interbank market for Dollar deposits of leading
banks in amounts comparable to such principal amount and with maturities comparable to such period
(as reasonably determined by such Lender).
-64-
5.06 Additional Costs in Respect of Letters of Credit. Without limiting the obligations
of the Borrowers under Section 5.01 hereof (but without duplication), if as a result of any
Regulatory Change or any risk-based capital guideline or other requirement heretofore or hereafter
issued by any government or governmental or supervisory authority implementing at the national
level the Basle Accord there shall be imposed, modified or deemed applicable any tax, reserve,
special deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against or with respect to or measured by
reference to Letters of Credit issued or to be issued hereunder and the result shall be to increase
the cost to any Lender or Lenders of issuing (or purchasing participations in) or maintaining its
obligation hereunder to issue (or purchase participations in) any Letter of Credit hereunder or
reduce any amount receivable by any Lender hereunder in respect of any Letter of Credit (which
increases in cost, or reductions in amount receivable, shall be the result of such Lenders or
Lenders reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such increases or reductions resulting from such
event), then, upon demand by such Lender or Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), the
Borrowers shall pay immediately to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or
Lenders, from time to time as specified by such Lender or Lenders (through the Administrative
Agent), such additional amounts as shall be sufficient to compensate such Lender or Lenders
(through the Administrative Agent) for such increased costs or reductions in amount. A statement as
to such increased costs or reductions in amount incurred by any such Lender or Lenders, submitted
by such Lender or Lenders to the Borrowers shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error as
to the amount thereof.
5.07 U.S. Taxes.
(a) Gross-up for Deduction or Withholding of U.S. Taxes. The Borrowers jointly and severally
agree to pay to each Lender that is not a U.S. Person such additional amounts as are necessary in
order that the payment of any amount due to such Lender hereunder after deduction for or
withholding in respect of any U.S. Taxes imposed with respect to such payment will not be less than
the amount stated herein to be then due and payable, provided that the foregoing obligation to pay
such additional amounts shall not apply:
(i) (A) to any payment to any Lender that is a bank within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code unless such Lender is, on the date hereof (or on the date it becomes a
Lender hereunder as provided in Section 11.06 hereof) and on the date of any change in the
Applicable Lending Office of such Lender, either entitled to submit a Form W-8BEN claiming complete
exemption from withholding of U.S. Taxes with respect to any payment of interest to be received by
it hereunder in respect of the Loans under an income tax convention or a Form W-8ECI claiming a
complete exemption from withholding of U.S. Taxes on income effectively connected to a U.S. trade
or business, or (B) to any payment to any Lender that is not a bank within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code unless such Lender is, on the date hereof (or on the date it becomes a
Lender hereunder as provided in Section 11.06 hereof) entitled to submit a Form W-8BEN claiming a
complete exemption from withholding of U.S. Taxes under
-65-
Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of portfolio interest, or is
entitled to the withholding exemptions set forth in clause (A) above; or
(ii) to any U.S. Taxes imposed solely by reason of the failure by a Lender (or, if such Lender is
not the beneficial owner of the relevant Loan, such beneficial owner) to properly complete, duly
execute and comply with applicable certification, information, documentation or other reporting
requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connections with the United States
of America of such Lender (or beneficial owner, as the case may be) if such compliance is required
by statute or regulation of the United States of America as a precondition to relief or exemption
from such U.S. Taxes.
In addition, if a Lender or the Administrative Agent receives a refund in respect of any U.S. Taxes
as to which a Lender or the Administrative Agent has been indemnified by a Borrower pursuant to
this Section 5.07(a), such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall, within 30 days from the date
of receipt of such refund, pay over such refund to such Borrower.
For the purposes of this Section 5.07(a), (A) Form W-8BEN shall mean Form W-8BEN
(Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding) of the
Department of the Treasury of the United States of America and (B) Form W-8ECI shall mean Form
W-8ECI (Certificate of Foreign Persons Claim for Exemption from Withholding on Income Effectively
Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States) of the Department of the
Treasury of the United States of America (or in relation to either such Form such successor and
related forms (including Form W-8IMY or Form W-8EXP) as may from time to time be adopted by the
relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim to which such Form
relates).
(b) Evidence of Deduction, Etc. Within 30 days after paying any amount to the Administrative
Agent or any Lender from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and
within 30 days after it is required by law to remit such deduction or withholding to any relevant
taxing or other authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent for delivery to
such Lender evidence satisfactory to such Lender of such deduction or withholding (as the case may
be).
5.08 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender or the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Lender
requests compensation pursuant to Section 5.01, 5.06 or 5.07 hereof, or any Lenders obligation to
make or Continue, or to Convert Loans of any Type into, the other Type of Loan shall be suspended
pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.03 hereof (any such Lender requesting such compensation being herein
called a Requesting Lender), the Borrowers, upon three Business Days notice, may require that
such Requesting Lender transfer all of its right, title and interest under this Agreement to any
bank or other financial institution (a Proposed Lender) identified by the Borrowers that is
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) if such Proposed Lender agrees to assume
all of the obligations of such Requesting Lender hereunder, and to purchase all of such Requesting
Lenders Loans hereunder for consideration equal to the
-66-
aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Requesting Lenders Loans, together with
interest thereon to the date of such purchase, and satisfactory arrangements are made for payment
to such Requesting Lender of all other amounts payable hereunder to such Requesting Lender on or
prior to the date of such transfer (including any fees accrued hereunder and any amounts that would
be payable under Section 5.05 hereof, as if all of such Requesting Lenders Loans were being
prepaid in full on such date) and (ii) if such Requesting Lender has requested compensation
pursuant to said Section 5.01, 5.06 or 5.07 hereof, such Proposed Lenders aggregate requested
compensation, if any, pursuant to said Section 5.01, 5.06 or 5.07 with respect to such Requesting
Lenders Loans is lower than that of the Requesting Lender. Subject to the provisions of Section
11.06(b) hereof, such Proposed Lender shall be a Lender for all purposes hereunder. Without
prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrowers hereunder the agreements of the
Borrowers contained in Sections 5.01, 5.06, 5.07 and 11.03 hereof (without duplication of any
payments made to such Requesting Lender by the Borrowers or the Proposed Lender) shall survive for
the benefit of such Requesting Lender under this Section 5.08 with respect to the time prior to
such replacement.
Section 6. Conditions Precedent.
6.01 Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of any Lender to make its initial extension
of credit hereunder (whether by making a Loan or issuing a Letter of Credit) is subject to the
conditions precedent that (i) such extension
of credit shall occur on or before November 30, 2004 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have
received the following documents (with, in the case of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) below,
sufficient copies for each Lender), each of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
(and to the extent specified below, to each Lender) in form and substance:
(a) Organizational Documents. Certified copies of the Operating Agreements and of the charter
and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of each Obligor and of all limited liability company and
corporate authority for each Obligor (including, without limitation, board of director and
shareholder resolutions, member approvals and evidence of incumbency, including specimen
signatures, of officers of each Obligor) with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of
the Basic Documents to which such Obligor is to be a party and each other document to be delivered
by such Obligor from time to time in connection herewith and the extensions of credit hereunder
(and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may conclusively rely on such certificate until it
receives notice in writing from such Obligor to the contrary).
(b) Officers Certificate. A certificate of a Senior Officer, dated the Closing Date, to the
effect set forth in the first sentence of Section 6.02 hereof.
(c) Opinion of Counsel to the Obligors. An opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Sonnenschein
Nath & Rosenthal LLP, counsel to the Obligors, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto and
covering such other matters as the Administrative Agent or
-67-
any Lender may reasonably request (and the Borrowers hereby instruct such counsel to deliver
such opinion to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent).
(d) Opinion of Special New York Counsel to JPMCB. An opinion, dated the Closing Date, of
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special New York counsel to JPMCB, substantially in the form
of Exhibit H hereto (and JPMCB hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinion to the
Lenders).
(e) Notes. Promissory notes for each Lender that shall have requested the execution and
delivery of a promissory note, on or prior to the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 2.08(d) hereof.
(f) Pledge Agreement. The Pledge Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent. In addition, each such Obligor shall have taken such other action as the
Administrative Agent shall have requested in order to perfect the security interests created
pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, including, without limitation, delivering to the Administrative
Agent, for filing, appropriately completed and duly executed copies of Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements.
(g) Guarantee and Pledge Agreement. The Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, duly executed and
delivered by Mediacom LLC, MCC and the Administrative Agent and the certificates (if any)
evidencing the ownership interests in the Borrowers held by Mediacom LLC, accompanied by undated
powers executed in blank. In addition, Mediacom LLC shall have taken such other action as the
Administrative Agent shall have requested in order to perfect the security interests created
pursuant to the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement, including, without limitation, delivering to the
Administrative Agent, for filing, appropriately completed and duly executed copies of Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements.
(h) Management Fee Subordination Agreement. The Management Fee Subordination Agreement, duly
executed and delivered by the Manager, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
(i) Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness Subordination Agreements. An Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness Subordination Agreement, duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the
Administrative Agent and by each holder of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness.
(j) Termination of Existing Credit Agreements. Evidence that (i) except for any outstanding
Letters of Credit under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreements (as to which the
provisions of Section 2.03(l) hereof shall be applicable), the principal of and interest on, and
all other amounts owing under the Existing Credit Agreements are being paid in full with the
proceeds of the initial Loans hereunder and the
-68-
commitments thereunder terminated and (ii) to the extent the assets of Mediacom LLC, the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries are subject to Liens not permitted hereunder, such Liens
shall have been released (or arrangements for such release satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
shall have been made).
(k) Approvals. Evidence of receipt of all material licenses, permits, approvals and consents,
if any, required (or, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable) with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the continuing operation of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries, and that each of such licenses, permits, approvals and consents is in full
force and effect, and that all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action
being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise
impose adverse conditions on the transactions contemplated hereby.
(l) Rate Ratio Certificate. A certificate of a Senior Officer, dated the Closing Date, setting
forth, in reasonable detail, the calculation (and the basis for such calculation) of the Rate Ratio
as of such date.
(m) Other Documents. Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any
Lender or special New York counsel to JPMCB may reasonably request.
The obligation of any Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder is also subject
to the payment by the Borrowers of such fees as the Borrowers shall have agreed to pay or deliver
to any Lender or the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, including, without limitation,
the reasonable fees and expenses of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special New York counsel
to JPMCB, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents and the extensions of credit hereunder (to the extent that statements
for such fees and expenses have been delivered to the Borrowers).
6.02 Initial and Subsequent Extensions of Credit. The obligation of the Lenders to make any
Loan or otherwise extend any credit to the Borrowers upon the occasion of each borrowing or other
extension of credit hereunder (including the initial borrowing) is subject to the further
conditions precedent that, both immediately prior to the making of such Loan or other extension of
credit and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:
(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(b) the representations and warranties made by the Borrowers in Section 7 hereof, and by each
Obligor in the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, shall be true and complete on and as of
the date of the making of such Loan or other extension of credit with the same force and effect as
if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to
have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).
-69-
Each notice of borrowing or request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit by the Borrowers
hereunder shall constitute a certification by the Borrowers to the effect set forth in the
preceding sentence (both as of the date of such notice or request and, unless the Borrowers
otherwise notify the Administrative Agent prior to the date of such borrowing or issuance, as of
the date of such borrowing or issuance).
Section 7. Representations and Warranties. The Borrowers represent and warrant to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
7.01 Existence. Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries: (a) is a corporation, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and
has all material governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own its
assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and (c) is qualified
to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business
conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify could (either
individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.02 Financial Condition. The
Borrowers have heretofore furnished to each of the Lenders the following financial statements:
(a) the audited consolidated financial statements of Mediacom LLC, including consolidated
balance sheets, as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related audited consolidated statements
of operation and cash flow for the years ended on said respective dates, certified by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP;
(b) the respective audited combined financial statements of the Mediacom Midwest Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries, and the Mediacom USA Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, including in each case
combined balance sheets, as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related audited combined
statements of operation and cash flow for the years ended on said respective dates, in each case
certified by PricewaterhouseCoopers; and
(c) the unaudited combined financial statements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,
including combined balance sheets, as of and for the three-month and six-month periods ended March
31, 2004 and June 30, 2004, respectively, and the related unaudited combined statements of
operation and cash flow for the three-month period and six-month periods ended on said respective
dates.
All such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the individual or
combined financial condition of the respective entities as at said respective dates and the
individual or combined results of their operations for the applicable periods ended on said
respective dates, all
-70-
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices applied on a consistent
basis (subject to ordinary year end adjustments and footnotes).
As of the date hereof, there are no material contingent liabilities, material liabilities for
taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated material losses from
any unfavorable commitments of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, except as referred to or
reflected or provided for in the balance sheets as at June 30, 2004 referred to above.
Since December 31, 2003, there has been no material adverse change in the combined financial
condition, operations, business or prospects of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries taken as a
whole from that set forth in said audited financial statements as at said date referred to in
clause (b) above.
7.03 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule VIII hereto, there are no legal or arbitral
proceedings, or any proceedings or investigations by or before any governmental or regulatory
authority or agency, now pending or (to the knowledge of any Borrower) threatened against any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, if adversely determined could (either individually or in
the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.04 No Breach. None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents,
the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated or compliance with the terms
and provisions hereof and thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of, or require any
consent under, the Operating Agreements, or any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ,
injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority or agency, or any
agreement or instrument to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any
of them or any of their Property is bound or to which any of them is subject, or constitute a
default under any such agreement or instrument, or (except for the Liens created pursuant to the
Security Documents) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.
7.05 Action. Each Borrower has all necessary corporate or limited liability company power,
authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Basic
Documents to which it is a party; the execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of each
of the Basic Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
or limited liability company action on its part (including, without limitation, any required
stockholder or member approvals); and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by each Borrower and constitutes, and the other Basic Documents to which it is a party
when executed and delivered will constitute, its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable
against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
(a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability
affecting the enforcement of creditors rights and (b) the
-71-
application of
general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law).
7.06 Approvals. No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and
no filings or registrations with, any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, or any
securities exchange, are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by any Borrower of
this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents to which it is a party or for the legality,
validity or enforceability hereof or thereof, except for (i) filings and recordings in respect of
the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (ii) the exercise of remedies under the
Security Documents may require prior approval of the FCC or the issuing municipalities or States
under one or more of the Franchises.
7.07 ERISA. Each Plan, and, to the knowledge of each Borrower, each Multiemployer Plan, is in
compliance in all material respects with, and has been administered in all material respects in
compliance with, the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law,
and no event or condition has occurred and is continuing as to which such Borrower would be under
an obligation to furnish a report to the Administrative Agent under Section 8.01(e) hereof.
7.08 Taxes. Except as set forth in Schedule II hereto, each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
has filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns and information
statements that are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such
returns or pursuant to any assessment received by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except
such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have
been set aside by such Borrower in accordance with GAAP. The charges, accruals and reserves on the
books of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges
are, in the opinion of the Borrowers, adequate. None of the Borrowers has given or been requested
to give a waiver of the statute of limitations relating to the payment of any Federal, state, local
and foreign taxes or other impositions.
7.09 Investment Company Act. None of the Borrowers nor any of its Subsidiaries is an investment
company, or a company controlled by an investment company, within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
7.10 Public Utility Holding Company Act. None of the Borrowers nor any of its Subsidiaries is a
holding company, or an affiliate of a holding company or a subsidiary company of a holding
company, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.
7.11 Material Agreements and Liens.
(a) Indebtedness. Part A of Schedule III hereto sets forth (i) a complete and correct list of each
credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guarantee,
-72-
letter of credit or other arrangement (other than the Loan Documents) providing for or
otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension
of credit) to, or guarantee by, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, outstanding on the date
hereof, or that (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder to occur on or
before the Closing Date) will be outstanding on the Closing Date, the aggregate principal or face
amount of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or exceed) $1,000,000, and the aggregate principal
or face amount outstanding or that may become outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly
described in Part A of said Schedule III, and (ii) a statement of the aggregate amount of
obligations in respect of surety and performance bonds backing pole rental or conduit attachments
and the like, or backing obligations under Franchises, of the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof.
(b) Liens. Part B of Schedule III hereto is a complete and correct list of each Lien (other than
the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents) securing Indebtedness of any Person
outstanding on the date hereof, or that (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
hereunder to occur on or before the Closing Date) will be outstanding on the Closing Date, the
aggregate principal or face amount of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or exceed) $1,000,000
and covering any Property (including real property) of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries,
and the aggregate Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by each such Lien and the Property
covered by each such Lien is correctly described in Part B of said Schedule III.
7.12 Environmental Matters. Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries has obtained all
environmental, health and safety permits, licenses and other authorizations required under all
Environmental Laws to carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except to
the extent failure to have any such permit, license or authorization would not (either individually
or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of such permits, licenses and
authorizations is in full force and effect and each of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries is in
compliance with the terms and conditions thereof, and is also in compliance with all other
limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations,
schedules and timetables contained in any applicable Environmental Law or in any regulation, code,
plan, order, decree, judgment, injunction, notice or demand letter issued, entered, promulgated or
approved thereunder, except to the extent failure to comply therewith would not (either
individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, no notice,
notification, demand, request for information, citation, summons or order has been issued, no
complaint has been filed, no penalty has been assessed and, to the Borrowers knowledge, no
investigation or review is pending or threatened by any governmental or other entity with respect
to any alleged failure by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to have any environmental,
health or safety permit, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law in
connection with the conduct of the business of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or with
respect to any generation, treatment, storage, recycling, transportation, discharge or disposal, or
any Release of any Hazardous Materials generated by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. All
environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests, reviews or
-73-
other analyses conducted by or that are in the possession of the Borrowers or any of
their Subsidiaries in relation to facts, circumstances or conditions at or affecting any site or
facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries
and that could result in a Material Adverse Effect have been made available to the Lenders.
7.13 Capitalization. The Borrowers have heretofore delivered to the Lenders true and complete
copies of the Operating Agreements. The only members of Mediacom California on the date hereof are
Mediacom LLC and Mediacom Management Corporation; the only members of Mediacom Arizona on the date
hereof are Mediacom LLC and Mediacom California; and the only member of Mediacom Delaware, Mediacom
Illinois, Mediacom Indiana, Mediacom Iowa, Mediacom Minnesota, Mediacom Southeast, Mediacom
Wisconsin is Mediacom LLC. Each of Mediacom Delaware, Mediacom Illinois, Mediacom Indiana, Mediacom
Iowa, Mediacom Minnesota, Mediacom Southeast, Mediacom Wisconsin and Zylstra is a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary of Mediacom LLC. As of the date hereof, except for Sections 6.2 and 7.3 of the Operating
Agreement for Mediacom Southeast relating to Preferred Membership Interests, (x) there are no
outstanding Equity Rights with respect to any of the Borrowers and (y) except for the redemption
permitted pursuant to Section 8.09(d) hereof, there are no outstanding obligations of any of the
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any equity
interests in the Borrowers nor are there any outstanding obligations of any Borrower or any of
their Subsidiaries to make payments to any Person, such as phantom stock payments, where the
amount thereof is calculated with reference to the fair market value or equity value of such
Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.
7.14 Subsidiaries and Investments, Etc.
(a) Subsidiaries. Set forth on Part A of Schedule IV hereto is a complete and correct list of all
Subsidiaries of the Borrowers.
(b) Investments. Set forth in Part B of Schedule IV hereto is a complete and correct list of all
Investments (other than Investments of the type referred to in paragraphs (b), (c) and (e) of
Section 8.08 hereof) held by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in any Person on the date
hereof and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity of the Person or Persons holding such
Investment and (y) the nature of such Investment. Except as disclosed in Part B of Schedule IV
hereto, each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of all Liens (other than
the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents), all such Investments.
7.15 True and Complete Disclosure. The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and
schedules (including the Information Memorandum) furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Borrowers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation
or delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or included herein or therein or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole do not contain any untrue statement of
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or
therein, in light of the circumstances under which
-74-
they were made, not misleading. All written information furnished after the date hereof
by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate
in every material respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the
date as of which such information is stated or certified. There is no fact known to the Borrowers
that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than facts affecting the
cable television industry in general) that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Loan
Documents or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other
writing furnished to the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby.
7.16 Franchises.
(a) Franchises. Set forth in Schedule V hereto is a complete and correct list of all Franchises
(identified by issuing authority, operating company and expiration date) owned or operated by the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on the date hereof. Schedule V lists all the Franchises that are
required under applicable law for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to operate the CATV Systems
and, to the knowledge of Borrowers, each such Franchise is in full force and effect and no material
default has occurred and is continuing thereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule V hereto, none
of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries have received any notice from the granting body or
any other governmental authority with respect to any breach of any covenant under, or any default
with respect to, any Franchise which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Complete and correct copies of all Franchises have heretofore been made available to the
Administrative Agent.
(b) Licenses and Permits. Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries possesses or has the right
to use all copyrights, licenses, permits, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names or other
rights (collectively, the Licenses), including licenses, permits and registrations granted or
issued by the FCC, agreements with public utilities and microwave transmission companies, pole or
conduit attachment, use, access or rental agreements and utility easements that are necessary for
the legal operation and conduct of the CATV Systems of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, except
for such of the foregoing the absence of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, and each of such Licenses is in full
force and effect and, to the knowledge of Borrowers, no material default has occurred and is
continuing thereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule V hereto, none of the Borrowers or any of
their Subsidiaries have received any notice from the granting body or any other governmental
authority with respect to any breach of any covenant under, or any default with respect to, any
Licenses which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Complete and correct
copies of all material Licenses have heretofore been made available to the Administrative Agent.
-75-
7.17 The CATV Systems.
(a) Compliance with Law. Except as set forth in Schedule VI hereto, each of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries and the CATV Systems owned or operated by them are in compliance in all material
respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including
without limitation, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the Communications Act), the
Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the Copyright Act), and the rules and regulations of the FCC,
the FAA and the United States Copyright Office (the Copyright Office), including, without
limitation, rules and laws governing system registration, use of restricted frequencies, signal
carriage and program exclusivity requirements, leased access channels, emergency alert system
requirements, equal employment opportunity, cumulative leakage index testing and reporting, signal
leakage, tower registration and clearance, subscriber notices, and privacy requirements, except to
the extent that the failure to so comply with any of the foregoing could not (either individually
or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, except to the extent that the failure to comply with any of the
following could not (either individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in Schedule VI hereto:
(i) the communities included in the areas covered by the Franchises have been registered with the
FCC;
(ii) all of the current annual performance tests on such CATV Systems required under the rules and
regulations of the FCC have been timely performed and the results of such tests demonstrate
satisfactory compliance with the applicable FCC requirements in all material respects;
(iii) to the knowledge of the Borrowers, as of the most recent annual performance tests, such CATV
Systems currently meet or exceed the technical standards set forth in the rules and regulations of
the FCC;
(iv) such CATV Systems are being operated in compliance with the provisions of 47 C.F.R. Sections
76.610 through 76.619 (mid-band and super-band signal carriage), including 47 C.F.R. Section 76.611
(compliance with the cumulative signal leakage index); and
(v) where required, appropriate authorizations from the FCC have been obtained for the use of all
restricted frequencies in use in such CATV Systems and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, such
CATV Systems are presently being operated in compliance with such authorizations (and all required
certificates, permits and clearances from governmental agencies, including the FAA, with respect to
all towers, earth stations, business radios and frequencies utilized and carried by such CATV
Systems have been obtained).
-76-
(b) Copyright Filings. Except as set forth in Schedule VI hereto, for all periods covered by any
applicable statute of limitations, all notices, statements of account, supplements and other
documents required under Section 111 of the Copyright Act, and under the rules of the Copyright
Office, with respect to the carriage of broadcast station signals by the CATV Systems
(collectively, the Copyright Filings) owned or operated by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
have been duly filed, and the proper amount of copyright fees have been paid on a timely basis, and
each such CATV System qualifies for the compulsory license under Section 111 of the Copyright Act ,
except to the extent that the failure to so file or pay could not (either individually or in the
aggregate) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the
Borrowers, there is no pending claim, action, demand or litigation by any other Person with respect
to the Copyright Filings or related royalty payments made by the CATV Systems.
(c) Carriage of Broadcast Signals. To the knowledge of the Borrowers and except as set forth in
Schedule VI, the carriage of all Broadcast signals by the CATV Systems owned by the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries is permitted by valid retransmission consent agreements or by must-carry
elections by broadcasters, or is otherwise permitted under applicable law, except to the extent the
failure to obtain any of the foregoing could not (either individually or in the aggregate)
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.18 Rate Regulation. Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have reviewed and evaluated in
detail the FCC rules currently in effect (the Rate Regulation Rules) implementing the cable
television rate regulation provisions of the Communications Act and the applicability of such Rate
Regulation Rules to the CATV Systems. Except to the extent that the failure to comply with such
Rate Regulation Rules could not (either individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in Schedule VII hereto:
(i) there are no cable service programming rate complaints or appeals of adverse cable
programming service rate decisions pending with the FCC relating to the CATV Systems;
(ii) for communities that are authorized to regulate basic service and equipment rates under the
Rate Regulations Rules, all FCC rate forms required to be submitted by the Borrowers or their
Subsidiaries have been timely submitted to local franchising authorities and have justified the
basic service and equipment rates in effect for all periods in which the local franchising
authority currently has the authority to review and to take adverse action;
(iii) for communities that are not authorized to regulate basic service and equipment rates under
the Rate Regulations Rules, the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries
-77-
have timely
submitted to local franchising authorities and subscribers all required notices for basic service
and equipment rates in effect within one year of the date hereof;
(iv) no reduction of rates or
refunds to subscribers are required by an outstanding order of the FCC or any local franchising
authority as of the date hereof under the Communications Act and the Rate Regulation Rules
applicable to the CATV Systems of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries; and
(v) each of the CATV
Systems are in compliance with the Communications Act and the Rate Regulation Rules concerning the
uniform pricing requirements and tier buy-through limitations (i.e., 47 U.S.C. Section 543(b)(8),
(d)).
7.19 Use of Credit. None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries is engaged
principally, or as one of their important activities, in the business of extending credit for the
purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock in violation
of Regulations T, U or X.
Section 8. Covenants of the Borrowers. The Borrowers covenant and agree with the Lenders and the
Administrative Agent that, so long as any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit Liability is
outstanding and until payment in full of all amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder: 8.01
Financial Statements Etc. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall
promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lenders):
(a) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first
three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of the Borrowers, combined statements of income,
retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such period and for
the period from the beginning of the respective fiscal year to the end of such period, and the
related combined balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the end of such
period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the
corresponding periods in the preceding fiscal year (except that, in the case of balance sheets,
such comparison shall be to the last day of the prior fiscal year), accompanied by a certificate of
a Senior Officer, which certificate shall state that said financial statements fairly present in
all material respects the combined financial condition and results of operations of the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);
(b)
as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Borrowers, combined statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year and the related
-78-
combined balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding combined figures for the
preceding fiscal year and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified public
accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that said combined financial
statements fairly present in all material respects the combined financial condition and results of
operations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of all registration statements and regular
periodic reports, if any, that the Borrowers shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities exchange;
(d) promptly upon the mailing thereof by the Borrowers to the shareholders or members of the
Borrowers generally, to holders of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness generally, or by Mediacom
LLC to the holders of any outstanding notes or other debt issuances, copies of all financial
statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed;
(e) as soon as possible, and in any event within ten days after any Borrower knows or has
reason to believe that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a Senior Officer setting forth
details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that the Borrowers or their
ERISA Affiliates propose to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required
to be filed with or given to the PBGC by the Borrowers or an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such
event or condition):
(i) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA and the regulations issued
thereunder, with respect to a Plan, as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the
requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of
such event (provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code
or Section 302 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due
date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code or Section 302(e) of ERISA, shall be a
reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the
Code); and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d) of the Code for any Plan;
(ii) the distribution under Section 4041 of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan
or any action taken by the Borrowers or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;
-79-
(iii) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the
Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been
taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;
(iv) the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by the Borrowers or any
ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the
obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by any
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or
insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has
terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;
(v) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against the
Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed
within 30 days; and
(vi) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code
or Section 307 of ERISA, could result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such
Plan is a part if the Borrowers or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide security to the Plan
in accordance with the provisions of said Sections;
(f) within 60 days of the end of each quarterly fiscal period of the Borrowers (90 days after
the last quarterly fiscal period in any fiscal year), a Quarterly Officers Report as at the end of
such period;
(g) promptly after any Borrower knows or has reason to believe that any Default has occurred,
a notice of such Default describing the same in reasonable detail and, together with such notice or
as soon thereafter as possible, a description of the action that the Borrowers have taken or
propose to take with respect thereto; and
(h) from time to time such other information regarding the financial condition, operations,
business or prospects of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (including, without limitation,
any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and any reports or other information required to be filed under
ERISA) as any Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
The Borrowers will furnish to each Lender, at the time they furnish each set of financial
statements pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Senior Officer (i) to the
effect that no Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if any Default has occurred and is
continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and describing the action that the Borrowers
have taken
-80-
or proposes to take with respect thereto) and (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the
computations necessary to determine whether the Borrowers are in compliance with Sections 8.07,
8.08, 8.09, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12 and 8.15 hereof (including, without limitation, calculations
demonstrating compliance with the requirements of Section 8.09(d)(ii) hereof after giving effect to
any Capital Expenditure pursuant to Section 8.12(b) hereof) as of the end of the respective
quarterly fiscal period or fiscal year.
8.02 Litigation. The Borrowers will promptly give to each Lender notice of all legal or
arbitral proceedings, and of all proceedings or investigations by or before any governmental or
regulatory authority or agency, and any material development in respect of such legal or other
proceedings, affecting the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their Franchises,
except proceedings that, if adversely determined, could not (either individually or in the
aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Borrowers will give to each Lender (i) notice of the assertion of any Environmental Claim by any
Person against, or with respect to the activities of, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries
and notice of any alleged violation of or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or any
permits, licenses or authorizations, other than any Environmental Claim or alleged violation that,
if adversely determined, could not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material
Adverse Effect and (ii) copies of any notices received by the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries under any Franchise of a material default by the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries in the performance of its obligations thereunder.
8.03 Existence, Etc. Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
(a) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material rights, privileges,
licenses and franchises (provided that nothing in this Section 8.03 shall prohibit any transaction
expressly permitted under Section 8.05 hereof);
(b) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of
governmental or regulatory authorities if failure to comply with such requirements could (either
individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it
or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which penalties attach
thereto, except for any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being
contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being
maintained;
(d) maintain, in all material respects, all of its Properties used or useful in its business
in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;
-81-
(e) keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied; and
(f) permit representatives of any Lender or the Administrative Agent, during normal business
hours, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to inspect any of its
Properties, and to discuss its business and affairs with its officers, all to the extent reasonably
requested by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be).
8.04 Insurance. Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain
insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, or may self-insure, and with
respect to Property and risks of a character usually maintained by Persons engaged in the same or
similar business similarly situated, against loss, damage and liability of the kinds and in the
amounts customarily maintained by such corporations, provided that each Borrower will in any event
maintain (with respect to itself and each of its Subsidiaries) casualty insurance and insurance
against claims for damages with respect to defamation, libel, slander, privacy or other similar
injury to person or reputation (including misappropriation of personal likeness), in such amounts
as are then customary for Persons engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated.
8.05 Prohibition of Fundamental Changes.
(a) Restrictions on Merger. None of the Borrowers will nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or
liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution).
(b) Restrictions on Acquisitions. None of the Borrowers will nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, acquire any business or Property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any
acquisition of, any Person except for purchases of equipment, programming rights and other Property
to be sold or used in the ordinary course of business, Investments permitted under Section 8.08(f)
hereof, and Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 8.12 hereof.
(c) Restrictions on Sales and Other Dispositions. None of the Borrowers will nor will it
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one
transaction or a series of transactions, any part of its business or Property, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests, but
excluding (i) obsolete or worn-out Property, tools or equipment no longer used or useful in its
business so long as the amount thereof sold in any single fiscal year by the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries shall not have a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 and (ii) any equipment,
programming rights or other Property sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business and on
ordinary business terms).
-82-
(d) Certain Permitted Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
8.05:
(i) Intercompany Mergers and Consolidations. Any Borrower may be merged or consolidated with
any other Borrower, and any Subsidiary of a Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into:
(x) such Borrower if such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (y) any
other such Subsidiary; provided that if any such transaction shall be between a Subsidiary and a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving
corporation.
(ii) Intercompany Dispositions. Any Borrower may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any or all of its Property to any other Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Borrowers, and any Subsidiary of a Borrower may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
or all of its Property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any Borrower or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Borrowers.
(iii) Permitted Dispositions. Any Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrowers may
enter into one or more transactions intended to trade (by means of either an exchange or a sale and
subsequent purchase) one or more of the CATV Systems owned by any Borrower or any such Subsidiary
for one or more CATV Systems owned by any other Person, which transactions may be effected either
by
(I) the Borrowers or such Wholly Owned Subsidiary selling one or more CATV Systems owned by
it, and either depositing the Net Available Proceeds thereof into the Collateral Account, or
prepaying Revolving Credit Loans (and creating a Reserved Commitment Amount), as contemplated by
the second paragraph of Section 2.10(d) hereof, and then within one year acquiring one or more
other CATV Systems or
(II) exchanging one or more CATV Systems, together with cash not exceeding
20% of the fair market value of such acquired CATV Systems,
so long as
(x) (A) at the time of any such transactions and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing and (B) after giving effect to such transaction the Borrowers shall
be in compliance with Section 8.10 hereof (the determination of such compliance to be calculated on
a pro forma basis, as at the end of and for the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the
date of such transaction for which financial statements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are
available, under the assumption that such transaction shall have occurred, and any Indebtedness in
connection therewith shall have been incurred, at the beginning of the applicable period, and under
the assumption that interest
-83-
for such period had been equal to the actual weighted average interest rate in effect for the
Loans hereunder on the date of such transaction), and the Borrowers shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer showing such calculations in reasonable
detail to demonstrate such compliance,
(y) with respect to any single exchange of CATV Systems
pursuant to clause (II) above, the sum of the System Cash Flow for the period of four fiscal
quarters ending on, or most recently ended prior to, the date of such exchange attributable to the
CATV Systems being exchanged does not exceed more than 15% of System Cash Flow for such period and
(z) the sum of (A) the System Cash Flow for the period referred to in subclause (y) above plus
(B) the System Cash Flow attributable to all other CATV Systems previously exchanged pursuant to
clause (II) above (whether during the period referred to in subclause (y) above, or prior thereto),
does not exceed an amount equal to 35% of Adjusted System Cash Flow for the period referred to in
subclause (y) above.
If, in connection with an exchange permitted under this subparagraph (iii), the Borrowers or
Wholly Owned Subsidiary receives cash in excess of 20% of the fair market value of the acquired
CATV Systems, such exchange shall be permitted as a sale under this subparagraph (iii) and the cash
received by the Borrowers in connection with such transaction shall be applied in accordance with
Section 2.10(d).
(iv) Acquisitions. Any Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Borrower may acquire any
business or Property from, or capital stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, so
long as:
(A) the aggregate Purchase Price of any individual such acquisition shall not exceed
$500,000,000;
(B) such acquisition (if by purchase of assets, merger or consolidation) shall be effected in
such manner so that the acquired business, and the related assets, are owned either by a Borrower
or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower and, if effected by merger or consolidation involving a
Borrower, such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving entity and, if effected by merger or
consolidation involving a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower, such Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall
be the continuing or surviving entity;
(C) such acquisition (if by purchase of stock) shall be effected in such manner so that the
acquired entity becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Borrower;
-84-
(D) with respect to any acquisition involving an aggregate Purchase Price in excess of
$50,000,000, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify
the Lenders of such acquisition and forward a copy to each Lender which requests one) (1) no later
than five Business Days after the execution and delivery thereof, copies of the respective
agreements or instruments pursuant to which such acquisition is to be consummated (including,
without limitation, any related management, non-compete, employment, option or other material
agreements), any schedules to such agreements or instruments and all other material ancillary
documents to be executed or delivered in connection therewith and (2) promptly following request
therefor (but in any event within three Business Days following such request), copies of such other
information or documents relating to each such acquisition as the Administrative Agent shall have
requested;
(E) with respect to any acquisition involving an aggregate Purchase Price in excess of
$50,000,000, the Administrative Agent shall have received (and shall promptly forward a copy
thereof to each Lender which requests one) a letter (in the case of each legal opinion delivered to
the Borrowers pursuant to such acquisition) from each Person delivering such opinion (which shall
in any event include an opinion of special FCC counsel) authorizing reliance thereon by the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders;
(F) with respect to any acquisition involving an aggregate Purchase Price in excess of
$50,000,000, the Borrowers shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders of receipt of all
licenses, permits, approvals and consents, if any, required with respect to such acquisition
(including, without limitation, the consents of the respective municipal franchising authorities to
the acquisition of the respective CATV Systems being acquired (if any));
(G) the entire amount of the consideration payable by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in
connection with such acquisition (other than customary post-closing adjustments and indemnity
obligations, and other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with such acquisition that is
permitted under paragraphs (c) or (f) of Section 8.07 hereof) shall be payable on the date of such
acquisition;
(H) none of the Borrowers nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, in connection with such
acquisition, assume or remain liable in respect of (x) any Indebtedness of the seller or sellers
(except for Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.07(f) hereof) or (y) other obligations of the
seller or sellers (except for obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business in operating
the CATV
-85-
System so acquired and necessary or desirable to the continued operation of such CATV System);
(I) to the extent the assets purchased in such acquisition shall be subject to any Liens not
permitted hereunder, such Liens shall have been released (or arrangements for such release
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made);
(J) to the extent applicable, the Borrowers shall have complied with the provisions of Section
8.17 hereof, including, without limitation, to the extent not theretofore delivered, delivery to
the Administrative Agent of (x) the certificates representing the shares of stock or other
ownership interests, accompanied by undated stock powers or other powers executed in blank, and (y)
the agreements, instruments, opinions of counsel and other documents required under Section 8.17
hereof;
(K) after giving effect to such acquisition the Borrowers shall be in compliance with Section
8.10 hereof (the determination of such compliance to be calculated on a pro forma basis, as at the
end of and for the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date of such acquisition for
which financial statements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are available, under the
assumption that such acquisition shall have occurred, and any Indebtedness in connection therewith
shall have been incurred, at the beginning of the applicable period, and under the assumption that
interest for such period had been equal to the actual weighted average interest rate in effect for
the Loans hereunder on the date of such acquisition), and the Borrowers shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent a certificate of a Senior Officer showing such calculations in reasonable
detail to demonstrate such compliance;
(L) immediately prior to such acquisition and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and
(M) the Borrowers shall deliver such other documents and shall have taken such other action as
the Majority Lenders or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
8.06 Limitation on Liens. None of the Borrowers will, nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
-86-
(b) Liens in existence on the date hereof and listed in Part B of Schedule III hereto (or, to
the extent not meeting the minimum thresholds for required listing on said Schedule III pursuant to
Section 7.11 hereof, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000);
(c) Liens imposed by any governmental authority for taxes, assessments or charges not yet due or
that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with
respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrowers or the affected Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, in accordance with GAAP;
(d) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising
in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that
are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and Liens securing judgments but
only to the extent for an amount and for a period not resulting in an Event of Default under
Section 9.01(i) hereof;
(e) pledges or deposits under workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social
security legislation;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness),
leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of
a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary
course of business and encumbrances consisting of
zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of Property or minor
imperfections in title thereto that, in the aggregate, are not material in amount, and that do not
in any case materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; and
(h) Liens upon real and/or tangible personal Property acquired after the date hereof (by
purchase, construction or otherwise) by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and securing
Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.07(f) hereof, each of which Liens either (A) existed on such
Property before the time of its acquisition and was not created in anticipation thereof or (B) was
created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness representing, or incurred to finance,
refinance or refund, the cost (including the cost of construction) of such Property; provided that
(i) no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Property of a Borrower or any such Subsidiary other
than the Property so acquired and improvements thereon and (ii) the principal amount of
Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed the fair market value (as determined
in good faith by a Senior Officer) of such Property at the time it was acquired (by purchase,
construction or otherwise).
-87-
8.07 Indebtedness. None of the Borrowers will, nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness except:
(a) Indebtedness to the Lenders hereunder, including, without limitation, Incremental Facility
Loans in an aggregate principal amount up to but not exceeding $650,000,000;
(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed in Part A of Schedule III hereto
(or, to the extent not meeting the minimum thresholds for required listing on said Schedule III
pursuant to Section 7.11 hereof, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000);
(c) Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 8.13 hereof;
(d) Indebtedness of the Borrowers to any Subsidiary of the Borrowers, and of any Subsidiary of
the Borrowers to the Borrowers or its other Subsidiaries;
(e) Indebtedness (other than Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries that is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents (and which contains terms, including in respect of interest,
amortization, defaults, mandatory redemptions and prepayments, and covenants) that are in each case
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders; and
(f) additional Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including, without
limitation, Capital Lease Obligations and other Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under
Section 8.06(h) hereof) up to but not exceeding an aggregate amount of $100,000,000 at any one time
outstanding.
In addition to the foregoing, the Borrowers will not, nor will they permit their Subsidiaries
to, incur or suffer to exist any obligations in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 at any
one time outstanding in respect of surety and performance bonds backing pole rental or conduit
attachments and the like, or backing obligations under Franchises, arising in the ordinary course
of business of the CATV Systems of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.
8.08 Investments. The Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any of their Subsidiaries to,
make or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:
(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Part B of Schedule IV hereto;
-88-
(b) operating deposit accounts with banks;
(c) Permitted Investments;
(d) Investments by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries;
(e) Interest Rate Protection Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of the
Borrowers and not for speculative purposes;
(f) Investments by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries consisting of exchanges or
acquisitions permitted under subparagraphs (iii) or (iv) of Section 8.05(d);
(g) Investments consisting of the issuance of a Letter of Credit for the account of the
Borrowers to support an obligation of an Affiliate of the Borrowers, in such amounts as would be
permitted under Section 8.09(d)(ii) hereof; and
(h) additional Investments (including, without limitation, Investments by the Borrowers or any
of their Subsidiaries in Affiliates of the Borrowers), so long as the aggregate amount of all such
Investments shall not exceed $300,000,000.
8.09 Restricted Payments. The Borrowers will not make any Restricted Payment at any time,
provided that, so long as at the time thereof, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers may make the following Restricted
Payments (subject, in each case, to the applicable conditions set forth below):
(a) the Borrowers may make Restricted Payments in cash to their members in an amount equal to
the Tax Payment Amount with respect to any fiscal period or portion thereof (net of Restricted
Payments previously made under this paragraph (a) in respect of such period), so long as at least
fifteen days prior to making any such Restricted Payment, the Borrowers shall have delivered to
each Lender (i) notification of the amount and proposed payment date of such Restricted Payment and
(ii) a statement of a Senior Officer (and, in the event such period is a full fiscal year, the
Borrowers independent certified public accountants) setting forth a detailed calculation of the
Tax Payment Amount for such period and showing the amount of such Restricted Payment and all
previous Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 8.09(a) in respect of such period;
(b) the Borrowers may make payments in cash in respect of Management Fees to the extent
permitted under Section 8.11 hereof;
-89-
(c) the Borrowers may make payments in cash in respect of the interest on Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness constituting Supplemental Capital or Cure Monies; and
(d) the Borrowers may make payments in cash in respect of the principal of Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness and distributions in respect of the equity capital of the Borrowers and
may request the issuance of Affiliate Letters of Credit (such payment and issuance being
collectively called Permitted Transactions), so long as
(i) in the case of any Permitted Transaction consisting of a payment in respect of the
principal of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, or distribution in respect of equity capital,
constituting Cure Monies, at least one complete fiscal quarter shall have elapsed subsequent to the
last date upon which the Borrowers shall have utilized their cure rights under Section 9.02 hereof,
without the occurrence of any Event of Default (and, for purposes hereof, unless the Borrowers
indicate otherwise at the time of any such payment, such payment or distribution shall be deemed to
be made first from Cure Monies and second from Supplemental Capital);
(ii) after giving effect to any Permitted Transaction during any fiscal quarter (the current
fiscal quarter) and to the making of any Capital Expenditures pursuant to Section 8.12(b) hereof
during the current fiscal quarter, the Borrowers would (as at the last day of the most recent
fiscal quarter immediately prior to the current fiscal quarter) have been in compliance on a pro
forma basis with Section 8.10 hereof, the determination of such compliance to be determined as if
(x) for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, there were added to Indebtedness the
sum (herein, the Relevant Sum) of the amount of such Permitted Transaction plus the amount of all
other Permitted Transactions made during the current fiscal quarter through the date of such
Permitted Transaction, minus the amount of Special Reductions through such date plus the amount of
any such Capital Expenditures, and
(y) for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio and Debt Service Coverage Ratio,
the Relevant Sum plus any Cure Monies received during the period for which the Interest Coverage
Ratio or Debt Service Coverage Ratio is calculated represented additional principal of the Loans
outstanding hereunder at all times during the respective fiscal quarter for which such Ratios are
calculated and the amount of interest that would have been payable hereunder during such fiscal
quarter was recalculated to take into account such additional principal;
-90-
(iii) after giving effect to distributions made in respect of the equity capital of any
Borrower, the Equity Contribution Amount shall not be less than zero; and
(iv) the aggregate amount of Permitted Transactions as at any date (minus the aggregate amount
of Special Reductions through such date), shall not exceed the Applicable Permitted Transaction
Amount for such date.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit the payment of dividends by any Subsidiary of a
Borrower to such Borrower or to any other Subsidiary of such Borrower.
8.10 Certain Financial Covenants.
(a) Total Leverage Ratio. The Borrowers will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio to exceed the
following respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
Period |
|
Leverage Ratio |
|
From the Closing Date through March 31, 2006 |
|
|
6.00 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007 |
|
|
5.75 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008 |
|
|
5.50 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009 |
|
|
4.75 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2009 and at all times thereafter |
|
|
4.50 to 1 |
|
-91-
(b) Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrowers will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be
less than the following respective ratios as at the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during
the following respective periods:
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
Ratio |
|
From the Closing Date through March 31, 2006 |
|
|
1.50 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007 |
|
|
1.60 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2007 through March 31, 2008 |
|
|
1.70 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2008 through March 31, 2009 |
|
|
1.90 to 1 |
|
From April 1, 2009 and at all times thereafter |
|
|
2.00 to 1 |
|
(c) Debt Service Coverage Ratio. The Borrowers will not permit the Debt Service Coverage Ratio
to be less than 1.10 to 1 as at any time.
8.11 Management Fees. The Borrowers will not permit the aggregate amount of Management Fees
accrued in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrowers to exceed 4.50% of the Gross Operating
Revenue of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year. In addition, the Borrowers
will not, as at the last day of the first, second and third fiscal quarters in any fiscal year,
permit the amount of Management Fees paid during the portion of such fiscal year ending with such
fiscal quarter to exceed 4.50% of the Gross Operating Revenue of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries for such portion of such fiscal year (based upon the financial statements of the
Borrowers provided pursuant to Section 8.01(a) hereof), provided that in any event the Borrowers
will not pay any Management Fees at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Default. Any Management Fees that are accrued for any fiscal quarter (the current fiscal
quarter) but which are not paid during the current fiscal quarter may be paid at any time during
the period of four fiscal quarters following the current fiscal quarter (and for these purposes any
payment of Management Fees during such period shall be deemed to be applied to Management Fees in
the order of the fiscal quarters in respect of which such Management Fees are accrued). Any
Management Fees which may not be paid as a result of the limitations set forth in the forgoing
provisions of this Section 8.11 shall be deferred and shall not be payable until the principal of
and interest on the Loans, and all other amounts owing hereunder, shall have been paid in full.
-92-
For purposes of this Section 8.11 Gross Operating Revenue shall mean the aggregate gross
operating revenues derived by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries from their CATV Systems and from
related communications businesses, including the sale of local advertising on CATV Systems, as
determined in accordance with GAAP excluding, however, revenue or income derived by the Borrowers
from any of the following sources: (i) from the sale of any asset of such CATV Systems not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) interest income, (iii) proceeds from the financing or refinancing
of any Indebtedness of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and (iv) extraordinary gains in
accordance with GAAP.
None of the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries shall be obligated to pay Management Fees
to any Person, unless the Borrowers and such Person shall have executed and delivered to the
Administrative Agent a Management Fee Subordination Agreement, and none of the Borrowers nor any of
its Subsidiaries shall pay Management Fees to any Person except to the extent permitted under the
respective Management Fee Subordination Agreement to which such Person is a party.
None of the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries shall employ or retain any executive
management personnel (or pay any Person, other than the Manager, in respect of executive management
personnel or matters, for the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries), it being the intention of
the parties hereto that all executive management personnel required in connection with the business
or operations of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall be employees of the Manager (and that
the Executive Compensation for such employees shall be covered by Management Fees payable
hereunder). For purposes hereof, executive management personnel shall not include any individual
(such as a system manager or a regional manager) who is employed solely in connection with the
day-to-day operations of a CATV System or a Region.
8.12 Capital Expenditures.
(a) Scheduled Capital Expenditures. The Borrowers will not permit the aggregate amount of
Capital Expenditures to exceed the following respective amounts for the following respective fiscal
years of the Borrowers:
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending |
|
Amount |
December 31, 2004 |
|
$ |
85,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
$ |
106,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
$ |
120,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
121,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
114,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
97,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
97,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
97,000,000 |
|
-93-
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ending |
|
Amount |
December 31, 2012 |
|
$ |
94,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
|
$ |
91,000,000 |
|
provided that, the amounts set forth above for any fiscal year of the Borrowers in which the
Borrowers enter into an Acquisition pursuant to Section 8.05(d)(iv) shall be increased by such
amount (which amount shall be based on a proposed budget and operating plan set forth in such
notice) as the Borrowers shall propose in a notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall
promptly provide a copy thereof to the Lenders), or directly to the Lenders, which increase shall
become effective unless the Requisite Lenders object to such amount, by notice to the
Administrative Agent, within 10 Business Days following the Lenders receipt of the Borrowers
notice from the Administrative Agent or from the Borrowers. Requisite Lenders shall mean Lenders
having at least 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans
of each Class or, if the Term Loans of either Class shall not have been made, the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Commitments of such Class plus (b) the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Facility Term Loans of each Series or, if the
Incremental Facility Term Loans of such Series shall not have been made, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Incremental Facility Commitments of such Series plus (c) the sum of (i) the
aggregate unused amount, if any, of the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments of each
Series at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities in respect of
Incremental Facility Letters of Credit at such time plus (iii) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Loans of each Series at such time plus (d) the
sum of (i) the aggregate unused amount, if any, of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time
plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities in respect of Revolving Credit
Letters of Credit at such time plus (iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
If the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures for any fiscal year of the Borrowers shall be
less than the amount set forth opposite such fiscal year in the schedule above, then the shortfall
shall be added to the amount of Capital Expenditures permitted for the immediately succeeding (but
not any other) fiscal year and, for purposes hereof, the amount of Capital Expenditures made during
any fiscal year shall be deemed to have been made first from the carryover from any previous fiscal
year and last from the permitted amount for such fiscal year.
(b) Additional Capital Expenditures. In addition to the Capital Expenditures permitted under
paragraph (a) above, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may make Additional Capital Expenditures
during any fiscal quarter in such amounts as would be permitted under Section 8.09(d)(ii) (in the
case of a payment of principal of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, as if such Capital
Expenditure constituted a payment in respect of Supplemental Capital thereunder).
-94-
8.13 Affiliate and Additional Subordinated Indebtedness.
(a) Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness. The Borrowers may at any time after the date hereof
incur Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness to Mediacom LLC or one or more other Affiliates, so long
as the proceeds of any such Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness constituting Cure Monies are
immediately applied, first, ratably among the Term Loans and Incremental Facility Term Loans of
each Series hereunder and, second, after prepayment in full of all Term Loans and Incremental
Facility Term Loans, to prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans and Incremental Facility
Revolving Credit Loans of each Series hereunder. Prepayments of Term Loans and Incremental Facility
Term Loans of each Series shall be applied to the respective installments thereof ratably in
accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof.
(b) Repayment of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness. The Borrowers will not, nor will they
permit any of their Subsidiaries to, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, or
set apart any money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption,
retirement or other acquisition of, or make any voluntary payment or prepayment of the principal of
or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, any Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness,
except to the extent permitted under Section 8.09 hereof.
(c) Repayment of Certain Other Indebtedness. The Borrowers will not, nor will they permit any
of their Subsidiaries to, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, or set apart any
money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or
other acquisition of, or make any voluntary payment or prepayment of the principal of or interest
on, or any other amount owing in respect of, any Indebtedness at any time issued pursuant to
Section 8.07(e).
8.14 Lines of Business. The Borrowers will at all times ensure that not more than 15% of gross
operating revenue of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for any fiscal year shall be derived from
any line or lines of business activity other than the business of owning and operating CATV Systems
and related communications businesses, including the sale of local advertising on CATV systems.
8.15 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, none of
the Borrowers will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (a) make
any Investment in an Affiliate except for Investments permitted under Section 8.08(h), provided
that, the monetary or business consideration arising therefrom would be substantially as
advantageous to a Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the monetary or business consideration that
would obtain in a comparable transaction with a Person not an Affiliate; (b) transfer, sell, lease,
assign or otherwise dispose of any Property to an Affiliate; (c) merge into or consolidate with or
purchase or acquire Property from an Affiliate; (d) make any contribution towards, or reimbursement
for, any Federal income taxes payable by any shareholder or member
-95-
of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of income of a Borrower; or (e) enter into any
other transaction directly or indirectly with or for the benefit of an Affiliate (including,
without limitation, Guarantees and assumptions of obligations of an Affiliate); provided that
(i) any Affiliate who is an individual may serve as a director, officer or employee of a
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and receive reasonable compensation for his or her services in
such capacity,
(ii) a Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into transactions (other than extensions of
credit by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to an Affiliate) providing for the leasing of
Property, the rendering or receipt of services or the purchase or sale of equipment, programming
rights, advertising time and other Property in the ordinary course of business, or the purchase,
sale, exchange or swapping of CATV Systems or portions thereof, if the monetary or business
consideration arising therefrom would be substantially as advantageous to such Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as the monetary or business consideration that would obtain in a comparable
transaction with a Person not an Affiliate,
(iii) the Borrowers may enter into and perform their respective obligations under, the
Management Agreements, and
(iv) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may pay to the Manager the aggregate amount of
intercompany shared expenses payable to Mediacom LLC that are allocated by Mediacom LLC and MCC to
the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 5.04 of the Guarantee and Pledge
Agreement.
8.16 Use of Proceeds.
(a) Revolving Credit and Term Loans. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Revolving
Credit Loans and Term Loans hereunder solely to (i) refinance, within the applicable availability
period, the loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreements, (ii) repay Affiliate
Subordinated Indebtedness and make other Restricted Payments, (iii) pay Management Fees, (iv) make
Investments permitted under Section 8.08 hereof, (v) finance capital expenditures, repay
Indebtedness (including other Loans hereunder) and meet working capital needs of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries and acquisitions permitted hereunder and (vi) pay fees and expenses related to
any of the foregoing (in each case in compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory
requirements); provided that (x) any borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans hereunder that would
constitute a utilization of any Reserved Commitment Amount shall be applied solely to make
Acquisitions, or to make prepayments of Loans under Section 2.10(d) hereof and (y) neither the
Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such
proceeds.
-96-
(b) Incremental Facility Loans. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental
Facility Loans for any of the purposes described in paragraph (a) above and, in the case of
Refinancing Incremental Facility Loans, to refinance Loans hereunder as contemplated by the
definition of Refinancing in Section 1.01 hereof (in each case in compliance with all applicable
legal and regulatory requirements); provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender
shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds.
8.17 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.
(a) Subsidiary Guarantors. In the event that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
form or acquire any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such Borrower shall cause, and shall cause
its Subsidiaries to cause, such Subsidiary to:
(i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement in the
form of Exhibit E hereto (and, thereby, to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, and an Obligor
hereunder and a Securing Party under the Pledge Agreement);
(ii) deliver the shares of its stock or other ownership interests accompanied by undated stock
powers or other powers executed in blank to the Administrative Agent, and to take other such
action, as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority Liens
(subject to Liens permitted under Section 8.06 hereof) on substantially all of the Property of such
new Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Subsidiary under the
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, and
(iii) deliver such proof of corporate action, limited liability company action or partnership
action, as the case may be, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is
consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof on the Closing Date
or as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested.
(b) Ownership of Subsidiaries. Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that each of its Subsidiaries is
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. In the event that any additional shares of stock or other ownership
interests shall be issued by any Subsidiary of a Borrower, such Borrower agrees forthwith to
deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement the certificates evidencing
such shares of stock or other ownership interests, accompanied by undated stock or other powers
executed in blank and to take such other action as the Administrative Agent shall request to
perfect the security interest created therein pursuant to the Pledge Agreement.
(c) Further Assurances. Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take
such action from time to time (including filing appropriate Uniform
-97-
Commercial Code financing statements and executing and delivering such assignments, security
agreements and other instruments) as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent to create, in
favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, perfected security interests and
Liens in shares of stock or other ownership interests of their Subsidiaries. In addition, the
Borrowers will not issue additional equity interests (Additional Equity Interests) after the date
hereof to any Person (a New Equity Owner) other than Mediacom LLC (as to which the provisions of
the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement shall be applicable) unless such New Equity Owner shall:
(i) pledge such Additional Equity Interests to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the
Lenders pursuant to a pledge agreement in substantially the form (other than negative covenants) of
the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent;
(ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent any certificates evidencing the Additional Equity
Interests accompanied by undated powers executed in blank;
(iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such proof of corporate action, limited liability
company, partnership or other action, as applicable, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel
and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by Mediacom LLC pursuant to Section 6.01
hereof on the Closing Date or as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested; and,
(iv) take other such additional action, as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and
enforceable first priority security interests in the Additional Equity Interests in favor of the
Administrative Agent.
(d) Certain Restrictions. The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or
other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the
Borrowers or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property
or assets securing the obligations of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary under any of the Loan
Documents or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect
to any shares of its capital stock or other ownership interests or to make or repay loans or
advances to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrowers or any
Subsidiary under any of the Loan Documents; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to
restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any of the Loan Documents, (ii) the foregoing
shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the
sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the
Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) clause (a) of the
foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to
secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement or any other Loan Document if such restrictions or
conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such
-98-
Indebtedness and (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases
and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.
8.18 Modifications of Certain Documents. The Borrowers will not consent to any modification,
supplement or waiver of any of the provisions of any Management Agreement (other than
modifications, supplements or waivers that do not alter any of the material rights or obligations
of the Borrowers thereunder, it being understood that any modification of the management fee
provisions thereof that would have the effect of increasing the management fees payable pursuant
thereto shall be deemed material for purposes hereof) or any agreement, instrument or other
document evidencing or relating to Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness permitted
under Section 8.07(e) hereof without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (with the
approval of the Majority Lenders).
Section 9. Events of Default.
9.01 Events of Default. If one or more of the following events (herein called Events of
Default) shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrowers shall default in the payment when due (whether at stated maturity or upon
mandatory or optional prepayment) of any principal of or interest on any Loan or any Reimbursement
Obligation, any fee or any other amount payable by them hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
or
(b) Any Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower shall default in the payment when due of any
principal of or interest on any of its other Indebtedness aggregating $10,000,000 or more; or any
event specified in any note, agreement, indenture or other document evidencing or relating to any
such Indebtedness shall occur if the effect of such event is to cause, or (without the lapse of
time or the taking of any action, other than the giving of notice) to permit the holder or holders
of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, such
Indebtedness to become due, or to be prepaid in full (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to
purchase or otherwise), prior to its stated maturity; or any Borrower shall default in the payment
when due of any amount aggregating $10,000,000 or more under any Interest Rate Protection
Agreement; or any event specified in any Interest Rate Protection Agreement shall occur if the
effect of such event is to cause, or (with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time or both)
to permit, termination or liquidation payment or payments aggregating $10,000,000 or more to become
due under such Interest Rate Protection Agreement; or
(c) Any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made herein or in any other
Loan Document (or in any modification or supplement hereto or thereto) by any Obligor, or any
certificate furnished to any Lender or the Administrative Agent
-99-
pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been false or misleading as
of the time made or furnished in any material respect; or
(d) Any Borrower shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under any of
Sections 8.01(g), 8.05, 8.06, 8.07, 8.08, 8.09, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12,
8.13, 8.15, 8.17 or 8.18 hereof; or any Borrower shall default in the performance of any of its
other obligations in this Agreement or any Obligor shall default in the performance of its
obligations under any other Loan Document to which it is a party, and such default shall continue
unremedied for a period of thirty or more days after notice thereof to the Borrowers by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent); or
(e) Any Obligor shall admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its
debts as such debts become due; or
(f) Any Obligor shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of
possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a
substantial part of its Property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
(iii) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take
advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation,
dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to
controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed
against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or (vi) take any corporate action for
the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
(g) A proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of any
Obligor, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation,
dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the
appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of such Obligor or
of all or any substantial part of its Property or (iii) similar relief in respect of such Obligor
under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or
adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment
or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in
effect, for a period of 60 or more days; or an order for relief against such Obligor shall be
entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code; or
(h) Any Borrower shall be terminated, dissolved or liquidated (as a matter of law or
otherwise), or proceedings shall be commenced by a Borrower seeking the termination, dissolution or
liquidation of a Borrower, or proceedings shall be commenced by any Person (other than the
Borrowers) seeking the termination, dissolution or
-100-
liquidation of a Borrower and such proceeding shall continue undismissed for a period of 60 or
more days; or
(i) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money of $10,000,000 or more in the
aggregate (exclusive of judgment amounts fully covered by insurance where the insurer has admitted
liability in respect of such judgment) or of $20,000,000 or more in the aggregate (regardless of
insurance coverage) shall be rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other
bodies having jurisdiction against the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and the same shall
not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or
a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof
and the relevant Borrower or Subsidiary shall not, within said period of 30 days, or such longer
period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the
execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or
(j) An event or condition specified in Section 8.01(e) hereof shall occur or exist with
respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and, as a result of such event or condition, together
with all other such events or conditions, the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur or in
the opinion of the Majority Lenders shall be reasonably likely to incur a liability to a Plan, a
Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC (or any combination of the foregoing) that, in the determination of
the Majority Lenders, would (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse
Effect; or
(k) A reasonable basis shall exist for the assertion against any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or any predecessor in interest of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates, of (or there shall have been asserted against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries)
an Environmental Claim that, in the judgment of the Majority Lenders is reasonably likely to be
determined adversely to such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and the amount thereof (either
individually or in the aggregate) is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (insofar
as such amount is payable by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries but after deducting any
portion thereof that is reasonably expected to be paid by other creditworthy Persons jointly and
severally liable therefor); or
(l) A Change of Control shall occur and be continuing; or
(m) Except for Franchises that cover fewer than 10% of the Basic Subscribers of the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries (determined as at the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a
Quarterly Officers Report shall have been delivered) one or more Franchises relating to the CATV
Systems of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall be terminated or revoked such that the
respective Borrower or Subsidiary is no longer able to operate such Franchises and retain the
revenue received therefrom or the respective Borrower or Subsidiary or the grantors of such
Franchises shall fail to renew
-101-
such Franchises at the stated expiration thereof such that the respective Borrower or
Subsidiary is no longer able to operate such Franchises and retain the revenue received therefrom;
or
(n) The Liens created by the Security Documents shall at any time not constitute a valid and
perfected Lien on the collateral intended to be covered thereby (to the extent perfection by
control, filing, registration, recordation or possession is required herein or therein) in favor of
the Administrative Agent, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Liens permitted under
Section 8.06 hereof or under the respective Security Documents), or, except for expiration in
accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or
cease to be in full force and effect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by any
Obligor; or
(o) Any Operating Agreement shall be modified without the prior consent of the Administrative
Agent (with the approval of the Majority Lenders) in any manner that would adversely affect the
obligations of the Borrowers, or the rights of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, hereunder
or under any of the other Loan Documents;
THEREUPON: (1) in the case of an Event of Default other than one referred to in clause (f) or (g)
of this Section 9.01 with respect to any Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall, if instructed by
the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, terminate the Commitments and/or declare the
principal amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans, the Reimbursement
Obligations and all other amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder (including, without
limitation, any amounts payable under Section 5.05 or 5.06 hereof) to be forthwith due and payable,
whereupon such amounts shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or
other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers; and (2)
in the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in clause (f) or (g) of this
Section 9.01 with respect to any Borrower, the Commitments shall automatically be terminated and
the principal amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans, Reimbursement
Obligations and all other amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder (including, without
limitation, any amounts payable under Section 5.05 or 5.06 hereof) shall automatically become
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.
In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (if the
Administrative Agent has declared the principal amount then outstanding of, and accrued interest
on, the Revolving Credit Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder to be due
and payable), the Borrowers agree that they shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders through the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of any Event
of Default referred to in clause (f) or (g) of this Section 9.01 with respect to the Borrowers,
forthwith, without any demand or the taking of any other action by the Administrative Agent or such
Lenders) provide cover for the Letter of Credit Liabilities
-102-
by paying to the Administrative Agent immediately available funds in an amount equal to the then
aggregate undrawn face amount of all Letters of Credit, which funds shall be held by the
Administrative Agent in the Collateral Account as collateral security in the first instance for the
Letter of Credit Liabilities and be subject to withdrawal only as therein provided.
9.02 Certain Cure Rights.
(a) Total Leverage Ratio. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, but without
limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under Section 8.10(a) hereof, a breach by the Borrowers
as of the last day of any fiscal quarter or any fiscal year of its obligations under said Section
8.10(a) shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder (except for purposes of Section 6
hereof) until the date (for purposes of this clause (a), the Cut-Off Date) which is the earlier
of the date thirty days after (a) the date the financial statements for the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries with respect to such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be, are delivered
pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(b) hereof or (b) the latest date on which such financial
statements are required to be delivered pursuant to said Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(b), provided that,
if following the last day of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year and prior to the Cut-Off Date, the
Borrowers shall have received Cure Monies (and shall have applied the proceeds thereof to the
prepayment of the Loans hereunder, which prepayment, in the case of Affiliate Subordinated
Indebtedness, shall be effected in the manner provided in Section 8.13(a) hereof), or shall have
prepaid the Loans hereunder from available cash, in an amount sufficient to bring the Borrowers
into compliance with said Section 8.10(a) assuming that the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last
day of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be, were recalculated to subtract such
prepayment from the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness, then such breach or breaches
shall be deemed to have been cured; provided, further, that breaches of Section 8.10 hereof
(including pursuant to paragraph (b) below) may not be deemed to be cured pursuant to this Section
9.02 (x) more than three times during the term of this Agreement or (y) during consecutive fiscal
quarters.
(b) Interest Coverage Ratio; Debt Service Coverage Ratio. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 9.01 hereof, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under Section 8.10(b) or
8.10(c) hereof, a breach by the Borrowers as of the last day of any fiscal quarter or any fiscal
year of its obligations under said Section 8.10(b) or 8.10(c) shall not constitute an Event of
Default hereunder (except for purposes of Section 6 hereof) until the date (for purposes of this
clause (b), the Cut-Off Date) which is the earlier of the date thirty days after (a) the date the
financial statements for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries with respect to such fiscal quarter
or fiscal year, as the case may be, are delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(b) hereof or
(b) the latest date on which such financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to
said Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(b), provided that, if following the last day of such fiscal quarter or
fiscal year and prior to the Cut-Off Date, the Borrowers shall have received Cure Monies (and shall
have applied the proceeds thereof to the prepayment of the Loans hereunder, which prepayment, in
the case of Affiliate Subordinated Indebtedness, shall be effected in the manner provided in
Section 8.13(a) hereof), or shall have prepaid the Loans
-103-
hereunder from available cash, in an amount sufficient to bring the Borrowers into compliance with
said Section 8.10(b) or 8.10(c) assuming that the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Debt Service
Coverage Ratio (as the case may be), as of the last day of such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as
the case may be, were recalculated to deduct from Interest Expense the aggregate amount of interest
that would not have been required to be paid hereunder if such prepayment had been made on the
first day of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Debt Service Coverage Ratio
is determined under said Section 8.10(b) or 8.10(c), then such breach or breaches shall be deemed
to have been cured; provided, further, that breaches of Section 8.10 hereof (including pursuant to
paragraph (a) above) may not be deemed to be cured pursuant to this Section 9.02
(x) more than three times during the term of this Agreement or (y) during consecutive fiscal
quarters.
Section 10. The Administrative Agent.
10.01 Appointment, Powers and Immunities. Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the
Administrative Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with such
powers as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and
under the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. The Administrative Agent (which term as used in this sentence and in Section 10.05 and the
first sentence of Section 10.06 hereof shall include reference to its affiliates and its own and
its affiliates officers, directors, employees and agents):
(a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this
Agreement and in the other Loan Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document be a trustee for any Lender;
(b) shall not be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate or
other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document referred to or
provided for herein or therein or for any failure by the Borrowers or any other Person to perform
any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder;
(c) shall not, except to the extent expressly instructed by the Majority Lenders with respect
to the collateral security under the Security Documents, be required to initiate or conduct any
litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any other Loan Document; and
(d) shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or
under any other Loan Document or under any other document or instrument
-104-
referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith, except
for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
The Administrative Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible for
the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith.
10.02 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely
upon any certification, notice or other communication (including, without limitation, any thereof
by telephone, telecopy, telegram or cable) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and
to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and
statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts
selected by the Administrative Agent. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with
instructions given by the Majority Lenders or, if provided herein, in accordance with the
instructions given by the Majority Lenders of a particular Class or all of the Lenders as is
required in such circumstance, and such instructions of such Lenders and any action taken or
failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.
10.03 Defaults. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of
the occurrence of a Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or
the Borrowers specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a Notice of Default. In the
event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default, the
Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent
shall (subject to Section 10.07 hereof) take such action with respect to such Default as shall be
directed by the Majority Lenders or, if provided herein, the Majority Lenders of a particular
Class, provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the
best interest of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement expressly requires that such
action be taken, or not be taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the Majority
Lenders of a particular Class or all of the Lenders.
10.04 Rights as a Lender. With respect to its Commitments and the Loans made by it, JPMCB (and
any successor acting as Administrative Agent) in its capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the
same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were
not acting as the Administrative Agent, and the term Lender or Lenders shall, unless the
context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. JPMCB
(and any successor acting as Administrative Agent) and its affiliates may (without having to
account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, make investments in and
generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrowers (and any of
their Subsidiaries or Affiliates) as if it were not acting
-105-
as the Administrative Agent, and JPMCB (and any such successor) and its affiliates may accept fees
and other consideration from the Borrowers for services in connection with this Agreement or
otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
10.05 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent
not reimbursed under Section 11.03 hereof, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers
under said Section 11.03) ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal amount of the Loans
and Letter of Credit Liabilities held by the Lenders (or, if no Loans or Letter of Credit
Liabilities are at the time outstanding, ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments),
for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any
kind and nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent (including by any Lender) arising out of or by reason of any investigation in
or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any other
documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses that the Borrowers are obligated
to pay under Section 11.03 hereof, but excluding, unless a Default has occurred and is continuing,
normal administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of its agency duties
hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents,
provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.
10.06 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender agrees that it has,
independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or under any other Loan
Document. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the
performance or observance by the Borrowers of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or
any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the Properties or
books of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other
documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative
Agent hereunder or under the Security Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the
affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries (or any of
their affiliates) that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its
affiliates.
10.07 Failure to Act. Except for action expressly required of the Administrative Agent
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully
justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or thereunder unless it shall receive
-106-
further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification obligations under
Section 10.05 hereof against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action.
10.08 Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent. Subject to the appointment and
acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, the Administrative Agent may
resign at any time by giving five days prior notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers, and
the Administrative Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Majority Lenders.
Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, in consultation
with the Borrowers, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If no successor Administrative
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment
within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agents giving of notice of resignation or the
Majority Lenders removal of the retiring Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative
Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, in consultation with the Borrowers, appoint a successor
Administrative Agent, that shall be a bank that has an office in New York, New York with a combined
capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative
Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and
duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agents
resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall
continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.
10.09 Consents under Other Loan Documents. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04
hereof with respect to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, with the prior consent of the
Majority Lenders (but not otherwise), consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any
of the Loan Documents, provided that, without the prior consent of each Lender, the Administrative
Agent shall not (except as provided herein or in the Security Documents) release Mediacom LLC from
its guarantee obligations under the Guarantee and Pledge Agreement or release all or substantially
all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Security Documents, or release
all or substantially all of the collateral or otherwise terminate all or substantially all of the
Liens under the Security Documents (taken as a whole), or agree to additional obligations being
secured by all or substantially all such collateral security (unless such additional obligations
arise under this Agreement, or the Lien for such additional obligations shall be junior to the Lien
in favor of the other obligations secured by such Security Document, in either of which events the
Administrative Agent may consent to such Lien, provided that it obtains the consent of the Majority
Lenders thereto), alter the relative priorities of the obligations entitled to the benefits of all
or substantially all of the Liens under the Security Documents, except that no such consent shall
be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, to release any Lien covering
Property (and to release any Subsidiary
-107-
Guarantor) that is the subject of either a disposition of Property permitted hereunder or a
Disposition to which the Majority Lenders have consented.
10.10 Other Agents. Except as expressly provided herein, the Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint
Bookrunners, the Syndication Agent and the Co-Documentation Agents named on the cover page of this
Agreement shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no such Person shall have or be deemed
to have any fiduciary relationship with any other Lender in connection herewith. Each Lender
acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any such entity in deciding to enter
into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.
Section 11. Miscellaneous.
11.01 Waiver. No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise and
no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative
and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Each Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any claim
that any action or proceeding commenced by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relating in any
way to this Agreement should be dismissed or stayed by reason, or pending the resolution, of any
action or proceeding commenced by a Borrower relating in any way to this Agreement whether or not
commenced earlier. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrowers shall take all
measures necessary for any such action or proceeding commenced by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender to proceed to judgment prior to the entry of judgment in any such action or proceeding
commenced by a Borrower.
11.02 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications provided for herein and under
the Security Documents (including, without limitation, any modifications of, or waivers, requests
or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including, without
limitation, by telecopy) delivered to the intended recipient at (i) in the case of the Borrowers
and the Administrative Agent, the Address for Notices specified below its name on the signature
pages hereof and (ii) in the case of each of the Lenders, the address (or telecopy number) set
forth in its Administrative Questionnaire; or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a notice to each other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices of
borrowing, prepayment and Conversion of Loans pursuant to Section 4.05 hereof may be made by
telephone, so long as the same are promptly confirmed in writing. Except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by
telecopier or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case
given or addressed as aforesaid.
11.03 Expenses, Etc. The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay or reimburse each of the
Lenders and the Administrative Agent for: (a) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of
the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special New York counsel to JPMCB) in connection with (i) the
negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and
the extension of credit hereunder and (ii) the negotiation or preparation of any modification,
supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
(whether or not consummated); (b) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Lenders
and the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of
legal counsel) in connection with (i) any Default and any enforcement or collection proceedings
resulting therefrom, including, without limitation, all manner of participation in or other
involvement with (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, foreclosure, winding up or liquidation
proceedings, (y) judicial or regulatory proceedings and (z) workout, restructuring or other
negotiations or proceedings (whether or not the workout, restructuring or transaction contemplated
thereby is consummated) and (ii) the enforcement of this Section 11.03; and (c) all transfer,
stamp, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any governmental or
revenue authority in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other
document referred to herein or therein and all costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other
charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any
security interest contemplated by any Security Document or any other document referred to therein.
The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each
Lender, each of their affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, trustees,
investment advisors, attorneys and agents (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from, and hold
each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses
incurred by any of them (including, without limitation, any and all losses, liabilities, claims,
damages or expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent to any Lender, whether or not the
Administrative Agent or any Lender is a party thereto) arising out of or by reason of any
investigation or litigation or other proceedings (including any threatened investigation or
litigation or other proceedings) relating to the extensions of credit hereunder or any actual or
proposed use by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of the proceeds of any of the extensions
of credit hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation or litigation or other proceedings (but
excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified). No Indemnified Party shall be
liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages
(including, without limitation, any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings).
11.04 Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision
of this Agreement may be modified or supplemented only by an
-109-
instrument in writing signed by the Borrowers and the Majority Lenders, or by the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent acting with the consent of the Majority Lenders, and any provision of this
Agreement may be waived by the Majority Lenders or by the Administrative Agent acting with the
consent of the Majority Lenders; provided that:
(a) no modification, supplement or waiver shall:
(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender, without the written consent of such Lender;
(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or reduce the
rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent
of each Lender affected thereby;
(iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or
Reimbursement Obligation, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce
the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration
or reduction of any Commitment, or postpone the ultimate expiration date of any Letter of
Credit beyond the Revolving Credit Commitment Termination Date or commitment termination
date for the relevant Incremental Facility Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
(iv) change Section 4.02 or 4.07 in a manner that would alter the
pro rata sharing of
payments required thereby, without in each case the
written consent of each Lender affected
thereby;
(v) alter the manner in which payments or prepayments of principal,
interest or other
amounts hereunder shall be applied between or among the
Lenders or Classes of Loans without
the written consent of the Majority
Lenders of each Class affected thereby, or alter in any
other manner the
obligation of the Borrowers to prepay Loans hereunder without the consent
of the Majority Lenders of each Class affected thereby;
(vi) change any of the provisions of this Section 11.04 or the
percentage in the
definition of Majority Lenders, or modify in any other
manner the number or percentage of
the Lenders required to make any
determinations or waive any rights hereunder or to modify
any provision
hereof, without the written consent of each Lender; or
(vii) waive any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6
applicable to the
initial extension of credit hereunder, without the
written consent of each Lender; and